Home

FDRMOVE FDRERASE - Innovation Data Processing

1. CONFIRM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSPLIT MOUNT VOL PRODO01 MOUNT VOL PROD02 MOUNT VOL PROD03 BACKUP EXEC PGM FDR REGION 0M COND 0 NE CONFIRM SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSPRIN1 DD SYSOUT SYSPRIN2 DD SYSOUT SYSPRIN3 DD SYSOUT DISK1 DD DSN FDR USE UNIT1B32 UNIT SYSALLDA VOL SER PRODO01 DISP OLD TAPE1 DD DSN BACKUP VPRODO1 UNIT TAPE DISP CATLG DISK2 DD DSN FDR USE UNIT1B34 UNIT SYSALLDA VOL SER PROD02 DISP OLD TAPE2 DD DSN BACKUP VPRODO2 UNIT TAPE DISP CATLG DISK3 DD DSN FDR USE UNIT1B37 UNIT SYSALLDA VOL SER PROD03 DISP OLD TAPE3 DD DSN BACKUP VPRODO03 UNIT TAPE DISP CATLG SYSIN DD DUMP TYPE FDR ATTACH 310 50 CONFIRM SWAPDUMP WITH OPERATOR CONFIRMATION EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR CONFIRM EXAMPLES 310 24 FDRPAS SWAP tasks are currently creating point in time backups SWAPDUMP of a large set of volume with CONFIRMSPLIT YES specified Once all of the SWAPDUMP tasks have been submitted and are executing you can submit the CONFIRM step below Because CONFMESS YES is specified the CONFIRM step will not immediately confirm the SWAPDUMPs Rather it will
2. STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD FASTMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0003 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0004 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0005 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL PRODO NVOL PRODN PASJOB DD DISP SHR DSN SYSPROG CNTL PASJOB 325 33 SIMMOVE SAMPLE FASTMOVE OUTPUT FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FASTMOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 04 SIMMOVE simulates a FASTMOVE step It will identify all of the selected input data sets and the volumes they reside on If the optional PASJOB DD is present it will submit the FDRPAS TYPE TRANSIT job to be sure that it begins executing and then immediately stop it If used with the optional VTOCEMPTY CHECK operand it will verify that all selected data sets were in fact moved For SELECT ALLDSN it will verify that the input volumes are empty except for the VTOC VTOCIX and VVDS This example validates a complete FASTMOVE step from the previous example FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYS
3. SECERASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SECUREERASE TYPE FULL ALREADYERASED PROCESS MOUNT ERASEUNIT 07C5 07D2 07D3 07DA 07E5 07F4 330 33 ERASE WITH PASSES AND PATTERNS EXAMPLE ERASE DISASTER SITE Disks EXAMPLE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE EXAMPLES 330 05 A certain disk used to contain extremely sensitive data FDRERASE with the ERASE function is used to purge all corporate data from the disk specifying five passes number of overwrites for each track and the patterns to be used for each pass All these disks must be offline which is how FDRPAS leaves them The default of CHECKTARGET YES will verify that each disk device is an FDRPAS source disk or an empty disk before erasing it This type of ERASE may take substantially longer than other options because each track must be overwritten multiple times The next to last pattern of FE will generate a random pattern The last pattern byte of 01 will cause the tracks to be hardware erased in the last pass leaving no records on them BRASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ERASE TY PE FULL ERASE
4. The load library must be an APF authorized library If necessary you can authorize it after the install using the SETPROG console command see the IBM z OS MVS System Commands SA22 7627 manual for details The names shown above are the default names provided by the IDPREC Install program when the default user of IDP being used You may change these names in one of two ways 1 To change the High or 2nd Level qualifiers for all data sets change the values in the corresponding field for the Output DSN section 2 To change an individual Low Level qualifier change the desired Low Level Qualifier for the data set s that you want to change The resulting data set names that are used are displayed at the bottom area of the panel You can also specify the SMS attributes if they are to be SMS managed or VOLUME UNIT information on this panel to allocate these data sets when creating them as NEW 380 9 CD INSTALLATION IDP PRODUCT INSTALL CD INSTALLATION STEP 2 4 INSTALLATION DATA SETS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED INSTALLATION CD INSTALLATION 380 03 This screen documents the process that is used to create the product libraries When you press ENTER to continue it shows you the status of each of the data sets being created Once all the product libraries have been created a completion message is displayed IDP PRODUCT INSTALL SCREEN 2 aae TDP Proce INSEAM Crecen a aa a Press Enter
5. SYSIN DD VERIFY TY PE FULL MOUNT ERASEUNIT 3A If you add the operand ONLINE VERIFY to the VERIFY statement FDRERASE will verify online disks in the range specified as well as offline disks This may be useful to verify that all disks in a control unit or range have been successfully erased even if they are currently online 330 36 COMPLETELY VERIFY A SAMPLE OF ERASED DISKS EXAMPLE Empty VTOCs ON FDRPAS SOURCE VOLUMES EXAMPLE SANITIZE DISKS TO COMPLY WITH USA DEPARTMENT OF DEFENSE DoD STANDARDS EXAMPLE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE EXAMPLES 330 05 This job will verify selected offline disks The VERIFY function will read every track of every cylinder on each volume and verify that it was erased by FDRERASE EGION 0M VERIFY EXEC PGM FDRERASE R STEPLIB DD DISP SHR SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD VERIFY TYPE FULL ERAS MOUNT ERAS DSN fdrerase loadlib ESTARTCYL 0 ERASESTARTTRK 0 ERASESKIP 1 EUNIT 3A12 3A3C 3A40 3A44 3A52 3A75 3A82 Certain FDRPAS source disks will be reused for new purposes but you do not need to erase the data FDRERASE with the EMPTYVTOC function gives you a convenient way of emptying the VTOC on these disks as an alternative to initializing them one at a time with ICKDSF Note that the EMPTYVTOC function will not uncatalog any data sets t
6. STEP2 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0003 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0060 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 You can leave the MOVE job running for an indefinite period until all data sets have been moved You can use the console STOP P command to terminate it and restart it later if necessary The STOPAFTER operand will automatically stop the MOVE after the specified period For maximum performance you should submit multiple MOVE jobs with unique job names each specifying a subset of your input volumes This allows FDRMOVE to process eight input volumes concurrently per job that will allow the MOVEs to complete much faster 325 39 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLUMES WITH MOVE FUNCTION 325 07 Step3 Consolidate Entire Volumes without Instant Replication MOVE Use the console STATUS command or the ISPF panel to show what jobs are holding the remaining data sets Step4 Consolidate Entire Volumes without Instant Replication MOVE Bounce the applications using the remaining data sets if necessary to get them moved Step5 Consolidate Entire Volum
7. STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL DATA22 SWAPUNIT 07C3 A partial output from the swap step will look similar to FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL DATA22 TO UNIT 07C3 ON CPUB FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL DATA22 TO UNIT 07C3 ON CPUA FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL DATA22 TO UNIT 07C3 ON CPUC ENDING TIME OF FULL VOL SWAP 16 31 56 UNIT 3390 3 IN D DATA22 OUTPUT TAPE1 OPERATION STATISTICS FOR 3390 VOLUME CYLINDERS ON VO DATASETS PROCESSED BYTES READ FROM DASD TRACKS SWAPPED UPDATED TRACKS DASD EXCPS TARGET DASD EXCPS CPU TIME SECONDS ELAPSED TIME MINUTES eie ue een P SWAR LIMES ooo gn oe a a a ANI FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED DASD TRACKS SWAPPED is the total number of tracks that had to be copied during the swap including tracks that were copied more than once because of updates during the swap UPDATED TRACKS RECOPIED is the number of tracks that had to be copied more than once because they were updated during the swap OREO WWWWWW WWW WWW WW Ww Ww SWAP SEVERAL Several volumes on adjacent z OS addresses on a single system image will be swapped VOLUMES ONA to new devices on adjacent addresses 1AAx in the new disk subsystem The volumes SINGLE SYSTEM must not be accessible by any other system image The target devices must be offline
8. The information for the devices in SMS storage group PROD9 will be displayed From this panel enter the target mask 21c in the Swap to Offline Unit field to generate the offline units for the displayed volumes Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status Aes AIG ESOL IDPLB8 8068 1000 31290 PROD 1lc INACTIVE IDPLB7 8067 1000 31290 PROD INACTIVE IDPLB6 8066 1000 31290 PRODY INACTIVE IDPLB5 8065 1000 31290 PROD9 INACTIVE IDPLB4 8064 1000 31290 PROD9 INACTIVE IDPLB3 8063 1000 31290 PROD9 INACTIVE The source and target devices will be verified on the executing system and additional source volume information will be displayed If no discrepancies are found with the source and target volumes INACTIVE will be displayed in the Status field Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status ig AS 3 15 IDPLB8 8068 1000 31290 PRODY 21C8 INACTIVE IDPLB7 8067 1000 31290 PROD 21C7 INACTIVE IDPLB6 8066 1000 31290 PROD 21C6 INACTIVE IDPLB5 8065 1000 31290 PROD 21C5 INACTIVE IDPLB4 8064 1000 31290 PROD 21C4 INACTIVE IDPLB3 8063 1000 31290 PROD 21C3 INACTIVE ee rss __ _ _ _ _ _ _ 310 35 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES
9. The e mail subject line or data lines may contain certain symbolic parameters which FDRPAS replaces with appropriate values before the e mail is sent The values are amp JOBNAME The name of the FDRPAS job or started task 320 26 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 amp STEPNAME The name of the FDRPAS step amp SYSTEMS The name of the system on that FDRPAS was executing amp EMAILDATE The date that the e mail was generated by FDRPAS in mm dd yyyy format amp EMAILEDAT The date that the e mail was generated by FDRPAS in dd mm yyyy European format amp EMAILTIME The time that the e mail was generated by FDRPAS in hh mm ss t format amp MESSAGE amp MSG The text of the FDRPAS message that triggered the e mail This symbolic must be the last or only thing on the line where it appears If this symbolic does not appear in the e mail text the message is automatically included as the last line of the message so it is usually not required unless you want to include the message in the subject text or position it amp ALLMSG Results in multiple lines in the e mail containing all of the messages associated with the volume amp ALLMSG only works if FDRPAS subtasking MAXTASKS nn was used This symbolic must be the only thing on the line where it appears Do not use on a SUBJECT line 320 27 ENHANCED E MAIL STATEMENTS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS
10. You have several options 1 Sd As long as there are no volumes displayed on the screen you can simply press ENTER to display any FDRPAS swaps that are active on this system either SWAP tasks or MONITOR tasks You can also request that volumes that are not currently involved in a swap be added to the display this can be useful to initiate swaps or to verify the current location of selected volumes Details are later in this section If there are already volumes displayed enter the Active command or just A on the Command line to add any additional active swaps to the display If the display currently contains at least one volume that was added to the display because it was active by pressing ENTER on a empty screen or by entering the Active command then pressing ENTER again will scan for active volumes again and add any newly active swaps to the display If the display currently contains only volumes that were added by specific request then pressing ENTER will simply update the status of the displayed volumes and will not check for active swaps RECOMMENDATION If you just keep pressing ENTER the panel will display all active swaps and will add swaps that later became active Completed swaps will remain on the display However note that if a swap begins and ends between two presses of the ENTER key then the panel will never see the active swap and will not add it to th
11. 2 Enter CALL userid IDPREC LOAD IDPREC or if you gave the PDS a different name CALL dsname IDPREC A welcome message is displayed Enter appropriate responses to name and SYSOUT class prompts You are also prompted to enter the 16 digit IDPREC PASSWORD supplied in the Order Acknowledgement e mail Follow the instructions on the ISPF panel to complete the installation of the distribution files 380 5 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION STEP 1 5 DATA SET NAME SELECTION INSTALLATION ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION 380 02 This screen allows you to specify the data set names that are used for the data sets you are loading from the install package These may be existing data sets to be updated or they may be new data sets that are allocated and cataloged new data sets are recommended Do not install FDRPAS FDRMOVE and or FDRERASE into existing libraries containing other FDR products since they may share common modules IDP PRODUCT INSTALL SCREEN 1 a a a a ee DP Proce lingiceill Semeemil S s Command gt Press Enter to accept changes Press End to continue install Enter Can TO Gunne Product gt FDR Version gt 5 4 6 Input DSN from FTP site gt IDP PAS SHIPPDS Output DSN High Level Qualifier gt TDP 2nd Level Qualifier gt FDR5476 Low Level Qualifiers X Will Bypass File Processing CHEST gt CLIST SKELETON gt SKELETON LOADLIB
12. APF authorized program libraries are specified in the PROGxx member of PARMLIB Non SMS APF authorized libraries must specify the volume on which they reside so if such a library is moved by FDRMOVE it will no longer be APF authorized and may cause program failures You can move the volume containing a non SMS APF authorized library data set non disruptively with FDRPAS or you can update and activate a new PROGxx member after moving the library SMS managed APF authorized are not a problem they will be authorized on any volume FDRMOVE cannot move ICF catalogs Catalogs are automatically detected and excluded A SIMMOVE will warn you about all catalogs that cannot be moved To move a catalog consult the IBM z OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs SC26 7409 manual You may also want to read IBM informational APAR 1113354 that has step by step instructions You can move a volume containing catalogs non disruptively using FDRPAS Special data sets on each volume such as the VTOC VTOCIX VVDS and ABR Model DSCB are automatically excluded by FDRMOVE They are specific to the volume they reside on and never need to be moved If you have changed the ABRINDEX value from the default of FDRABR in the FDR Global Options Table ensure that you also change the ABRINDEX value to the same value in the FDRMOVE Options Otherwise ABR Model DSCBs will not be determined as such and the entries will be moved Generation Data Groups GDGs are aut
13. FDR122 OPERATION STATISTICS FOR type VOLUME volser Reason This is the header for a table of statistics about the FDRPAS copy operation or FDRERASE operation that was performed on the volume indicated These statistics include all tracks copied and re copied in all passes of Phase 3 so the byte and track counts may be higher than the actual number of tracks or bytes copied For FDRERASE some fields are not meaningful and are zero CYLINDERS ON VOLUME Total number of data cylinders on volume being processed DATASETS PROCESSED Number of data sets on the volume BYTES READ FROM DASD Total number of bytes actually copied up from the volume DASD TRACKS SWAPPED ERASED VERIFIED Number of data tracks copied erased or verified UPDATED TRACKS RECOPIED Number of data tracks re copied due to updates FDRPAS only NUMBER OF ERASE PASSES Number of erase passes on each track FDRERASE only DASD EXCPS Number of I O requests issued to the source volume FDRPAS or erased volume FDRERASE TARGET DASD EXCPS Number of write I O requests issued to the target device CPU TIME SECONDS The CPU TCB time required to process this volume in seconds and thousandths of a second ELAPSED TIME MINUTES The actual time in minutes and tenths required to process this volume SWAP ERASE TIME The actual time in minutes and tenths required to swap or erase this volume excluding initialization FD
14. In the first section place a digit in the SEQ field for each field on which the display is to be sorted the field with SEQ of 1 is sorted first then the field with SEQ of 2 etc Place an A ascending or D descending in the ORDER field to specify the sort order A is assumed if not specified Note that sorting on the STATUS field ascending will place ACTIVE erases first INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING suggests that sorting on STATUS 1 and VOL 2 will provide a useful view of your volumes especially if you have selected a range of volsers device addresses or an SSID to display In the second section blank out the S in front of any values for STATUS that you do not want to see Only those volumes with a status for which S is still present will be displayed when you press END PF3 to return to the status screen If one or more values have the S blanked out the status screen will show the text ROWS EXCLUDED to remind you that you have filtered the display The values you fill in on this screen will be remembered in your ISPF profile and used the next time you re enter the FDRPAS dialogs To change the values you must use the SORT command again and modify the values 330 48 INITIATING ERASES NOTE SUSPENDING AND RESUMING ACTIVE ERASES TERMINATING ACTIVE ERASES FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 You can also initiate an erase from the FDRPAS ISP
15. Additional text details the type of JES volume and when the volume has been serialized The additional text can be SERIALIZED CHECKPOINT or COUPLING The message may be issued multiple times for a volume serial if multiple passes are performed on the volume FDR210 I O ERROR ON TARGET UNIT uuuu additional text Reason An I O error occurred on the target device documented by a preceding FDR149 message Is it also issued to the console as a non scrollable message Action If SWAPIOERR NORETRY was specified or defaulted the swap is immediately terminated If SWAPIOERR RETRY was specified it will have the additional text I O WILL BE RETRIED EVERY 5 SECONDS and the failing I O will be retried until it is successful or until the swap is aborted If the I O is eventually successful the message is issued again with the additional text RECOVERED FDR230 program RELEASE ERROR UNIT uuuu REASON reason Reason FDRERASE FDRINITV had an error attempting to do a deleted space release on an IBM RVA or Oracle StorageTek SVA Reason codes include G MESSAGE ID mmmm STATUS CODE ssss ECAM message number mmmm was issued to the RVA SVA The message was accepted but it returned status code ssss Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance MSG mmmm COMP cccc REASON rrrr ECAM message number mmmm was issued to the RVA SVA The message was rejected with completion code cccc
16. PASPROC PROC PROG FDRPAS LIB library lt FDRPAS PROGRAM LIBRARY EMAIL NULLFILE EMAIL STATEMENT INPUT DATA SET IN NULLFILE FDRPAS STATEMENT INPUT DATA SET OUT SYSOUT X FDRPAS SYSOUT D SHR INPUT DATA SET DISPOSITION PAS EXEC PGM amp PROG REGION 0M TJ RR RRR RRR KR RRR KK IK IK KR RK A AR RAK RO AK KK FDR PLUG AND SWAP 7 TJ RR RRR KKK KR RK KKK IK IK KR RR II A AR RR AOR ROK I IK KK STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN amp LIB SYSPRINT DD amp OUT EFDRSUMM DD amp OUT SYSUDUMP DD amp OUT FDREMAIL DD DSN amp EMAIL DISP SHR SYSIN DD DSN amp IN DISP amp D You must change the value of the LIB parameter to the FDRPAS load library you specified during installation If SYSOUT class X is not a held class in your system you may want to change it to a held class WARNING Security Note If you have restricted access to the FDRPAS program library or enabled the FDRPAS ALLCALL security option you may need to assign an appropriate security user id to started tasks that use PASPROC Consult the documentation for your security product for details 380 29 INSTALLATION FDRPAS AND FDRERASE OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 14 380 16 PASINDEX FDRPAS uses the PASINDEX value as the high level index of data set names it catalogs to create history records for FDRPAS SWAP operations Only catalog entries are created with this name FDRPAS does not create any real data sets
17. A MONITOR TYPE SWAP statement that specifies DYNMON NO must be followed by one or more MOUNT statement to identify the offline devices to be monitored A MONITOR TYPE SWAP statement that specifies DYNMON YES can specify MOUNT statements but they are not required A MONITOR task must be executed on every system other than the SWAP task that is involved in the swap of an online volume to one of those offline volumes however the MONITOR task does not actually participate on the system where the SWAP task is running If the target device is not offline on an LPAR that a MONITOR task is running special checking is done by the monitor to ensure that this device is the same target device as specified by the main FDRPAS process and that the device is inactive on the LPAR this monitor is running on If so then this volume is varied offline on by this MONITOR task otherwise it is left online and fails the operation If a MONITOR task with DYNMONE NO is monitoring only one offline device as specified by the following MOUNT statement then all monitoring is done by the SWAP task no external or internal tasks are started Also FDRPAS does not add SWAPUNITs dynamically In addition if any unit is specified the MONITOR task terminates after the SWAP or SIMSWAPMON completes If the MOUNT statement specifies more than one offline device then this MONITOR task monitors all of those devices but if it detects that a swap may be beginning on one of them
18. ERASING MODERN DISKS FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 All modern disk subsystems use internal fixed block architecture FBA disks to emulate the count key data CKD disks that are used by z OS systems Every disk vendor has a different scheme for storing the emulated CKD data onto the FBA disks but in most of them there is a fixed FBA location for each emulated CKD track FDRERASE is able to overwrite the emulated CKD tracks to make the original data unavailable However there are some considerations The fixed block architecture FBA disks are usually off the shelf disks that can be removed from the count key data CKD disk subsystem and attached to another system as an FBA disk Depending on how the disk vendor has written your CKD data it may be possible to recover your data directly from the FBA disks Running ERASE or SECUREERASE on the CKD volumes will make this difficult or impossible Most modern disk subsystems are reconfigurable meaning that the mapping of the emulated count key data CKD disk volumes onto the fixed block architecture FBA disks can be changed If this mapping is changed some of your old data may reside in areas of the FBA disks that are no longer in use This data may be recoverable if the FBA disks are removed from the subsystem so you should run FDRERASE on the CKD disk volumes involved before reconfiguring the subsystem Most modern disk subsystems use hot spares
19. No matter how big your maintenance window is it is not big enough to move the terabytes of data in most installations FDRPAS removes that limitation FDRPAS can be used for load balancing within your existing disk hardware FDRPAS can create point in time backups without special hardware features It can create duplex copies of volumes between control units from different vendors without special hardware connections These copies can be in local or remote subsystems FDRPAS executes on any release of z OS FDRPAS supports a wide variety of disk devices from hardware vendors including IBM EMC Oracle StorageTek and Hitachi and HP It can swap disk volumes between disks of the same type from the same hardware vendor or different hardware vendors without any special software or hardware modifications FDRPAS supports disks attached via FICON ESCON and parallel bus tag channels FICON and ESCON directors and channel extenders are supported FDRPAS can swap any z OS volume including the SYSRES volume other system volumes open catalog volumes user and master catalogs application data volumes CICS volumes database volumes Hierarchical File System HFS and zSeries File System ZFS volumes LINKLIST volumes TSO volumes SMS managed volumes and work volumes The only exceptions are volumes containing active local PAGE or SWAP data sets See PAGE and SWAP Data Sets on page 320 9 300 3 MOVEMENT TO NEw H
20. 00100 00104 00108 00112 00116 00120 00124 00128 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 Type 23 21 cell not found in VVR Cluster on more than 255 volumes Number of extents does not match Type 60 cell UCB not found for output disk Imbedded index extents do not match Length error on cluster component name VVR length invalid NEWNAME not supported use NEWG NEWI Catalog entry type not non VSAM Multi volume VSAM clusters that have not been completely restored will be cataloged as non VSAM the first volser will be H Vx but the cluster name is currently cataloged as something else usually VSAM This may be due to a previous incomplete restore of this cluster See Action below LOCATE error This can occur if the original catalog of the cluster is not available on the system on which the restore was done Specify ICFCAT ALIAS to restore into the aliased catalog on the current system Also see Action below Cluster has alternate index VRECAT failed Cluster has over 123 extents on a volume Number of extents on volume not correct Probably due to free space fragmentation on the target device causing DADSM to allocate the request in multiple extents Unlike device restore not supported Attempted to move a VSAM component but it is not cataloged to the input volume Cataloged to over 255 volumes during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Catalog entry t
21. FDR INSTALLATION SET FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS PRIMARY MENU OPTION gt 1 SECURITY OPTIONS 8 MORE ABR GENERAL OPTIONS 2 GENERAL OPTIONS 9 ABR REPORT DEFAULTS Si COMPAT TORTORNTONG 10 MORE ABR REPORT DEFAULTS 4 ABR GENERAL OPTIONS 11 OPERATING SYSTEM EXITS 5 ABR DATA SET NAMES 12 FDRREORG OPTIONS 6 ABR ARCHIVE UTILITY DEFAULTS 13 RESERVED 7 ABR DISK PROCESSING OPTIONS 14 FDRPAS amp FDRERASE OPTIONS SAVE SAVE OPTION CHANGES COPY COPY OPTIONS FROM A PRIOR LEVEL CANCEL EXIT WITHOUT SAVING CHANGES AUDIT DISPLAY USER CHANGED OPTIONS REFRESH REFRESH OPTIONS TABLE IN LPA RESET RE INITIALIZE ALL OPTIONS FDR PROGRAM LIBRARY DATA SET DATA SET NAME gt IDP FDR5476 LOAD VOLUME SERIAL gt NOTE TO REFRESH THE OPTIONS THAT ARE DYNAMICALLY INSTALLED IN THE ACTIVE LPA IT IS NECESSARY TO RUN FDRSTART USE THE REFRESH CMD TO GENERATE FDRSTART JCL SET OPTION As shown several special commands are available on this panel COMMANDS SAVE Updates the FDROPT module in the specified program library No changes are made to the library until SAVE is entered so you may freely switch between option panels and change o
22. FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 If an FDRPAS source volume is the primary volume in a PPRC XRC SRDF or Dual Copy session you may leave the session active during the swap However you must be aware that after the swap is completes the secondary volume is no longer updated FDRPAS warns you if the source volume in a swap is also the primary volume of a duplex copy currently this works only if the source volume is in a PPRC session If you need the duplex copy after the swap and the new device is capable you must re establish the session Normally you do not want to establish a duplex copy of the target device before the swap is complete Since FDRPAS must copy all of the data from the source volume to the target device all of those writes to the target need to be mirrored on the duplex device and slow down the FDRPAS copy a great deal If the duplex copy of the data is critical such as for disaster recovery you can establish the duplex copy before the swap as long as you consider the performance implications If the source volume is defined to IBM GDPS PPRC HyperSwap or EMC AutoSwap there are special considerations that need to be reviewed See FDRPAS Support for HyperSwap and AutoSwap on page 320 37 for details For additional information on XRC see member PASXRC in the ICL library If FDRPAS detects that a Concurrent Copy CC session is active and doing I O on a source volume at
23. LNEWCUID sssss USORE yee NEWSTORGRP storgrp 0 LNEWCUID sssss PS ENEWSTORGRP storgrp UM STORCLAS storclas ail STORGRP storgrp MGMTCLAS mgmtclas CUID sssss NEWSGFREE nn VOL vvvvvv SELECT The operands are STATEMENT ALLDSN OPERANDS Selects all data sets on a volume so it must be used with VOL The VTOCIX VVDS and ABR Model DSCB will be automatically excluded CATDSN filter Specifies a fully qualified data set name or a filter to be used for generic data set selection from system catalogs The filter syntax is the same as for DSN below but system catalogs are searched for the data sets The volume serial of each data set is taken from the catalog so VOL is not required However VOL can be specified to limit the cataloged data sets to only the volume s given FDRMOVE will use the information from the catalog to build internal SELECT DSN statements one for each input volume found DSN filter Specifies a fully qualified data set name or a filter to be used for generic data set selection from the VTOCs of the input volume s It must be used with VOL to specify the input volume s The filter is extremely flexible and is completely described in section 80 14 of the regular FDR product manual Here are the filter characters most likely to be used with FDRMOVE I slash Represents exactly one character with any value asterisk Represents a variable number of charac
24. and reason code rrrr Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance MSG mmmm PARM pppp CC cccc RS rrrr UNDEFINED SNAPSHOT STATUS Unexpected response from the RVA SVA UNDEFINED SNAPSHOT MESSAGE COUNT Unexpected response from the RVA SVA 390 26 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 M EXPECTED MSGID nnnn RECEIVED MSGID nnnn Unexpected response from the RVA SVA the wrong ECAM message was received Action FDRERASE will revert to using standard erase commands FDR232 program RELEASED PHYSICAL SPACE FROM UNIT uuuu Reason An FDRINITV step is erasing tracks from a disk in an IBM RVA or a Oracle StorageTek SVA subsystem Instead of erasing each individual track the tracks were released by an ECAM deleted space release request which has the same effect but takes only seconds per volume This is also done for an ERASE function where a pattern byte of 01 erase is specified FDR233 systemid SERIAL ssssssssss ACKNOWLEDGES THE function OF VOL vvvvvv AND HAS JOINED IN THE function OF UNIT ssss TO tttt systemid SERIAL ssssssssss ACKNOWLEDGES THE function OF VOL vvvvvv AND WILL NOT JOIN BECAUSE SOURCE IS NOT ONLINE Reason This form of the FDR233 message indicates that the FDRPAS MONITOR task on the indicated system acknowledged the swap request for volume vvvvvv but will not participate because that volume is not online on that system systemiad is the system name and sssssss
25. gt LOAD TABLES gt NOT SHIPPED MESSAGES gt MESSAGES TECE gt ICL PANELS gt PANELS JCL gt JCL STORCLAS gt MGMTCLAS gt VOLUME gt UNIT gt Resulting Perce Sert Wense CPIS gt IDP FDR5476 CLIST LOADLIB gt IDP FDR5476 LOAD MESSAGES gt IDP FDR5476 MESSAGES PANELS gt IDP FDR5476 PANELS SKELETON gt IDP FDR5476 SKELETON TABLES gt aaa aS aS GL Le Le ICL gt IDP FDR5476 1ICL JCL gt IDP FDR5476 JCL The load library must be an APF authorized library If necessary you can authorize it after the install using the SETPROG console command see the IBM z OS MVS System Commands SA22 7627 23 manual for details The names shown above are the default names provided by the IDPREC Install program when the default user of IDP being used You may change these names in one of two 2 ways 1 To change the High or 2nd Level qualifiers for all data sets change the values in the corresponding field for the Output DSN section 2 To change an individual Low Level qualifier change desired Low Level Qualifier for the data set s that you want to change The resulting data set names that are used are displayed at the bottom area of the panel You can also specify the SMS attributes if they are to be SMS managed or VOLUME UNIT information on this panel to allocate these data sets when creating them as NEW 380 6 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION SCREEN
26. vvvvvv and the attempt failed if FAILED FOR CATALOG is displayed the allocation was successful but a later attempt to catalog the data set failed this can also occur for VSAM nnnnn is the size of the data set that failed allocation in tracks or cylinders quan will be TRK or CYL If the allocation was attempted on multiple volumes because of the NVOL operand or the ABR RESTORE ALLOCATION LIST it failed on all of them but vvvvvv is the first volume on which it was tried and comp is the error code from that volume If the data set is SMS managed vvvvvv is the volume that FDR selected for the data set and may not be the same as the volume on which SMS tried to allocate it comp may be return codes from the IBM ALLOCATE SVC SVC 32 from the IBM CATALOG SVC SVC 26 from the IBM SMS interface or internal diagnostic codes from FDR itself If FAILED FOR CATALOG is displayed comp is the return code and reason is the reason code from the CATALOG SVC in decimal as documented for the IBM message IDC30091 Some of the common catalog codes shown under message FDR157 also apply to FDR156 Note that if comp is 51 look up the reason code under code 50 in message IDC3009I If comp is 300 this is an internal error contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance If comp is 9xxx contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance reason equal to 00040 ma
27. 310 07 MONITOR CONFIRM STATEMENT SYNTAX MONITOR CONFIRM STATEMENT NOTE MONITOR CONFIRM STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR CONFIRM STATEMENT 310 07 MONITOR CONFIRM STATEMENT FDRPAS MONITOR task CONFIRM statement syntax MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP i CONFIRMSPLIT CONFMESS NO MAXCARDS 250 YES nnnn DURATION nnnn This statement initiates an FDRPAS MONITOR task that monitors for FDRPAS operations that specify CONFIRMSWAP YES or CONFIRMSPLIT YES It must be the first statement in the input only one MONITOR statement is allowed per execution A MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP or TYPE CONFIRMSPLIT statement must be followed by one or more MOUNT statements to identify the volumes whose progress is to be monitored This FDRPAS job may be executed on any system that is involved in the swap of all of the volumes specified As soon as all the volumes specified are synchronized the MONITOR task signals the SWAP task to complete the SWAP or SWAPDUMP of those volumes all at once If you submit this job before all of the volumes are ready to complete it waits for all the volumes to enter that state If you submit the job after all the volumes are ready to complete it confirms the operation immediately Note that depending on update activity a given volume may enter the ready to complete state and then exit that state for a few seconds the MONITOR task waits until a
28. 310 45 POINT IN TIME BACKUP OF SEVERAL VOLUMES ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS CONCURRENTLY EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAPDUMP EXAMPLES 310 22 Several volumes that are accessible to three system images will be copied to offline devices Prior to running these swaps you must start an FDRPAS MONITOR task on each of the systems to monitor the target devices The first example shows the use of the PASPROC cataloged procedure to start the SWAPDUMP operation by a START S command on the console These will run as system started tasks instead of jobs Issue the commands shown on an appropriate console on the proper system Note that CO is an abbreviation for CONFIRMSPLIT and SU is an abbreviation for SWAPUNIT to reduce the length of the console input Because of the CONFIRMSPLIT YES FDRPAS will wait for confirmation before freezing the point in time image You can confirm the swap using the FDRPAS ISPF panels or by using a MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSPLIT job as shown in Section Confirm the Swap of a Set of Volumes Example on page 310 49 Note that CONFIRMSPLIT YES does not involve a WTOR to the console operator Once the SWAPDUMP operations have been confirmed you can use a product such as FDRINSTANT to backup those frozen images to tape S PASPROC PRODO1 PARM SWAPDUMP TYPE FULL CO YES MOUNT VOL PROD01 SU 1B32 S PASPROC PROD02 PARM SWAPDUMP TYPE FULL CO YES MOUNT VOL PROD02 SU 1B34 S PASPROC PROD03 PA
29. FF08 FDR cannot allocate a non ICF VSAM file FFOC FDR cannot allocate an unmovable file with more than three extents FF18 On a COPY MOVE of a data set protected by a discrete RACF profile an attempt to issue RACDEF to define a profile for the output data set failed reason will be OOOOxxyy where xx is the RACF return code and yy the RACF reason code xx of 04 indicates that the profile already exists 08 that the user is not authorized to create the profile FF50 GETMAIN failure during allocation Increase the region size FF51 Allocation parameter list error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FF52 FDR did not select a target output volume This can occur if the data set s original volume or the volume you specified as NVOL is not online Specify a new NVOL value or update the ABR Restore Allocation List to direct the data set to an online volume FF53 NVR is not record type N Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FF54 NVR cell type not 22 Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FF55 NVR type 24 cell length invalid Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FF56 NVS SMS sub cell not type 24 Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FF57 DSCB address not passed Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FF58 The selected target disk volume was SMS managed but no storage class was assigned It may be that your SMS Automatic Class Selection ACS routines are assigning a null storag
30. OPTIONAL FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS HISTORY RECORDS 300 06 FDRPAS HISTORY RECORDS So that you can display a history of the swaps that FDRPAS has performed FDRPAS creates a history record for every successful swap These history records are simple catalog entries in an ICF catalog No special database is required These names exist only in the catalog no real data sets by these names are created The high level index of the FDRPAS history records is the value specified for PASINDEX in the FDR option table in the FDRPAS load library By default the value of PASINDEX is FDRPAS To record history records you need to define an ICF user catalog or choose an existing catalog to use and associate an alias to that catalog in your master catalog the alias name must match the value of PASINDEX This catalog can be shared among the systems swapping the volumes or you can define a unique catalog on every system or a mixture FDRPAS SWAP and MONITOR tasks must have authority to create data sets starting with the PASINDEX into the aliased user catalog If they do not the history records are not created but the swaps run successfully Do not assign PASINDEX to a user catalog with a lot of activity Because every SWAP and MONITOR task attempts to catalog into that catalog when a swap ends there are catalog updates from multiple systems in a very short period of time Depending on the type of catalog sharing and caching in
31. SUSPEND or RESUME and jobname is a specific FDRMOVE job name or a prefix e g STOP MOVE The STOP SUSPEND and RESUME commands will verify that the selected job names are FDRMOVE jobs and internally issue the appropriate STOP SUSPEND or RESUME command for each one FDRMOVE PLUG amp SwaP DATA SET MOVE PANEL A M al FDRMOVE PLUG amp SWAP DATA SET MOVE Row 1 of 11 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Display DSN gt YES Jobname gt Vol gt Refresh gt 0 MOVE STATUS REPORT FOR JOB MOVEO13 AT 15 00 32 VAIA SIAS o NUMBERS BV Ol MENS MOVED ACTIVE AWAITING TRANSIT MOVING TO TRANSIT IN TRANSIT STATION 0 84 i 2 0 VOL SH20C0 AWAITING TRANSIT IBM76421 TO EMC00547 28 DATASETS TO MOVE VOL SH20E0 MOVING TO TRANSIT IBM76421 TO EMC00547 55 DATASETS TO MOVE VOL SH20C3 MOVING TO TRANSIT IBM76421 TO EMC00547 1 DATASETS TO MOVE In the example above the FASTMOVE job has 84 data sets to move from three disk volumes Data set names are not yet displayed because the volumes are not yet in the transit stations The FASTMOVE job has requested that the FDRPAS transit station job move the three volumes Two volumes are being actively moved to their transit stations and one is waiting move Notice that the display shows the vendor and serial number of the input and output disk subsystems 325 54 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF INTERFACE 325 10
32. These volumes can be moved with FDRPAS but it is your responsibility to update your IPL parameters and system documentation with the new device addresses before the next IPL Failure to do so may result in the IPL process using the old devices with unpredictable results One of these is the system residence IPL volume or SYSRES The address of the SYSRES is specified on your hardware console and is usually called the LOAD ADDRESS The other is the IODF volume The IODF volume contains the I O configuration data sets and may contain system parameter libraries used during IPL The address of the IODF volume is also specified on your hardware console as part of a string usually called the LOAD PARAMETER Depending on the type of hardware you are using the LOAD ADDRESS and LOAD PARAMETER may be stored as part of an activation profile Be sure to update all appropriate activation profiles with the new device addresses FDRPAS identifies all swapped volumes with IPL text on the label track or an IODF data set in the VTOC and generates message FDR252 on the console to warn that such parameter updates may be required Although FDRPAS modifies the original device of a swapped volume so that it cannot be mounted this does not prevent an apparently successful IPL from those old devices IBM has created APARs OW53222 and OW52127 to address this but if your system does not include those fixes it is possible to erroneously IPL from the old dev
33. XX22E7 22E7 8102 LR221 72E7 INACTIVE SCRO82 22E6 8102 LR221 72E6 INACTIVE SCR28B 22E5 8102 LR221 72E5 INACTIVE SCRO86 22E4 8102 LR221 72E4 INACTIVE SCRO80 22E3 8102 LR221 72E3 INACTIVE SCRO87 22E2 8102 LR221 72E2 INACTIVE SCRO88 22E1 8102 LR221 72E1 INACTIVE SCRO85 22E0 8102 LR221 72E0 INACTIVE Since we are moving some smaller devices to larger devices we want to set the LARGERSIZE option to OK FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION SETTING THE SWAP OPTIONS SESS SaaS SSS SOS SSaSS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Options COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE More Options for SWAP command Options for SWAPDUMP command CONFIRMSWAP gt NO yes no CONFIRMSPLIT gt NO yes no CONFMESS gt NO yes no CONFMESS gt NO yes no LOGMESS gt YES yes no LOGMESS gt NO yes no PACEDELAY gt 0 1 100 seconds PACEDELAY gt 0 1 100 seconds SWAPDELAY gt 15 seconds SWAPDELAY gt 15 seconds CHECKTARGET gt YES CHECKTARGET gt NO LARGERSIZE gt OK ok no LARGERSIZE gt NO ok no PACING gt STATIC dynam static PACING gt STATIC dynam static The recommended setting for the DYNMON option in the monitors is YES FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION SETTING THE MONITOR OPTIONS SSG SSS SS SS Se SSese FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Options COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE More gt oy Options for MONITOR command MAXTASKS gt 64 maximum n
34. You can over type any of the options shown on the previous panel The values will be saved in your ISPF profile for use with all subsequent SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAPMON and SIMSWAP operations started by this ISPF user id The options on the first part of the panel correspond to options that can be specified on a SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAPMON or SIMSWAP statement See Section 310 02 SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON Statements on page 310 4 for a description of these options The options on the bottom Other Options except for the option Interval control the submission of swaps from the ISPF panel Maxvols nnnn Specifies the maximum number of volumes that the panel will consolidate into a single FDRPAS SWAP task address space when you enter the SWAP or SWAPDUMP command and request that multiple volumes be swapped It creates an FDRPAS batch job with one SWAP SWAPDUMP statement and multiple MOUNT statements If the number of volumes requested at one time is larger than Maxvols then multiple FDRPAS batch jobs will be created with up to Maxvols volumes in each one Each FDRPAS batch job will process its assigned volumes serially one at a time unless Maxtasks is greater than 1 Default 1 one FDRPAS batch job per volume and the maximum is 250 Maxtasks nn Equivalent to the MAXTASKS operand on the SWAP and SWAPDUMP statement See MAXTASKS on page 310 12 Maxtasks has no meaning unless Maxvols is set to a
35. You should identify additional data sets that are active without a SYSDSN enqueue or that should not be moved for other reasons such as JES Procedure Libraries PROCLIBs JES SPOOL and Checkpoint data sets PAGE data sets including PLPA and COMMON Coupling data sets Tape Management System data sets LINKLIST Program Libraries CICS Journals SYS1 BRODCAST SYS1 MANx SMF data sets Security System data sets FDRMOVE Program Library Non SMS APF Authorized Program Libraries Data sets used by programs specified with the NODSI option in the Program Properties Table PPT PARMLIB member SCHEDxx And add them to the table To update the table go to the FDR ISPF main menu See Unmovable Table on page 325 57 and then 1 Enter I for Install 2 Enter 5 to update the COMPAKTOR Unmovable Table also used for FDRMOVE 3 Make sure that the program library points to the FDRMOVE library and press ENTER 4 Now you can add or edit entries You must have UPDATE authority to the FDRMOVE program library since the table must be stored in that library 325 57 SYSTEM VOLUMES IBM RACF DaTA SETS TEMPORARY DATA SETS APF AUTHORIZED LIBRARIES CATALOGS SPECIAL DATA SETS NOTE GENERATION DATA GROUPS GDGs FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 Volumes in use by the operating system may have data sets that may not be enqueued and are continu
36. for the fixed block architecture FBA disks If an FBA disk fails the subsystem is able to assign an unused hot spare FBA disk to replace the failed disk and recreate the data that was on the failed disk Usually the disk vendor is automatically notified and the failed disk will be promptly replaced and returned to the vendor for diagnosis and repair However your data may still be on that failed disk and may be recoverable FDRERASE cannot access the failed FBA disk even before it is replaced and cannot erase data on it You may need to deal with the disk vendor to insure that your data is secure perhaps by destroying the disk or by connecting the FBA disk to a PC and erasing it with FDRERASE OPEN When you de install a disk subsystem make sure any data on un replaced failed disks are destroyed The fixed block architecture FBA disks used in disk subsystems usually have a capacity that far exceeds the capacity of the emulated count key data CKD disks so a single FBA disk may contain many emulated disks If the disk subsystem is using RAID 5 or RAID 10 configurations then a single emulated disk will be spread across several physical FBA disks usually called a RAID rank When many count key data CKD disks that reside on the same physical fixed block architecture FBA disk or RAID rank are erased at the same time the contention for the disk heads and data paths may severely degrade the total performance of the FDRERASE job So
37. 000013 LOGMESS YES 000014 PACEDELAY 0 000015 SWAPDELAY 15 000016 CHECKTARGET YES 000017 LARGERSIZE OK 000018 PACING STATIC 000019 MAXTASKS 1 000020 MAXACTIVESWAPS NO 000021 WTOR YES 000022 MOUNT VOL IDPLB8 SWAPUNIT 21C8 000023 MOUNT VOL IDPLB7 SWAPUNIT 21C7 000028 PASJOB DD DATA DLM ZZ 000029 CPUID 096E0D2096 000030 PASMONG JOB acct user id MSGLEVEL 1 1 000031 MSGCLASS X CLASS M 000032 ROUTE XEQ JESCPUA 000034 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000035 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib 000036 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT 000037 SYSUDUMP DD SyYSOUT 000038 SYSIN DD 000039 MONITOR TYPE SWAP 000040 MAXTASKS 64 000041 DYNMON YES 000042 DURATION 100 000043 LOGMESS NO 000044 MAXCARDS 250 000045 MOUNT SWAPUNIT 21C8 000046 DUCT 000047 21C6 000048 21C5 000049 21C4 000050 21C3 000051 CPUID 016E0D2096 000052 PASMONH JOB acct user id MSGLEVEL 1 1 000053 MSGCLASS X CLASS M 000054 ROUTE XEQ JESCPUC 000056 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000057 000058 000059 000060 STEPLIB DD SYSPRINT DD SYSUDUMP DD SYSIN DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSOUT SYSOUT 310 40 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 SIMULATE A SWAP Execute a simulated swap SIMSWAP statement to validate the parameters you will use EXAMPLE forthe real SWAP No MONITOR task
38. A single FDRMOVE job can process many volumes but if you wish to reduce the total elapsed time you can start multiple FDRMOVE jobs each processing different input volumes In many installations 90 of the data sets will be inactive not in use or become inactive over some period of time These data sets typically remain inactive for a long period of time MOVE automates the process of moving these data sets with little or no impact If a job needs the data set while it is being moved it will usually wait for it SELECT statements will identify the data sets to be moved and the new volume s to move them onto You can move Entire volumes all data sets on selected input volumes This is especially useful when you want to combine specific small volumes onto one or more larger volumes All data sets on one or more volumes that are below a certain size Testing has shown that moving small data sets with normal I O is often faster than using instant replication technology to move them Specified data sets selected by name and volume serial or SMS storage group or optionally from the catalog MOVE will identify all of the input volumes according to your specifications It will then begin moving inactive data sets from each volume up to eight volumes concurrently per FDRMOVE job When it has completed this first pass of all volumes it will begin waiting for active data sets to become available MOVE will attempt to move each s
39. As soon as each volume gets to its transit station FASTMOVE begins testing the status of the SYSDSN enqueue on each selected data set As soon as the data set is no longer active FASTMOVE will move that data set using instant replication technology FDRMOVE PLUG amp SwaP DATA SET MOVE PANEL A M ee FDRMOVE PLUG amp SWAP DATA SET MOVE Row 1 of 19 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Display DSN gt YES Jobname gt Refresh gt 0 MOVE STATUS REPORT FOR JOB MOVEOI13 AT 15 01 22 DATASETS 7 SSeS So NUMBERS OE VOLUMES Sa MOVED ACTIVE AWAITING TRANSIT MOVING TO TRANSIT IN TRANSIT STATION 70 32 0 il 2 VOL SH20C0 MOVING TO TRANSIT IBM76421 TO EMC00547 28 DATASETS TO MOVE VOL SH20C3 IN TRANSIT STATION EMC00547 EMC00547 1 DATASETS TO MOVE ACTIVE DATASETS FOR VOLUME SH20C3 NUMBER JOBS JOBNAMES HOLDING ENQUEUE DB2 WORKFILE VSH20C3 PS A0001 il JOB5 VOL SH20E0 IN TRANSIT STATION EMC00547 EMC00547 3 DATASETS TO MOVE ACTIVE DATASETS FOR VOLUME SH20E0 NUMBER JOBS JOBNAMES HOLDING ENQUEUE DB2 PAYROLL VSH20E0 PO A0002 l CES OMS DB2 PAYROLL VSH20E0 VSAM CLUSTER 2 CICS101 DB2BATCH DB2 DSNDBC DSNDB06 DSNKKX02 10001 A001 2 CICS101 DB2BATCH In the example above the FDRPAS transit station job has completed moving the first two volumes to the transit stations and is still moving the third volume 70 of the data sets on those two volumes wer
40. D M CPU IEE1741I 15 34 53 DISPLAY M 899 PROCESSOR STATUS TDEECEU SERIAL 00 026E0D2096 on 126E0D2096 Note that the first digit may be non zero if you have a multi processor system as shown in this example The first digit is always zero in FDRPAS message and parameters The second digit is an LPAR number if you have a system with multiple LPARs defined However on a z990 system last four digits are 2064 or any successor system the first two digits may be the LPAR number since those systems support more than 15 LPARs In a GRS complex or MIM complex environment FDRPAS MONITOR tasks can run without specifying any devices or MOUNT statements letting the MONITOR tasks dynamically allocate all the volumes 320 17 320 03 ZIVM WITH No ziOS GUESTS ZIVM WITH A SINGLE Z OS GUEST AND DEDICATED Disks ZIVM FULL VOLUME Mini Disks FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX ON SYSTEM Z CONSIDERATIONS 320 03 FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX FOR SYSTEM Z CONSIDERATIONS If you run z VM or Linux for System z in your installation there may be special considerations The following outlines the considerations but if you are uncertain please call INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for guidance FDRPAS runs only on z OS systems either a native z OS system or a z OS guest running on a virtual machine under z VM There is no FDRPAS version that runs under z VM or Linux for System z except on a z OS guest system FDRPA
41. FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 In order to meet more complex notification requirements the FDRPAS e mail facility can also Send varying e mail text to different recipients for example send a one line notification to one address and send the full set of messages to another Send different e mail texts depending whether the volume completed successfully or unsuccessfully You can even vary the e mail text depending on the FDRPAS message that triggered the e mail The enhanced e mail is invoked by an additional e mail statement EMAIL Indicate the start of an e mail message definition and terminates the data lines of the previous message If omitted there is only a single e mail definition See Basic E Mail Statements on page 320 25 The EMAIL statement can optionally appear before the first FROM statement and it is inserted after the data lines of a message definition to separate the next message definition It has an optional operand MSGz that is separated from EMAIL by one space The EMAIL statement may be followed by the TCPNAME MAILSERVER and or FROM statements but if omitted the previous values are used It must be followed by one to five TO or CC statements to define the recipients of this e mail The TO and CC statement s are followed by a new SUBJECT statement and optionally new data lines to define the e mail text The MSG operand
42. FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 Phase 2 Activation The SWAP task signals that Phase 2 has begun On each system FDRPAS temporarily suspends all application and system I O to the source volume and install an I O intercept to monitor updates to the source volume When this is done on all systems I O is allowed to proceed The swap has now begun The time required to complete Phase 2 varies depending on the number of systems involved On the FDRPAS ISPF panels the status now shows as ACTIVE Phase 3 Copy The SWAP task copies data tracks from the source volume to the target device reading and writing up to 15 tracks per I O The first pass of the Phase 3 copy copies all tracks on the source volume Only tracks currently allocated to a data set are copied plus tracks in the VTOC VTOC index VVDS and volume label For Physical Sequential PS Partitioned Organization PO and VSAM data sets only used tracks are copied unless those data sets are allocated to some job or task at the beginning of the swap in that case all allocated tracks are copied While the Phase 3 copy is progressing the I O intercepts on each system are monitoring I Os to the source volume to identify tracks that are updated At the end of each pass of Phase 3 a consolidated list of updated tracks is collected see Phase 4 and an additional pass of Phase 3 is made to re copy those updated tracks These additional Phase 3 passes continue until the number of tracks rema
43. Hardware Software Profile at the end of this manual and fax it to your INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING representative Alternatively you can e mail it to support fdrinnovation com Instruct your system console operators not to reply to any FDRPAS console messages without your knowledge Do not automate the replies to any FDRPAS console messages You can specify the operand WTOR NO to prevent the operators from replying to FDRPAS messages inappropriately Insure that the target device is defined in the configuration of every system image that uses the source volume to be swapped The target device must be varied offline on the system where the SWAP task is going to run but it must not be marked as offline in the I O configuration If the target device is in newly installed hardware you can use the dynamic I O configuration function of HCD to add it to the configuration Target devices that are not offline on the systems where the MONITOR tasks run are varied offline by the MONITOR task if no allocations exist on the volume If the source volume is currently in a disk subsystem such as IBM RVA early Oracle StorageTek SVA or any that emulate an IBM 3990 3 control unit contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING on how to move these subsystems 300 1 o FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS CHECKLIST 300 01 If the source volume is currently in a disk subsystem such as an IBM 3990 6 IBM 2105 IBM 2107 DS6000 DS8000 EMC HD
44. If the MONITOR task is monitoring only a single target device that task handles the entire swap process If the MONITOR task is monitoring multiple target devices the MONITOR task starts a separate FDRPAS task for each volume when the swap begins When the required number of MONITOR tasks have acknowledged their participation the SWAP task signals that the swap has begun The SWAP task installs the I O intercept on its image to monitor updates The MONITOR tasks recognizes that the swap has begun and install the I O intercept on their images to monitor updates When all MONITOR tasks have indicated that the intercepts are installed the SWAP task begins copying tracks from the original device to the target device The FDRPAS intercepts on each system monitor all I O operations to the original device and note all of the tracks that have been updated Updated tracks are copied or re copied if they were previously copied to the new device When the copy is complete or the number of tracks remaining to be copied is below a threshold FDRPAS signals all MONITOR tasks to quiesce all I O to the original device The remaining tracks if any are copied while all other I O is quiescent At this point the target device is an exact copy of the source volume The SWAP task now signals all MONITOR tasks to swap all system pointers on all system images so that all future I O to the volume is directed to the new device The original device is placed of
45. NOTE Limit By SIZE EXAMPLE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 03 This is an example of a MOVE to consolidate the 3390 9 input volumes in an SMS storage group to 3390 27 output volumes in the same storage group but in a different control unit The user has previously added all new volumes in the target control unit to the same SMS storage group FDRMOVE will terminate automatically if all selected data sets have been moved DISABLENEW YES will set all input volumes to DISNEW status so that new allocations will go to the output control unit FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES SELECT ALLDSN CUID 12345 STORGRP DB2APPL NEWCUID 54321 NEWSTORGRP DB2APPL The CUID xxxxx operand specifies the serial number of the source control unit and the NEWCUID sssss operand specifies the serial number of the target control unit FDRMOVE will round robin rotate the volumes in the target control unit for each of the ALLDSN statements that are internally generated If a different SMS storage group is specified for NEWSTORGRP change the SELECT statement above to SELECT ALLDSN STORGRP DB2APPL NEWSTORGRP DB2APPL2 If you are concerned that large data sets may be unavailable for man
46. PAS SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP MOUNT SWAPUNIT 07C3 310 54 310 27 RELABEL AND Mount SWAP SOURCE VOLUMES EXAMPLE RELABEL AND MOUNT SWAPDUMP TARGET VOLUMES EXAMPLE RELABEL OFFLINE VOLUME EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE VARY EXAMPLES 310 27 VARY EXAMPLES All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31027x Three volumes were swapped to new devices leaving the old disk devices as point in time backups of the volumes at the time of the swap completion but there is a need to access those backups This job will relabel the source volumes with new volume serials fix the volume label so they can be mounted and vary them online NARYON EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE VARYONLINE MOUNT VARYUNIT 07C3 NVOL OLD7C3 MOUNT VARYUNIT 07C4 NVOL OLD7C4 MOUNT VARYUNIT 07C5 NVOL OLD7C5 SWAPDUMP was successfully executed against sixteen disk volumes creating offline point in time copies These copies can be backed up with FDRINSTANT but if you need to execute other utilities against the copies this job will relabel the copied volumes with new volume serials fix the volume label so they can be mounted and vary them online The original volumes had vol
47. SELECTION INSTALLATION CD INSTALLATION 380 03 This screen allows you to specify the data set names that are used for the data sets you are loading from the install package These may be existing data sets to be updated or they may be new data sets that are allocated and cataloged new data sets are recommended Do not install FDRPAS FDRMOVE and or FDRERASE into existing libraries containing other FDR products since they may share common modules IDP PRODUCT INSTALL SCREEN 1 SOS Ss SS SS SSS SSS SSS INDE Pieoclieic ine AANA Creen qoes osSssSssessss Command gt Press Enter to accept changes Press End to continue install Enter Can TO lacie Product gt FDR Version gt 5 4 76 Input DSN from FTP site gt IDP PAS SHIPPDS Output DSN High Level Qualifier gt TIDE 2nd Level Qualifier gt FDR5476 Low Level Qualifiers X Will Bypass File Processing CHELSI gt CLIST SKELETON gt SKELETON LOADLIB gt LOAD TABLES gt NOT SHIPPED MESSAGES gt MESSAGES TER gt ICL PANELS gt PANELS JCL gt JCL STORCLAS gt MGMTCLAS gt VOLUME gt UNIT gt Resulting Data Set Names ClbAE SMe gt IDP FDR5476 CLIST LOADLIB gt IDP FDR5476 LOAD MESSAGES gt IDP FDR5476 MESSAGES PANELS gt IDP FDR5476 PANELS SKELETON gt IDP FDR5476 SKELETON TABLES Se ee eS ee TEL gt IDP FDR5476 ICL JCL gt IDP FDR5476 JCL
48. STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS The syntax of the SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP and SIMSWAPMON statement SWAP TY PE FULL SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON ALLOWPAV NO MAXACTIVESWAPS NO YES YES BUFNO 32 MAXTASKS 1 nn nn CANCELPROT NO NOTIFYERR userid m PACEDELAY 0 CHECKSOURCE NO nnnnn PACING DY NAMIC CHECKTARGET NO STATIC PRINT ALL CONFIRMSPLIT NO YES PRTDEFAULTS CONF IRMSWAP NO pened Ea RETRY CONFMESS N0 SRVCLASS c7assname HIGHEST gt EMSG 0K nnn NULL LARGERSIZE NO OK LOGMESS NO YES MAXCARDS 250 nnnn 310 4 SWAPDELAY nnn SWAPIOERR NORETRY RETRY VOLSORT NO YES WTOR N0 YES SWAP STATEMENT NOTE SWAPDUMP STATEMENT NOTE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 This statement initiates an FDRPAS SWAP task to move a volume to a new disk device It must be the first statement in the input only one SWAP statement is allowed per execution SWAP must be followed by one or more MOUNT statements to identify the online volumes to be swapped and may optionally be followed by one or more EXCLUDE statements to exclude certain systems that do not have a source volume online If multiple MOUNT statements are specified by default FDRPAS processes th
49. SYSTEMS NSYSTEMS WARNING This operand is no longer documented and INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that it NOT be used unless you are swapping a really old control unit Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you receive an FDR234 REASON R message indicating that you need to specify SYSTEMS ALLOWPAV The ALLOWPAV operand controls the status of the Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases during the SWAP operation This operand specifies whether the Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases are disabled at the start of the SWAP operation or at the time when the actual SWAP of the volume occurs NO Indicates that the Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases are disabled at the start of the SWAP operation and re enabled after the SWAP operation completes YES Indicates that the Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases stay enabled during the initial copy phase and be disabled during the time the actual SWAP of the volume occurs This reduces the amount of time that PAV aliases are not available Default NO Note ALLOWPAV YES needs to be specified on all of the SWAP and MONITOR tasks that you wish to leave PAV active BUFNO nn Specifies the number of I O buffers that FDRPAS uses while copying data from the source volume to the target device from 2 to 32 It should be an even number and is rounded up if odd FDRPAS divides this buffer set in half in order to overlap input and output I Os With BUFNO 32 FDRPAS reads and
50. TO UNIT 226F TO UNIT 226F SYSA SYSC SYSJ SYSZ SYSE SYSD SYSH SYSI lt 24 20 24 23 AAS 2423 s2423 24 23 12423 2423 Bea AS 2A 238 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 AeA 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 zZ Cis SiS T S O zZ zZ E S O G SOOO Seo Gos Sa OS ooo oa oa oe 310 56 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SAMPLE PRINTOUTS 310 30 SAMPLE SWAP The summary output will appear in a SWAP task if an FDRSUMM DD statement is SUMMARY OUTPUT present It contains a one line summary for each volume processed showing the completion code elapsed time volume size in cylinders bytes read data sets on the volume at the start of the swap tracks updated during the swap and total tracks copied FDR PLUG AND SWAP FDRPAS INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING COMP ELAPSED DASD BYTES DATASETS UPDATED TRACKS CODE TIME MIN READ FROM VOL PROCESSED TRACKS SWAPPED 0 Wig 662 278 052 61 10724 14 173 0 M2 as 1 833 760 322 355 314 27 022 SAMPLE SWAP In this sample printout below from a user submitted FDRPAS MONITOR task you can MONITOR OUTPUT see The control statements requesting that FDRPAS monitor a range of target device waiting for swaps to begin The MONITOR task detected swaps beginning on four target devices at different times Three swaps completed successfully on this system The MONITOR task te
51. The direct link for the FDRERASE Product Demo is http Awww fdr com demo cfm 330 7 330 02 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CHECKLIST 330 02 FDRERASE CHECKLIST This is a simple checklist of steps when preparing to erase disk with FDRERASE Please review the rest of the FDRERASE documentation to understand the steps in this checklist O Review Section 330 05 FDRERASE Considerations on page 330 27 to understand the different types of erase and choose the appropriate one to fit your need and to understand the impact of erase on the type of disk you are erasing At your home site you probably want to restrict which users can use FDRERASE functions See Securing FDRERASE on page 34 FDRERASE obviously has the capability of erasing data that should not be erased Although FDRERASE has checks to try to insure that only appropriate disks are erased these can be circumvented Only you can positively identify the disks that can be safely erased and it is your responsibility to do so You should do the same sort of checks that you would do before initializing a disk with ICKDSF e g commands INIT INSPECT REFORMAT TRKFMT FDRERASE only operates on disks that are offline to the system where it is executing Except on most EMC subsystems FDRERASE cannot tell if a disk may be online to another system Even the ONLINE VARYOFF operand which varies online disks offline for erasing only operates on the current syste
52. When the trial expires it will not be usable If you have licensed a production version of FDRPAS FDRMOVE or FDRERASE you should install it in place of the trial version Call INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you need assistance This message can also come out on a rental version when the rental period is about to or has expired 390 6 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 390 03 MESSAGES FDROO1 program function VER v r mmt INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING DATE yyyy ddd PAGE nnn Reason This is the FDR page heading containing the name of program or FDR function generating the message and the version level of FDR v r indicates the version and release e g 5 4 mm is a 2 digit number indicating the maintenance level and will be P for a production version or T for a trial FDR003 NONSTANDARD RECORD ZERO cecchhhhrrkklilll function CONTINUING Reason FDRPAS detected a non standard record zero RO in a track on the volume The count field of the RO is printed in hex A standard IBM record zero format has an rrkkilil field of 00000008 that is record number zero key length zero and data length eight Action FDRPAS will continue copying data to detect additional errors but will not complete the swap If necessary contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance in correcting the error FDR007 startend TIME OF function hh mm ss UNIT disktype IN inputdd OUTPUT outdd Reason Do
53. and the name of the started task if the MONITOR task was started as an internal subtask this will not appear If a MONITOR task ended with an error condition the additional text WITH ERRORS will appear FDRERASE STARTED ERASE TASK FOR UNIT uuuu CU mfrserallssid diskid Reason In this form of the FDR238 message FDRERASE started an internal erase subtask for the indicated disk device mfr is the disk subsystem manufacturer e g IBM seral is the subsystem serial number ssid is the subsystem ID SSID and diskid is the internal disk identification if it can be determined or the device address if not FDRINITV STARTED INITV TASK FOR UNIT uuuu CU mfrserallssid diskid Reason In this form of the FDR238 message FDRINITV started an internal VTOC initialization subtask for the indicated disk device mfr is the disk subsystem manufacturer e g IBM seral is the subsystem serial number ssid is the subsystem ID SSID and diskid is the internal disk identification if it can be determined or the device address if not FDR239 nnnnnnn TRACKS UPDATED BY systemid nnnnnnn TOTAL UNIQUE TRACKS UPDATED IN PASS ppppp RE COPYING UPDATED TRACKS Reason Once FDRPAS has completed the initial copy phase during a swap of a volume it will re copy any tracks that were updated on that volume during that phase If additional tracks are updated during that re copy pass those tracks may be copied a
54. it starts an internal subtask or external started task to participate in the swap If MAXTASKS nn is specified or defaulted to 64 then up to nn active swaps are processed as internal subtasks If the number of monitored devices actively participating in swaps exceeds the value specified or defaulted for MAXTASKS the additional monitor functions are processed as external started tasks FDRPAS uses the IBM ASCRE function to create a new started task address space for each MONITOR task invoking the PASPROC cataloged procedure See Section 380 16 FDRPAS and FDRERASE Options Panel A 1 4 14 on page 380 28 Since these external MONITOR tasks are separate address spaces they count against the maximum number of address spaces allowed by the MAXUSER parameter in the IEASYSxx PARMLIB member used during the IPL of your z OS system If a large number of such external MONITOR tasks are started some may fail if MAXUSER is exceeded and it may affect the ability to start other tasks or users One or more MONITOR tasks can be submitted by the SWAP task using the PASJOB DD statement 310 19 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR SWAP STATEMENT 310 05 MONITOR SWAP TYPE STATEMENT Must be specified on the MONITOR statement OPERANDS SWAP Initiates a MONITOR task that monitors offline volumes for a swap operation initiated by a SWAP task ALLOWPAV The ALLOWPAV operand controls the status of the Parallel Ac
55. the FDR ISPF dialogs at a release level matching the level of FDRPAS that you are using your FDR or ABR main ISPF menu will have an option P for FDRPAS If so you can skip the invocation of ABRALLOC shown below and use that option to invoke the FDRPAS dialogs If you do not have an appropriate level of the FDR dialogs installed or they are at a lower release level than the level of FDRPAS in use then use the following procedure Go to ISPF option 6 or exit ISPF to TSO READY mode and issue this command EXEC fdrpas clist library ABRALLOC specifying the name of the FDRPAS CLIST library that was installed during the installation of FDRPAS See Section 380 02 Electronic Installation on page 380 2 through See Section 380 04 Tape Installation on page 380 11 This will allocate all of the required FDRPAS ISPF libraries and invoke the ABR dialogs including FDRPAS If you issued the ABRALLOC from TSO READY you will see a standard ISPF main menu with an additional option A for ABR If your installation has modified your ISPF main menu this may look considerably different than you are normally used to seeing This ISPF menu will look something like this ISPF PRIMARY OPTION MENU Menu Utilities Compilers Options Status Help ISPF Primary Option Menu Option gt A 0 Settings Terminal and user parameters User I ID 1 View Display source data or listings Tamers sa OOS 2 Mie Create or chang
56. the same NVOL list FDRMOVE will round robin rotate the list On the second SELECT the first volume is moved to the last slot and this is repeated for subsequent SELECT statements This round robin rotation spreads the data sets across the output volumes Since each SELECT specifies one input volume the data sets from one input volume will be moved to the first NVOL data sets from the second input go to the second NVOL etc If the NVOL lists are different on two consecutive SELECT statements the rotation is restarted using the new NVOL SELECT CATDSN Will create internal SELECT DSN statements one for each unique data set and per input volume found in the catalog each with the same NVOL list copied from the SELECT CATDSN So the output volume rotation is always done for each CATDSN statement selecting multiple input volumes SELECT VOL ABC A volume serial group ended with an asterisk will create internal SELECT DSN statements for each input volume found each with the same NVOL list that is copied from the SELECT VOL ABC So the output volume rotation is always done for each VOL ABC statement selecting multiple input volumes SELECT STORGRP Will create internal SELECT VOL statements one for each input volume found in the storage group each with the same NVOL list copied from the SELECT So the output volume rotation is always done for each STORGRP2 statement selecting multiple input volumes The rota
57. the volume specified by VOL For example if the z OS address of volume PROD01 is 03A4 MOUNT VOL PROD01 SWAPUNIT 17C swaps to device 17C4 MOUNT VOL PRODO01 SWAPUNIT 17 2 swaps to device 17A2 MOUNT VOL PROD01 SWAPUNIT 17 swaps to device 17A4 This feature allows you to easily swap a set of volumes on adjacent addresses a string of disk volumes to a set of adjacent addresses in the new disk subsystem 310 16 310 04 SWAP EXCLUDE STATEMENT SYNTAX SWAP EXCLUDE STATEMENT FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP TASk EXCLUDE STATEMENT 310 04 SWAP TASK EXCLUDE STATEMENT FDRPAS SWAP task EXCLUDE statement syntax EXCLUDE CPUID cpuid X The SWAP task EXCLUDE statement optionally follows the SWAP TYPE FULL statement and specifies the hardware CPU serial number of a system image where the source volume is known to be offline or not in the I O configuration One or more EXCLUDE statements can be specified You should use the EXCLUDE statement only when both of these are true The source volume is in a disk subsystem where FDRPAS can determine the CPU IDs of the systems that have access to the subsystem This includes the IBM 3990 6 IBM 2105 IBM 2107 DS6000 DS8000 and other subsystems that emulate one of these IBM systems Note that on most EMC Symmetrix subsystems FDRPAS can determine which systems actually have the source volume online so EXCLUDE statements should not be require
58. vi EXPANDED SUPPORT FOR Basic HYPERSWAP MONITOR TASK SERVICE CLASS PERFORMANCE ACTIVE SYSPLEX COUPLING DATA SETS RECOGNIZED IXSYSIN DD STATEMENT CPU TIME REDUCTION SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 76 Basic HyperSwap is an IBM facility included in z OS which automates the swap of a large number of Metro Mirror PPRC primary volumes to their secondary devices in the case of planned or unplanned outage FDRPAS cannot SWAP a volume while it is being actively managed by HyperSwap Prior to FDRPAS V 5 4 76 it was necessary to bring down Basic HyperSwap before doing SWAPs with FDRPAS and then to bring it back up after the FDRPAS SWAPs were complete HyperSwap would be disabled for a significant period minutes leaving the installation exposed in case of a failure To avoid having multiple periods of exposure the installation would probably want to do the FDRPAS SWAPs of all disks in the HyperSwap configuration at the same time FDRPAS V 5 4 76 greatly reduces this exposure by using the Block Unblock facility of HyperSwap this support requires z OS 1 12 or above or z OS 1 9 through 1 11 with the fix for APAR OA26509 With Block and Unblock Basic HyperSwap does not need to be brought down to do an FDRPAS SWAP instead it is just suspended for a much shorter period The time depends on the number of disks being SWAPped and the number of participating LPARs and m
59. 2 on page 380 11 then the problem is that the tape was mounted AFTER the MOUNT command was issued Issue an UNLOAD console command and go back to Tape Installation Step 3 2 on page 380 11 Now issue this TSO command to invoke the Tape Install program LOADGO FDR INSTALL The tape install program FDRLOAD is loaded from the tape and begins execution Proceed to Tape Installation Step 3 5 on page 380 12 380 11 TAPE INSTALLATION STEP 3 4 TAPE INSTALLATION STEP 3 5 NOTE WARNING INSTALLATION TAPE INSTALLATION 380 04 Use this step to submit a batch job to copy the tape install program to a disk file from which it can be executed under TSO Submit this job stream TEBGENER EXEC PGM IEBGENER SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DUMMY SYSUT2 DD DISP CATLG SPACE 1600 50 RLSE DSN user specified name lt specify data set name UNIT SYSALLDA VOL SER vvvvvv lt specify disk vol SYSUT1 DD DISP OLD DSN FDR INSTALL LABEL 9 EXPDT 98000 UNIT TAPE lt change if required VOL SER FDR54T lt change to FDR54R if prod tape After the successful completion of the IEBGENER job issue this TSO command from ISPF option 6 TSO Commands or the TSO READY prompt LOADGO user specified name Specify the same data set name given in the JCL in quotes The tape install program is loaded from disk an
60. 2 PP Identifier None Email tmeehan fdrinnovation com ial Web http www innovationdp fdr com products fdrerase Security Target zal CC Testing Lab Validation Report SAIC Common Criteria Testing Laboratory CC Certificate Image 2 Assurance Continuity Maintenance Report 2 The TOE is an application that runs on a mainframe computer running the IBM z OS operating systems The TOE provides two different levels of disk erasures They are the ERASE and SECUREERASE functions Disk erasures are actually performed by overwriting stored data to make the original data unrecoverable This overwrite includes the VTOC Volume Table of Contents i e the disk directory The TOE also provides a method to verify that user data has been erased This is the VERIFY function The ERASE function overwrites every track of DASD with a track length record consisting of binary zeroes by default This single overwrite will make all data originally on each track unrecoverable by any normal system program running anywhere that has direct access to the disk or through the disk control unit Original data however may still be recoverable through sophisticated laboratory techniques and special programs whose purpose is to recover data on DASD by commanding the disk to skew read heads plus or minus a number of degrees Any residual data recording on the edge of the track may be recoverable using such a technique The SECUREERASE function overwrites each D
61. 310 21 Once all the information is entered Use the SIMSWAP job option on the Menu drop down list to generate the job and control cards to perform the SIMSWAP FDRPAS PULL DOWN MENU Active SWAP job CLear entries COnfirm SWAPDUMP job RESEt status Message CONFIRM job SUspend MONITOR job REsume SIMSWAP job ABORT SIMSWAPMON job Options AUTOSWAP job HIstory HYPERSWAP job sort Place the cursor next to the command to execute and press enter Press PF3 to exit Press PFl for the Help tutorials Pressing ENTER will display the generated JCL and control statements that can be modified if needed Enter submit on the TSO command line to submit this for execution The options that are generated are the values from the FDRPAS Options panel See Section 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 SIMSWAP GENERATED JCL AND CONTROL STATEMENTS Command gt submit Scroll gt CSR kkkkkk kkxkxkxkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxkxk Top of Data KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KK KKKKK KK 000005 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000006 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib 000007 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT 000008 SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT 000009 SYSIN DD 000010 SIMSWAP TYPE FULL 000011 CONF IRMSWAP NO 000012 CONFMESS NO 000013 LOGMESS YES 000014 PACEDELAY 0 000015 SWAPDELAY 15 000016 CHECKTARGET YES 000017 LARGERSIZE OK 000018 PACING STATIC 000019 MAXTASKS 1 000020 MAX
62. 310 38 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 The output from this SIMSWAPMON run shows that CHECKSOURCE YES was specified CPK320I as well as the acknowledgement of the monitors from the other LPARs FDR233 It also shows that the job completed successfully FDR999 and is ready for the actual SWAP job to be run CARD SIMSWAPMON TYPE FULL CARD CONF IRMSWAP NO CARD CONFMESS NO CARD LOGMESS YES CARD PACEDELAY 0 CARD SWAPDELAY 15 CARD CHECKSOURCE YES CARD CHECKTARGET YES CARD LARGERSI ZE OK CARD IMAGE PACING STATIC CARD IMAGE MAXTASKS 1 CARD IMAGE MAXACTIVESWAPS NO CARD IMAGE WTOR YES CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL IDPLB8 SWAPUNIT 21C8 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL IDPLB7 SWAPUNIT 21C7 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL IDPLB6 SWAPUNIT 21C6 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL IDPLB5 SWAPUNIT 21C5 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL IDPLB4 SWAPUNIT 21C4 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL IDPLB3 SWAPUNIT 21C3 FDR SUBMITTED FDRPAS MONITOR JOBNAME PASMONU FOR CPUID 096E0D2096 FDR SUBMITTED FDRPAS MONITOR JOBNAME PASMONV FOR CPUID 016E0D2096 So REPORT FROM SYSPRINI COMPAKTOR OPTIONS IN EFFECT CHECKSOURCE INDEXED VTOC EXISTS ON VOLUME IDPLB8 VOLUME SUMMARY DEVICE TYPE NO OF TRACKS NO OF CYLINDERS NO OF ALLOCATED TRACKS PERCENTAGE OF VOLUME IN USE COMPAKTOR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED CHECKSOURCE RUN VOLUME IDPLB8 CPUB SERIAL 026E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL IDPLB8 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPUC SERIAL 016E0D2096 ACKNOWLED
63. ALLCALL option A security call for class DASDVOL and volume vvvvvv indicated that the volume was not protected by DASDVOL so FDRPAS began doing checks in class DATASET for all data sets on the volume The user does not have sufficient authority to the data set named so the FDRPAS operation was terminated Action An U0801 ABEND is issued FDR023 DUMMY VTOC READ ENTIRE PACK WILL BE DUMPED Reason FDRPAS found that the VTOC on this volume started and ended on cylinder zero head zero This is the format used on volumes initialized by z VM that dummy VTOC is not valid Action FDRPAS will copy all tracks on the volume FDRO24 INVALID EXTENT DESCRIPTOR REASON reason DSN dsname Reason FDR read a DSCB Format 1 or 3 that contained an invalid extent description If a mini dump is printed the first five bytes of the DSCB printed after the registers in the mini dump are the cylinder head and record number CCHHR of the DSCB in error If REASON2 is printed it is one of the following 1 ENDING CYLINDER TOO LARGE 2 STARTING TRACK TOO LARGE 3 ENDING CCHH BEFORE BEGIN 4 ENDING TRACK TOO LARGE NOTE Reasons 2 and 4 indicate that the starting or ending track number of an extent is higher than the highest track on a cylinder i e higher than 14 on 3380 or 3390 not that the start or end of an extent is after the end of the pack If you are swapping to a smaller disk reason 1 probably means that a data set on the so
64. CARD IMAGE MONITOR TYPE JOIN NOS MOUNT SU 21C1 PARM ENTRY CARD IMAGE MOUNT SU 21C1 PARM ENTRY FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL 0432429672 IS MONITORING THE FOLLOWING 1 UNITS 13 115 ZAC Al Selon CPUB SERIAL 0209417060 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL RVA7D1 AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 07D1 TO 21C1 CPUB ACTIVATED I O INTERCEPTS ON UNIT 07D1 od Sir CPUB DE ACTIVATED I O INTERCEPTS ON UNIT 07D1 252 TRACKS UPDATED i85 FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL RVA7D1 TO UNIT 21C1 ON CPUB a FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SVE 310 57 310 31 INVOKING THE FDRPAS ISPF DIALOGS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE The FDRPAS ISPF interface allows you to initiate monitor and control FDRPAS operations on the system to which your TSO session is logged on You can Monitor active swaps Initiate SWAP SWAPDUMP MONITOR SIMSWAP and SIMSWAPMON tasks Confirm swaps that specified CONFIRMSWAP YES or CONFIRMSPLIT YES Suspend and resume active swaps Terminate active swaps Reply to certain FDRPAS messages Display FDRPAS history records Display basic information about any disk devices in your installation selecting them by unit address volser subsystem ID subsystem serial number or SMS storage group The FDRPAS ISPF dialogs are integrated with the ISPF dialogs of FDR the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FDR disk management system If you have installed
65. CONFERASE YES is specified It is issued once for all the units to be erased the units will be listed in message FDR235 that precedes the FDRW071 Action Reply YES Operator approves request Reply NO Operator does not approve the request the function is terminated Message FDR234 REASON Q will be printed To perform FDRERASE without operator intervention specify CONFERASE NO on the SWAP statement or omit CONFERASE NO is the default CONFIRM REQUEST TO INITV nnnn UNITS REPLY YES OR NO SEE PREVIOUS FDR235 MSG FOR UNITS Reason This form of message FDRW01 is issued by FDRINITV if CONFERASE YES is specified It is issued once for all the units to be initialized the units will be listed in message FDR235 that precedes the FDRW01 Action Reply YES Operator approves request Reply NO Operator does not approve the request the function is terminated Message FDR234 REASON Q will be printed To perform INITV without operator intervention specify CONFERASE NO on the SWAP statement or omit CONFERASE NO is the default CONFIRM REQUEST TO VARY OFFLINE FOR function VOL vvvvvv UNIT uuuu REPLY YES NO OR ALL Reason This form of message FDRW01 is issued by FDRERASE or FDRINITV if ONLINE VARYOFF is specified It is issued for each online unit that will be varied offline and erased or initialized Action Reply YES Operator approves request for this volume Reply NO Operator does not approve the req
66. CONTINUE SUNG eh ALL INDEX ASSIGN NEW INDEX ES TO ALL DATA SET NAMES SUNG ch N NEWNAME ASSIGN A NEWNAME TO THE DATA SET DESIGNATED BY N STY PES BACK GO BACK TO THE DATA SET SELECTION SCREEN 1 GIENC PES END EXIT IMMEDIATELY PLEASE SELECT ONE OF THE OPTIONS LISTED ABOV SELECT gt NOTE The load library must be an APF authorized library If necessary you can authorize it after the install using the SETPROG console command see the IBM z OS MVS System Commands SA22 7627 23 manual for details The names shown above are the default names provided with the Tape Install program You may change these names in one of two ways 1 To change the current high level index of all of the data sets to a different index or indexes enter ALL newindex s For example E ALL FDRPAS54 changes the names to FDRPAS54 ICLFDR54 etc E ALL SYS3 FDRPAS changes the names to SYS3 FDRPAS ICLFDR54 etc To completely change the name of any one data set enter that data set s number followed by the replacement name For example E 3 SYS2 IDP LOAD changes the name of the load library You can use either or both of these techniques repeatedly until you are satisfied with the names If you intend to update an existing library be sure that library name is correctly specified However we recommend that you always install into newly created libraries to avoid X37 ABENDs due to insufficient space in existing libraries For n
67. DATASET class to every data set on the volume if any data set is not authorized the operation fails Target devices for main SWAP tasks must be offline before running the SWAP task If the target device is not offline on an LPAR that a MONITOR task is running special checking is done by the MONITOR task to ensure that this device is the same target device as specified by the main FDRPAS process and that the device is inactive on the LPAR this MONITOR task is running on If so then this volume is varied offline on by this MONITOR task otherwise it is left online to that MONITOR task 310 5 SIMSWAP STATEMENT RECOMMENDATION SIMSWAPMON STATEMENT FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 SIMSWAP performs a simulation of a SWAP operation The SIMSWAP statement accepts all of the operands and statements of a SWAP operation but it does not actually perform a swap The SIMSWAP statement does not require MONITOR tasks on other systems if MONITOR tasks are running they do not participate SIMSWAP has these uses 1 It validates all of the operands that appear on the SWAP statement 2 It validates the online volumes and offline target devices specified on the MOUNT statements on the system where the SIMSWAP is executed This identifies errors such as the target device does not exist or is not offline or is the wrong type or size 3 For disks in subsystems whe
68. DATE 2010 270 PAGE CARD IMAGE MONITOR TYPE SWAP DYNMON YES 00320000 FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS MONITORING DYNAMICALLY OE yeh e4s FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS MONITORING 17C1 00 FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS MONITORING 17CA Ors FDRPAS STARTED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17C1 OO FDRPAS STARTED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17CA OG FDRPAS ENDED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17CA oO FDRPAS ENDED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17C1 sO FDRPAS STARTED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17C1 00 FDRPAS STARTED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17CA lt 00 FDRPAS ENDED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17C1 Ola FDRPAS ENDED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 17CA oak The SYSPRTnn output from one of the MONITOR tasks will look similar to SiS Ce Cre Cre ie cre FDR PLUG AND SWAP FDRPAS VER x x xx INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING DATE 2010 270 PAGE 1 CARD IMAGE MOUNT SU 17C1 1 l7 PARM ENTRY FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS MONITORING THE FOLLOWING 1 UNITS 10 00 07 PIG 1000 07 CPUC SERIAL 016E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL HI17C2 AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 17C2 TO 17C1 FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED 10 00 15 FDR PLUG AND SWAP FDRPAS VER x x xx INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING DATE 2010 270 PAGE ae CARD IMAGE MOUNT SU 17C1 1 l7 PARM ENTRY FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS MONITORING THE FOLLOWING 1 UNITS 10 00 17 GL T0 007 FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED 10 01 45 310 44 310 22 PoINT IN TIME BACKUP OF A VOL
69. DD DISP SHR DSN TCPIP DATA SYSTEM1 IL DD DISP SHR DSN STGMGMT FDRPAS CNTL EMAIL SWAP ENDED amp SYSTEMS JOB amp JOBNAME STEP amp STEPNAME IT 1A IT 1A IT 1A SYSTCP FDREMA SYSIN DD SWAP TY PE FULL EMSG OK MOUNT VOL TSO001 SWAPUN MOUNT VOL TSO002 SWAPUN MOUNT VOL TSO099 SWAPUN Data set STGMGMT FDRPAS CNTL EMAIL contains MAILSERVER MAIL MYCOMPANY COM FROM JOHN DOE lt JOHNDOE MYCOMPANY COM gt TO PASLIST MYCOMPANY COM SUBJECT FDRPAS MESSAGE amp MESSAGE 320 29 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 SEND AN E MAIL IF Send an e mail if the FDRMOVE job fails Since no SYSTCPD DD is provided the FDRMOVE JoB MAILSERVER statement must specify the IP address of the mail server The e mail FAILS EXAMPLE includes the text of the error message MOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT FDREMAIL DD MAILSERVER 12 132 14 178 FROM lt ABC MYCOMPANY COM gt TO lt XYZ MYCOMPANY COM gt SUBJECT FDRMOVE JOB FAI SYSIN DD FASTMOVE TYPE DSE SELECT CATDSN PAYROLL ACCOUNTS NVOL SY3100 o SEND AN E MAIL Send an e mail to several recipients for each volume in this ste
70. DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP MOUNT SWAPUNIT 70 lt targets for FDRPAS MOUNT SWAPUNIT 7F lt targets for FDRPAS TRANSIT See Section 310 23 MONITOR SWAP Examples on page 310 47 for other ways to start the MONITOR tasks Step2 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication This step is the FDRPAS SWAP task to non disruptively move 1 3 of the input disks choose the volumes with the most active data sets If any volumes contain data sets that cannot be moved by FDRMOVE such as catalogs you should select those volumes Two extra volumes are moved to handle special conditions with multi volume data sets and very full volumes STEP2 EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL IN0001 SWAPUNIT 7001 MOUNT VOL IN0002 SWAPUNIT 7002 MOUNT VOL IN0003 SWAPUNIT 7003 MOUNT VOL IN0021 SWAPUNIT 7021 MOUNT VOL IN0022 SWAPUNIT 7022 325 46 FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLU MES WITH FDRPAS AND FASTMOVE 325 09 Step3 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication This step is a simulated MOVE that will identify data sets to be moved on the remaining input volumes It also identifies any jobs currently holding the SY
71. ERASE STARTED PASS 2 PATTERN 70 ERASE HARDENED DATA TO UNIT 21C3 IN 1 SECS 0000 0685 00006086 ERASE ENDED PASS 2 ERASE HARDENED DATA TO UNIT 21C3 IN 0 SECS 0685 0D0A 00006086 ERASE STARTED PASS 3 PATTERN F9 ERASE HARDENED DATA TO UNIT 21C3 IN 0 SECS 0000 0685 0000605B ERASE ENDED PASS 3 ERASE HARDENED DATA TO UNIT 21C3 IN 1 SECS 0000 O0D0A 00006008 FDRERASE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED ERASE OF VOL SH20E3 ON UNIT 21C3 OPERATION STATISTICS FOR 3390 VOLUME CYLINDERS ON VOLUME DATASETS PROCESSED BYTES READ FROM DASD DASD TRACKS ERASED NUMBER OF ERASE PASSES DASD EXCPS TARGET DASD EXCPS CPU TIME SECONDS ELAPSED TIME MINUTES ERASE TIME FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED AAaAaAaanaaanananananranannranaanannanon ao FDRSUMM If any FDRERASE step except for a SIMERASE includes an FDRSUMM DD statement SAMPLE OuTPUT this will contain a 1 line summary of every disk processed The title line will show the type of FDRERASE function executed in this example it was an ERASE The erase pattern s used or found by verification will be shown on the right If this was for a VERIFY function the TRACKS VERIFIED column will show the number of tracks that were read for verification even if they did not pass erase verification FDR ERASE VOLUMES FDRERASE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING COMP ELAPSED VOLUME TRACKS OF TRACKS ERASE CODE TIME MIN SIZE CYL SERIAL VERIFIED PASSES ERASED PATTERN BYTE S 0 oul 37339 STK 10030 0 1 50 085 2 226
72. FASTMOVE and SIMMOVE are TYPE DSF Specifies that a data set move is to be performed It is required DATA ALL All allocated tracks of all data sets will be moved USED Only the used portion of Physical Sequential PS and Partitioned Organization PO PDS data sets will be moved Even though only used tracks are copied the output data sets will retain the size allocation of the input data sets On volumes with many PS and PO data sets DATA USED will make the move run faster Default USED 325 04 325 6 DISABLENEW FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 NO A quiesce will not be done on the source volumes and new allocations can continue to go to those volumes as well as the output volumes YES SMS managed source volumes will be marked as DISNEW disabled for new allocations Non SMS volumes will be changed to mount status PRIVATE if they are currently PUBLIC or STORAGE Changing the mount status to PRIVATE prevents new allocations to those volumes unless the specific volser is provided in the user s JCL Default NO The output volumes should be defined to the same SMS storage group or esoteric unit name for non SMS as the input volumes so new allocations will naturally go to the new volsers DISABLENEW YES is recommended if you want to discontinue use of the source volumes such as when you are migrating all data off of a disk subsystem NoTE FDRMOVE will not re enable the source vo
73. FASTMOVE works best when the number of offline transit station devices equals or exceeds the number of input volumes FASTMOVE will be able to move all the input volumes to a transit station Then when you bounce the application using the data sets all of them can be moved at once However it may not be possible for you to provide a sufficient number of transit stations FASTMOVE will still work but in stages FASTMOVE will move input volumes to the transit stations until it runs out of stations The FDRMOVE ISPF panel or the console STATUS command will show you what volumes are in transit stations and what data sets FASTMOVE is waiting for Now when you bounce the application FASTMOVE will move a subset of the data sets specified Assuming that all selected data sets on that set of input volumes have been moved they will be swapped back to their original devices and other volumes will move to the transit stations Now you can bounce the application again to move the data sets from those volumes This will be repeated until all selected data sets have been moved For example MOUNT VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 17C0 17C1 17C2 Three offline transit station devices MOUNT VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 17C Transit station devices in the range 17C0 17CF MOUNT VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 17 18 19A Transit station devices in the ranges 1700 17FF 1800 18FF and 19A0 19AF MOUNT VOL INO00
74. FDRERASE ERASEALL then they will be able to erase empty and FDRPAS disks but not other offline disks jobs that specify CHECKTARGET NO will get a control statement error If the job specifies ONLINE VARYOFF which allows online disks to be varied offline and erased FDRERASE will additionally check for READ authority to CLASS FACILITY ENTITY FDRERASE ONLINE VARYOFF If the user is not authorized and ONLINE VARYOFF is specified the job will fail with a control statement error If any of these FACILITY resources are not protected in your security system then the FDRERASE functions will be allowed While an FDRERASE job is running you can stop it prematurely before all disks are erased or modify the number of ERASE tasks MAXTASKS dynamically with console commands You can also display the status of running erase tasks To stop FDRERASE issue the STOP P command with the name of the FDRERASE job P jobname FDRERASE will terminate as soon as all disks currently being erased have terminated no new disks will be started To dynamically modify the value of MAXTASKS the number of concurrent ERASE tasks issue the MODIFY F command F jobname MAXTASKS nn If you are increasing the current value of MAXTASKS to a maximum of 64 FDRERASE will start new ERASE subtasks if it has disks that have not yet started If you are decreasing MAXTASKS FDRERASE will eventually reduce the number of active ERASE tasks to the new value this may take a fe
75. FDRERASE uses hardware queries which vary by disk vendor to identify the underlying physical disk or rank and limits the number of active erase tasks on any one underlying disk or rank See MAXEU on page 18 FDRERASE will identify the vendor control unit serial number SSID Subsystem ID and internal disk disk rank ID See Vendor Considerations for Erasing on page 29 If any of this information cannot be determined FDRERASE will simply use the z OS device address of the logical disk as the ID To get the best elapsed time when erasing a large number of disks specify many disk devices on a single MOUNT statement so that FDRERASE can manage the erase tasks spreading the activity across various subsystems and internal disks 330 28 VENDOR CONSIDERATIONS FOR ERASING FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 EMC EMC subsystems allow FDRERASE to determine if a given disk is online to other systems If the volume has a valid volume label FDRERASE will make this check and will not allow the disk to be erased unless it is offline to all systems you can override this check by specifying ACTIVETARGET PROCESS but you must be sure that the volume is truly not in use This capability is not available on subsystems from other vendors If you use BCVs Business Continuance Volumes under EMC TimeFinder you must be sure that the BCVs are also erased If the BCVs are ESTABLISHed at the time that FDRERASE is do
76. FDRPAS AND FASTMOVE 325 09 Step4 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication This step is the FASTMOVE job Step3 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication on page 325 47 except changing SIMMOVE to FASTMOVE Submit it sometime before you intend to bounce the application to give FDRPAS time to move all the volumes into the transit stations Note that the NVOL list specifies the first 4 of the input volumes that were moved by FDRPAS STEP4 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD FASTMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YE F N0001 INO002 IN0022 S SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0023 NVOL SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0024 NVOL s I IN0001 IN0002 IN0022 ECT ALLDSN VOL IN0025 NVOL I N0001 IN0002 IN0022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0059 NVOL IN0001 IN0002 IN0022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0060 NVOL IN0001 IN0002 IN0022 PASJOB DD DATA DLM TRANSIT1 JOB accounting info FDRMOVE CLASS c MSGCLASS m lt add any other required JOB parameters PASTRANS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE TRANSIT MOUNT VOL 6 amp amp amp
77. FDRPAS messages say DUMP when a SWAPBUILDIX is executed SWAPBUILDIX modifies the offline monitor disk device so you must be sure that offline disk does not contain any data that must be preserved If you want to bring the offline monitor disk online you will need to re initialize it with ICKDSF first A RACROUTE call will be issued to verify that the user has READ authority to resource FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX in the FACILITY class if that resource is protected If FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX is not protected the operation will continue If you have security checking enabled See ALLCALL on page 380 23 SWAPBUILDIX checks that the user has ALTER authority to the source volser under the DASDVOL security class If the user does not have DASDVOL authority the operation will fail If the volume is not protected by DASDVOL FDRPAS will check that the user has ALTER authority in the DATASET class to every data set on the volume if any data set is not authorized the operation will fail If you have restricted the use of ICKDSF then the FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX job must be authorized to use it The EXPANDVTOC statement is similar in some ways to the SWAPBUILDIX statement but it has the additional function of expanding the VTOC on the indicated volumes EXPANDVTOC will work only if the program library contains a licensed copy of both FDRPAS and FDRMOVE The MOUNT statement used with EXPANDVTOC is described in 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE Statement on
78. INACTIVE SCRO86 22E4 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO80 22E3 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO87 22E2 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO88 22E1 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO85 22E0 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D8 22D8 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D7 22D7 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D6 22D6 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D5 22D5 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D4 22D4 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D3 22D3 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D2 22D2 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D1 22D1 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22D0 22D0 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22C8 22C8 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22C7 22C7 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22C6 22C6 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SH22C5 22C5 8102 LR221 INACTIVE i es NOTE You can enter values on any of the selection fields Volume Serial Mask Unit Addr Mask SSID CU Serial or SMS Storage Group and FDRPAS will match on all the selection field specified 310 74 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION 310 32 The devices we want to swap these volumes to have a UCB address of 7xxx Thus we enter 7 in the Swap to Offline Unit field to have the FDRPAS panels generate this for all the displayed values FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION FILLING IN THE TARGET VOLUMES SSSR SSS SS OSS SSS Se FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 36 of 163 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status 12 40 08 SCRO81 3390 8102 LR221 7 INACTIVE
79. If more than one DSORG is specified they must be enclosed in parentheses Valid DSORG values are DA BDAM EF VSAM including DB2 and Linear PO Partitioned PS Sequential UM Unmovable UN Undefined NONE SIZE nnnnn Specifies a data set size threshold in tracks Data sets above this size will be excluded INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING has found that the elapsed time to invoke instant replication such as FlashCopy and EMCSNAP is often higher than the time to do normal read write I O for small data sets EXCLUDE ALLDSN SIZE 1500 might be used in a MOVE step to move data sets under 100 cylinders with normal I O while larger data sets can be moved with instant replication ina FASTMOVE step Examples are shown later The maximum value that can be specified for SIZE is 65535 VOL vvvvvv Specifies the input disk volume serial s to which the EXCLUDE statement is to apply VOL may specify a single serial e g VOL ABC123 or a group of volumes all starting with the same prefix e g VOL ABC If VOL is omitted it applies to all input volumes 325 10 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 SELECT One or more SELECT statements must be input to FDRMOVE SELECT specifies the STATEMENT data sets and or volumes to be moved and additional operands can limit the data sets SELECT _ The syntax is STATEMENT SELECT ALLDSN SYNTAX 5 CATDSN fiTter DSN filter DATA ALL NVOL vol7 vol
80. Lowercase non bold letters and words represent variables that you must substitute specific information as defined in the detailed descriptions When an operand may have several values they are separated by a vertical bar You must choose one of the values For example PACING STATIC DYNAMIC means that you can code PACING STATIC or PACING DYNAMIC When a particular value is the default for an operand it is underlined For example PACING STATIC DYNAMIC indicates that PACING STATIC is the default Some operands cannot appear together on a given statement These and other restrictions are given in the detailed operand descriptions Xii 300 300 01 BEFORE YOUR FIRST SWAP To SWAP ONE OR MORE VOLUMES FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS CHECKLIST 300 01 FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS CHECKLIST This is a simple checklist of steps to swap one or more disk volumes to new disk hardware devices It is placed first in this manual so that you can more easily find it Please review the rest of the manual to understand the steps in this checklist o Important Review Section 320 01 FDRPAS Special Hardware Considerations on page 320 1 and Section 320 02 FDRPAS Special Software Considerations on page 320 9 for special hardware and software considerations that may affect your swap Visit the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Customer FTP Access web site at http www innovationdp fdr com ftp ftp cfm to
81. MODEL DSCBS FDRABR SCRINDEX HIGH LEVEL INDEX FOR DATA SETS IN THE ABR SCRATCH CATALOG DSNCK ARCHIVE AND REMOTE QUEUE DATA SET NAMES ARE STANDARD YES LASTAPE LAST TAPE OPTION DATA SET NAME PREP IX 2 2s 6 5s FDRABR LASTAPE POOLDISK POOLDISK OPTION DATA SET NAME PREFIX FDRABR POOLDISK ARCDSN ARCHIVE CONTROL FILE FDRABR ARCHIVE REMOTE QUEUE DATA SETS ARCHDMPQ ARCHIVE DUMP QUEUE FDRABR ABRARDQ DATA ARCHRSTQ ARCHIVE RESTORE QUEUE FDRABR ABRARCH DATA BKUPDMPQ BACKUP DUMP QUEUE FDRABR ABRBKDQ DATA BKUPRSTQ BACKUP RESTORE QUEUE FDRABR ABRREST DATA ABRINDEX ABR normally uses a first level index of FDRABR for all backup and ARCHIVE data sets created by FDRABR sections 50 and 51 describe the ABR naming conventions In addition this index level is used in the names of the ABR Model DSCBs that are placed in the VTOCs of every volume initialized for ABR processing FDRABR Vvolser It is highly recommended that the standard index name of FDRABR be used but if you must use a different name change it here ABRINDEX must be a single index ABR adds a period at the end if you omit it NOTE If you have changed the value of the ABRINDEX option you need to change that before running FDRMOVE to ensure that ABR Model DSCBs are excluded from the move process SCRINDEX Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE DSNCHK Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE LASTAPE Not used with FDRP
82. MONITOR task does not need to run on the LPAR where the SWAP TYPE TRANSIT job will run You may need a unique job name for each MONITOR The JCL is the same as the FDRPAS job shown above You must start these MONITOR tasks before submitting the FASTMOVE Note that if an online source disk is included in the SWAPUNIT list it will simply be ignored Note that the MONITOR tasks have minimal overhead and have no impact on any disk volumes or jobs that are not involved in the SWAP For disks being swapped to a transit station the MONITOR will install a low overhead I O intercept on the online volume to monitor for updates but does very little other I O to those disks The intercepts are removed when the volume has been swapped Therefore the MONITOR tasks have almost no impact on the LPARs where they run MONITOR tasks use little CPU time but when they need it to communicate with the SWAP task they must be able to get it Two causes for non responding systems are 1 The MONITOR task does not have a sufficiently high priority so that higher priority jobs can prevent it from getting dispatched 2 The LPAR is capped allowing it little or no CPU time The syntax of the MONITOR statement is MONITOR TY PE SWAP DURATION nnnn This statement initiates an FDRPAS MONITOR task that monitors for FDRPAS SWAP tasks beginning a SWAP TYPE TRANSIT operation It must be the first statement in the input only one MONITOR statement is allowed per execution
83. PASJOB DD DATA DLM S TRANSIT1 JOB accounting info FDRMOVE CLASS c MSGCLASS m lt add any other required JOB parameters PASTRANS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE TRANSIT MOUNT VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 32 If FASTMOVE finds that one or more source volumes must be moved to a transit station in the target control unit it will submit the FDRPAS job pointed to by the PASJOB DD In this example it is an in stream job but it could also point to a member of a PDS PDSE DATA with DLM allows the transit job JCL and control statements to be an input data set to FASTMOVE The FDRPAS transit station job is called TRANSIT1 in this example If you submit multiple FASTMOVE jobs each transit station job must have a unique job name The MOUNT statement will be internally replicated for each volume that may need to be moved to a transit station substituting the actual volume serial for amp amp amp amp amp amp In this example the transit stations will be all offline disk devices in the range of 3200 to 32FF Normal FDRPAS MONITOR TYPE SWAP jobs must already be running on the other systems in the complex specifying the same transit station disks SWAPUNIT See Section 325 05 FDRMOVE Target Volume Initialization on page 325 36 for det
84. PROCESSING 191 Avenue Aristide Briand Brouwerstraat 8 94230 Cachan 1315 BP Almere Tel 33 1 49 69 94 02 Tel 036 534 1660 Fax 33 1 49 69 90 98 Fax 036 533 7308 frsales fdrinnovation com nlsales fdrinnovation com frsupport fdrinnovation com nlsupport fdrinnovation com Germany United Kingdom INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING International Ltd INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Ltd PRODUCT DEMOS Orleansstra e 4a Clarendon House D 81669 M nchen 125 Shenley Road Borehamwood Herts WD6 1AG Tel 089 489 0210 Tel 0208 905 1266 Fax 089 489 1355 Fax 0208 905 1428 desales fdrinnovation com desupport fdrinnovation com Product Demos are available on the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING web site for FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE Go to web site http www innovationdp fdr com and click on the desired link under the DEMOS icon uksales fdrinnovation com uksupport fdrinnovation com X http www innovationdp fdr com index cfm we amp ie hepa desta The Makers of FDR 6o E innovation Data Processing E innovation Data Processi X FDRABR FDR UPSTREAM A Visual amp Audio Overview E eee AS a FASTCPK of Our Product Line e Customer Support FDRREORG UEDRERASE SEE e FIP Logi FDREPORT View Product Demo ____ e Latest Product Release W torbto n o O RMOVE etenee e Request
85. RO should always contain the ID of the track it resides on The cylinder and track in hex of the failing track is displayed along with the count field of RO Action FDRPAS will continue copying data to detect additional errors but will not complete the swap If necessary contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance in correcting the error FDR129 I O ERROR ON DISK PACK LAST HOME SEEK ADDRESS READ X cccchhhh additional text Reason An I O error was detected by FDRPAS or FDRERASE on this source volume or target device An IBM IOSO00I message may also have been printed on the Job log For FDRERASE this additional text will appear on the right WILL CONTINUE The erase operation will continue but one or more tracks were not erased in the identified cylinder WILL TERMINATE More than 20 errors were encountered so FDRERASE will terminate this disk Action FDR149 I O trace messages are printed to detail the error FDRPAS will terminate the swap on the first I O error FDRERASE will tolerate up to 20 disk write errors before terminating the erase 390 10 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR130 CYL ccccccc HEAD xxx x WAS COPIED Reason Internal message showing each cylinder and track head copied it appears only if PRINT ALL is specified on the SWAP statement An X appears for each track copied within the cylinder ccccccc is the cylinder number in decimal FDR149 trace data Reason Display
86. SCRO89 22ED 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SAFEC8 22EC 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SMS812 22EB 8102 LR221 SGMV80 INACTIVE SMS811 22EA 8102 LR221 SGMV80 INACTIVE SMS802 22E9 8102 LR221 SG802 INACTIVE SMS803 22E8 8102 LR221 SG803 INACTIVE XX22E7 22E7 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO82 22E6 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCR28B 22E5 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO86 22E4 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO80 22E3 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO87 22E2 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO88 22E1 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO85 22E0 8102 LR221 INACTIVE The target devices are generated using the mask and the suffix of the online unit addresses Once generated comparisons of the source and target devices are performed as well as the status of the target volumes In this sample you can see that some target devices were not found and not offline There were differences in the sizes of the source and target volumes FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION DISPLAYING THE TARGET VOLUME DEVICES SoS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSeS Seens FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 36 of 162 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status 12 40 15 SCRO81 3390 8102 LR221 7390 INACTIVE TARGET NOT FOUND SCRO89 22ED 8102 LR221 72ED INACTIVE SAFEC8 22EC 8102 LR221 72EC INACTIVE 003339 TO 010017 CYLS SMS812 22EB 8102 LR221 SGMV80 72EB INACTIVE 002226 TO 003339 CYLS SMS811 22EA 8102 LR221 SGMV80 72EA INACTIVE 002226 TO 003339
87. SETS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02 You should avoid executing programs that access offline disk devices since they may access or modify an FDRPAS target device during the swap with unknown results ICKDSF can be used to initialize or modify offline disks You should not run ICKDSF against an FDRPAS target device FDRPAS does check to see if the target volume has been reinitialized and terminates the swap The IXFP program used with IBM RVA disks and the SVAA program used with Oracle StorageTek SVA disks may access offline disks when the space utilization report is run This may result in a warning message SIB0355W if an FDRPAS target disk is accessed during a swap No harm is done and you can either ignore the message or avoid running that report during a swap Oracle StorageTek fix L2P005N for SVAA and IBM fix L170862 for IXFP resolve this problem by recognizing FDRPAS target devices You can successfully swap the disk volume that contains the FDRPAS program library However we recommend that you swap this volume by itself with no other swaps running System Couple Data Sets CDS are used in a Parallel Sysplex in conjunction with a coupling facility There is a consideration when swapping the volume that contains the active sysplex CDS Other types of CDSs are not affected The console command D XCF COUPLE TYPE SYSPLEX can be used to display the primary and alternate sysp
88. SH20CE 20CE 8100 76421 ACTIVE SWAP 98 310 71 REPLYING TO CONSOLE MESSAGES FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 The panel will display SWAP tasks that are waiting for FDRW01 or FDRW68 replies and will allow you to reply to the message from ISPF instead of the console This example shows one task waiting for FDRW01 because CONFMESS YES was specified and another waiting for FDRW68 because the proper number of MONITOR tasks has not responded FDRPAS PANEL A P MESSAGE COMMAND To reply enter the MSG command in the command area or enter MSG on the command line to invoke it for all swaps in the display that are waiting for message reply You will get this panel that shows the full text of each message Enter a reply in the appropriate area to reply to the desired messages FDRPAS PANEL A P MESSAGE COMMAND RESPONSE 310 72 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 DISPLAYING If you enter the HISTORY command or just HI on the command line of the FDRPAS SWAP HISTORY panel you can display FDRPAS history records as shown above for all volumes that have been successfully swapped by FDRPAS See Section 300 06 FDRPAS History Records on page 300 21 for a description of History records FDRPAS HISTORY PANEL A P HISTORY COMMAND Sis S
89. STK 10030 33 390 2 226 STK 10030 33 390 ips STK 10030 16 695 1413 STK 10030 16 695 VERIFY SAMPLE _ This example shows the result of a successful VERIFY of a previously erased 3390 9 OUTPUT disk All tracks on the volume were verified FDR ERASE VOLUMES FDRERASE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING CARD IMAGE VERIFY TYPE FULL ERASESTARTCYL 0 ERASESTARTTRK 0 CARD IMAGE ERASESKIP 1 CARD IMAGE MOUNT ERASEUNIT 91C0 FDRERASE WILL CHECK THE FOLLOWING 1 UNITS 91C0 DEVICE IS ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 91C0O VOL SH91C0O VOLID FDR5 CU IBM12345 0801 01000000 00000000 VERIFY CHECKED UNIT 91C0 AND ALL TRACKS CONTAINED ERASE DATA PATTERN FE RANDOM OPERATION STATISTICS FOR 3390 VOLUME CYLINDERS ON VOLUME DASD TRACKS VERIFIED BYTES READ FROM DASD DASD TRACKS ERASED NUMBER OF ERASE PASSES DASD EXCPS TARGET DASD EXCPS CPU TIME SECONDS ELAPSED TIME MINUTES ERASE TIME FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED a a a a D 330 40 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE SAMPLE OUTPUTS 330 07 PRINT SAMPLE This example shows is the result of an FDRERASE PRINT on two tracks of a volume OuTPuT before any data was erased You can see many data records on each track There is one line for every record on the track including Record 0 RO The first and last eight bytes of each record are printed in hex and the first eight bytes are printed in EBCDIC DEVICE IS ELIGIBLE FOR ERAS PRINT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C
90. STORGRP PAYGRP EWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP PAYGRP SELECT You can submit Step1 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE on page 325 41 some time before you intend to bounce the applications perhaps days before You can terminate it when you are ready to run the FASTMOVE with a console STOP P command You can also specify STOPAFTER to automatically terminate after the specified time 230541 x FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE ACTIVE DATA SETS WITH FASTMOVE 325 08 Step2 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Is a simulated MOVE that will identify all remaining volumes and data sets to be moved It also identifies the jobs currently holding the SYSDSN enqueue on those data sets shows the minimum number of NVOLs required and it shows the number of transit stations required It also validates the internal FDRPAS TRANSIT job jobname JOB STEP2 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB D DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM D SYSOUT D D D D D SYSIN D SIMMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES A N A N SELECT LDSN CUID 17642 STORGRP CICSGRP EWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP CICSGRP LDSN CUID 17642 STORGRP PAYGRP EWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP PAYGRP SELECT PASJOB DD DATA DLM Ss TRANSIT1 JOB accounting info FDRMOVE CLAS
91. The source volume is being moved to a transit volume so FDRINSTANT can be used to move the individual data sets VTOC IS NOT EMPTY A SIMMOVE operand was specified with VTOCEMPTY CHECK and it was found that not all data sets would be moved FOR ACTIVE DSN dsn nn JOBS jobnames Reason This form of the FDR184 message provides information on the individual data sets and the job s that an enqueue on the data set Up to four job names are listed in the message FDR MOVED nnnnnnnn DATASETS COMPONENTS SUCESSFULLY MOVE STATUS nnnnnnn ACTIVE DATASETS nnnn AWAITING TRANSIT nnnn MOVING TO TRANSIT nnnn IN TRANSIT STATION Reason These two forms of the FDR184 message is a summary of all the data sets by current status nnnn JOBS ACTIVE MIM JOB UNKNOWN ON OTHER LPARS Reason This form of the FDR184 message is displayed when MIM is determined to be in the system and the MIM job on the other LPARs cannot be identified MIM NOT ACTIVE MOVE TERMINATED VOL volser Reason This form of the FDR184 message is displayed when MIM is determined to be the cross system enqueue product but it is not active The FDRMOVE job will stop to prevent possible data set corruption TRANSIT JOBNAME jobname WAS SUBMITTED BUT IS NOT ACTIVE Reason This form of the FDR184 message can be a STATUS response and can be issued independently It indicates that the FDRPAS TYPE TRANSIT job with the indicated job name was submitted but has not become active It can also be issued if the
92. VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 ONLINE BYPASS Disk devices that are online are bypassed with an explanatory message If the bypassed disk was selected by a full 4 digit device address not a prefix the message causes the step to end with return code to call attention to the bypassed device VARY OFF Disk devices specified on each MOUNT statement that are online to this system are varied offline and erased if they are not currently allocated to any task on this system To insure that you are varying the proper devices offline WTOR message FDRW01 is issued to the operator s console to confirm each device Default BYPASS WARNING It is your responsibility to insure that the online volumes that you have specified are not online or in use on any other system If you erase a volume in use on another system the results are unpredictable and data is lost ONLINE VARYOFF is primarily intended for use when erasing disks as you are leaving a disaster recovery site since it relieves you of the need to manually vary all the volumes offline NOTE If you specify ONLINE VARYOFF and the volumes to be varied offline contain data sets you must also specify CHECKTARGET NO in order to erase those volumes If the volumes are empty then CHECKTARGET NO is not required PRTDEFAULTS If specified it lists the defaults for various operands that affect FDRERASE operation If overriding operands are present before the PRTD
93. a SWAPDUMP operation requires READ authority If the user does not have the appropriate authority the operation is terminated If the DASDVOL profile is not defined for the volume then FDRPAS checks for the appropriate authority to every data set on the volume in the DATASET class This can be time consuming and may cause swap failures if the user does not have sufficient authority so the ALLCALL option is not recommended unless the volumes to be swapped are protected by DASDVOL profiles FDRERASE does not issue any DASDVOL or DATASET security calls since the volumes it is erasing are offline and may not have valid volume serials FDRPAS also issues SAF calls to verify that the user has at least READ authority to a resource in the FACILITY class The resource names are FDRPAS SWAP for SWAP operations FDRPAS SWAPDUMP for SWAPDUMP operations FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX for SWAPBUILDIX operations FDRERASE also issues SAF calls to verify that the user has at least READ authority to a resource in the FACILITY class The resource names are FDRERASE ERASE for all ERASE operations FDRERASE ERASEALL for ERASE operations that specify CHECKTARGET NO These FACILITY class resources allow your installation to restrict any or all FDRPAS or FDRERASE operations to certain users These FACILITY checks are always done even if ALLCALL is not enabled WARNING If your installation has not protected the appropriate resource name the operatio
94. a trailing asterisk in this case all offline z OS disk addresses starting with the prefix specified are monitored To monitor multiple devices or ranges of devices by prefix specify them in parentheses separated by commas but you cannot specify more than 255 subparameters device addresses or address prefix ranges within the parentheses If you need to specify more than 255 addresses or prefixes then you can use more than one MOUNT SWAPUNIT statement The total number of devices to monitor can be up to 8190 Only devices that are offline and accessible at the time the MONITOR task starts are monitored if a device is placed offline or becomes accessible after the MONITOR task starts it is not monitored NOTE If the range to be monitored includes devices that are in your I O configuration but do not really exist are not in the hardware configuration of the disk subsystem you may receive this console message IOS002A dev NO PATHS AVAILABLE for each such device the first time that the MONITOR task is executed after an IPL The messages can be ignored They may occur only under certain releases of OS 390 For example MOUNT SWAPUNIT 17C0 monitors one offline device 17C0 MOUNT SWAPUNIT 17C monitors offline devices in the range 17C0 17CF MOUNT SWAPUNIT 17 monitors offline devices in the range 1700 17FF MOUNT SWAPUNIT 17 18 19A monitors offline devices in the ranges 1700 17FF 1800 18FF and 19A0 19AF 310 22
95. addresses to the list of volumes already being monitored As a result MONITOR tasks no longer need MOUNT statements to specify the addresses to monitor In addition to Dynamic Monitoring FDRPAS simulation and SWAP tasks can now automatically start the required MONITOR tasks In GRSplex and MIMplex environments SWAP SWAPDUMP and SIMSWAPMON tasks can submit the MONITOR tasks to any LPAR if it detects that no MONITOR task is running there Automatically starting the required MONITOR tasks removes the need for users to manually submit MONITOR tasks on each LPAR The FDRPAS ISPF panels have been enhanced and reorganized to support these new features In addition as well as monitoring the status of SWAP tasks the panels can be used to automatically generate the JCL and control statements for multiple SWAP tasks Users can easily and quickly generate all the statements needed to swap an entire controller SSID volume group etc For example specification of the controller serial number generates jobs to Swap all the volumes in that controller The integrity of the VTOC and VVDS of each source volume can now be checked automatically during a simulation When the keyword CHECKSOURCE YES is coded FDRPAS internally invokes an enhanced version of Compaktor to detect possible error conditions before the volume is swapped These conditions include duplicate VVDSs on the volume VVDSs with incorrect volser and overlapping data set extents JES2 and JE
96. after a test or real disaster US Government rules such as Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act HIPAA Sarbanes Oxley Act Gramm Leach Bliley Act GLB and other government regulations such as the European Data Protection Directive 95 46 and industry guidelines all require that various corporate data remain secure Because of time constraints a significant number of sites simply relabel old disk volumes which wipes out the VTOC but leaves the data records on the volume where they can be accessed by unauthorized users FDRERASE can securely erase disk volumes quickly and easily FDRERASE offers two levels of data erasure All of these levels make your data unreadable through the disk subsystem using the disks as z OS count key data CKD disks and some levels make it unlikely that your data can be reconstructed even if the fixed block architecture FBA disk drives are removed from disk subsystem ERASE overwrites each track with a record of binary zeros This is adequate to prevent most attempts to recover data from the internal fixed block architecture FBA disk drives Optionally you can overwrite each track multiple times and can specify the data pattern to be used for each pass There are also options to overwrite with a random pattern and to erase the track instead of overwriting SECUREERASE overwrites each track three or more times with varying patterns This can be used for your most sensitive data to insure tha
97. again Pressing PF11 once will select display format 2 which uses two lines per volume e g FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P FORMAT 2 SoS SSS SSS SIS SSIS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 2 of 3 Command Volume Unit Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr Offline Mask Mask Unit Status OVg4e9aa3 HT CC CE 17CA SYNCHRONIZING Pass Trks to copy Copied Updated HI17C2 17C2 WICI WAIT FOR CONFIRMSWAP Pass 8 Trks to copy 0 Copied 0 Updated 0 Pressing PF11 again selects display format 3 which uses five lines per volume e g FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P FORMAT 3 BESS SSS SSS SSS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 3 of 3 Command Volume Unit Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr Offline Mask Mask Unit Status 09 44 59 Hie CC ITEC 17CA SYNCHRONIZING Pass g LES to Copy Copied Updated Source Reserve 0 Level 1 Pace Type 3390 Cylss LLIS Target Reserve 1 Level 1 Pace Type 3390 Cyilss LLIS Sieoracnaar SSID 9970 CU Serial 22398 HEL C251 C2 17C1 WAIT FOR CONFIRMSWAP Pass 8 Trks to copy 0 Copied 0 Updated 0 Source Reserve 0 Level 1 Pace 0 Tye 3390 9 Cylsg 333S Target Reserve 1 Level 1 Pace 0 toes SaS0 3 Cyllsg Sos Storgrp SSID 9970 CU Serial 22398 Pressing PF10 will return to formats 1 and 2 Format 1 will be shown in the examples
98. allows currently active volumes to complete If you cannot wait for active swaps to finish use the ISPF panels to ABORT the active swaps or issue a CANCEL C command When all swaps have terminated you can issue STOP P commands to the MONITOR tasks if they have not already terminated 2 If STOP P does not work issue a console CANCEL C command to the SWAP task When all swaps have terminated you can issue STOP P commands to the MONITOR tasks if they have not already terminated 3 If the SWAP task does not terminate then issue a CANCEL C command for each MONITOR task Because of cancel protection see the CANCELPROT operand you actually need to issue two CANCEL C commands for each task However the SWAP task if still active does not know that the MONITOR tasks have terminated immediately they continue copying data until the end of the current copy pass at that point each swap fails because of the missing MONITOR tasks A CANCEL C command causes the FDRPAS SWAP or MONITOR task to enter a cleanup routine for each active swap It may take a minute or so to cleanup all of the active subtasks so FDRPAS may not terminate immediately Since a second CANCEL C causes the cleanup to be bypassed which may leave active volumes in an unknown state FDRPAS rejects any more CANCEL C commands while it is in this cleanup until two minutes have passed After two minutes another CANCEL C is accepted allowing you to terminate FDRP
99. amp amp SWAPUNIT 7F The internal TRANSIT1 job will be submitted by FASTMOVE after it identifies all volumes that must be moved to a transit station if any As each volume reaches a transit station FASTMOVE will begin testing the selected data sets on that volume to see if they are active enqueued Data sets that are inactive or become inactive will be quickly moved with instant replication technology Step5 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication Use the console STATUS command or the ISPF panel to monitor when the volumes are all in transit stations In the sample display below no volumes are awaiting transit or moving to transit and 250 volumes are in transit stations DASS o a NUMBERS Rasy ONO MENS MOVED ACTIVE AWAITING TRANSIT MOVING TO TRANSIT IN TRANSIT STATION The STATUS display also shows what jobs are holding any active data sets In this example it shows that data sets are being held by a batch job and a TSO user ACTIVE DATASETS FOR VOLUME SH20E0 NUMBER JOBS JOBNAMES HOLDING ENQUEUE DB2 PAYROLL VSH20E0 VSAM CLUSTER i PAYCHKS USER32 PROFILE AL USER32 325 48 FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLU MES WITH FDRPAS AND FASTMOVE 325 09 Step6 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication Bounce applications that are holding data sets to be moved when the status shows that all volumes are in transit stations Alternately you can simp
100. and swap your disk data to the new disks non disruptively FDRPAS can also be used to move disk volumes for load balancing purposes while those volumes are still in use System performance monitoring may discover that certain channel paths disk subsystems or sets of disk hardware are overloaded because of the current placement of certain data sets or databases These overloads may cause your service times to degrade and the problem can get worse over time The normal response to such overloads is to live with the problem until time can be scheduled to shut down the affected applications and move volumes or data sets until the I O loads are more evenly balanced With FDRPAS volumes can be moved within your system to rebalance your I O loads at any time while the applications are running I O load balancing can become a regular part of your system performance tuning FDRPAS can also be used to create non disruptive point in time backups of disk volumes when used in conjunction with FDRINSTANT a feature of the FDR family of disk management software products In this mode FDRPAS copies an online disk volume to an offline target and then optionally continues running to keep the offline copy in synchronization with the online disk At the point when you want to take the backup of the online disk you terminate FDRPAS and the offline disk contains an exact point in time copy of the online data FDRINSTANT allows you to back up that of
101. and a PPRC or SRDF session is active FDRERASE performance may be degraded ALREADYERASED BYPASS Disks that have been previously erased by FDRERASE are bypassed with an explanatory message This is useful if you need to restart an FDRERASE job so that volumes previously completed are not erased again However if it was previously erased with the CPYVOLID YES operand in effect which leaves the volume in a usable state FDRERASE erases it again PROCESS Disks that have been previously erased by FDRERASE are erased again Default BYPASS 330 13 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 CHECKTARGET NO The contents of the offline disk is not checked Any offline volume can be erased CHECKTARGET NO is required if you wish to erase disks other than empty volumes and those created by FDRPAS There may be additional security requirements for this operand See Securing FDRERASE on page 34 If there are data sets on the volume FDRERASE does not uncatalog them You can make CHECKTARGETENO invalid by setting option CHKTARGNO to NO in the FDR Global Options Table in the FDRERASE load library See CHKTARGNO on page 30 YES FDRERASE checks the disk device before beginning an erase operation to insure that the disk is empty or does not have a valid volume label VOL1 If the volume label contains VOL1 it checks to be sure that the volume contains only a VTOC VTOCIX VVDS
102. and or ABR Model DSCB Disks with no valid volume label include FDRPAS SWAP source disks and SWAPDUMP target disks these have FDR3 instead of VOL1 as well as FDRINSTANT target disks these have FDR1 instead of VOL1 Using CHECKTARGET YES accepts all disks whose label is invalid for any reason plus those with no volume label at all If it fails these tests the volume is bypassed with an explanatory message Default YES WARNING FDRERASE cannot insure that the selected devices are offline to all other sharing systems You must take great care not to select disks that contain data that is currently in use or that is needed later as it is possible to erase a disk that is in use on another system when especially when specifying the CHECKTARGET NO operand CONFERASE NO Suppresses the messages and begins the erase immediately YES Before beginning the erase FDRPAS requests confirmation via console WTOR message FDRW01 that must be replied before the erase can start All devices selected by each MOUNT statement are listed note that some of them may be later bypassed because they are not eligible for erase The FDRW01 message is preceded by FDR235 WTO messages defining the disks to be erased Only one reply is required per FDRERASE step Default NO 330 14 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 CPYVOLID NO After completing the erase there is no VTOC on the vo
103. any swaps EMC Symmetrix TimeFinder commands and EMC _ SnapShot compatible commands should not be issued to volumes involved in an FDRPAS swap These commands may fail or they may update the source volume in a way that FDRPAS cannot detect IBM compatible PAV If you are using IBM compatible Parallel Access Volume PAV s in 2105 emulation mode then see the notes on IBM PAV above If you have job streams that execute EMC utilities or other software that depends on special functions of the EMC Symmetrix system such as TimeFinder against volumes in a Symmetrix and you use FDRPAS to swap those volumes to other hardware that does not support those functions such as a subsystem from another vendor you need to update those job streams to eliminate or replace that software See Duplex Copy on page 320 7 for SRDF considerations 320 4 EMC CONSISTENCY GROUPS ORACLE STORAGETEK SVA AND IBM RVA HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 FDRPAS supports EMC Consistency Groups When the source volume is an EMC disk FDRPAS issues a hardware query to see if it is part of a consistency group If so it issues the same query against the target device Unless both devices are EMC disks in a consistency group the swap fails with message FDR234 REASON O Then FDRPAS invokes an EMC API to determine if both the source and target are in the SAME consistency group If n
104. appears with the text REASON consult section 100 of the standard FDR manual for an explanation this should not occur when using the standard FDRMOVE unmovable table 390 19 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR162 SMS ERROR MESSAGE FOR DSN dsname message text Reason The allocation of an SMS managed data set failed The diagnostic and informational messages generated by SMS during this allocation are printed Action Examine the messages to determine the cause of the allocation failure FDR164 CANDIDATE SPACE ALLOCATION BYPASSED DSN dsname Reason The current backup or input disk contains an extent of a multi volume VSAM cluster that was flagged as a candidate space A candidate space is created when a multi volume SMS cluster is allocated with a storage class with the guaranteed space attribute and real volume serials are specified SMS pre allocates extents on the volume but they are not part of the active extents of the cluster until it expands and uses them Action The candidate space will be bypassed and will not be allocated FDR does not restore VSAM candidate volumes either regular or candidate space FDR170 DEVICE IS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR function UNIT uuuu VOLID volid reason OVERRIDDEN Reason The indicated disk device is not eligible to be erased by FDRERASE or initialized by FDRINITV for the reason indicated If VOLID is displayed this is the ID in the first four bytes of the volume label VO
105. applications that attempt to access these data sets during the move process With the exit installed dynamic allocations are monitored and checked to see if the data set is actively being moved by FDRPAS or FDRMOVE If it is this dynamic allocation is intercepted and delayed This delay is comparable to a recall of an archived data set by a task that requires a data set that was archived The following section describes the procedure for the dynamic installation of the FDRPAS FDRMOVE exit The exit FDROOO9I intercepts all dynamic allocations looking for data sets that are being held by FDRPAS and FDRMOVE All dynamic allocations SVC 99 are intercepted and the return codes checked Successful dynamic allocations are returned Failed dynamic allocations are checked for the return code indicating data set in use If FDRMOVE is holding the enqueue the dynamic allocation is delayed for a time value default is two seconds and the dynamic allocation retried This process is repeated for a specified number of times default is 255 times The default wait time using these defaults would be eight minutes After the wait time has expired default of eight minutes the dynamic allocation is returned to the user for processing The exit FDROOO9YI is dynamically installed by program FDRMVDAX The JCL to install FDROOOYI for production to intercept all dynamic allocations for all FDRPAS and FDRMOVE related jobs while accepting the coded default
106. are active enqueued Data sets that are inactive or become inactive will be quickly moved with instant replication technology Step5 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Is to use the console STATUS command or the ISPF panel to monitor when the volumes are all in transit stations In the sample display below no volumes are awaiting transit or moving to transit and 250 volumes are in transit stations DATASETS 3 E INGTON QUE WAGON Se MOVED ACTIVE AWAITING TRANSIT MOVING TO TRANSIT IN TRANSIT STATION The STATUS display also shows what jobs are holding the data sets In this example it shows that data sets are being held by a CICS region ACTIVE DATASETS FOR VOLUME SH20E0 NUMBER JOBS JOBNAMES HOLDING ENQUEUE DB2 PAYROLL VSH20E0 VSAM CLUSTER 1 GES Os DB2 DSNDBC DSNDB06 DSNKKX02 10001 A001 iL CLESLON 325 43 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE ACTIVE DATA SETS WITH FASTMOVE 325 08 Step6 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Is to bounce the applications together or at separate times when the status shows that all volumes are in transit stations Step7 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Is to restart the applications If some of the data sets were not moved you can leave FASTMOVE running and bounce the application again later Alternatively you can STOP P the FASTMOVE job and restart it at a later time if you can Step8 Move A
107. are some guidelines for specifying the NVOL list You wish to consolidate 60 full 3390 3s to empty 3390 9s Because the capacity of the 9s is three times that of the 3 you need a minimum of 20 3390 9 volumes in the NVOL list However you will usually want to specify a few extra NVOL volumes INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends 10 extra which would be two volumes in this example for a total of 22 The first 22 input volumes will go to the 22 output volumes the next 22 would go to the same 22 output volumes and the last 16 would go to the first 16 output volumes If the allocation of any data set fails on its target volume FDRMOVE will move down the NVOL until it finds a successful volume for the data set The extra output volumes help insure that the allocations will be successful The same formula applies regardless of the size of the input and output disks Use the ratio of the disk sizes to determine the number of output volumes For example a 3390 3 to a 3390 27 would be a 9 1 ratio If you determine that the average allocation on your input volumes is less than 80 you may be able to reduce the number of NVOLs If you first used FDRPAS to move volumes from the larger disks to the smaller disks only two thirds of the smaller disks would then remain to be moved by FDRMOVE and the resulting ratio for 3390 3 to 3390 9 would be 2 1 and for a 3390 3 to 3390 27 would be 8 1 If the input disks contain multi
108. can do up to 32 disks concurrently multiple FDRPAS SWAP jobs may be required The following rules and recommendations apply to this procedure All of the SWAP jobs in a group must run on the same LPAR The special 4 step job must be executed on the same LPAR as the SWAP job s All of the SWAP jobs in a group must complete before the next group is started All of the disk volumes in the group must be in the Basic HyperSwap configuration You cannot SWAP HyperSwap and non HyperSwap volumes at the same time Itis recommended that all of the volumes in a group be the same size model e g all 3390 3 or all 3390 27 1 The reason is that if sizes are mixed the smaller volumes are copied faster and their SWAP jobs wait for the larger volumes If all of the volumes in a group are the same size there should be less idle time The above applies if the volumes have about the same percent used What we really mean is that all of the volumes in a group should have a similar amount of data i e a similar amount of used space 320 37 SWAP JoB NOTE MONITOR TASKS CONFIRM BLOCK WAIT amp UNBLOCK JOB FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS AND IBM BASIC HYPERSWAP 320 07 This procedure does not place a limit on the number of volumes in a group but we suggest one to four SWAP jobs at a time with up to 32 volumes each The SWAP jobs must use CONFIRMSWAP YES MAXACTIVESWAPS YES is recommended It is a cus
109. create brand new target volumes initializing them with appropriate sized VTOCs for the number of data sets you expect to place on the volumes FDRMOVE includes a volume initialization utility FDRINITV that can easily initialize many target volumes with simple control statements Although volume initialization can be done with the IBM ICKDSF utility it requires coding an INIT statement for each volume to be processed FDRINITV is much more convenient Here is a sample FDRINITV job to initialize many 3390 27 disk volumes very quickly EFDRINITV EXEC PGM FDRINITV REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD INITVTIOC TYPE FULL VARYON AFTER CHECKTARGET YES MOUNT INITUNIT 21C CHANGEVOL DB VTOCLOC 15 VIOCSIZE 750 FDRINITV is based on the EMPTYVTOC function of FDRERASE except that the main statement is INITVTOC instead of EMPTYVTOC For more information on the options available with FDRINITV please read the information on EMPTYVTOC Statement on page 330 12 In the FDRINITV example above the disks must be offline before FDRINITV starts but VARYON AFTER will vary them online after initialization Disks 21C0 21CF will be initialized as non SMS volumes with volume serials from DBOOOO to DB0015 VTOCLOC 15 starts the VTOC at cylinder 1 and VTOCSIZE 750 causes it to occupy 50 full cylinders 750 tracks FDRINITV will calculate an appropriate
110. disk device s specified by SWAPUNIT in the EXPANDVTOC task These MONITOR tasks also update the new VTOC VTOCIX and VVDS information on each LPAR You can use the same SWAPUNIT on each MOUNT in the EXPANDVTOC step It is essential the MONITOR tasks run from the same program library as the FDRPAS job since code updates are required The considerations for running MONITOR tasks and the systems where they must be executed are the same as for SWAPBUILDIX See SWAPBUILDIX Statement on page 310 28 You should not run multiple concurrent EXPANDVTOC jobs but if you do you must use a different SWAPUNIT for each job EXPANDVTOC can be executed either before or after an FDRPAS swap of a volume but not during a swap If there is not sufficient free space on the volume to expand the VTOC before the swap you can run it after the swap to a larger volume VTOCSIZE cannot be specified in a swap operation TYPE FULL Must be specified on the SWAPBUILDIX and EXPANDVTOC statement SYSTEMS NSYSTEMS WARNING This operand is no longer documented and INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that it NOT be used unless you are swapping a really old control unit Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you receive an FDR234 REASON R message indicating that you need to specify SYSTEMS LOGMESS NO No SYSLOG console messages are written YES Messages will be written to SYSLOG and usually to an operator console documenting that the SWAPBUILDIX
111. disk volume using pattern byte X hh See the description of the ERASEPASS and ERASEPATTERN operands for details The pattern will be ERASE if the tracks are being hardware erased ERASE pattern O1 FDR173 ERASE HARDENED DATA TO UNIT uwuuu IN nnn SECS errortext internal Reason At the end of a pass for ERASE or SECUREERASE FDRERASE issued commands to insure that the overwriting data has been hardened from cache to the physical disk This took nnn seconds If an error occurred while hardening the data errortex will appear it can be I O ERROR or TIMEOUT TIMEOUT indicates that the control unit has not acknowledged the hardening of the data for over the HARDENTIMEOUT value default 2 minutes or the count of remaining tracks has not decreased for some time internal will be some internal numbers about the hardening operation Note that this message may appear in the erase subtask listing SYSPRTxx or the SWAP task listing SYSPRINT Action FDRERASE has successfully erased or overwritten the disk However if errortext appears FDRERASE cannot be certain when the data will actually be written to the physical disk but it will continue with the erase operation FDR174 function REWROTE VTOC TO UNIT uuuu additional text Reason For FDRERASE ERASE operations and FDRINITV INITVTOC operations CPYVOLID YES was specified and FDRERASE FDRINITV invoked ICKDSF to rewrite an empty VTOC on the vol
112. even when the volumes are synchronized recopying updated tracks as necessary to maintain the synchronization You must confirm the volumes through the FDRPAS ISPF interface or by submitting a MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSPLIT statement that terminates FDRPAS and make the offline target volumes available for dumping when you are ready to take the backup of the volumes FDRPAS SWAPDUMP supports FDRINSTANT backups with FDR and FDRDSF and data set copies with FDRCOPY It does not support FDRABR backups at this time 300 11 CONFIRMSWAP AND CONFIRMSPLIT FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 By default a SWAP operation to actually move a volume and a SWAPDUMP operation to create a point in time backup complete automatically as soon as the source volume and target device are synchronized or when only a small number of data tracks remain to be synchronized No operator or user intervention is required to complete the operation However the CONFIRMSWAP YES operand for SWAP and CONFIRMSPLIT YES operand for SWAPDUMP can be used to allow the operator or user to control when the operation on a given disk volume completes If these operands are specified then FDRPAS enters an idle state when the devices are synchronized or close to synchronization In this state FDRPAS continues monitoring the source volume for updates and re entering Phase 3 as documented earlier to periodically copy the updated tracks to
113. fail and the EMC software may generate error messages however no harm is done to your system If the EMC consistency group software library is not in the system linklist you may need to specify that library as a STEPLIB in the FDRPAS SWAP task so that FDRPAS can invoke the proper EMC API module SnapShot Copy If a SnapShot copy request copying data to the source volume is detected during an FDRPAS swap operation the FDRPAS intercepts mark the snapped tracks as updated and re copy them during the next Phase 3 pass Since SnapShot copy requires multiple I O operations to the input and output devices a SnapShot issued just at the moment that FDRPAS is in the final swap phase on one of the devices the device may fail Also if a program has previously determined that two disks are capable of SnapShot but the FDRPAS has since swapped the output device to an ineligible device the program may issue a SnapShot request that fails Ifyou have jobs that execute IBM or Oracle StorageTek utilities or other software that depends on special functions of the RVA or SVA system such as SnapShot and you use FDRPAS to swap those volumes to other hardware that does not support those functions such as a subsystem from another vendor you need to update those jobs to eliminate or replace that software On RVA and early SVA systems FDRPAS is unable to determine the number of systems that have access to the source volume You must specify the
114. formatted mini disks where the first such mini disk starts on cylinder 0 FDRPAS sees only the VTOC on that first mini disk and copies tracks based only on its contents so the additional z OS mini disks are lost You can swap z VM volumes without a dummy VTOC by adding a SELECT statement after all MOUNT statements in the SWAP task input as in this example MOUNT VOL VM4201 SWAPUNIT 6201 MOUNT VOL VM4202 SWAPUNIT 6202 MOUNT VOL VM4203 SWAPUNIT 6203 SELECT FROM CYL 0 TO CYL 65519 The ending cylinder value must be as large as or larger than the highest cylinder number on the largest disk to be swapped 65519 as shown handles any disk up to the size of a 3390 54 This SELECT statement causes all tracks on all swapped volumes to be copied so it can be specified when swapping any z VM owned volumes whether they have dummy VTOCs or not However if the SWAP task also includes some non z VM volumes it unnecessarily copies all tracks on those volumes as well so INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends swapping only z VM volumes in a step with the SELECT statement 320 20 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX ON SYSTEM Z CONSIDERATIONS 320 03 If you like you can identify z VM owned volumes that do not have a dummy VTOC using this job stream STEPO1L EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT KABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT DSN VTOC EXTENTS 00000000 VOL vol or VOLG pfx R
115. image for updates to the original volume during the copy process and by switching all I O activity to the new device when the swap is complete This type of MONITOR task will automatically terminate once the SWAP or SIMSWAPMON job has completed processing the target device MONITOR EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP MOUNT SWAPUNIT 1AA3 310 47 MONITOR A RANGE OF TARGET DEVICES EXAMPLE MONITOR A RANGE OF TARGET DEVICES EXAMPLE NOTE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR SWAP EXAMPLES 310 23 Monitor range 24E0 24EF of offline potential FDRPAS target devices any devices in the range that are not offline or are not disk are ignored FDRPAS will periodically check each of those devices to see if an FDRPAS SWAP task has started on another system image that is using the device as a target If so it will start a separate MONITOR task to assist the SWAP task by monitoring this system image for updates to the original volume during the copy process and by switching all I O activity to the new device when the swap is complete Once all swaps on this range of offline devices have been completed you can terminate the MONITOR task with console command P MON2 However if every offline device in the range is now online completed swap the MONITOR task will terminate automatically S PASPROC MON2 PARM MONITOR TYPE SWAP MOUNT SU 24E If your s
116. in the rest of this section 310 63 ADDING VOLUMES TO THE DISPLAY FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 You can add additional volumes to the display selecting volumes by the volume serial unit address subsystem ID SSID control unit serial number or SMS storage group The last three can be used only if you are using a panel format that includes those fields On a blank line or even a line that currently displays a volume if you no longer want to see it tab to the field that you wish to use for selection and enter the appropriate value If a complete volume serial or unit address is entered only that one volume will be displayed If you enter an SMS storage group SSID or serial number all volumes matching that value will be displayed The SSID or serial number is a convenient way to display all volumes in an existing disk subsystem so that you can swap all or some of them to new hardware it can also be used to verify when all volumes have been swapped off that subsystem For example if you enter a controller serial number CU Serial FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P ADDING VOLUMES TO THE DISPLAY EIEN ESAS Rall eal toad tall FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 1 of 1 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status il 3 24 Le e
117. is eligible to be erased by FDRERASE and will be erased by a real erase operation or is eligible to have a VTOC built mfr is the disk subsystem manufacturer e g IBM seral is the subsystem serial number ssid is the subsystem ID SSID and diskia is the internal disk identification if it can be determined or the device address if not 390 20 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 function BYPASSED UNIT uuuu DOES NOT HAVE A VALID VTOC AND VTOC LOCATION VOLSER NOT PROVIDED Reason This form of the FDR170 message is issued only for FDRERASE EMPTYVTOC or FDRINITV INITVTIC operations The indicated disk device does not have a valid volume label and or VTOC Action The disk is not re initialized unless the condition is overridden Specify the VTOC location and size on the MOUNT statement Specify CHANGEVOL if there is not a proper volume serial program BYPASSED UNIT uuuu CHANGEVOL NUMBER WRAPPED Reason This form of the FDR170 message is issued by FDRERASE or FDRINITV when volumes were being relabeled by a CHANGEVOL parameter that included slashes to generate a sequence number The sequence number exceeded its maximum value for the number of slashes specified FDR171 ERASE RELEASED ITS CSA STORAGE Reason FDRERASE released the small area of CSA it uses to track active and completed erase operations FDR172 ERASE STARTED ENDED PASS n PATTERN hh Reason FDRERASE has started or ended pass n on a
118. is assigned to a data set on tape or disk this DD must specify DISP MOD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on disk or tape It contains a one line summary for each volume processed Specifies the ABEND dump data set Usually specifies a SYSOUT data set Although not required we strongly urge you to always include this DD statement so that we can help you diagnose error conditions If you have a debugging aid product on your system that would prevent the desired dump please add the appropriate one of these statements to the JCL so that a fully formatted dump is produced ABNLIGNR DD DUMMY Turn off Abend Aid CAOESTOP DD DUMMY Turn off CA OPT II amp CA SYMDUMP DMBENAN DD DUMMY Turn off DumpMaster ESPYIBM DD DUMMY Turn off Eye Spy IDIOFF DD DUMMY Turn off IBM Fault Analyzer PSPOFF DD DUMMY Turn off Softworks Performance Essential Specifies the control statement data set Usually an input stream or DD data set It may be DUMMY if all necessary control statements are included in the PARM on the EXEC statement If the VTOC is to be rebuilt on any volume this is used for messages from ICKDSF x may be 0 to 9 If omitted FDRERASE dynamically allocates it to SYSOUT If the VTOC is to be rebuilt on any volume this is used to hold the control statements for ICKDSF It should be a one track disk data set x may be 0 to 9 If omitted FDRERASE dynamically al
119. is occurring and has completed Default NO MIN SYSTEMS MINNSYSTEMS WARNING This operand is no longer documented and INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that it NOT be used The EXCLUDE CPUID statement See 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE Statement on page 310 17 is the recommended way of handling systems or LPARs that are connected to the source disk device but cannot bring that device online 310 30 310 12 MONITOR RESET AND VARY STATEMENT SYNTAX MONITOR RESET AND VARY STATEMENT NOTE MONITOR RESET AND VARY STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR RESET AND VARY STATEMENT 310 12 MONITOR RESET AND VARY STATEMENT FDRPAS MONITOR task VARY statement syntax MONITOR TYPE RESETVOL VARYONLINE This type of MONITOR statement resets the label and optionally varies online an offline disk device that was The original source volume for a volume that was successfully swapped to a new device The target device of a successfully completed SWAPDUMP operation The target device of an unsuccessful SWAP or SWAPDUMP one that began but failed or was cancelled before it completed All these offline disk devices will have a volume label that has been modified so that they cannot be varied online This function will reset the volume label so that it can again be varied online and will also modify the volume serial so that it can be mounted All existing data
120. is usable but you may want to check the error codes and ALTER the component to its original name if possible If needed contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance FDR990 INSTALLED INNOVATION TRIAL WILL EXPIRE ON yyyy ddd Reason The expiration date of a trial version of FDRPAS has been extended successfully It will now expire on date yyyy dda Required JCL EXTEND EXEC PGM FDREXTND PARM xxxx STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSDIAG DD SYSOUT The PARM will be supplied by INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FDR997 subtask ABNORMALLY TERMINATED VOL vvvvvv Reason This FDR subtask has encountered an error from which it cannot continue A user ABEND is being issued Action A message detailing the error is printed FDR998 FDRPAS COMPLETED WITH ERRORS VOL vvvvvv Reason FDRPAS completed but there were diagnostic messages Action Previous message s describe the error see those messages for further details FDR999 FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED Reason FDRPAS ran to completion without errors 390 47 MESSAGES AND CODES ABEND CODES 390 04 390 04 ABEND CODES Any of the programs and utilities in the FDR family may ABEND abnormally end with any of the following user ABEND codes In many cases a diagnostic message is printed before the ABEND so look up any error messages that were printed first If no message was printed that relates to
121. job was active but was terminated prematurely In a SIMSWAP this comes out once after 15 seconds if the job does not become active Ina FASTMOVE it comes out every 15 seconds for five minutes after which the FDRMOVE job will fail One common cause of this is an invalid JOB statement in the FDRPAS job stream Although FDRMOVE does some validation of the JOB statement see the e message it is not comprehensive and an invalid JOB may cause the job to fail If you do not see the error check SYSLOG for JES messages that may give you guidance FDR185 FDRMOVE ERROR REASON x Reason FDRMOVE has detected a serious error and will terminate Many of the reasons relate to errors submitting the FDRPAS transit job The reason code x may be 1 PASJOB DD FAILED TO OPEN The PASJOB DD was omitted or points to an improper data set 2 INTRDR DD FAILED TO OPEN The internal INTRDR DD allocated to submit the PASJOB had an error 3 PASJOB MISSING PROCESS TABLE An internal table is missing 4 PASJOB DOES NOT START WITH The internal PASJOB does not have in columns 1 2 of the first statement 5 PASJOB DOES NOT START WITH JOB The internal PASJOB does not have the verb JOB in the first statement 6 PASJOB MOUNT EXCEEDS 16 CARDS If VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp is used on the MOUNT statement the SWAPUNIT operand cannot be continued to more than15 statements 16 total 7 PASJOB MOUNT CONTINUE IS BLANK A continuation stat
122. keep the devices in close synchronization However it continues to do this indefinitely until it is instructed to complete the operation Why would you want to do this For a SWAP you generally do not want to use CONFIRMSWAP YES unless you have some special reason for wanting to control when the swap to the new device actually occurs When swapping a single volume there is rarely any reason to do so since you usually want the swap to complete as soon as possible Even when swapping many volumes in parallel you usually want to let each volume swap as soon as it is synchronized However if you have some reason that you need to co ordinate the actual swaps you can use CONFIRMSWAP YES In most cases you should omit CONFIRMSWAP YES For a SWAPDUMP CONFIRMSPLIT YES may make sense since it allows you to control the time that the point in time backup is frozen It may be especially useful when creating point in time backups of many disk volumes so that they can all be frozen at approximately the same time CONFIRMSWAP YES and CONFIRMSPLIT YES do not result in any console messages or WTORs although some users seem to expect that they do You have two ways that you can tell FDRPAS to complete the operation If you use the FDRPAS ISPF panels to monitor FDRPAS operations the panels tell you which SWAP and SWAPDUMP tasks have used the confirm operand and also tell you when each volume has reached synchronization and is ready to confirm You ca
123. marked as ACTIVE in the configuration the ACTIVATE will probably return them to ACTIVE allowing new allocations to go to those volumes Before you activate a new SMS configuration during or after an FDRMOVE operation you must set those input volumes to DISNEW in that configuration before activation This is very important You must communicate this to any group or person who may do an ACTIVATE Also if you have separate SMS configurations for each LPAR DISABLENEW YES will only disable the volumes on the current LPAR so you are responsible for manually disabling the volumes on the other LPARs before moving any data sets An IPL will not reset the volume status only an ACTIVATE 325 64 330 330 00 PURPOSE OF THIS MANUAL WHAT IS FDRERASE USA CONTACTS EUROPEAN OFFICES FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE INTRODUCTION 330 00 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE INTRODUCTION The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the information to install use and understand FDRERASE FDRERASE is used to erase all data from disk volumes before they are reused or removed from a data center FDRERASE is a proprietary program product of INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Innovation Plaza 275 Paterson Avenue Little Falls New Jersey 07424 1658 and is available for license exclusively from INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Reproduction of this User Manual is prohibited except by licensed users for their internal use A copy of this manu
124. obtain the latest fixes and updates for FDRPAS and recommended maintenance from IBM and other vendors See member FDRPAS_IBM_and_ThirdParty_Maintenance_mm yyyy pdf found in the Public Download FDRPAS Please_ReadMe First directory for the latest information Run the FDRPAS EPSPT job member FDRPAS EPSPT JOB txt found in the Public Download FDRPAS Please_ReadMe_First directory This job uses IBM s Enhanced Preventive Service Planning Tool EPSPT to automate checking your system for APARs that need to be applied to all of your systems before you attempt to use FDRPAS INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING strongly recommends that you use EPSPT rather than manually checking all the APARs Install FDRPAS as shown in Section Installation on page 380 1 and APF authorize the installed load library on all participating LPARs Be sure to install the PASPROC cataloged procedure in a system procedure library and assign the FDRPAS catalog alias to a user catalog optional so that FDRPAS can record history records Install the FDRPAS ISPF dialogs See Section 380 05 Invoking the Install ISPF Dialog Panel A I on page 380 17 The ISPF panels should be used to create and submit the SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON SWAP and MONITOR tasks Run the LICENSE TYPE SWAP job See License Report Example on page 310 34 and forward the output to your INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING sales representative or e mail it to sales fdrinnovation com Please complete the
125. on the main statement applies only to the disks selected on a single MOUNT statement so if the MOUNT specifies only one or a few disks only those disks are erased concurrently The ability to enter multiple MOUNT statements is provided primarily to allow varying values for the new VTOC and volume serial on the erased disks It is suggested that unless you need to vary the VTOC location and size or volume serial you provide a single MOUNT statement and identify all of the disks to be erased on that statement ERASEUNIT uuuu Specifies the z OS device addresses of the disk devices to be erased verified or printed The address can be specified as a 4 digit hex z OS device address or it can be specified as 1 2 or 3 digits with a trailing asterisk in this case all eligible offline z OS disk addresses starting with the prefix specified are erased To erase multiple devices or ranges of devices by prefix specify them in parentheses separated by commas but you cannot specify more than 255 subparameters device addresses or address prefix ranges within the parentheses If you use address prefixes the total number of devices to erase can be up to 8190 Only devices that are offline are erased but online or offline disks can be printed However if you specify ONLINE VARYOFF online devices that can be placed offline on this system are also erased this is intended mainly for use at disaster recovery sites If a device is manually p
126. other security systems since the IBM TCP IP product uses UNIX System Services USS sockets The Test E mail Parameters Example on page 320 31 can be used to test if the above requirements have been met and your e mail parameters are correct By default FDRPAS sends an e mail only when certain triggering error messages are issued Optionally you can send e mail indicating a successful operation as well If FDRPAS issues consecutive triggering messages with identical text the messages after the first are ignored You can specify the subject line for the e mail and you can provide any message text that you like with any number of lines of text FDRPAS supports substituting certain strings in the subject or message text which allows the message to include the FDRPAS job and or step name the name of the system on which the operation executed and the date time of the e mail The text of the triggering FDRPAS message is included which usually identifies the volume FDRPAS can also e mail the complete set of messages that are generated by the FDRPAS operation on the volume This is supported only if you are using the FDRPAS subtask option MAXTASKS nn The e mail can be sent to up to five recipients If your mail server supports group names you can send it to a group name that can be distributed to many recipients If your pager or cell phone company supports sending text messages by e mail the message can be directed to your pager or c
127. page 310 17 except that it supports an additional operand VTOCSIZE nnnnn new VTOC size in tracks If the current VTOC is equal to or larger than VTOCSIZE the volume will not be changed For example MOUNT VOL volser SWAPUNIT uuuu VTOCSIZE nnnn The SWAPUNIT is used only for communication between the LPARs only control information is written to it You should not run more than one EXPANDVTOC function concurrently To expand the VTOC all data sets that follow the VTOC in the space required must be moved To do so FDRPAS will invoke enhanced functions of FDRCPK FAST COMPAKTION EXPANDVTOC will move the VTOCIX and VVDS if necessary even if they are active and any other data sets that occupy the required space However if any of those other data sets are active enqueued they cannot be moved and the EXPANDVTOC will fail messages will identify such data sets so that you can take action to make them idle The VTOCIX will be expanded to be 1 16th of the size of the new VTOC unless it is already larger than that This is based on IBM manual Device Support Facilities ICKDSF User s Guide and Reference GC35 0033 that documents the max VTOC and INDEX sizes for each size device On a 3390 9 the maximum VTOC size is 2 944 tracks and the Index size is 150 tracks The Index comes out as five percent of the VTOC We default to 6 25 percent A SWAPBUILDIX will be done automatically after building the new VTOC and VTOCIX You should pick an
128. required If used with SELECT CATDSN you must provide NVOL or NEWSTORGRP for all potential target volumes for the selected data sets and it will display all those data sets that are not on volumes in the NVOL list In other words it displays the data sets that still need to be moved NOCHECK VTOCs are not checked Default NOCHECK 325 9 EXCLUDE STATEMENT EXCLUDE STATEMENT SYNTAX EXCLUDE STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 One or more EXCLUDE statements can optionally be input to exclude certain data sets from selection EXCLUDE statements should precede SELECT statements EXCLUDE statements are rarely needed unless you want to exclude by data set size SIZE Only a few operands apply to EXCLUDE in FDRMOVE Some EXCLUDE statements are automatically generated by FDRMOVE See Section 325 07 FDRMOVE Consolidate Volumes with MOVE Function on page 325 39 The syntax is EXCLUDE ALLDSN X DSN filter DSORG DA SIZE nnnnn VOL vvvvvv The operands are ALLDSN Excludes all data sets so it must be used with one or more of DSORG SIZE or VOL to limit the data sets to be excluded DSN filter Specifies a fully qualified data set name or a filter to be used for generic data set exclusion See the explanation under SELECT below DSORG Specifies that the EXCLUDE statement is to apply only to data sets whose data set organization matches one of the DSORG values specified
129. size for the VTOCIX based on the VTOC size CHECKTARGET YES will verify that the volumes to be initialized do not contain any data sets To initialize SMS managed volumes add the STORAGEGROUP operand to the MOUNT statement e g MOUNT INITUNIT 21C CHANGEVOL DB VTOCLOC 15 VTOCSIZE 750 STORAGEGROUP After initializing the SMS volumes you must use ISMF to add those volumes to a storage group INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING strongly recommends that this be the same storage group used by the input data sets to be moved with FDRMOVE There are 50 Data Set Control Blocks DSCBs per track on a 3390 VTOC each DSCB describes one data set or VSAM component Extra DSCBs are required for data sets over three extents Therefore a 30 track two cylinder VTOC will hold about 400 data sets components A 750 track VTOC will hold over 35 000 data sets The VTOCIX needs to be only fraction of the size of the VTOC Please read an appendix in the IBM Device Support Facilities ICKDSF Users Guide and Reference GC35 0033 for more information on VTOC and VTOCIX sizes If you are initializing a smaller disk e g 3390 9 or a larger disk e g 3390 54 you can adjust the VTOC size appropriately If you expect the volume to hold only a few large data sets you may want to make the VTOC smaller It is possible to use FDRPAS to move some volumes to the target disks and then use FDRMOVE to add data sets from other volumes to fill up the free space on the larg
130. specific by volser if you are swapping a volume containing uncataloged copies of data sets that are active on another volume FDRPAS may identify them as active on this volume The initial copy of active data tracks Phase 3 pass 1 Final copying of updated tracks Phase 4 and Phase 3 pass 2 Swap completed Phase 5 Statistics about the swap FDR PLUG AND SWAP FDRPAS INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING CARD IMAGE SWAP TYPE FULL CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL TSO010 SWAPUNIT 226F 1017 92 SYSA SYSC SYSJ SYSZ SYSE SYSD SYSH SYSI 0109419672 0132429672 ACKNOWLEDGES ACKNOWLEDGES 0209419672 ACKNOWLEDGES 0054502064 ACKNOWLEDGES SWAP OF VOL TSOO 0309419672 ACKNOWLEDGES SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO SWAP OF VOL TSOO 10 SYSTEMS SYSA AO UY SS HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F HAS JOINED IN OF UNIT 2121 TO 226F YSC SYSJ SYSZ SYSE SYSH SYSI SYSB SYSK 0146279672 ACKNOWLEDGES 0270039672 ACKNOWLEDGES 0032429672 ACKNOWLEDGES SYSB 0145399672 ACKNOWLEDGES SYSK 0432429672 ACKNOWLEDGES SWAP TSO010 TO UNIT 226F STARTED PPP YP YP PP P
131. statement contains the name of the TCP IP address space started task on the system where you are executing If omitted FDRPAS connects to the first active TCP IP address space so it can usually be omitted unless you need to use a particular TCP IP stack There must be exactly one space after TCPNAME For example TCPNAME ENSRVOO1 320 25 SYMBOLIC SUBSTITUTION FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 MAILSERVER FROM This optional statement contains the name or IP address of your mail server This server must support the Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP consult the mail server administrator if you are not sure If omitted FDR attempts to use the SMTP server running on your z OS system if that SMTP server is not active you must provide a MAILSERVER statement There must be exactly one space after MAILSERVER If you have included a SYSTCPD DD statement or your installation has defined a default TCPDATA data set and the parameters specify the address of a domain name server you can specify the name of the mail server For example MAILSERVER MAIL MYCOMPANY COM You can also specify the IP address of the mail server in standard dotted decimal format If a name server is not available you must specify the IP address For example MAILSERVER 123 45 6 234 NoTE You can use the TCP IP PING command under TSO to get the IP address of your mail server e g PING MAIL MYCOMP
132. submitted on any of the LPARS without requiring any change PASSWAPM EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD SIMSWAPMON TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 16 LARGERSIZE OK MOUNT VOL HI17CC SWAPUNIT 17CA MOUNT VOL HI17C2 SWAPUNIT 17C1 PASJOB DD DATA DLM CPUID 096E0D2096 PASMONA JOB ROUTE XEQ JESCPUA MONITORA EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP DYNMON YES T CPUID 026E0D2096 PASMONB JOB ROUTE XEQ JESCPUB MONITORB EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP DYNMON YES CPUID 016E0D2096 PASMONC JOB ROUTE XEQ JESCPUC MONITORC EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP DYNMON YES SIMSWAPMON The following are examples of the output from the SWAP task and one of the MONITOR SAMPLE OuTPUT tasks A MONITOR task was missing from one of the LPARs and is reflected in the output FROM PREVIOUS messages in the SWAP task EXAMPLE The SYSPRINT output from the SWAP task will look similar to FDROO1 FDR PLUG AND SWAP FDRPAS VER x x xx INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING DATE 2010 270 PAGE 1 FDR303 CARD IMAGE SIMSWAPMON TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 16 LARGERSIZE OK 00081000 FDR303 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL H1I17CC SWAPUNIT 17CA 00082000 OLDE Ae FDR303 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL HI17C2 SWAPUNIT 17C1 00083000 09 59 42 FDR183 FDR SUBMITTED FDRPA
133. target device must be accessible by the native z OS system and by the Linux for System z systems that use it After the SWAP when you re IPL the Linux for System z systems they find the volume on its new device It is possible to move inactive Linux for System z volumes with other programs such as FDR full volume copy and similar utilities but FDRPAS is a very convenient way of moving them so the details are documented here Linux for System z owned volumes are normally initialized with the CPVOLUME function of ICKDSF or the Linux for System z command CPFMTXA that invokes ICKDSF This builds a dummy VTOC on the volume that starts and ends on Cylinder 0 Head 0 FDRPAS recognizes this dummy VTOC knows that it is a Linux for System z volume and copies all tracks on the volume since it cannot tell what tracks are really in use Message FDRO23 is issued to indicate that the dummy VTOC was found Therefore for Linux for System z owned volumes that were properly initialized by CPVOLUME you can run a normal FDRPAS SWAP If the Linux for System z volume is accessible by multiple native z OS systems then you must run FDRPAS MONITOR tasks as well If the Linux for System z systems were shutdown but not deactivated LPAR deactivate or native system power off then the disk hardware may still report the CPU ID of the Linux for System z system You may need to add EXCLUDE CPUID statements to the FDRPAS SWAP task to avoid errors
134. than you are normally used to seeing This ISPF menu will look something like this ISPF PRIMARY OPTION MENU Menu Utilities Compilers Options Status Help ISPF Primary Option Menu Option gt A 0 Settings Terminal and user parameters User ID USERN 1 View Display source data or listings mmes s 00705 A mohe Create or change source data Terminal 3278 Wires aeS Perform utility functions sereen I 4 Foreground Interactive language processing Language ENGLISH 5 Batch Submit job for language processing App ID 5 TER 6 Command Enter TSO or Workstation commands TSO logon VnnISPF 7 Dialog Test Perform dialog testing TSO prefix USERI 8 LM Facility Library administrator functions System ID CPUB 9 IBM Products IBM program development products MIS BOC TAINO 10 SCLM SW Configuration Library Manager Release ISPF n n 11 Workplace ISPF Object Action Workplace A FDR ABR FDR ABR DASD Management Functions Select option A on the Option line as shown and press ENTER to display the FDR ABR primary options menu 325 52 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF INTERFACE 325 10 FDR PRIMARY The FDR primary options menu will look similar to this OPTIONS MENU FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU PANEL A Select option M to monitor FDRMOVE Other options are used for FDRABR and other components of the FDR DASD management software Option I is used during inst
135. the SWAP units or one or more MONITOR jobs may not be running 310 79 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTION ALLY LEFT BLANK 310 80 320 320 01 RELOCATING A DATA CENTER PREPARING THE TARGET DEVICES FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS This section documents special hardware considerations for the use of FDRPAS It is as complete as possible and contains all considerations known to INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING at the time of publication However there may be other considerations that have not been identified or that were discovered after publication This section should be reviewed carefully before performing any FDRPAS operations For the latest updates to hardware considerations go to the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING web site at http Awww innovationdp fdr com And click on FTP Login link Then enter your site access code to login to the registered FTP site FDRPAS can be used to relocate a data center by duplicating all of the online volumes in new disk subsystems at the new site Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for additional documentation with details on the procedures and considerations The target devices should be varied offline to all system images If the target device is not offline on an LPAR that a MONITOR task is running special checking is done by the MONITOR task to ensure that this device is the sa
136. the data copy phase of each volume Since each FDRPAS job can do up to 32 disks concurrently multiple FDRPAS SWAP jobs may be required When the FDRPAS SWAP jobs are running a special 4 step job is submitted 1 An FDRPAS CONFIRM step that confirms all the disks 2 A step that issues the command necessary to globally disable AutoSwap 3 A special FDRPAS step that waits for all of the FDRPAS SWAP jobs to complete 4 A step that issues the command necessary to globally enable AutoSwap The process can be repeated for each set of 256 disks to be swapped with a short AutoSwap outage for each set It is possible to do more than 256 disks in a set but there are limitations on the total number of active swaps so it is not recommended Samples of this 4 step job is in member AUTOSWAP in the ICL library as mentioned above 320 40 325 325 01 KEY FEATURES OF FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE INTRODU CTION 325 01 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE INTRODUCTION FDRMOVE builds on the proven technology of FDRPAS volume migration and FDRINSTANT instant data set copy to provide non disruptive or minimally disruptive movement of individual data sets The key features of FDRMOVE are Automation of the movement of data sets using simple JCL and control statements Unattended operation once started FDRMOVE can execute for long periods of time without human intervention or monitoring Handling of ac
137. the disks are eligible to be swapped by HyperSwap The block step executes program FDRHXBLK to block Basic HyperSwap FDRHXBLK EXEC PGM FDRHXBLK PARM BLOCK STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT NoTE FDRHXBLK does not use a SYSIN DD or control statements The disks are not listed because the blocking of Basic HyperSwap is a global operation that applies to the whole system As soon as the SWAP jobs see that Basic HyperSwap has been blocked they perform the actual UCB SWAPs and terminate 320 38 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS AND IBM BASIC HYPERSWAP 320 07 The WAITTERM step waits for the SWAPs to terminate on all of the selected volumes WAITTERM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE WAITSWAPTERM MOUNT VOL VVVVVV NOTE Add additional MOUNT statements for ALL the volumes to be SWAPped If there are more than 250 MOUNT statements change the MAXCARDS operand accordingly After all of the SWAPs have terminated the unblock step executes program FDRHXBLK to unblock Basic HyperSwap UNBLOCK EXEC PGM FDRHXBLK PARM UNBLOCK STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT NOTE FDRHXBLK does not use a SYSIN DD or control statements The disks are not listed beca
138. the number of volumes that are actively copying data Beyond pass 1 FDRPAS periodically copies updated tracks that are a much smaller load on the system Default NO MAXCARDS nnnn Specifies the maximum number of MOUNT statements that can be present in this FDRPAS step from 1 to 9999 There will be one MOUNT for each input volume that needs to be moved to transit stations so set the value appropriately Note that FDRPAS acquires a table with a size of 160 MAXCARDS bytes in below the line storage so very large values may cause GETMAIN failures Default 250 325 19 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 MAXTASKS nn Specifies the maximum number of volumes that can be moving to or from transit stations concurrently by this SWAP task from 1 to 32 You must follow the SWAP statement with multiple MOUNT statements specifying the volumes to be processed the MOUNT statements may be generated by FASTMOVE see MOUNT below However the TYPE TRANSIT job will wait until it is instructed by the FDRMOVE job to move a volume to an available transit station or move it back to its original device In order to separate the messages from these swaps messages will be written to SYSPRINx DD statements x will be 1 9 0 and A V in that order depending on MAXTASKS nn The SYSPRINx DD statements will be dynamically allocated as SYSOUT At the termination of each swap subtasks most of its messages will also
139. the time that the applications must be disrupted will be very short MOVE and FASTMOVE jobs will terminate when All selected data sets have been moved You enter a console STOP P command for the job The time limit specified by the STOPAFTER and or STOPINACTIVE operands is reached When FASTMOVE terminates it will also terminate the FDRPAS job it submitted FDRPAS will swap all source volumes back to their original devices before it ends They will probably contain only a few data sets or perhaps no data sets so this swap should be very fast MOVE and FASTMOVE are described in more detail in sections 325 03 FDRMOVE MOVE Function with Examples on page 325 25 and 325 04 FDRMOVE FASTMOVE Function with Examples on page 325 30 325 38 325 07 CONSOLIDATE ENTIRE VOLUMES WITHOUT INSTANT REPLICATION MOVE EXAMPLE NOTE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLUMES WITH MOVE FUNCTION 325 07 FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLUMES WITH MOVE FUNCTION All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRMOVE The member names will be PA32507x In this scenario you want to consolidate volumes with FDRMOVE but you do not have any instant replication facility available You can also use it when you know that the data sets involved are not always in use so that FDRMOVE has an opportunity to move them Step1 Consolidate Entire Volumes without Instant Replication MOVE A simulated MOVE that will ide
140. the type of the input volume SMS or non SMS will be chosen If the NVOL list includes both 3380s and 3390s only those matching the type of the input volume are selected Only online volumes are selected if no specified volumes are online you will receive a diagnostic message NEWSTORGRP ENEWSTORGRP and NVOL are mutually exclusive and only one of these operands can be specified on a SELECT statement For an explanation of how NVOL is used See Output Volume Selection for FDRMOVE on page 325 16 325 13 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 NEWSTORGRP storgrp Specifies an SMS storage group name for output data set allocation All online volumes in the storage group will become an implied NVOL operand The volumes will be selected sorted in descending order by free space reported by SMS NEWSTORGRP ENEWSTORGRP and NVOL are mutually exclusive and only one of these operands can be specified on a SELECT statement NEWSTORGRP2 is used like NVOL for output volume selection NEWCUID sssss five digits is an additional operand that can be specified to limit the output NEWSTORGRP2 selection to a specified disk control unit NEWCUID specifies the 5 digit serial number of the control unit The NEWCUID operand must precede the NEWSTORGRP operand e g NEWCUID 12345 NEWSTORGRP ABC You must use NEWCUID when you are moving data sets to the same storage group the storage group has already been up
141. then a candidate space is created on each candidate volume FDRMOVE will move these candidate spaces if the volume is selected CATDSN or ALLDSN Non SMS managed VSAM clusters with candidate volumes are handled Candidate volumes are marked as candidates in the catalog FDRMOVE will update the candidate list if there are sufficient unused volumes in the NVOL list after all active pieces of the cluster are moved If there are not sufficient unused volumes some candidates will be updated and some will not If a cluster has the IMBED attribute no longer supported by IBM then candidates will not be updated Non SMS non VSAM data sets Specific candidate volsers these are very rare will appear in the catalog when you provide extra volsers at allocation time They are not marked in any special way by IBM and do not appear in the disk VTOCs so FDRMOVE will not update the volsers For non SMS volumes where FDRMOVE was not able update the candidate volsers you will need to locate these data sets and use the IDCAMS ALTER command with REMOVEVOLUMES to delete the candidates and ADDVOLUMES to add new candidates Note that the number of candidate volumes required may be less on the new disks than on the old disks because the new disks are so much larger you may not need any candidates A SIMMOVE step with VTOCEMPTY CHECK and SELECT CATDSN with NVOL for all possible new volsers will identify all pieces of multi volume data set th
142. they appear only for the original error Message FDR210 appears again when the error is successfully corrected NORETRY An O error on the target device while copying tracks immediately terminates the swap If the I O error is later corrected the swap must be restarted Default NORETRY 310 14 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 VOLSORT NO FDRPAS selects the source volumes in the reverse order that the UCBs appear on the UCB chain which usually means descending order by device number YES Causes FDRPAS to sort the source volumes by the last digit of the device number unit address In most installations this has the effect of spreading out the SWAP s across the LCUs Default NO FDRPAS selects the source volumes in the reverse order that the UCBs appear on the UCB chain NOTE The order of the MOUNT statements has no influence on the order that FDRPAS selects source volumes WTOR NO The FDRW01 and FDRW68 messages are issued as WTO messages not WTOR messages so that the operator cannot reply to them The MSG option of the FDRPAS ISPF panels must be used to reply to these messages See 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 WITOR NO may be appropriate when the system operator is not involved in the FDRPAS swaps so that inappropriate responses are not made by the operator YES Certain FDRPAS messages r
143. to be processed the active enqueued data sets for which the step is waiting and a summary of data sets processed Here is a sample of the STATUS output for MOVE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED STATUS VOL SH20E0 IN TRANSIT STATION EMC00547 EMC00547 2 DATASETS TO MOVE HIGHEST SEQ ale FOR ACTIVE DSN TEST1 PDS CNTL 1 JOBS TSO123 FOR ACTIVE DSN TSO123 PROFILE 1 JOBS TSO123 FDR MOVED 24 DATASETS COMPONENTS SUCCESSFULLY MOVE STATUS 2 ACTIVE DATASETS 0 AWAITING TRANSIT 0 MOVING TO TRANSIT 0 IN TRANSIT STATION For a FASTMOVE job this will display the status of each volume still containing data sets to be processed in a transit station or not active enqueued data sets and a summary of data sets processed Here is a sample of the STATUS output for FASTMOVE MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED STATUS VOL SH20E0 IN TRANSIT STATION EMC00547 EMC00547 4 DATASETS TO MOVE HIGHEST SEQ ale FOR ACTIVE DSN ICF1 MOVE013 VSH20E0 KSDS A0002 CLUSTER 1 JOBS MOVE013E FOR ACTIVE DSN ICF1 MOVE013 VSH20E0 PO A0002 1 JOBS MOVE013E FOR ACTIVE DSN ICF1 MOVE013 VSH20E0 PS A0001 2 JOBS MOVE013Q MOVE013E FOR ACTIVE DSN ICF1 MOVE013 VSH20E0 PS A0002 1 JOBS MOVE013E VOL SH20CO MOVING TO TRANSIT IBM76421 TO EMC00547 28 DATASETS TO MOVE HIGHEST SEQ i VOL SH20C3 IN TRANSIT STATION EMC00547 EMC00547 1 DATASETS TO MOVE HIGHEST SEQ 1 FOR ACTIVE DSN ICF1 MOVE013 VSH20C3 PS A0001 1 JOBS MOVE013Q FDR MOVED 0 DATASETS COMPONEN
144. to erase since the subsystem writes each updated track in a new location on the fixed block architecture FBA disks The original data on each track is not overwritten although the virtual pointers to the data tracks no longer point to the original data FDRERASE will make all the data in a virtual disk subsystem unavailable but it may still be possible to recover some of it if the FBA disks are removed from the subsystem Data in these virtual subsystems is compressed so it will be difficult to reconstruct your data from the FBA disks but if you must be sure that it is physically erased or overwritten consult the disk vendor If you are planning to remove the RVA SVA from your data center INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends the following to insure that the data on the fixed block architecture FBA disks is overwritten and not recoverable Run an ERASE with ERASEPATTERN FE on all volumes in the subsystem The erase patterns created by ERASEPATTERN FE are minimally compressible by the RVA SVA compress algorithm so the data tracks will be written to the back end fixed block architecture FBA disks with be close to the original lengths Do not use the VARYON AFTER option so that the disks are left offline preventing the IXFP SVAA software from releasing the erased tracks Eventually the NCL net capacity load will exceed the capacity of the back end disks generating I O error messages which will insure that all of your original data has
145. to the volume will result in the creation of a second VVDS with the new volume serial which may cause other problems 310 32 310 14 LICENSE STATEMENT SYNTAX LICENSE STATEMENT LICENSE STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE LICENSE STATEMENT 310 14 LICENSE STATEMENT FDRPAS LICENSE statement syntax LICENSE TY PE SWAP PRINT ALL The LICENSE statement will cause FDRPAS to quickly scan all of the disk storage online on the system where it is executed It will list the disk subsystems it finds by manufacturer serial number and gigabytes GB of online storage in the subsystem It also shows the equivalent number of 3390 3 volumes in each subsystem The total GB and 3390 3 equivalents for the entire system are also shown If PRINT ALL is specified it will additionally report on every online disk volume showing its device address size in cylinders and size in GB This report will be written to the TAPE1 DD statement which will be dynamically allocated as SYSOUT if it is not present in the JCL If a disk subsystem is listed as type UNKNOWN this means that FDRPAS was unable to determine the manufacturer and serial number of the subsystem this can occur on IBM 3990 3 and older control units FDRPAS license charges may be based on the total online GB of data on your systems so INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING may ask you to run a LICENSE TYPE SWAP on every system in order to determine the
146. tracks of a DASD have indeed been overwritten sufficiently that no residual information remains Protection of Security Functions The TOE protects against failure with loss of the secure state which requires that the TOE preserve a secure state in the face of the identified failures The TOE ensures that only DASD that has been varied off line is available to the TOE If it is not the TOE will not attempt to overwrite the DASD and will report the failure to the TOE user Also the TOE checks before every write to see if the disk has been varied online if so the operation will be terminated with an error message The TOE determines the manufacturer of the DASD before beginning to execute This test is necessary since the external interface of the DASD for committing data to be written from a cache to the hard drive termed hardening varies by 330 4 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE INTRODUCTION 330 00 manufacturer and the TOE has to determine the type and size of DASD it is attempting to overwrite Throughout the process of performing a DASD overwrite the TOE continually monitors for any I O errors on the write and other I O issued to the disk During an overwrite of a DASD if twenty write errors are encountered the TOE sends a message to the console and the TOE user identifying the DASD and that the overwrite was a failure The TOE then terminates and automatically returns to its inactive maintenance mode i e resi
147. used to create a point in time copy of the source volume on the target device that can then be backed up with FDRINSTANT All rules and considerations of SWAP also apply to SWAPDUMP You must start the SWAPDUMP operation far enough ahead of the time you plan to do the backup so that FDRPAS can copy the data and synchronize the volumes If you specify CONFIRMSPLIT YES FDRPAS then continues to keep the volumes synchronized until you confirm the operation and create the frozen point in time copy at that time you can submit the FDRINSTANT backup jobs MAXTASKS nn is especially useful for SWAPDUMP where you may need to create point in time backups of a large number of disk volumes all at the same point in time MAXTASKS nn allows you to SWAPDUMP up to 32 disk volumes in a single swap job or started task so that the number of jobs tasks required to synchronize all of those volumes is small A RACROUTE call is issued to verify that the user has READ authority to resource FDRPAS SWAPDUMP in the FACILITY class if that resource is protected If FDRPAS SWAPDUMP is not protected the operation is allowed If you have security checking enabled See ALLCALL on page 380 23 SWAPDUMP checks that the user has at least READ authority to the source volser under the DASDVOL security class If the user does not have DASDVOL authority the operation fails If the volume is not protected by DASDVOL FDRPAS checks that the user has READ authority in the
148. using this high level index This name should be defined in the master catalog of every system on which FDRPAS runs as an alias of a user catalog into which these FDRPAS catalog entries are placed If possible this user catalog should be a shared catalog accessible to every system but if this is not possible it can point to different user catalogs on different systems The FDRPAS SWAP and MONITOR tasks must have authority to catalog data sets beginning with the PASINDEX into the aliased user catalog If they do not the history records are not created but the swaps run successfully Do not assign PASINDEX to a user catalog with a lot of activity Every SWAP and MONITOR task attempts to catalog into that catalog when a swap ends there are catalog updates from multiple systems in a very short period of time Depending on the type of catalog sharing and caching in use this can cause other catalog requests to be delayed and may cause FDRPAS to be delayed If desired you can DEFINE a new user catalog for the PASINDEX You may change PASINDEX to any valid high level index Here is an example of the IDCAMS input necessary to assign FDRPAS or whatever value you assign to PASINDEX as an alias of an existing ICF catalog the IDCAMS job must be authorized to update the master catalog DEFINE ALIAS NAME FDRPAS RELATE CATALOG MISC If you do not assign a catalog alias for the PASINDEX a diagnostic message FDR247 is generated when FDRPAS trie
149. volume the MONITOR task indicates that it does not need to participate When the proper number of MONITOR tasks have acknowledged that they are ready to participate the SWAP task proceeds If the expected number of systems have not acknowledged within a time limit this probably means that an FDRPAS MONITOR task for the target device was not running on all required systems that the target was not offline on one or more systems or that one or more systems does not have access to the target You must run a MONITOR task on every system that has access to the source volume even if it is offline and those systems must also have access to the target device FDRPAS asks if it should continue with the swap even though the expected number of systems are not participating by issuing message FDRW68 unless you specify NONRESPONDING FAIL You should not reply YES Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you are not able to resolve this with a RETRY Note that the FDRW68 message is issued as a WTOR to which the system operator can reply by default You can also display and reply to the message using the FDRPAS ISPF panels Optionally you can change the message to a simple WTO so that the system operator cannot reply in this case the ISPF panels must be used to reply If the system operator is not involved in the swaps the WTOR NO option is recommended to prevent erroneous replies 300 8 FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW
150. volume data sets the NVOL list must contain at least as many volumes as the maximum number of volumes occupied by any one data set A SIMMOVE will display for each input volume the highest multi volume sequence number found on that volume non VSAM and SMS VSAM only Find the highest displayed volume for data set going to the same NVOL list and you will know the minimum number of volumes that must be in the list If you select data sets with CATDSN use the SIMMOVE function to determine the number of input volumes 325 17 FDRPAS TRANSIT JOB FOR FASTMOVE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 FASTMOVE requires a special FDRPAS TYPE TRANSIT job to be active on the same system as the FDRMOVE job This job handles the task of moving input volumes to and from transit stations Although you can submit this job manually INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING highly recommends that you let FASTMOVE automatically submit the FDRPAS job when it is needed FASTMOVE will also automatically stop the FDRPAS job when it is done If FASTMOVE determines that some of the input volumes are not already in the target subsystem then FASTMOVE will submit the FDRPAS job with the identified volume serials The FDRPAS job will start moving input volumes to the transit stations It will process disks concurrently up to the maximum number of tasks MAXTASKS As each volume completes another volume will be chosen to move until all are moved or the num
151. will have an option E for FDRERASE If so you can skip the invocation of ABRALLOC shown below and use that option to invoke the FDRPAS dialogs If you do not have an appropriate level of the FDR dialogs installed or they are at a lower release level than the level of FDRERASE in use then use the following procedure Go to ISPF option 6 or exit ISPF to TSO READY mode and issue this command EXEC fdrerase clist library ABRALLOC specifying the name of the FDRERASE CLIST library that was installed during the installation section 380 This CLIST will allocate all of the required FDRERASE ISPF libraries and invoke the ABR dialogs including FDRERASE If you issued the ABRALLOC from TSO READY you will see a standard ISPF main menu with an additional option A for ABR If your installation has modified your ISPF main menu this may look considerably different than you are normally used to seeing This ISPF menu will look something like ISPF PRIMARY OPTION MENU Menu Utilities Compilers Options Status Help ISPF Primary Option Menu Option gt A 0 Settings Terminal and user parameters User ID s s DE 1 View Display source data or listings MMS 5 a 8 OSOS 2 meiit Create or change source data Terminal 3278 3 Utilities Perform utility functions Sereens a I 4 Foreground Interactive language processing Language ENGLISH 5 Beran Submit job for language processing APPORTER 6 Command Enter TSO or Workstat
152. without protection or vice versa K Data set has not reached its expiration date and the operator replied NO to the FDRW03 message O PRESTAGE was specified Data set restore bypassed since data set was found P Characteristics of the input data set and the pre allocated output data set do not match Examples of this VSAM to non VSAM gt gt PDSE to non PDSE gt HFS to non HFS gt Extended Format SMS to non EF gt And vice versa in each case Other combinations also cause errors S A data set that must be SMS managed such as Extended Format EF is being restored to a non SMS volume T FDRCOPY COPY MOVE detected a copy move of a data set on top of itself same volser same data set name U Error updating ISAM Format 2 DSCB or VSAM component in the VTOC but not in the VVDS V VSAM cluster is being restored to a VSAM cluster that has different options or characteristics Message FDR152 or FDR159 details the error W Catalog inaccessible Possible causes are When restoring a catalog the JCL contained a STEPCAT or JOBCAT DD statement This is not supported When restoring a catalog the catalog being restored was defined in the master catalog but it was not usable probably did not actually exist on disk You must remove the entry for the old catalog probably by IDCAMS EXPORT DISCONNECT X Data set security exit rejected this data set Y NEWINDEX failure or duplicate data set name ge
153. 019 PACING STATIC 000020 MAXTASKS 1 000021 MAXACTIVESWAPS NO 000022 WTOR YES 000023 MOUNT VOL SCRO081 SWAPUNIT 72EE 000024 MOUNT VOL SCR089 SWAPUNIT 72ED 000025 MOUNT VOL SAFEC8 SWAPUNIT 72EC 000026 OUNT VOL SMS812 SWAPUNIT 72EB 000027 OUNT VOL SMS811 SWAPUNIT 72EA 000028 OUNT VOL SMS802 SWAPUNIT 72E9 000029 OUNT VOL SMS803 SWAPUNIT 72E8 000030 OUNT VOL XX22E7 SWAPUNIT 72E7 000031 OUNT VOL SCR082 SWAPUNIT 72E6 000032 MOUNT VOL SCR28B SWAPUNIT 72E5 000033 OUNT VOL SCR086 SWAPUNIT 72E4 000034 MOUNT VOL SCR080 SWAPUNIT 72E3 000035 OUNT VOL SCR087 SWAPUNIT 72E2 000186 PASJOB DD DATA DLM 2Z 000187 CPUID 096E0D2096 000188 PASMONU JOB acct user MSGLEVEL 1 1 000189 MSGCLASS X CLASS M 000190 ROUTE XEQ JESCPUA 000191 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000192 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib 000193 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT 000194 SYSUDUMP DD SyYSOUT 000195 SYSIN DD 000196 MONITOR TYPE SWAP 000197 MAXTASKS 64 000198 DYNMON YES 000365 CPUID 026E0D2096 000366 PASMONV JOB acct user MSGLEVEL 1 1 310 78 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION 310 32 This display shows the status of the devices after submitting the SIMSWAPMON job FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION STATUS AFTER SUBMITTING SIMSWAPMON JOB If you see SYNCHRONIZING in the Status field for a while the monitors may be dynamically adding
154. 1 SWAPUNIT 17 18 Transit station devices in the ranges 1700 17FF and 1800 18FF See the notes above under VOL for information on how to specify the transit stations Note that the syntax for SWAPUNIT in a SWAP TYPE TRANSIT job is different from that in a normal FDRPAS SWAP TYPE FULL job If you have a list of transit station devices and you specified VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp then the MOUNT statement may be continued onto a maximum 15 lines 16 lines total For example MOUNT VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 03A0 03A1 03A2 0343 0344 03A5 03A6 03A7 The MOUNT statement with all its continuations will be replicated for each selected source volume 325 22 FDRPAS MONITOR TASKS FOR FDRPAS TRANSIT JOB TRANSIT JOB MONITOR STATEMENT SYNTAX TRANSIT JOB MONITOR STATEMENT TRANSIT JOB MONITOR STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 An FDRPAS MONITOR task must be executed on every z OS LPAR that the source disk is connected to except the LPAR where the SWAP TYPE TRASNSIT job will run even if the volume is offline on that LPAR however the MONITOR task will not actually participate on the LPAR where the SWAP task is running For non z OS LPARs such as z VM and Linux for System z see the EXCLUDE statement above Each FDRPAS MONITOR task must specify the offline transit station disks and any source disks that are offline to any of the LPARs The
155. 2 IDP PRODUCT INSTALL ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION STEP 1 6 INSTALLATION DATA SETS HAVE BEEN RECEIVED INSTALLATION ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION 380 02 This screen documents the process that is used to create the product libraries When you press ENTER to continue it shows you the status of each of the data sets being created Once all the product libraries have been created a completion message is displayed IDP PRODUCT INSTALL SCREEN 2 aaeoa De Proce INSTAN Creen Press Enter to continue Enter Can Cancel to quit The TSO RECEIVE command will be invoked to create each file selected from the previous menu Before each file is created by using TSO RECEIVE the target data set will be deleted The install will display messages below indicating install progress and results If a file RECEIVE fails the user is given the option to continue or quit The user can view RECEIVE output by looking at the RECEIVE sysout allocation under their TSO user session If any dialog file fails to RECEIVE it is suggested that the user NOT continue to the next screen The next step will change member ABRALLOC in the Clist library that is used to allocate libraries and invoke the product dialog This screen documents that all the product libraries have been created and received and goes to the Primary Options Menu to continue the installation process and customize the pr
156. 2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY INT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY NT UNIT 90C2 CY UNIT 90C2 VOL SH90C2 VOLID VOL1 CU I1BM24678 0800 00000000 00000000 ID SOS 32 RCo oo Khoa ID DATA 0000000000000000 15 RECORDS ON TRACK RE Crees DATA FOFIF2F3F4F5F6F7 0000000098000100 01234567 Bey os DATA 0000543001000000 C9D5C740C4E2D540 HSS 50 DATA 40 40404040404040 0000000000F00000 DATA C1C2C3C4C5C6C7C8 956B30004770C5BC DATA 4140D1F095404000 400050004770A1D6 DATA 4040404040404040 45E0B26A4400C536 DATA 0102030405060708 4200F000D601F000 DATA BCCCDC01F000BCC7 FF00000000000000 DATA 0000FFFFFFFFFFFF 8A4058308DF04590 DATA 8AB458308DF44590 C2C90102D3D7D401 DATA 02D9E2E5010A60F0 C1C2D9D3D3C9C240 SINE 5 4 5 DATA C6C4D9D6D7E34040 D41CBD02BF3F307C FDROPT DATA 4780CDB2D209D41C FB80FA01000000 DATA 0000000000000000 001100092F01000 DATA D21E10019216D207 81D410002344110 DATA 0004000000000000 RECORDS ON DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES E SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000
157. 246 SWAP NOT ACTIVE FOR CONFIRM OF VOL vvvvvv Reason A MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP or CONFIRMSPLIT was submitted for one or more volumes but the volume indicated was not currently involved in a SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation with CONFIRMSWAP YES_ or CONFIRMSPLIT YES specified Action Correct the list of volumes specified on the MOUNT statements to include only those actively being swapped and re submit the job 390 35 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR247 UNABLE TO CATALOG SWAP HISTORY RECORD COMP X FFFF00001111 Reason After a swap FDRPAS attempted to catalog a history record to document the swap but the catalog request failed COMP contains the catalog return codes from registers R15 FFFF RO 0000 and R1 1111 The swap was successful but it was not recorded for historical and reporting purposes Action The history record will be cataloged into the system catalog with an alias equal to the value of PASINDEX See PASINDEX on page 380 30 The catalog may be full If so run the example Display and Purge History for All Volumes Example on page 310 52 to purge some old history records If you cannot find any problem with the catalog contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance UNABLE TO CATALOG SWAP HISTORY RECORD NO ALIAS FOR PASINDEX Reason This form of the FDR247 message indicates that after a swap FDRPAS attempted to catalog a history record to document the swap but there was no alias defined in
158. 3 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL HI17C2 SWAPUNIT 17C1 00001100 4 32 58 FDR2S56 REPORT FROM SYSPRINI CEPRK320T COMPARKTOR OPTIONS IN EFFECT GHMChoOURCM Se RITITOC S25 2 CPK529I INDEXED VTOC EXISTS ON VOLUME HI17CC 4532 98 VOLUMET SUNNAR T Ss PEVI CE TIFE Con gone oa boon nooo ND OD MONRO ODNDOD 3390 E E OI TRACES E E A S 16695 432558 NOL OE CYEINDERS sasin m e E AE E E E S 4 32 58 O OFTALEOCATED TRACKS 55605 00g 50000069 000990 18 Aes 2250 PERCENTAGE OF VOELEUME IN USE Soo 55aqogc500G940 0 e e CPK600I COMPAKTOR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED CHECKSOURCE RUN VOLUME HI17CC 4 32 98 FDR233 CPU WITH SERIAL 056E0D2096 WAS EXCLUDED T R EPE EDR223 CFPUB SERIAL 026E 0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL HI17CC HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 4033 103 FDR233 CPUC SERIAL 016E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL HI17CC AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 17CC TO 17CA FDR233 CPUA SERIAL 096E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL HI17CC AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 17CC TO 17CA FDRW66 SIMSWAP VOL HI17CC TO UNIT 17CA COMPLETED 3 SYSTEMS CPUB CPUC CPUA 433 103 FDR256 REPORT FROM SYSPRIN2 CPE320I COMPAKTOR OPTIONG IN EFFECT CHECHSOURCES So RIL7C2 S ROE A E CPK529I INDEXED VTOC EXISTS ON VOLUME HI17C2 e esi VOLUME SUMMARY PDEVICE TYPE serren ganran Erp AAEE E so 3390 3 4 32 58 NO OFTTRASES Gogg oe5c0nbaod Dob bCDNMOOODONOCS 50085 A Ss GG ING OPC ETNDER S Gog ocnnanconpbeodnnnconDdeOS 339 rala Oe NO OF MILO MUR TRACKS rror parin
159. 320 02 JES2 and JES3 spool volumes can be swapped with FDRPAS With FDRPAS 5 4 75 and higher and z OS 1 7 and higher on ALL LPARs in the sysplex FDRPAS can identify JES SPOOL and CHECKPOINT volumes and ensures that they are processed with no other volumes When ANY LPAR has a z OS system lower than z OS 1 7 coding the JESVOL YES operand on the MOUNT statement informs FDRPAS that this volume is a JES SPOOL or CHECKPOINT volume and processes this volume with no other volumes The operand PRINT ALL should not be specified when swapping JES volumes to avoid potential interlocks If a volume to be swapped contains a JES2 checkpoint data set there is one consideration if this is a single system JES2 checkpoint not MAS multi access spool the default for the HOLD operand on the MASDEF statement in the JES2 startup parameters is HOLD 9999999 which causes JES2 to hold a permanent RESERVE on the checkpoint volume FDRPAS cannot swap a volume while a RESERVE is held so the swap fails no harm is done but the swap is not successful To circumvent this permanent RESERVE issue this console command on the system that owns the checkpoint volume to set the RESERVE time to 1 second T MASDEF HOLD 100 After the swap you can reissue the command with HOLD 9999999 if you like A volume containing an active Sysplex Coupling Data Set can be swapped with FDRPAS With FDRPAS 5 4 75 and higher and z OS 1 7 and higher on ALL LPARs in the sysplex FDRPA
160. 60 MAXCARDS bytes in below the line storage so very large values may cause GETMAIN failures However values up to 3000 should not be a problem in FDRPAS Default 250 MAXACTIVESWAPS NO The total number of active SWAP or SWAPDUMP tasks in multiple FDRPAS jobs is not limited or controlled If you submit multiple FDRPAS jobs each of them may be actively copying data for multiple disk volumes up to the MAXTASKS nn limit in each job Many such jobs may overload disk channels and system common storage In this case INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you submit a few such jobs at one time and submit new jobs as each old job finishes YES FDRPAS limits the number of SWAP or SWAPDUMP tasks in multiple FDRPAS jobs that can be in the initial Phase 3 pass 1 copy phase where the tracks identified by FDRPAS as in use are copied The limit is equal to the value of MAXTASKS nn see below that has a maximum of 32 If you submit multiple FDRPAS jobs FDRPAS limits to nn the number of volumes that can be in pass 1 across all of those jobs This allows you to submit many FDRPAS jobs while limiting the number of volumes that are actively copying data Beyond pass 1 FDRPAS periodically copies updated tracks that are a much smaller load on the system MAXACTIVESWAPS YES is especially useful when CONFIRMSWAP YES or CONFIRMSPLIT YES is specified since this usually implies many volumes will be in confirm state be
161. 60 message indicates that a MONITOR TYPE VARYONLINE or RESETVOL was executed but either the requested device was not eligible already online or does not have a volume label set by FDRPAS or if the additional text VOLSER ALREADY ONLINE appears the new volume serial requested by NVOL is already online on another device Action Verify that VARYUNIT specifies the address of an offline disk that was a SWAP source volume or a SWAPDUMP target device If the volser was already online modify the NVOL to create a unique volser or run the function on a system where the volume is not online FDR261 UNIT uuuu VOL vvvvvv WAS function VARY FAILED COMP nn CODE cc CHECK MVS LOG PENDING OFFLINE Reason This message can be issued by an FDRPAS MONITOR by FDRERASE or by FDRINITV function can be VARIED ONLINE VARIED OFFLINE or RESET The second form of this message can also indicate that a VARYON or VARYOFF failed FDR262 MODULE ICKDSF NOT FOUND OR INSUFFICIENT AUTHORITY ABEND Scde rc Reason LARGERSIZE OK or SMALLERSIZE OK was coded FDRPAS needs to call ICKDSF to rebuild the indexed VTOC when a volume is swapped to a larger or smaller disk so a test LOAD of ICKDSF was done to be sure that it is available and this job is authorized to use it The load failed with the system ABEND code cde and reason code rc indicated Action The FDRPAS step will be terminated with an U0502 ABEND Authorize the FDRPAS job to us
162. 96 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTE 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL O56E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HIG 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL O96E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 SWAP OF VOL HI17C2 TO UNIT 17C1 NEEDS TO BE STARTED ON 4 SYSTEMS You can also get the CPUID value is the on a specific z OS system by executing this console command from a console that is attached to the system D M CPU You receive a response similar to D M CPU IEE174I 15 34 53 DISPLAY M 899 PROCESSOR STATUS 1D Czy SERIAL OO 026E0D2096 OL 4 026E0D2096 310 2 USING PASPROC TO EXECUTE FDRPAS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 310 01 The following is an example of using PASJOB to route MONITOR tasks to two different systems that uses a ROUTE statement to route the MONITOR tasks You may have different requirements to route jobs such as CLASS SYSAFF or a ROUTE statement to get the job to the proper LPAR in the SYSPLEX PASJOB DD DATA DLM CPUID 096E0D2096 PASMONA JOB ROUTE XEQ JESCPUA MONITOR EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP DYNMON YES CPUID 026E0D2096 PASMONB JOB ROUTE XEQ JESCPUB MONITOR EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP
163. ACKUP NO HESQUITESCE CMINGC EES WURUING BACKUP oococoucsvccccsnvansagcagnacouer NO ROUTECODE WTO ROUTING CODES 2 11 DESCRIPTCODE WTO DESCRIPTOR CODES 2 ICFCORE Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE FDRCC If an error occurs during execution of FDRPAS FDRMOVE or FDRERASE that is not severe enough to cause immediate termination the program completes processing and then issues an ABEND or sets a return code to call attention to the error The default ABEND causes an ABEND U0888 If you wish a return code instead of the ABEND set any desired value from 8 to 255 FDRSTMT Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE SELTERR FDRERASE produces a diagnostic message if an offline disk device was specified but it was not eligible to be erased If set to YES FDRERASE considers this a possible user error and causes a return code or U0888 ABEND at step end to draw attention to it If you do not want to consider this an error condition change SELTERR to NO the diagnostic message is still printed but it is not considered an error This option can be overridden at execution time ALCRSTIN Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE RESTLRDT Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE RESTCRDT Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE RESTEXDT Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE HFSQUIESCE Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE 380 25 INSTALLATION GEN ERAL OPTI
164. ACTIVESWAPS NO 000021 WTOR YES 000022 MOUNT VOL IDPLB8 SWAPUNIT 21C8 000023 MOUNT VOL IDPLB7 SWAPUNIT 21C7 000024 MOUNT VOL IDPLB6 SWAPUNIT 21C6 000025 MOUNT VOL IDPLB5 SWAPUNIT 21C5 000026 MOUNT VOL IDPLB4 SWAPUNIT 21C4 000027 MOUNT VOL IDPLB3 SWAPUNIT 21C3 The output from this SIMSWAP run includes the CPU serial numbers and the number of systems that will need to have monitors running CPU WITH SERIAL 026E0D2096 ATTACHED TO VOL IDPLB3 MC 2105F20 TO IBM 2107921 CPU WITH SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL IDPLB3 EMC 210520 LO IBM 2107921 CPU WITH SERIAL 096E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL IDPLB3 EMC 2105F20 TO IBM 2107921 SWAP OF VOL IDPLB3 TO UNIT 21C3 NEEDS TO BE STARTED ON 3 SYSTEMS 310 36 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 The CPU serial numbers from the SIMSWAP output is needed to create the JCL for the MONITOR tasks Use the FDRPAS Options panel go to the pull down MENU and select Options to enter the CPU serial numbers and the JCL necessary to route jobs on the other LPARs FDRPAS OPTIONS PANEL A P OPTIONS ENTER CPUID AND ROUTING JCL More op Job Statement Information gt pfxE JOB user id NOTIFY pfx CLASS A z ye SE E Ea STEPLIB gt fdrpas loadlib Dataset name containing Swap Exclude statements optional Dsname gt Member gt required for partitioned data se
165. AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 COULD NOT RAISE IOS LEVEL OR I O HUNG ON SOURCE FDRPAS attempted to raise the IOSLEVEL of the source volume to inhibit I Os for a short time during a phase of the swap but either the IOSLEVEL request failed or there is an active I O on the device that has not completed within 2 minutes During Phase 5 it can also occur if one system held a long term RESERVE or had a long running I O on the source volume you may need to retry the swap during a time when such long I Os are not likely to occur COULD NOT RAISE IOS LEVEL VOLUME RESERVED FDRPAS attempted to raise the IOSLEVEL of the source volume to inhibit I Os for a short time during a phase of the swap but some other task held a long term RESERVE on the device Either a task holding the RESERVE is hung or a process holding a long term RESERVE such as a restore of the device is in progress I O INTERCEPTS FAILED TO ACTIVATE The dynamic installation of the FDRPAS I O intercepts on the source volume was unsuccessful MONITOR SWAP FOUND MULTIPLE MOUNT STATEMENTS A MONITOR statement may be followed by only one MOUNT statement although that MOUNT may specify multiple devices or device groups to monitor See Section 310 06 MONITOR SWAP MOUNT Statement on page 310 22 MONITOR SWAP FOUND NO MATCHING OFFLINE UNITS None of the device addresses specified on the MOUNT statement following a MONITOR statement were offline disk devices This can also occur in FD
166. ANY Customer contact SYSPROG Product version Expiration Date 5 4 76 2012 060 The instructions below outline the procedure you will use to retrieve the product file from the Innovation FTP site and then install our software The most convenient method is to This second e mail contains the links to a unique FTP site containing the product installation package The transfer of the installation package can be done with a Java applet or via manual FTP download if you encounter problems running the Java applet at your site Instructions are included in this e mail for both methods 380 3 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION STEP 1 3 INSTALLATION ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION 380 02 The Java applet installation procedure is the easiest and downloads a product distribution file from the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FTP site to your PC using the Windows FTP EXE client It then connects to your z OS FTP server to transfer this file to z OS This process is done within the user s local network data is never transmitted across the internet You needs to supply your z OS connection information and click on the button labeled Start Transfer ine INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING The Makers of FDR User Id Password Destination MYS File Name Fully Qualified Dataset Name PAS BIN Destination MYS File Allocation Use MVS FTP File Allocation Defaults SMS Storage Class Volume Serial g Started Upon succe
167. ANY COM This required statement defines the e mail address of the sender of the e mail in any format that is accepted by your mail server up to 66 characters The FROM e mail address is used by Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP for notification of undeliverable messages It may also be used by the mail server for authentication so the FROM e mail address may need to be a valid address known to that server For example FROM lt STORMGMT MYCOMPANY COM gt TO CC This statement defines the e mail address of a recipient of the e mail in any format that is accepted by your mail server up to 66 characters You must include at least one TO statement and can have up to five TO or CC statements Some examples are TO lt JANEDOE MYCOMPANY COM gt TO John_ Smith mycompany com CC Bob Jones lt BJONES MYCOMPANY COM gt SUBJECT This required statement defines the subject for the e mail message The text may contain symbolic substitutions as described below For example SUBJECT FDRPAS FAILURE JOB amp JOBNAME Data Lines Optionally include any number of data lines after the SUBJECT statement to define the e mail message to be sent Do not forget that pagers and cell phones may truncate long messages The text may contain symbolic substitutions as described below For example FDRPAS JOB amp JOBNAME FAILED ON SYSTEM amp SYSTEMS amp MESSAGE
168. ARDWARE 1 0 LOAD BALANCING POINT IN TIME BACKUPS FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OVERVIEW 300 02 z OS hardware and software allows you to attach new disk subsystems hardware to your system and dynamically activate an updated I O configuration to make them available FDRPAS complements that capability by allowing you to move your disk volumes to this new hardware while those volumes are still in use When the FDRPAS swap of a volume is complete the volume resides completely on the new device and the original device is no longer required If all the volumes on an old disk subsystem are moved to new locations with FDRPAS the old subsystem can be powered off and disconnected Without the use of FDRPAS implementation of new disk subsystems might require that many of your applications perhaps your entire system be shut down while volumes are backed up and restored to new locations The conversion process may take many hours even days and often needs to be done during evenings or weekends FDRPAS can be used to move production application volumes to new hardware to see if the hardware meets performance expectations or claims If it does not FDRPAS can easily move the data back to its original location With FDRPAS the new hardware can be implemented at any time even during prime time without interrupting any of your normal workload or activities FDR Plug and Swap truly allows you to plug in new disk hardware
169. ARNING FDRMOVE will automatically reduce the default value to 7 if the below the line private area is 9 MB or to 6 if the below the line private area is 8 MB or smaller Also FDRMOVE will reduce MAXTASKS dynamically if S878 ABENDs occur during execution 325 7 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 SCANDELAY nnn The number of seconds 1 255 between scans of the list of active data sets When inactive data sets are found the volumes they reside on are processed to move the data sets When this is complete or if no inactive data sets were found FDRMOVE waits for SCANDELAY seconds before testing again Default 15 seconds for MOVE 2 seconds for FASTMOVE SELTERR Specifies what will happen at step termination if FDRMOVE finds that a SELECT statement was never referenced no data set on any input disk was selected by the statement NO A non zero return code is not to be set at step termination You might use SELTERR NO when you expect some unmatched SELECT statements perhaps because some data sets may not exist YES A non zero return code will be set at step termination to call attention to a possible control statement error Default YES STGADMIN If specified FDRMOVE will check to see if the user ID under which it is running is authorized to security class FACILITY profile name STGADMIN ADR STGADMIN MOVE If so all security checks will be bypassed for all FDRMOVE operations including system allo
170. AS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE 380 26 INSTALLATION GEN ERAL OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 2 POOLDISK Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE ARCDSN Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE ARCHDMPQ Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE ARCHRSTQ Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE BKUPDMPQ Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE BKUPRSTQ Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE 380 27 380 15 INSTALLATION FDRPAS AND FDRERASE OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 14 380 16 380 16 FDRPAS AND FDRERASE OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 14 FDRPAS AND FDRERASE SET FDRPAS amp FDRERASE OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 14 OPTIONS 380 28 INSTALLATION FDRPAS AND FDRERASE OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 14 380 16 PASPROC FDRPAS requires that you install a cataloged procedure PROC for FDRPAS in an appropriate JES procedure library This PROC is used when an FDRPAS MONITOR task has to dynamically invoke another MONITOR task to handle the swap of a specific volume It can also be used in user created FDRPAS batch jobs and to start FDRPAS started procedures from the console with START S commands The default procedure name is PASPROC If you install this procedure with a different name you must change it here The model for this procedure is found in the FDRPAS Installation Control Library ICL under member name PASPROC It looks like
171. AS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXPANDVTOC TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL TSO002 SWAPUNIT 07C3 VIOCSIZE 650 MOUNT VOL TSO003 SWAPUNIT 07C3 VTOCSIZE 650 Within one job you can use the same SWAPUNIT address on every MOUNT statement the SWAPUNIT address is used only for communication between the LPARs However if you submit multiple EXPANDVTOC jobs you must specify a different SWAPUNIT in each one INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING does not recommend that you run multiple EXPANDVTOC jobs Monitor offline device 07C3 for SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC operations this is actually the same as MONITOR tasks used with other FDRPAS operations FDRPAS will periodically check this device to see if an FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC task has started on another system If so the MONITOR task will wait for the VTOCIX to be rebuilt and then update the VTOCIX information on this system A MONITOR task that monitors only one SWAPUNIT continues to look for SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC operations until one minute goes by with no requests and then terminates automatically If you want the MONITOR to keep monitoring for a longer interval specify a sufficient value for the DURATION parameter e g MONITOR TYPE SWAP DURATION 1000 then when you are done terminate the MONITOR with the console command P jobname MONITOR EXEC PASPROC
172. AS even when it is hung in the cleanup routine If the CANCEL C commands do not work you can use the console FORCE command to terminate the FDRPAS address space If possible contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING before using a second CANCEL C or FORCE to terminate FDRPAS In any case contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING after such action since we may need to guide you through a cleanup process 300 14 FDRPAS CONSOLE STATUS DISPLAYS RESET SERVICE CLASS FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION You can display the status of the active volumes in an FDRPAS SWAP task on the console by issuing the console MODIFY F command like this F jobname STATUS or just STA FDRPAS responds with messages on the console and in the job log of the FDRPAS job or started task with the status of any volumes currently being swapped similar to the information displayed by the FDRPAS ISPF interface For example F JOBNAME STATUS FDRW08 VOLSER UNIT TARG PASS TOCOPY COPIED UPDATE STATUS FDRW08 FDRW08 SH20CC 20CC 20CB 10 1 i507 1545 0 ACTIVE SWAP FDRW08 SH20C6 20C6 20C5 19 E DTe RS 0 ACTIVE SWAP You can reset the service class of an FDRPAS job or started task during execution by issuing a console MODIFY F command F jobname SRVCLASS classname 300 15 300 04 SINGLE SYSTEM OPERATION Warning FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW F
173. AS job JCL TRANSIT1 JOB accounting info FDRMOVE CLASS c MSGCLASS m lt add any other required JOB parameters TRANSIT EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD Control statements If you execute multiple concurrent FDRMOVE steps then you need a unique job name for every transit job so that they can also run concurrently The job must execute on the same LPAR as the FASTMOVE job REGION 0M is always recommended in order to process multiple input volumes concurrently a large below the line region is needed The STEPLIB points to the authorized library containing FDRPAS and FDRMOVE 325 18 TRANSIT JOB SWAP STATEMENT TRANSIT JOB SWAP STATEMENT SYNTAX TRANSIT JOB SWAP STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 The first control statement in SYSIN for the FDRPAS job after the JCL must be a SWAP TYPE TRANSIT statement The syntax of the SWAP statement is SWAP TYPE TRANSIT FSYSTEMS nnn PACEDELAY 0 MAXACTIVESWAPS NO YES PACING DYNAMIC MAXCARDS 250 IALL nnnn TRANSITRETURN NO MAXTASKS 5 TES nn Most of these operands are the same as the operands documented for the FDRPAS SWAP statement See 310 02 SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON Statements on page 310 4 Please see that sec
174. ASD track a minimum of three times writing a random pattern a complement of the first pattern and finally another random pattern by default This multiple overwrite process optionally up to eight overwrites makes the original data unrecoverable even by sophisticated laboratory techniques applied to hard drives removed from the control unit The VERIFY function can be used to sample tracks on the erased volumes to insure that they have been erased By default it verifies a percentage of the volume but can verify the entire volume if needed The evaluation was carried out in accordance with the Common Criteria Evaluation and Validation Scheme CCEVS process and scheme The criteria against which the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FDRERASE Version 5 4 Level 50 TOE was judged are described in the Common Criteria for Information Technology Security Evaluation Version 2 2 and International Interpretations effective on 28 January 2005 The evaluation methodology used by the evaluation team to conduct the evaluation is the Common Methodology for Information Technology Security Evaluation Version 2 2 Revision 256 January 2004 Science Applications International Corporation SAIC determined that the evaluation assurance level EAL for the product is EAL 2 augmented with ADV_SPM 1 and ALC_FLR 2 family of assurance requirements The product when configured as specified in the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Software Distribution Process Description and Sof
175. BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES SAME DATA 0000000000000000 BYTES THE SAME DATA 0000000000000000 DE805800DE7C0600 DATA 5000DE7C5810DE78 0000000000000000 W y el w w fet te Is wD t P BCI AHDAADAAHRAD Gl al bal I w w ical Q E E W ta E E 7 ba 12s w m A A E E Ae A a CODA DDTHRWNHRO wD A Q f AAA ADA lea i py zs w w Egz QA Pe wN E E E AA w m Q He t E 3 a E t3 Q E E m G Cz EAE EAE lea Q fs lez Q DIDO BWNHE Bw Ore wo E Dm Ww a J DDD WD C lea Q ys E E Haag AGAAAA H m E a a a a a a a a D W f amp amp era eae NB 5 E w E ws 3 ar 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 o 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 MeeVee eee ee eee eee eee eee ee Serene w lea el S See Gis Gisis Gis ise iaiS E Stereo e ae e r a e 5 OD b Gre lpiehishisiclisiisticishtshicl is tetishicl is eh ieMelichishs etellsi eis fees E Jo daD a a a shes sh vs as esl behest es d E WWWWWWWWWWW WWW WwW oO This example shows the same FDRERASE PRINT after the volume was erased with ERASE You can see that each tr
176. C PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000006 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib 000007 SYSPRINT DD SyYSOUT 000008 SYSUDUMP DD SyYSOUT 000009 SYSIN DD 000010 SIMSWAPMON TYPE FULL 000011 CONF IRMSWAP NO 000012 CONFMESS NO 000013 LOGMESS YES 000014 PACEDELAY 0 000015 SWAPDELAY 15 000016 CHECKTARGET YES 000017 LARGERSIZE 0K 000018 PACING STALTC 000019 MAXTASKS 1 000020 MAXACTIVESWAPS NO 000021 WTOR YES 000022 MOUNT VOL IDPLB8 SWAPUNIT 21C8 000022 MOUNT VOL IDPLB7 SWAPUNIT 21C7 000028 PASJOB DD DATA DLM Z2Z 000029 CPUID 096E0D2096 000030 PASMONU JOB acct user id MSGLEVEL 1 1 000031 MSGCLASS X CLASS M 000032 ROUTE XEQ JESCPUA 000034 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000035 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib 000036 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT 000037 SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT 000038 SYSIN DD 000039 MONITOR TYPE SWAP 000040 MAXTASKS 64 000041 DYNMON YES 000042 DURATION 100 000043 LOGMESS NO 000044 MAXCARDS 250 000045 MOUNT SWAPUNIT 21C8 000046 DT 000047 ee 000048 21C5 000049 21C4 000050 21C3 000051 CPUID 016E0D2096 000052 PASMONV JOB acct user id MSGLEVEL 1 1 000053 MSGCLASS X CLASS M 000054 ROUTE XEQ JESCPUC 000056 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000057 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib 000058 SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT 000059 SYSUDUMP DD SyYSOUT 000060 SYSIN DD 000061 MONITOR TYPE SWAP
177. CB every few seconds As soon as it is off the swap completes and terminates This example shows how to issue a MODIFY F command to NetView to disable HyperSwap DISABLE EXEC PGM FDREMCS STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSNAME fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD COMMAND MODIFY NETVIEW HYPERSW OFF The disable step issues the NetView command to disable HyperSwap As soon as the bit is reset in each UCB the SWAP job completes The WAITTERM step waits for the SWAP to terminate on all of the selected volumes WAITTERM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE WAITSWAPTERM MAXCARDS 1000 MOUNT VOL VVVVVV ye Add additional MOUNT statements for ALL the volumes to be SWAPped If there are more than 1000 MOUNT statements change the MAXCARDS operand accordingly Note that it is the responsibility of customers to make sure that after the Swap of volume s the original source and target the new source volumes are online to the GDPS Controlling systems K System Otherwise after the volume SWAP completes GDPS may display the GEO128W message changing the GDPS Status Display Facility SDF color from Green to Pink or Red The change in color indicates deviation from normal situation and in turn might have an impact on GDPS ability to perform Freeze or Swap actions It i
178. CYLS SMS802 22E9 8102 LR221 SG802 72E9 INACTIVE SMS803 22E8 8102 LR221 SG803 72E8 INACTIVE XX22E7 22E7 8102 LR221 72E7 INACTIVE TARGET NOT OFFLINE SCRO82 22E6 8102 LR221 72E6 INACTIVE TARGET NOT OFFLINE SCR28B 22E5 8102 LR221 72E5 INACTIVE SCRO86 22E4 8102 LR221 72E4 INACTIVE SCRO80 22E3 8102 LR221 72E3 INACTIVE SCRO87 22E2 8102 LR221 72E2 INACTIVE SCRO88 22E1 8102 LR221 72E1 INACTIVE SCRO85 22E0 8102 LR221 72E0 INACTIVE 310 75 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION 310 32 Some of the target devices may not exist so we can manually change them to the desired devices and vary the volumes offline after ensuring that they are the desired target devices Any other discrepancies can be fixed here before generating the JCL FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION CHANGING TARGET UNITS RSS SESS SSS SSS SSS SSS SSS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 36 of 162 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status 12 40 56 SCR081 3390 8102 LR221 72EE INACTIVE SCR089 22ED 8102 LR221 72ED INACTIVE SAFEC8 22EC 8102 LR221 72EC INACTIVE 003339 TO 010017 CYLS SMS812 22EB 8102 LR221 SGMV80 72EB INACTIVE 002226 TO 003339 CYLS SMS811 22EA 8102 LR221 SGMV80 72EA INACTIVE 002226 TO 003339 CYLS SMS802 22E9 8102 LR221 SG802 72E9 INACTIVE SMS803 22E8 8102 LR221 SG803 72E8 INACTIVE
179. DRPAS ON A SINGLE SYSTEM 300 04 FDRPAS ON A SINGLE SYSTEM When only a single z OS system image CPU or LPAR can access the DASD volume to be moved FDRPAS operation is simple Sd You start an FDRPAS SWAP task for each source volume to be moved specifying an offline disk as the target device The SWAP task also acts as a MONITOR task FDRPAS copies tracks from the source volume to the target device During the copy FDRPAS monitors all I O operations to the source volume and notes all tracks that have been updated Updated tracks are copied or re copied if they were previously copied to the new device When the copy is complete or the number of tracks remaining to be copied is below a threshold FDRPAS quiesces all I O to the source volume The remaining tracks if any are copied while all other I O is quiescent At this point the target device is an exact copy of the source volume FDRPAS swaps all system pointers so that all future I O to the volume is directed to the target device The original device is placed offline and the volume label on that device modified so that it cannot be accidentally placed online I O to the volume is re enabled and the FDRPAS SWAP task terminates You must be sure that the volume being swapped is not online to any other system or LPAR If it is you must treat this as a multi system swap as described in the following section 300 16 300 05 MULTI SYSTEM OPERATION FDRPAS IN
180. DS6000 DS8000 and others that emulate these FDRPAS can determine how many system images can access the subsystem but cannot determine which volumes are online on each subsystem If the FDRPAS source volume is online to some systems or LPARs but is offline or not in the I O configuration to others with a running z OS system and those other systems have some devices in that subsystem defined FDRPAS expects that system to participate in the swap If the target device is accessible by that system and an FDRPAS MONITOR task is monitoring the target on that system FDRPAS automatically determines if it should participate or not Even if the target device is not accessible on a given system but that system is connected to the swapping system with GRS or MIM FDRPAS determines this as long as a MONITOR task is running on that system In some environments FDRPAS may identify some systems that can access a given disk but are not able to participate in an FDRPAS swap Since FDRPAS does not know they are unable to participate they can result in an FDR234 REASON M message and an FDRW68 message indicating non responding systems Possible causes include Systems or LPARs that are currently idle not running an operating system This may mean that the system has never been IPL d or the operating system has been shutdown For LPARs this means that the LPAR is idle but has not been deactivated on the Hardware Management Console HMC In some ca
181. DYNMON YES As part of the installation of FDRPAS you were required to edit a cataloged procedure PROC for FDRPAS and store it in a system procedure library See PASPROC on page 380 29 This was required so that the FDRPAS MONITOR task can start additional MONITOR tasks as system started tasks However you can also use this PROC to execute FDRPAS in batch jobs or to start FDRPAS from a system console with a START S command The default name of this PROC is PASPROC but if you changed it during installation substitute your name in the examples in this manual In a batch job use JCL such as SWAP EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL TS0123 SWAPUNIT 1234 From the console use syntax such as S PASPROC VTSO123 PARM SWAP TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL TS0O123 SWAPUNIT 1234 If your systems are part of a sysplex basic or parallel you can use the console ROUTE command to start MONITOR tasks on all systems in the sysplex The ROUTE command can considerably reduce the amount of typing required For example ROUTE T 0 OTHER S PASPROC MON2 PARM MONITOR TYPE SWAP MOUNT SU 2 starts the MONITOR task on all other systems in the sysplex OTHER assumes that you start the SWAP task on this system use ALL to start the MONITOR task on all systems 310 3 310 02 SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP AND SIMSWAPMON STATEMENT SYNTAX FDRPAS JCL
182. Dynamic I O Pacing is invoked by specifying PACING DYNAMIC on the SWAP or SWAPDUMP statement When in use FDRPAS uses an algorithm to gauge the impact of the FDRPAS I Os on queue lengths and I O delays on the source volume Every 15 seconds it may increase or decrease the PACEDELAY value in use from 0 to 50 depending on recent results If you also specify the PACEDELAY nn operand it is used as the initial pacing value otherwise the initial value is determined by FDRPAS when the swap starts the maximum initial value is 20 You can observe the pacing value from the ISPF panels and you can change it if desired FDRPAS starts adjusting the pacing from the new value I O pacing either static or dynamic causes the swaps to take longer In most cases it is better to complete the swap as quickly as possible without using pacing INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you do not use static or dynamic I O pacing unless you have experienced unacceptable degradation due to the use of FDRPAS 300 13 TERMINATING FDRPAS Warning FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 FDRPAS SWAP tasks terminate automatically when all volumes requested by MOUNT statements have been processed successfully or unsuccessfully FDRPAS MONITOR tasks with DYNMONE NO terminate automatically when all target devices being monitored as specified on MOUNT statements or added dynamically have been successfully swapped It
183. E FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 04 FDRMOVE FASTMOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES The FASTMOVE function of FDRMOVE uses instant replication functions FlashCopy SNAP and EMCSNAP to quickly move data sets that can tolerate only very brief outages even when the source and target disks are in different disk subsystems Data sets can be selected from the catalog with a control statement such as SELECT CATDSN ABC NVOL XYZ Usually this is used to select the data sets belonging to a single application Or you can select all data sets on an input volume with a control statement such as SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 NVOL XYZ For data sets that are active for a long time such as database CICS or 24x7 applications it will be necessary to schedule a time to close and deallocate the files or shutdown the application for a brief time while FASTMOVE uses FlashCopy SNAP or EMCSNAP to quickly move the data sets to the new volumes This is known as bouncing the application FASTMOVE can move large amounts of data very quickly typically up to 1TB per minute so the bounce time will be very small Moved data sets will be allocated and cataloged on the output volume and scratched from the input volume FDRMOVE holds an exclusive SYSDSN enqueue on each data set while it is actually moving it so each is not available while it is being moved but is immediately available as soon as it is moved To use FASTMOVE You must provide a set of unuse
184. E ORC RNORGT ORG se lailk Sin more an gt NO YES NO Enter the data set name and optional volume serial of the FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE program library containing the previous version Only those options that are not set to the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING default in effect for that version are copied this way if the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING default for an option is changed in the new version the new default is not overridden with the old default The option values copied are immediately saved in the to program library no SAVE command is required The options modules listed at the bottom of the screen are not used with FDRPAS or FDRERASE The CPKUNMOV options module IS used with FDRMOVE FDRMOVE uses the COMPAKTOR Unmovable Table CPKUNMOV to identify data sets that should be excluded from the FDRMOVE operation See Unmovable Table on page 325 56 for the use of this table by FDRMOVE and how to update the entries in this table If you have FDRMOVE from a previous version you should change the CPKUNMOV value to YES 380 21 380 14 SET SECURITY OPTIONS INSTALLATION SECURITY OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 1 380 14 SECURITY OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 1 FDRPAS and FDRERASE as a default do not invoke any type of security on individual volumes or data sets Since they do not open individual data sets security checks are bypassed for operations unless you enable the ALLCALL security option documented below By
185. ED UNIT 07CA VOL RVA7CA OVERRIDDEN DEVICE ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 07CA VOL RVA7CA VOLID FDR5 CU STK98765 0501 07CA0000 00000000 ERASE TARGET UNIT 21CC CONTAINS DATA SETS FIRST DSN ICF1 ERASE008 KSDS DATA DEVICE IS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 07CB VOL RVA7CB VOLID VOL1 FDR998 FDR COMPLETED WITH ERRORS 22 zZ So eS Se eS fo z zZ zZ G Fa Fal Fa aa a a OOTOTOTOLOnO OO 1O7 HAAR a a a a eee NNNNNNNNNN NO WWW WW WW WW Ww The following samples were generated on a test system erasing a 3390 3 disk volume in an IBM 2105 F20 Shark on FICON channels The elapsed times are representative but your elapsed times may vary depending on your system configuration type of subsystem and the number of concurrent erases you execute By default one FDRERASE step will process up to 64 disks concurrently which may elongate the times of individual disks but which will reduce the total elapsed time for all disks specified ERASE SamPLE The ERASE of a 3390 3 volume took 2 2 minutes overwriting each track one time The Output defaults of one pass with a data record of all Zeros were used FDR ERASE VOLUMES FDRERASE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING CARD IMAGE ERASE TYPE FULL ALREADYERASED PROCESS CARD IMAGE MOUNT ERASEUNIT 21C3 FDRERASE WILL ERASE THE FOLLOWING L UNITS 21 3 DEVICE IS ALREADY ERASED UNIT 21C3 VOL SH20E3 OVERRIDDEN DEVICE
186. EFAULTS operand it displays those overrides Overriding operands that follow the PRTDEFAULTS operand are not displayed SELTERR Specifies what happens at step termination if FDRERASE finds that one or more selected offline devices was not erased because it did not meet all the criteria such as it was already erased unless ALREADYERASED PROCESS was specified or not created by FDRPAS or empty unless CHECKTARGET NO was specified NO A condition code or ABEND is not to be issued at step termination You might use SELTERR NO when you expect some devices in your ERASEUNIT list may not be eligible YES A condition code or ABEND is issued at step termination to call attention to the volumes that were bypassed Default YES unless overridden in the FDR Global Options Table See SELTERR on page 25 VARY ON AFTER After erasing the disk the volume is varied online and remounted CPYVOLID YES is forced The volume serial of the disk must not match the serial of any other online volume such as the FDRPAS target device if you are erasing an FDRPAS source disk if it does match you can use the CHANGEVOL operand of the MOUNT statement to relabel the volume The VARY ONLINE is done after the erase is complete and the FDR241 ERASE COMPLETE message is printed NOAFTER The disk is left offline after the erase Default NOAFTER 330 18 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 VOLSORT NO The u
187. EPORT FIELD SDSN VOL SIZE EXTENTS PRINT SORT COMBINE STEPO2 EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT VOLG pfx PRINT DATATY PE VOLDATA For a z VM volume with a dummy VTOC STEP01 prints a normal report line while a volume with a normal VTOC prints FDR495 NO DATA SETS MATCHED SELECTION CRITERIA VOLSER serial You need to use the SELECT statement above for the latter volumes if the volumes are z VM owned You should also verify that the report from STEP0O2 is reporting the correct sizes for the z VM volumes listed The size that is reported in STEPO2 is the size that FDRPAS sees and uses to move the contents of the volume so this is important for z VM volumes 320 21 SWAPPINGLINUX O N SYSTEM Z OWNED VOLUMES WARNING FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX ON SYSTEM Z CONSIDERATIONS 320 03 It is possible to use FDRPAS to swap Linux for System z volumes The SWAP must be done from a native z OS system not a z OS guest running under z VM and all of the Linux for System z systems that use the volumes must be shut down FDRPAS has no MONITOR task that can run on Linux for System z so it has no way of tracking updates by a Linux for System z system or any way to swap the volume on an active Linux for System z system The source volume and the
188. ER to exclude them Once you confirm the swap FDRPAS will complete the swap and the display will look like FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P COMPLETING THE SWAP Ct ha aa ah Nel Ed let i FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status TORORO HI17CC 17CA 9970 22398 SWAPPED HI17C2 17C1 9970 22398 SWAPPED The unit address SSID and serial number of the target device are now displayed This is also the format of the display for completed swaps when CONFIRMSWAP YES is not used 310 67 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 INITIATING SWAP You can also initiate SWAP and MONITOR tasks from the FDRPAS ISPF panels If TASKS multiple systems are involved FDRPAS MONITOR tasks for the offline target volumes must be started on every system before the SWAP task starts FDRPAS PANEL A P INITIATING SWAP TASKS Sor oes eee aoe SS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND gt swap SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status iigasg si HI17CC 17CC 9970 22398 17CA INACTIVE HI17C2 17C2 9970 22398 17C1 INACTIVE To initiate a swap display on
189. ERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 ONLINE BYPASS Verify or print only offline disks VERIFY VERIFY only Verify ONLINE disks as well as OFFLINE disks Note that ONLINE disks may fail verification if tracks in the VTOC VTOCIX or VVDS are verified You can use the ERASESTARTCYL and or ERASESTARTTRK operands to start the verification after the VTOC VTOCIX VVDS Default For VERIFY only OFFLINE disks are verified Any ONLINE disks selected by the MOUNT statement are bypassed with a diagnostic message Default For the PRINT command ONLINE and OFFLINE volumes are printed 330 20 MOUNT STATEMENT SYNTAX MOUNT STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 The syntax of the MOUNT statement is MOUNT ERASEUNIT uuul uuu2 VTOCCYL cccc VTOCTRK tft CHANGEVOL vvvvvv CHANGEVOLNUM 0 nnnnn CHECKTARGETVOL vvvvvv STORAGEGROUP One or more MOUNT ERASEUNIT statements follow the main statement and each specifies a disk device or set of devices to be erased verified or printed Only disk devices that are offline on the system where FDRERASE is executing are selected unless ONLINE VARYOFF is specified on the main statement However if the main statement is a PRINT statement then ERASEUNIT can specify any offline or online disk device The disks selected by each MOUNT statement are completely processed before the next MOUNT statement is examined MAXTASKS
190. ES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR378 RENAME FAILED COMP cccc CODE code FROMDSN tempname NEWDSN permname CLUSTER clusname Reason Onan FDRCOPY MOVE or RESTORE of a VSAM cluster to the same name the output cluster and its components were initially created with temporary names an index level starting with T is inserted After the input data set was deleted FDRCOPY attempted to ALTER the temporary names back to the original cluster and component names but an error occurred cccc is the return code and code is the reason code from ALTER look up these codes under IBM message IDC30091 in the IBM message manuals If ccce is 04nn then nn is the return code from a RENAME SVC if it is 05nn then it is a return code from the SMS RENAME service tempname is the temporary cluster or component name which FDRCOPY was trying to rename back to permname clusname is the original name of the cluster if the rename failed on a component Action If an FDR378 is not issued for the cluster itself it was renamed successfully and the cluster can be used under its original name If an FDR378 was issued for the cluster the cluster was not renamed It can be used under its temporary name tempname but you will probably want to check the error codes and ALTER the cluster to its original name if possible If FDR378 messages were issued for one or more components those components were not renamed The cluster
191. F online tutorial appendix and in various IBM manuals In particular a dynamic allocation error code of decimal 5896 or X 1708 indicates that the input cluster was not found in the catalog User attempted to move a multi volume VSAM cluster The components on this volume were copied to the output volume but were not scratched If all of the associated components have been dumped or copied the user can use SUPERSCRATCH or IDCAMS to scratch the cluster Internal Error The TIOT search failed to find the disk DD name to which the cluster was dynamically allocated A KSDS with alternate indexes has been archived but it was not scratched because ALTINDEX NO was specified Cluster cannot be scratched because it is cataloged to a different volume or because an alternate index with the NOUPGRADE attribute is on a volume by itself 390 13 Action FDR156 Reason MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 9028 Cluster cannot be scratched because it is cataloged as non VSAM or cataloged to more than 255 volumes Check the error code and correct if necessary An FDR mini dump will be printed displaying the CATALOG DELETE parameter list and the catalog name If needed contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance ALLOCATE FAILED FOR nnnnn quan COMP X code reason VOL vvvvvv DSN dsname ALLOCATE FAILED FOR CATALOG COMP comp CODE reason VOL vwwvv DSN dsname FDR attempted to allocate a non VSAM data set dsname on volume
192. F panels by submitting a batch job Before you do so you must update the JCL parameters on the dialog OPTIONS panel as shown earlier You may want to update other options on that panel If you are going to erase volumes that are currently online you must set the ONLINE option to VARYOFF FDRERASE PANEL A E INITIATE ERASE JOBS FDRERASE Row 1 to 9 of 9 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Active QUick ERase SEcure SIm EMpty ABort SUspend REsume OPtions HIstory SOrt Refresh 0 Command Unit Volume Elapsed Control SMS Addr Serial Cmp Pass Time Unit Storage Mask Mask Status MM SS SSID Serial Group Gylle erase ZED INACTIVE 0311 3390 iis quick Cee INACTIVE Sit aL 3390 LL To initiate an erase display one or more inactive disk devices not currently involved in an erase as described earlier You can enter SIM SIMERASE QUICK QUICKERASE ERASE SECURE SECURERASE or EMPTY EMPTYVTOC Enter the command in the Command column next to each volume to be swapped as shown above Enter the command on the COMMAND line at the top of the screen The COMMAND line will apply to every volume on the display even those that may not be currently visible that is in INACTIVE status Entering a command will create one or more batch jobs to erase the selected disks You will have the option to browse or edit the generated job stream or submit i
193. FAIL then a reply of NO is assumed and no FDRW68 message is issued You may also reply RETRY which causes FDRPAS to wait some additional time to see if the expected number of systems finally participate The FDRW68 message can be issued as a WTOR to the system operator or you can display and reply to the message from the FDRPAS ISPF panels Do not reply YES without carefully verifying that all necessary systems are participating failure to do so may result in data loss or corruption You should try replying RETRY at least once in case some MONITOR tasks were delayed Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING before you respond YES to an FDRW68 message In the most common configuration where the source volume and the target device are in the I O configuration of every system in your complex you simply need to start a MONITOR task for the output device on every system and the rest is automatic If FDRPAS identifies systems that did not register then the MONITOR task is not executing on those systems just fix that error and try again 300 18 Warning FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS 300 05 The process is more complex when the source volume and or the target device are not in the I O configuration of some of your systems or the source volume is offline on some systems but even then FDRPAS attempts to automate the process If the source volume is not in the c
194. FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ERASE TY PE FULL ONLINE VARYOFF MOUNT ERASEUNIT 3A PRINT will print information about the data on tracks from the selected disks which may be offline or online This can be used to validate the information on a disk before erasing it and to verify that the data is gone after the erase ERASENUMB 10 causes 10 tracks to be printed By default the print starts on cylinder 0 track 0 the label track and prints track 0 of each subsequent cylinder See Section 330 07 FDRERASE Sample Outputs on page 330 39 for an example of the print format PRINT EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD PRINT TYPE FULL ERASENUMB 10 MOUNT ERASEUNIT 90C1 90C2 The VERIFY function of FDRERASE can be used to verify that selected disks were successfully erased This job will verify all offline disks in the range specified 3A00 3AFF The VERIFY function will read the last track of every cylinder on each volume and verify that it was erased by FDRERASE VERIFY EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT
195. FDRMOVE documents that one non VSAM data set VSAM component or VSAM cluster was scratched FDR316 FDR DID NOT FIND REQUESTED MOUNT SWAP VOL vwwvv Reason A MOUNT statement was specified for the indicated volume but that volume was not online to the system were FDRPAS was run Action Correct the MOUNT statement and resubmit if necessary FDR319 FDR OPERATION ABNORMALLY TERMINATED VOL vvvvvv COMP CODE Ssss Uuuuu WILL RETRY WITH MAXTASKS REDUCED Reason An internal FDR subtask failed on volume vwwwwv If sss is non zero in hex the task failed with a System Ssss ABEND Consult IBM documentation for the meaning of the ABEND Sx13 Sx14 ABENDs are OPEN CLOSE errors and are accompanied by an explanatory message in the joblog of the FDR job If uuuu is non zero in decimal the task failed with a User Uuuuu ABEND The ABEND is probably generated by FDRPAS Action If the problem cannot be determined from the ABEND code call INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for technical assistance If the ABEND produced a storage dump have it available If WILL RETRY WITH MAXTASKS REDUCED is appended to the message the 878 10 ABEND was intercepted and the task was rerun with the MAXTASKS value reduced The job will successfully move all the data sets when this form of the message is given FDR320 UNABLE TO function REASON x DSNAME dsname Reason FDR was unable to RESTORE COPY or MOVE the data set specified in the message The
196. FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS This section documents special software considerations for the use of FDRPAS It is as complete as possible and contains all the considerations that are known to INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING at the time of publication However there may be other considerations that have not been identified or that were discovered after publication This section should be reviewed carefully before performing any FDRPAS operations For the latest updates to software considerations go to the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING web site at http Awww innovationdp fdr com And click on FTP Login link Then enter your site access code to login to the registered FTP site Depending on the level of your operating system you may need to apply certain IBM PTFs to successfully swap volumes and to avoid problems after the swap Some of the PTFs are critical if they apply to your system they must be applied to avoid problems Others are recommended you must decide if the problems that the PTFs fix impact your system It may also be necessary to apply maintenance to certain ISV third party software products so that they successfully support FDRPAS swaps Details are below The FTP site referenced above contains a document FDRPAS_IBM_and_ThirdParty_Maintenance txt that lists all such IBM and other fixes that INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING is aware of This document is frequently updated so be sure and get the latest copy before you beg
197. FY is proportional to the number of tracks verified The operands for VERIFY are listed at the end of the operand list that follows If all tracks pass verification message FDR177 is printed to indicate this and to show what erase pattern was found ERASE if the tracks contain no records xx if all bytes contain X xx and FE Random if the FE pattern was detected Note that if you used operands to rebuild the VTOC after the volume was erased the VTOC and VTOCIX tracks do not pass verification You can successfully verify such volumes only if you use VERIFY operands such as ERASESTARTCYL to start the verification after the VTOC and VTOCIX If you plan to verify erased volumes we suggest that you use the EMPTYVTOC function to rebuild the VTOC after running VERIFY EMPTYVTOC TYPE FULL a ce Must be specified on this statement SIMERASE ACTIVETARGET PRINT amp VERIFY BYPASS Disks that have active PPRC or EMC SRDF mirrors are not erased STATEMENT you must terminate the PPRC SRDF session before erasing the disks In pee addition disks in EMC subsystems that appear to be online to other systems are not erased PROCESS Disks that have active PPRC or EMC SRDF mirrors are erased This may slow down the erase since all the erased tracks must be mirrored to the remote disk In addition disks in EMC subsystems that appear to be online to other systems are erased Default BYPASS Note When ACTIVETARGET PROCESS is specified
198. Features in use O FlashCopy O PAV HyperPAV O HRC TrueCopy O NanoCopy O ConcurrentCopy O ShadowImage O ConsistencyGroup O PPRC CO Other disk subsystems 11 Do you use O IBM s HyperSwap O EMC s AutoSwap O Remote Copy 12 What if any DASD subsystems are you migrating to Mfg Model 13 Comments Questions If you have any questions or comments please e mail support fdrinnovation com
199. For more detail on the operation of the MONITOR and other operands that you may want to use See Section 310 05 MONITOR SWAP Statement on page 310 19 A MONITOR TYPE SWAP statement must be followed by exactly one MOUNT statement to identify the offline devices to be monitored For FASTMOVE this MONITOR task must monitor all transit station swap units specified in the SWAPUNIT of the FDRPAS job You may also include regular FDRPAS target devices for swaps in the same MONITOR task TYPE Must be specified on the MONITOR statement SWAP Initiates a MONITOR task that will monitor offline volumes for a swap operation that is initiated by a SWAP task DURATION nnnn Specifies the number of idle minutes that the MONITOR task will execute it does not include time that the MONITOR task is actively participating in a swap The MONITOR task will automatically terminate when it has been idle for a total of this many minutes Default The MONITOR task will execute until it is terminated by a console STOP P command cancelled or until all devices that it is monitoring have been swapped or are online Note If the FASTMOVE job may execute for a long time DURATION should be omitted 325 23 SYNTAX MOUNT STATEMENT NOTE OPERANDS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 The syntax of the MOUNT statement is MOUNT SWAPUNIT uuulL uuu2 The monitor MOUNT SWAPUNIT statement follows the MONITOR TYPE SWAP statement an
200. G CREATE THE JCL TO LOAD THE ABOVE DATA SETS lt TY PE gt BACK GO BACK TO THE DATA SET SELECTION SCREEN 1 lt TY PE gt END EXIT IMMEDIATELY PLEASE SELECT ONE OF THE OPTIONS LISTED ABOV SELECT gt If FG foreground installation is chosen all the data sets indicated as NEW are allocated then IEBCOPY or other utilities are invoked under TSO to load each of the selected libraries from tape This option appears only if you loaded the Tape Install program directly from tape Tape Installation Step 3 2 on page 380 11 FG is recommended since the tape is already mounted If BG background installation is chosen the NEW data sets are allocated under TSO same as FG but then batch JCL is created to actually load the libraries from the tape This JCL is stored as member FDRLOAD in the ICL Installation Control Library you specified or if you did not select the ICL in a data set named userid FDRTEMP JCL You must review this job stream make any changes necessary for your installation and submit it for execution NOTE If IEBCOPY gives a non zero return code it is considered to be a serious error If an ABEND Sx37 occurs it is caused by lack of space in the disk data set This should occur only when adding members to an existing data set since the libraries allocated by the Tape Install program should have sufficient space Fix the offending data set either by compressing it expanding its directory allocating more sp
201. G for assistance FDR254 INDEXED VTOC BUILD COMPLETE Reason A SWAPBUILDIX function completed successfully This form of the FDR254 message is issued by the SWAPBUILDIX task INDEXED VTOC REFRESHED Reason A SWAPBUILDIX function completed successfully This form of the FDR254 message is issued by the MONITOR tasks participating in the function to indicate that the indexed VTOC information has been updated on this system INDEXED VTOC BUILD FAILED CHECK IXSYSPRT Reason A SWAPBUILDIX function failed Action An IXSYSPRT DD statement was dynamically allocated to SYSOUT check it for messages from ICKDSF FDR255 function TERMINATED TARGET UNIT uuuu CONTAINS DATA SETS FIRST DSN dsname Reason CHECKTARGET YES was specified and the offline target disk designated for a SWAP SWAPDUMP ERASE or INITV was not empty It contained at least one data set other than the VTOC VTOCIX and VVDS The first data set name encountered in the VTOC is listed If the volume was formatted by z VM with a dummy VTOC dsname will be VM VOLUME Action Check the target disk to see if it contains data that must be preserved you may need to vary the disk online in order to list its VTOC If so choose another target for the swap or erase If not remove the CHECKTARGET YES operand or specify CHECKTARGET NO to overlay the disk 390 38 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 function TERMINATED TARGET UNIT uuuu VOL vvwww DOES NOT MA
202. GES THE SWAP OF VOL IDPLB8 AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 8068 TO 21C8 CPUA SERIAL 096E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL IDPLB8 AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 8068 TO 21C8 SIMSWAP VOL IDPLB8 TO UNIT 21C8 COMPLETED 3 SYSTEMS CPUB CPUC CPUA FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED This listing shows that two MONITOR tasks were started by FDRPAS Also since CHECKSOURCE YES was specified it shows the COMPAKTOR stats from the volume plus the VTOC and VVDS had no errors The last part of the messages show the systems that will participate in the swap 310 39 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 After running and verifying that the SIMSWAPMON job completed with no errors return to the FDRPAS ISPF panels and generate the SWAP job that will perform the actual movement of the data The JCL that is generated will look similar to the SIMSWAPMON JCL When everything is ready type submit on the TSO command like to submit the JCL SWAP GENERATED JCL AND CONTROL STATEMENTS Command gt submit Scroll gt CSR KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKKEK Top Oe Data KKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKKEK 000005 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000006 000007 000008 STEPLIB DD SYSPRINT DD SYSUDUMP DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSOUT SYSOUT 000009 SYSIN DD 000010 SWAP TYPE FULL 000011 CONF IRMSWAP NO 000012 CONFMESS NO
203. IBM requirements the last track of the VTOC can be no higher than relative track 65535 cylinder 4368 so the starting track of the new VTOC plus the new VTOC size cannot exceed 65535 Default The VTOC and VTOCIX if present is written in its original location with its original size VTOCSIZE nnnn Specifies the new size of the VTOC in tracks 1 9999 VTOCSIZE must be specified in conjunction with parameters specifying the starting track of the new VTOC see above If the main statement specified the EMPTYVTOC operation or the CPYVOLID YES operand then ICKDSF is invoked at the end of the operation to build a VTOC and possibly a VTOCIX The operands above VTOCxxxx can be used to specify the location and size of the empty VTOC If they are not specified and if the volume already has a VTOC the empty VTOC has the same location and size If there was an indexed VTOC VTOCIX on the volume even if it was not active it is rebuilt and activated with the same location and size For an EMPTYVTOC operation if the volume did not previously have a valid volume label and VTOC then the VTOC size and location must be specified or the EMPTYVTOC fails A new VTOCIX is created th the size of the VTOC rounded up with a minimum of three tracks and is placed immediately after the new VTOC This provides a very quick and easy way to initialize a set of volumes with a VTOC and VTOCIX If you specify the new VTOC size and location and
204. INACTIVE no erase was ever started for the volume Other fields show the percentage complete pass number elapsed time and description of the device You can scroll left and right PF10 and PF11 to display some additional fields such as cylinders second Whenever you press ENTER the information displayed will be updated Alternately you can over type the number after REFRESH with a value The screen will be updated automatically every two seconds until this value counts down to zero the two second refresh interval can be changed on the FDRERASE options panel shown previously in this section 330 47 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 SORTING AND Enter the SORT command on the COMMAND line to sort the displayed volumes and or FILTERING THE filter the display based on STATUS values The SORT command displays this selection DISPLAY screen FDRERASE SORT PANEL A E WITH SORT COMMAND FDRERASE Sort COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE 1 Specify the numeric sequence and order A D of field s to sort Field Seq Order Description VOL Volume Serial UNIT Unit Address SSD SoD STORGRP Storage Group CU Controller Serial DEVTYPE Device Type STATUS Status N Select the STATUS values of rows to be included in the display Select Status Value ACTIVE ERASE ERASE ERROR ERASE CANCEL SUSPEND INACTIVE
205. ING referencing ISYS incident number R3021 or SoftwareAG technical support referencing SAGSIS incident number 308599 for details on available maintenance or problem circumvention There is no exposure to Cache Fast Write CFW IO errors in ADABAS V814 and later versions of ADABAS Alternate tracks were used on real 3380 and 3390 disks to recover from defects on the disk surface When a track was discovered to be defective an alternate was assigned from a pool of alternate tracks to take its place These alternate tracks 1 or 3 cylinders depending on model were included in the size of the volume recorded in the VTOC and VTOC index Modern disks emulating 3380 and 3390 volumes on RAID disks do not have traditional alternate tracks However some disk subsystems especially non IBM disks emulate that pool of alternate tracks even though they are never assigned On the other hand IBM disk subsystems including the 2105 2107 DS6000 DS8000 and RAMAC 1 2 and 3 but not the RAMAC Virtual Array RVA appear to have no alternates at all so their total size appears to be smaller by 1 or 3 cylinders This discrepancy has caused problems when volumes are moved from disks that have or emulate alternate tracks to disks that have no alternates and IBM has had to make changes in the VTOC format to accommodate this A new function was added to ICKDSF REFORMAT REFVTOC to make the proper VTOC changes after such a volume move however REFVTOC req
206. IONING option of DFSMSadss This is only a warning FDRPAS will swap the volume properly using that VVDS However VSAM and SMS data sets on the volume will not be usable until the condition is corrected 390 11 O P Q R T U MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR did a GETMAIN for above the line storage for a VSAM table but the GETMAIN failed Try increasing the REGION parameter to more than 32M FDR did not find both a VVR NVR and a DSCB for a given data set one was missing Also occurs when FDR was unable to calculate the free space in a cluster The imbedded index VVR Type Q was not found The size of an extent was not a multiple of the CA size or the high RBA of an extent exceeded the maximum On a logical restore the original cluster had an imbedded index the IMBED attribute and the high level index component had more than one extent The control interval size CISIZE on the backup cluster does not match the cluster on disk The displacement is X 16 See Note on page 390 13 The number of Cls per CA on the backup cluster does not match the cluster on disk The displacement is X OE See Note on page 390 13 The space allocation unit TRACK vs CYL on the backup cluster does not match the cluster on disk The displacement is X 10 See Note on page 390 13 This error is also issued following an FDR160 message see FDR160 in the FDR documentation The physical block size or number of blocks per tr
207. IONS 320 02 Normally FDRPAS identifies active data sets by testing to see if another task holds a SYSDSN enqueue on the data set Active data sets are handled with complete integrity during the swap For inactive non enqueued Physical Sequential PS Partitioned Organization PO and VSAM data sets FDRPAS improves performance by copying only the used tracks within those data sets In rare cases a task may use a data set without holding a SYSDSN enqueue on it One such case is a started task whose program is in the Program Properties Table PPT with the NODSI option very few programs use this option If such a task is updating a data set without holding the enqueue FDRPAS may not be able to insure integrity on the data set Additional validation is done on PS and VSAM data sets to avoid this problem but updated Partitioned Organization PO data sets may not be detected If you think you may have this exposure contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance Although JES2 has the NODSI option in its PPT entry JES2 does not update any of the PDSs that are allocated to it so this is not an exposure TSO users or batch jobs that update JES2 PROCLIBs and other PDSs enqueue the data set during the update It is not necessary to close any open data sets on volumes being swapped This includes data sets such as catalogs and databases The FDRPAS swap is transparent to all applications that use the disk volume You may notice that FDRPA
208. IS ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 21C3 VOL SH20E3 VOLID FDR5 CU IBM12345 9876 01000000 00000000 ERASE STARTED PASS 1 PATTERN 00 ERASE ENDED PASS 1 ERASE HARDENED DATA TO UNIT 21C3 IN 1 SECS 0000 0D0A 00000124 FDRERASE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED ERASE OF VOL SH20E3 ON UNIT 21C3 OPERATION STATISTICS FOR 3390 VOLUME CYLINDERS ON VOLUME DATASETS PROCESSED BYTES READ FROM DASD DASD TRACKS ERASED NUMBER OF ERASE PASSES DASD EXCPS TARGET DASD EXCPS CPU TIME SECONDS ELAPSED TIME MINUTES ERASE TIME FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED AAaaaananannnannnranrnnaan oo ET NNMNNNNNNNNNNNN NO 330 39 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE SAMPLE OUTPUTS 330 07 SECUREERASE The SECUREERASE of a 3390 3 volume took 7 1 minutes overwriting each track three SAMPLE OUTPUT times The FDR172 messages show the three passes and the data pattern used for each one Because of the three passes the DASD TRACKS ERASED in the FDR122 message is three times the number of tracks on the volume FDR ERASE VOLUMES FDRERASE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING CARD IMAGE SECUREERASE TYPE FULL ALREADYERASED PROCESS CARD IMAGE MOUNT ERASEUNIT 21C3 FDRERASE WILL ERASE THE FOLLOWING 1 UNITS 21C3 DEVICE IS ALREADY ERASED UNIT 21C3 VOL SH20E3 OVERRIDDEN DEVICE IS ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 21C3 VOL SH20E3 VOLID FDR5 CU IBM12345 9876 01000000 00000000 ERASE STARTED PASS 1 PATTERN 8F ERASE ENDED PASS 1 ERASE HARDENED DATA TO UNIT 21C3 IN 0 SECS 0685 0D0A 00000186
209. ISPF INTERFACE INVOKING THE FDRMOVE ISPF DIALOGS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF INTERFACE 325 10 The FDRMOVE ISPF interface allows you to monitor FDRMOVE operations on the system where your TSO session is logged on The FDRMOVE ISPF dialogs are integrated with the ISPF dialogs of FDR the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING disk management system If you have installed the FDR ISPF dialogs at a release level matching the level of FDRMOVE that you are using your FDR or ABR main ISPF menu will have an option M for FDRMOVE If so you can skip the invocation of ABRALLOC shown below and use that option to invoke the FDRMOVE dialogs If you do not have an appropriate level of the FDR dialogs installed or they are at a lower release level than the level of FDRMOVE in use then use the following procedure Go to ISPF option 6 or exit ISPF to TSO READY mode and issue this command EXEC fdrpas clist library ABRALLOC Specifying the name of the FDRPAS CLIST library that was installed during the installation of FDRPAS and FDRMOVE See Section 380 05 Invoking the Install ISPF Dialog Panel A I on page 380 17 This will allocate all of the required FDRPAS ISPF libraries and invoke the ABR dialogs including FDRMOVE If you issued the ABRALLOC from TSO READY you will see a standard ISPF main menu with an additional option A for ABR If your installation has modified your ISPF main menu this may look considerably different
210. If the Linux for System z owned volume was initialized with the ICKDSF INIT command or some other function that builds a normal VTOC on the volume instead of the Linux for System z dummy VTOC then FDRPAS is not able to recognize the volume as a Linux for System z owned volume Instead FDRPAS copies only the tracks indicated in that VTOC usually just the VTOC itself If the SWAP of a Linux for System z volume does not produce the FDRO23 message or copies less than all tracks on the volume this is probably the cause The volume may not be usable and mini disk contents may be lost The above can also occur if the Linux for System z volume contains several z OS formatted Linux disks where the first such Linux disk starts on cylinder 0 FDRPAS sees only the VTOC on that first Linux disk and copies tracks based only on its contents so the additional z OS Linux disks are lost You can swap Linux for System z volumes without a dummy VTOC by adding a SELECT statement after all MOUNT statements in the SWAP task input as in this example MOUNT VOL LX4201 SWAPUNIT 6201 MOUNT VOL LX4202 SWAPUNIT 6202 MOUNT VOL LX4203 SWAPUNIT 6203 SELECT FROM CYL 0 TO CYL 65519 The ending cylinder value must be as large as or larger than the highest cylinder number on the largest disk to be swapped 65519 as shown handles any disk up to the size of a 3390 54 This SELECT statement causes all tracks on all swapped volumes to be copied so it can be
211. JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE RESET AND VARY MOUNT STATEMENT 310 13 RESET AND VARY MOUNT STATEMENT FDRPAS MONITOR task VARY MOUNT statement syntax MOUNT VARYUNIT uuuu NVOL vvvvvy The monitor MOUNT VARYUNIT statement follows the MONITOR TYPE VARYONLINE or RESETVOL statement and specifies an offline disk device or a range of devices whose volume label is to be reset and optionally varied online You can specify multiple MOUNT statements each specifying a different device to be monitored The device addresses specified must Be offline disk devices Have a volume label that indicates they were the original source volume in a successful swap the target devices in a successful SWAPDUMP or the target device in an unsuccessful SWAP or SWAPDUMP VARYUNIT uuuu Specifies the 4 digit device address of an offline disk device to be processed However trailing digits may be asterisks to indicate a range of devices For example VARYUNIT 123 will process all offline devices in the range 1230 to 123F VARYUNIT 12 will process all offline devices in the range 1200 to 12FF If a range is specified FDRPAS will ignore all non existent devices devices that are online and those that do not contain an FDRPAS generated volume label with no error message messages will be printed only for disks that FDRPAS has successfully reset If a specific device address is given an error message will result if it is not i
212. KK KKEKKEKKEKKKKKEKK This email and any files transmitted with it are confidential and intended solely for the individual or entity to whom they are addressed If you have received this email in error contact Innovation at support fdrinnovation com KKEKKKKK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KKK KK KKK KKK KKKEKEEK Copyright 2006 2011 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK This first e mail contains the products and versions that are included in the install package the expiration date if the product has an expiration date and a unique IDPREC password that is required for the install process 380 2 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION STEP 1 2 INSTALLATION ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION 380 02 The order completion e mail second of two e mails looks similar to Subject Innovation Distribution Server Order Completion 012345 From ENSMTP CPUA IDPNJ COM To SYSPROG ABC COMPANY You are receiving the second of a two message set acknowledging your Innovation software product order is ready to be downloaded from the Innovation FTP site Verify that the Customer Order Number is the same on both e mail messages before performing the retrieval procedure below This order is for FDR Product Group including the following options FDRPAS FDRERASE FDRMOVE RENTAL CUSTOMER LICENSE Customer Order Number 012345012345012345 Customer number 012345 Company name ABC COMP
213. KTARGET gt YES Erase only FDRPAS or empty disks YES or NO CONFERASE gt NO Issue console confirmation WTOR message YES or NO CPYVOLID gt NO Rebuild the VTOC after erase YES or NO ERASEPASS gt DEFAULT Number of times to overwrite each track DEFAULT N ERASEPATTERN gt 00 Hexadecimal value to overwrite each track LOGMESS gt YES Issue SYSLOG message at erase completion YES or NO MAXTASKS gt 64 Number of disks to erase concurrently 1 64 ONLINE gt BYPASS Disks that are online BYPASS or VARYOFF SELTERR gt YES Abend if selected disk is not processed YES or NO VARYON gt NOAFTER Vary volume online after erase AFTER or NOAFTER CHANGEVOL gt Volume Serial mask to rename volume after erase CHANGEVOLNUM gt Starting number for sequential mask substitution VTOCCYL gt ew VIOC starting location cylinder cccc VTOCTRK gt ew VIOC starting location track hh VTOCSIZE gt Gir VIOC eize alin trekas I 9009 Other options Maxvols gt 255 aximum number of volumes to generate per jobstep Interval gt Refresh interval in seconds Job Statement Information gt useridA JOB ACCOUNT NAME NOTIFY userid aad See a ey gt FDRERASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M gt STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN FDRERASE LOADLIB gt SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT gt FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT You can over type any of the options shown The values will be saved in your I
214. L1 indicates a normal volume label FDRn indicates a volume label modified by FDRPAS FDRERASE or FDRINSTANT If the text OVERRIDDEN appears then the condition is overridden by an operand such as ACTIVETARGET PROCESS If VOLID is VOL1 this message may be preceded by an FDR255 message if the volume contains data sets Action The disk is not erased unless the condition is overridden DEVICE IS NOT ELIGIBLE FOR function UNIT uuuu VOL vvvvvv ONLINE TO CPU cupid Reason This form of the FDR170 message is issued when the target device is found to be online An active pathgroup relationship for an EMC subsystem can also cause this message to be issued Action This disk is not erased unless ACTIVETARGET PROCESS was specified For an active pathgroup relationship in an EMC subsystem you can vary the device online followed by varying the device offline to break the relationship DEVICE IS ALREADY ERASED UNIT uuuu VOL vvvww OVERRIDDEN Reason This form of the FDR170 message is issued when the target device has already been successfully erased The text OVERRIDDEN will appear if the condition was overridden by AAREADYERASED PROCESS Action The disk is not erased unless AAREADYERASED PROCESS was specified DEVICE IS ELIGIBLE FOR function UNIT uuuu VOL vvwwwv VOLID volid CU mfrserallssid diskid Reason This form of the FDR170 message is issued only for SIMERASE operations in FDRERASE and FDRINITV INITVTOC operations The indicated disk device
215. LEVEL 1 1 MSGCLASS X CLASS M gt ROUTE XEQ JESCPUC gt If you are going to use the ISPF panels to generate the swap jobs and you want to create the PASJOB control statements specify the CPUID for as many systems that you need to monitor Specify the appropriate JOB CLASS and ROUTE control statements to get the job to the correct CPU for each monitor 310 77 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION 310 32 Displaying the generated JCL for the SIMSWAPMON process After verifying the JCL and control statements the job can be submitted FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION DISPLAY THE GENERATED JCL File Edit Edit Settings Menu Utilities Compilers Test Help EDLT Roo JSBASPETEMPIMCNIL Columns 00001 00072 Command gt submit Scroll gt CSR kkkkkk kkxkkkkxkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkkxkxk Top Of Data KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK 000001 p xT JOB acct user NOTIFY pfx CLASS A 000002 000003 000004 000005 FDRPAS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M 000006 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib 000007 SYSPRINT DD SsyYSOUT 000007 SYSUDUMP DD SsyYSOUT 000009 SYSIN DD 000010 SIMSWAPMON TYPE FULL 000011 CONF IRMSWAP NO 000012 CONFMESS NO 000013 LOGMESS YES 000014 PACEDELAY 0 000015 SWAPDELAY 15 000016 CHECKSOURCE YES 000017 CHECKTARGET YES 000018 LARGERSIZE OK 000
216. LL INITV THE FOLLOWING nnnnnn UNITS list of device numbers Reason In this form of the FDR235 message FDRINITV was requested to rebuild the VTOCs on the specified offline devices If some specified devices were not listed it probably means that they were not eligible for INITV probably because they are online FDR236 systemid ACTIVATED I O INTERCEPTS ON UNIT uuuu text Reason The system indicated has joined in the swap of an online volume on device number uuuu by installing the FDRPAS I O intercepts on the device This message is printed by the MONITOR task on that system It is also printed for all systems by the SWAP task for the volume The text field may contain FAILED MISMATCH SOURCE AND TARGET MIDAW FLAGS On a System z processor or beyond both the source and target devices must support MIDAWs Modified IDAWs or both must not All IBM disk subsystems support MIDAWs but some non IBM subsystems may not In order to swap you must shut down MIDAW support with the console command SETIOS MIDAW NO systemid DE ACTIVATED I O INTERCEPTS ON UNIT uuuu nnnnnnnn TRACKS UPDATED Reason This form of the FDR236 message shows that the system has de activated the I O intercepts on device number uuuu While the intercepts were active a total of nnnnnnnn tracks were updated on the volume by this system this total counts tracks multiple times if they were updated during more than one pass This message is print
217. Latest Version FDRDRP FD Bequest Latest version View Product Demo Oo En FDRINSTANT INNOVATION ll EE Onn ome FDRCRYPT FDRSOS Sh Siag Ga MAX ALIES View Product Demo FDRVIEWS FATSIFATARI FDRERASE OPEN Free Tri FATSCOPY View Product Demo The direct link for the FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE Product Demos is http www fdr com demo cfm iv 300 310 320 TABLE OF CONTENTS FDRPAS FDRMOVE AND FDRERASE VERSION 5 4 OVERVIEW Stott tn Staite Nl ei I E Soe alt Os SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 76 SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 75 SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 74 SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 73 SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 70 CONTROL STATEMENT FORMAT 0 00000 cece eeeee FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW 300 01 FDRPAS CHECKLIST 0 00002 cece eee eee 300 02 FDRPAS OVERVIEW 000 00 cee eee eee eee 300 03 FDRPAS OPERATION 0 0000 cece eee eee 300 04 FDRPAS ON A SINGLE SYSTEM 2 00 0000 ee 300 05 FDRPAS ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS 0000 eee eee 300 06 FDRPAS HISTORY RECORDS 0000 cee eeee FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE 310 01 FDRPAS JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 2055 310 02 SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 03 SWAP TASK MOUNT STATEMENT 2000 00 ee
218. Linux for System z volumes listed The size that is reported in STEPO2 is the size that FDRPAS sees and uses to move the contents of the volume so this is important for Linux for System z volumes 320 23 320 04 REQUIREMENTS FOR SUCCESSFUL E MAIL SENDING E MAIL FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY FDRPAS includes a facility that can send an e mail message when an FDRPAS operation on a volume completes either unsuccessfully or successfully This can be useful when you the FDRPAS user are not on site or are not monitoring FDRPAS You can also send a message to a pager or cell phone if you have an alpha numeric pager or cell phone capable of receiving text messages To send an e mail from FDRPAS you must Be running the IBM TCP IP product a standard component of z OS Have an external internet connection to your mainframe that allows you to send e mail or communicate with an external e mail server If you have a firewall it must allow the e mail or server connection Have access to a mail server that supports Simple Mail Transfer Protocol SMTP This can be the optional SMTP mail server that is delivered with the IBM TCP IP product running on your z OS system or an external mail server check with your mail server administrator to see if it supports SMTP Run the FDRPAS task under a RACF user id with an OMVS segment or the equivalent in
219. M SWAP TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL ABC123 SWAPUNIT 4321 EMATL FDRPAS EMATL The SYSTCPD DD statement points to TCP IP parameters used on your system It is optional but if it is present and the SYSTCPD DD statement contains the IP address of a domain name server then you can specify the name of a mail server instead of the IP address TCP IP uses the domain name server to resolve the name Your installation may have defined the name of a default TCPDATA data set in that case the DD statement can be omitted If it is omitted and your installation has not defined a default TCPDATA you need to specify the IP address of the mail server in dotted decimal format If you do not know what to put on this DD consult the system programmer responsible for TCP IP on your system Example SYSTCPD DD DISP SHR DSN TCPIP TCPDATA CPUC The FDREMAIL DD statement must point to the e mail statements that define your mail server the sender s e mail address the recipients e mail addresses and the e mail text See Enhanced E Mail Statements on page 320 28 for details on sending multiple messages and customizing the message These statements must appear in the order shown below although optional statements can be omitted Only the first 72 characters of each line are processed Lines with an asterisk in column1 are treated as comments except when they are data lines TCPNAME This optional
220. MENTS 000 00 cece eee en aae 330 11 330 05 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 0 0c eee eee eee eee eee 330 25 330 06 FDRERASE EXAMPLES 0 0000 cece eee eee eee ees 330 33 330 07 FDRERASE SAMPLE OUTPUTS 000 cece eee eee eee 330 39 330 08 FDRERASEISPF INTERFACE 000 cece eee eee eee 330 42 INSTALLATION 380 01 LOADING THE INSTALLATION LIBRARIES 00000 ee eee eens 380 1 380 02 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION 0 0 0 000 cece eee eee eee eee 380 2 380 03 CD INSTALLATION a 2 Saee naa aaan eoa a i gigcdvade ad alate ged matecest ake 380 8 380 04 TARE INSTALEATION Sx co28 k GA Se hee aa rn ga be hae eae ae es 380 11 380 05 INVOKING THE INSTALL ISPF DIALOG PANEL A l ooann naana anaana 380 17 380 13 SET THE FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE 000c cece aae 380 19 380 14 SECURITY OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 1 0 0 0 0 ene 380 22 380 15 GENERAL OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 2 n n nananana aaan 380 25 380 16 FDRPAS AND FDRERASE OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 14 200 380 28 380 17 AUTHORIZING PROGRAMS 0000 cece eee eee eee ees 380 31 380 18 DYNAMIC EXIT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 00000 eeeeeee 380 32 MESSAGES AND CODES 390 01 390 02 390 03 390 04 INTRODUCTION TO MESSAGES 200 00 cece eee eee eee eee 390 1 CONSOLE MESSAGES 00 00 cece eee eee eee eee eee 390 3 MESSAGES 2 veoh toe ate Eth ee Os ee Se ea die Den bie te ae 390 7 ABEND CODES i puai na maaa a S aa AAE eee 390 48
221. MONITOR 3 Operand on the first control statement was incorrectly specified 4 Operand did not end with a blank or comma 5 SYSIN data set was empty 6 Expected continuation statement was not found The previous statement ended with a comma and a blank 390 41 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 7 One of the following gt On the first control statement invalid or incompatible operands were specified The TYPE operand was omitted on SWAP SWAPDUMP or MONITOR statement 8 An operand on a MOUNT statement specified a blank or comma after the equal sign 9 On the control statement printed above one of the options exceeded its maximum length On a MOUNT statement for MONITOR more than 255 addresses or address masks were specified cC Maximum number of MOUNT and EXCLUDE statements was exceeded The limit is 250 or the value specified for MAXCARDS F An operand that requires numeric data e g MAXCARDS specified non numeric characters or an operand that requires hexadecimal data e g SWAPUNIT specified non hex characters G An operand did not end with a blank or comma or exceeded 15 digits e g MAXCARDS l Keyword is invalid under the operation indicated J Control statement was completely blank You can enter comment lines by placing an asterisk in column 1 K A required operand was not specified on the preceding statement Q Keyword exceeded maximum value or was negative R TYPE xx
222. MONITOR task to stay up between them specify a sufficient value for DURATION e g DURATION 1000 then when you are done terminate the MONITOR with the console command P jobname The online volumes must contain a SYS1 VTOCIX volser data set before the SWAPBUILDIX begins FDRPAS does allocate the VTOCIX if it does not exist The operation fails if the VTOCIX data set is not present The IBM Device Support Facilities ICKDSF User s Guide and Reference GC35 0033 contains information on allocating and sizing the VTOCIX If the VTOCIX is present but inactive on the volume FDRPAS invokes ICKDSF to build the VTOCIX then the MONITOR tasks on the other systems update their respective systems with the VTOCIX information If the VTOCIX is already active ICKDSF is not invoked but FDRPAS ensures that the VTOCIX information is correct on every system There is a small chance that the VTOCIX is disabled again as soon as FDRPAS enables it This can occur if software on one system such as IEHLIST or DFSMShsm accesses the Format 4 DSCB in the VTOC where the VTOCIX active flag is stored before FDRPAS can update the system control blocks to say that the VTOCIX is active In this case just run the SWAPBUILDIX again 310 28 EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT 310 11 SWAPBUILDIX uses code and techniques normally used for a SWAPDUMP operation you may notice that many
223. MOVE and indicates that the operating system failed to correctly update the catalog Generation Data Group GDG extension records IBM APAR OA24960 corrects this problem If the register 15 value is X FF99 then the code was generated by FDRMOVE and indicates either that the data set was currently cataloged to an indirect volser or is not cataloged to the input volume FDRMOVE will not move this data set because it cannot update the catalog If the register 15 value is X 5xxx then the code was generated by FDRMOVE and indicates that xxx is a VVDS MANAGER return code while trying to update add an NVR to a VVDS If status is ALREADY CATALOG VOL vvwwwv then RECAT was not specified and the output data set was already cataloged to a volume vvvvvv other than the output volume or the input volume for a MOVE For a multi volume data set vvvvwv is the volume in the catalog entry that corresponds to the volume sequence number of the portion of the data set that has just been processed If status is NAME IS AN ALIAS then the data set name being cataloged was an alias of another data set in the catalog so FDR did not update it Action FDRMOVE may or may not have moved the data set Determine the cause of the error and take appropriate action If desired contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance FDR336 DYNAMIC ALLOCATION ERROR COMP cc CODE nnnn INFO iiii DDNAME ddname Reason FDRPAS attempted to dynamic
224. MOVE will use FDRPAS to non disruptively move source volumes to the transit station disks Later when the source data sets become inactive FDRMOVE will use the instant replication to very quickly move the selected data sets to the new disk volumes When all data sets have been moved the source volumes are automatically returned to their original disks FASTMOVE can typically move up to 1TB of data per minute FASTMOVE is particularly useful when moving data sets belonging to one or more applications when those applications cannot be brought down for more than a few minutes Once FDRPAS has moved the application volumes to the transit station disks non disruptively you will bounce the application doing a very quick shutdown and restart or de allocating the application data sets briefly FASTMOVE will detect that the data sets are inactive de queued and instantly move them while they are free Even if you do not have an instant replication hardware function on your target disk subsystem FASTMOVE can still be used to move data sets belonging to long running applications The data will be copied with normal read write I O so the time that the application must be quiescent will be longer but large amounts of data can be copied quickly By moving volumes into transit stations in the new control unit the moves will benefit from the enhanced performance of the control unit Also you could leave the volumes in the transit stations and disconn
225. MPLE FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLU MES WITH FDRPAS AND FASTMOVE 325 09 CONSOLIDATE VOLUMES WITH FDRPAS AND FASTMOVE All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRMOVE The member names will be PA32509x In this scenario you want to consolidate entire volumes to a smaller set of larger volumes such as 3390 9 to 3390 27 FDRPAS will be used to move 1 3 of the volumes to the new devices non disruptively This assumes that the VTOCs on the source volumes are already large enough to hold three times the data sets after the consolidation The target volumes are in the range 7000 70FF and are currently offline If you are licensed for FDRABR or FDREPORT or have a trial copy of FDRMOVE you can use this FDREPORT step to report on the VTOC sizes and VTOC free space on the volumes you want to move with FDRPAS If the VTOCs are large enough already proceed to Step1 below If not you may be able to expand the VTOCs with the EXPANDVTOC function of FDRPAS before or after you SWAP the volume VTOCREPT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdr loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT KBRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT VOL INO REPORT FIELD VLVOLSER VLUNIT VLDEVTYP VLDSCB VL3FDSCB VLINDSTA VLTOTVIR VL FINDX DATATYPE VOLDATA PRINT Step0 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication Th
226. MS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status 12 02704 HI17CC 17CC 9970 22398 17CA ACTIVE SWAP CONFIRMSWAP HI17C2 17C2 9970 22398 17C1 ACTIVE SWAP CONFIRMSWAP 43 The status of ACTIVE indicates that the swap copy is in progress In this example CONFIRMSWAP indicates that CONFIRMSWAP YES was specified on the SWAP request when the volumes are synchronized the swap will wait copying newly updated tracks as necessary until this panel is used to confirm that the swap is complete If CONFIRMSWAP is not present the swap will automatically be completed when the volumes are synchronized The status area may contain other messages For example if the SWAP is waiting for a reply message FDRW01 or FDRW68 it will indicate so e g WAIT FOR CONSOLE REPLY FDRW68 CAUTION REQUEST I O ERROR ON TARGET indicates that SWAPIOERR RETRY and an I O error while copying tracks has caused the swap to retry the error periodically until resolved or aborted If the swap is active the end of the status area shows the percent of the tracks that need to be copied during this pass If there were updates to the volume during the copy phase the value will go to 100 and then reset to the percent of the tracks currently being recopied If using panel 2 of 3 the second line shows the number of the copy pass that is currently executing See Phase 3 Copy on page 300 9 the percentage
227. NETRK A0004 ALLOCATED CATALOGED ON VOLSER OUTO01 UNIT 3390 27 IN0001 DING TIME OF DATA SET MOVE 11 26 40 IN D IN0001 A console STATUS request or ISPF panel See Section 325 10 FDRMOVE Console Commands and ISPF Interface on page 325 50 shows the active data sets FDRMOVE will test the enqueue status of each data set at intervals MOVE STATUS REPORT VOL INO002 AWAITING MOVE FROM IBM76421 TO EMC00547 356 DATASETS TO MOVE FOR ACT DSN DB2 MOVE039 MV KSDS CLUSTER JOBS DB2PROD FOR ACT DSN DB2 MOVE039 0002 KSDS A0001 CLUSTER 2 JOBS MOVE0390 MOVE03 9E FOR ACT DSN DB2 MOVE039 0002 P0 A0001 2 JOBS MOVE0390 MOVE03 9E FOR ACT DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO002 PS A0001 2 JOBS MOVE0390 MOVE03 9E FOR ACT DSN DB2 MOVE039 0002 PS A0002 JOBS DB2PROD FOR ACT DSN DB2 MOVE039 0002 PS A0004 JOBS DB2PROD VOL IN0003 AWAITING MOVE FROM IBM76421 TO EMC00547 4 DATASETS TO MOVE FOR ACTIVE DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO003 KSDS A0002 CLUSTER JOBS DB2PROD FOR ACTIVE DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO003 PO A0002 JOBS DB2PROD FOR ACTIVE DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO003 PS A0001 2 JOBS MOVE0390 MOVE03 9E FOR ACTIVE DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO003 PS A0002 JOBS DB2PROD FDR MOVED 615 DATASETS COMPONENTS SUCCESSFULLY MOVE STATUS 650 ACTIVE DATASETS 0 AWAITING TRANSIT 0 MOVING TO TRANSIT 0 IN TRANSIT STATION MODIFY COMMAND COMPLETED STATUS When data sets become free they will be moved FDR SCRATCHED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO002 PS A0004 FROM V
228. NNOVATION DATA PROCESSING as documented in Section 380 05 Invoking the Install ISPF Dialog Panel A I on page 380 17 FDRW45 MIM ACTIVE MOVES ON OTHER SYSTEMS WILL NOT BE DETECTED Reason FDRMOVE detected that MIM is the cross system enqueue product This is a warning to notify the site that data set moves on other systems will not be detected by FDRMOVE Action The MIM cross system enqueue product does not support GQSCAN so FDRMOVE can not determine if a job on another system moves a data set To reduce the window where this is a factor use FASTMOVE if possible or ensure that data sets are not being moved by other jobs FDRW66 function OF VOL vvvvvv TO UNIT uuuu STARTED ON nnn SYSTEMS sysid1 sysid2 Reason FDRPAS has begun to process volume vwwwv to offline unit uuuu nnn systems 1 128 systems are participating in the function The system names of the participating systems are listed if all system names cannot fit in one message additional FDRW66 messages with only the additional system names are issued function will be SWAP for a SWAP function or DUMP for a SWAPDUMP function function OF VOL vvwwv TO UNIT uuuu CONTINUES WITH OVERRIDE OF WARNINGS Reason This form of the FDRW66 message occurs when the swap has been allowed to continue despite warning messages For example you have replied YES to the FDRW68 message to document that you have approved continuing with the swap despite the warning that an apparen
229. NSIDERATIONS 320 04 FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 2 000 320 05 FDR EXTENDED MCS SOFTWARE CONSOLE FDREMCS 320 06 FDRPAS AND IBM GDPS PPRC HYPERSWAP 320 07 FDRPAS AND IBM BASIC HYPERSWAP 320 08 FDRPAS AND EMC AuTOSWAP 00000 eee 325 330 380 390 TABLE OF CONTENTS FDRMOVE 325 01 FDRMOVE INTRODUCTION 0 000 cece eee eee 325 1 325 02 FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 00 000 eee eee eee eae 325 5 325 03 FDRMOVE MOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 000000 00s 325 25 325 04 FDRMOVE FASTMOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 05 325 30 325 05 FDRMOVE TARGET VOLUME INITIALIZATION 0000 eee eee 325 36 325 06 FDRMOVE GENERAL PROCEDURE 0000 cece eee nae 325 38 325 07 FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLUMES WITH MOVE FUNCTION 325 39 325 08 FDRMOVE Move AcTIVE DATA SETS WITH FASTMOVE 325 41 325 09 CONSOLIDATE VOLUMES WITH FDRPAS AND FASTMOVE 325 45 325 10 FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF INTERFACE 325 50 325 11 FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 000 0c eee eae 325 56 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 330 00 FDRERASE INTRODUCTION 0 0 00000 cee eee eee ee eae 330 1 330 01 FDRERASE ERASING DISKS 0 000 cece ene 330 6 330 02 FDRERASE CHECKLIST anaana eee eee nee 330 8 330 03 FDRERASE JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 000 ee eee 330 10 330 04 FDRERASE CONTROL STATE
230. NTERFACE FDRMOVE An FDRMOVE job will accept STOP P and MODIFY F commands from the console CONSOLE COMMANDS STOP anD To stop FDRMOVE issue the STOP P command with the name of the FDRMOVE job CANCEL P jobname SOMMANDE FDRMOVE will finish moving all data sets that are actively being moved and then will terminate cleanly You can also terminate an FDRMOVE job with a console CANCEL C command However the first CANCEL C you issue is intercepted and acts as if a STOP P command was entered Message FDR267 is issued to tell you that you can cause immediately cancellation by entering a second CANCEL C command INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING strongly recommends against cancelling an FDRMOVE job Data sets that were being moved at the time of the CANCEL C may be left in an unknown state It is better to STOP P the job and let it finish gracefully If a FASTMOVE job has submitted the FDRPAS job to move volumes to the transit stations stopping the FASTMOVE job will also stop the FDRPAS job but only after all volumes have been returned to their original devices see TRANSITRETURN NO below If you submitted the FDRPAS transit station job independently or you had to cancel the FDRMOVE job you can also issue a STOP P command to the FDRPAS job MODIFY Status You can request the status of an FDRMOVE job by entering COMMAND F jobname STATUS or just STA For a MOVE job this will display the volumes that still have data sets
231. OG PANEL A I 380 05 Select option I INSTALL on the FDR Primary Options Menu to invoke the Install dialog as illustrated in the following figure FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU PANEL A The Install dialog includes options that are used during the installation and customization of other FDR programs such as FDR FDRABR FDRREORG and COMPAKTOR Some of these options also apply to FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE and are documented in this manual Others do not apply they are not shown in this manual and should not be used 380 18 380 13 NOTE NOTE FDR INSTALLATION MENU INSTALLATION SET THE FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE 380 13 SET THE FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE New Installations You want to display each of the option panels that apply to FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE to review and set options appropriately INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING suggests that you review the text in the following sections of the manual as you go through this process but you may also display the help panels for any option panel with much of the same information Existing Installations You should copy the options and tables from your production version of FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE but you may wish to review the option panels afterwards to be sure that any new options and options for new components are properly set Many options may be changed permanently Most such options are kept in a load module called FDROPT in the FODRPA
232. OL IN0002 FDR MOVED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO002 PS A0004 ALLOCATED CATALOGED ON VOLSER SY3100 UNIT 3390 27 IN0002 FDR SCRATCHED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO002 PS A0002 FROM VOL IN0002 FDR MOVED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO002 PS A0002 ALLOCATED CATALOGED ON VOLSER SY3100 UNIT 3390 27 IN0002 ENDING TIME OF DATA SET MOVE 11 28 08 IN D SH20C0 325 28 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 03 When FDRMOVE has moved all selected data sets it will terminate FDR184 FDR MOVED 129 DATASETS COMPONENTS SUCCESSFULLY FDR999 FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED Move WITHIN THE Move all data sets from smaller devices to 3390 27 in the same SMS storage group Since SAME STORAGE the data set s source and target are in the same SMS storage group the STORGRP and GRouP EXAMPLE NEWSTORGRP operands cannot both be specified In this case FDREPORT is used to obtain the volume information and generate VOL and NVOL operands from the SMS storage group that can be used by FDRMOVE EDREPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdr loadlib SYSABEND DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT KABRMAP DD SYSOUT FEDRLIB DD PREFIX SELECT ALLDSN VOL VLVOLSER ENDPREFIX CONTVALUES eae NVOL lt VLVOLSER g
233. ONFIRMSPLIT job See 310 07 MONITOR CONFIRM Statement on page 310 23 With SWAPDUMP CONFIRMSPLIT YES can be used to continue updating the duplicate volume until you are ready to create the point in time backup Default NO Note CONFIRMSPLIT YES and CONFIRMSWAP YES do not result in any console message or WTOR when the volumes are ready for the swap or split to complete You can only tell when the volumes are in this state by using the FDRPAS ISPF panels and you can confirm the operation only by using the ISPF panels or the MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP or CONFIRMSPLIT statement CONFMESS CM YES Before beginning the swap FDRPAS requests confirmation via FDRW01 message that must be replied to before the swap can start The FDRW01 can be issued as a WTOR to the system operator see the WTOR operand or you can reply to this message from the FDRPAS ISPF panels NO Suppresses the WTOR and begins the swap immediately Default NO 310 9 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 EMSG When the FDR e mail notification facility has been invoked by including an FDREMAIL DD statement in the FDRPAS execution JCL EMSG is used to modify the conditions when an e mail is sent The parameter is a list of 3 digit FDR message numbers in parenthesis and may also include the keyword OK The parenthesis can be omitted if only one parameter is sp
234. ONS PANEL A I 4 2 380 15 ROUTECODE and DESCRIPTCODE The Write To Operator WTO routing and descriptor codes used for most of the operator messages in FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE can be changed Multiple codes can be specified for each The routing and descriptor codes are documented in the IBM manual z OS MVS Routing and Descriptor Codes SA22 7624 and are used by z OS to control on which consoles the messages appear and how they are displayed The default routing codes of 2 operator information and 11 programmer information normally insure that the messages appear on a system console and also in the JOBLOG of the job If you do not want the operator to see these messages you can change the routing codes to just 11 However depending on system console definitions routing code 11 WTO messages may still appear on a system console ABR DATA SET This panel controls naming conventions and data set names used by ABR Quotes are not NAMES required around any of the names specified on this panel they are assumed to be fully qualified names SET FDR GLOBAL DATA SET NAME OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 5 FDR INSTALLATION SET FDR GLOBAL DATA SET NAME OPTIONS COMMAND gt ABRINDEX HIGH LEVEL INDEX FOR BACKUPS AND ABR
235. OR TASKS WHEN NEEDED FDRPAS ISPF PANELS ENHANCED VTOC AND VVDS VERIFICATION OF SOURCE VOLUME JES SPOOL AND CHECKPOINT VOLUMES SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 75 Major enhancements have been made to FDRPAS FDRMOVE product family to make volume Swaps easier and simpler to run For example enhanced ISPF panels can now be used to generate all the JCL and control statements required to run FDRPAS functions Also a single FDRPAS job can now submit all the necessary MONITOR tasks Details of all these enhancement are as follows FDRPAS has been enhanced by the addition of a new simulation function called SIMSWAPMON SIMSWAPMON invokes MONITOR tasks to perform extended checking during a simulated Swap This checking includes confirming that the necessary monitors are responding that the target volume sizes match the source volume sizes and that target volumes are offline to all LPARs if online the volumes can be varied offline automatically if no allocations exist SIMSWAPMON can be used before the actual SWAP when combined with Dynamic Monitoring it can ensure that all required monitors that the SWAP needs have been started The usage of the FDRPAS MONITOR tasks has been significantly simplified by the addition of Dynamic Monitoring In GRS complex and MIM complex environments SWAP tasks pass to the MONITOR tasks the addresses to be monitored The MONITOR task on each LPAR dynamically adds these
236. ORGRP is specified these volumes are sorted by free space with the largest freespace first FDRPAS then matches up the target volumes with the source volumes to spread the allocated space evenly throughout the NEWSTORGRP and ENEWSTORGRP volumes Documentation for the MINFSYSTEMS and its alias MINNSYSTEMS and SYSTEMS alias NSYSTEMS parameters has been withdrawn INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that instead of coding these parameters users should specify the EXCLUDE CPUID statement to identify those LPARs that do not need to participate in Swaps Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you think you need to use the MIN SYSTEMS or SYSTEMS operands If the source disk to be moved is an IBM RVA an early Oracle StorageTek SVA or any subsystem that emulates a 3990 3 contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for documentation on how to migrate this type of DASD with FDRPAS SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 74 New option NONRESPONDING added to the FDR Global Options Table to specify the default option to be taken for the response to the FDRW68 message The settings can be DEFAULT FAIL or RETRY MAXTASKS default value for the MOVE command of FDRMOVE has been increased from 5 to 8 SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 73 FDRPAS has enhanced its support for Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases The FDRMOVE Dynamic Allocation exit has been enhanced to support FDRPAS With this exit running dynamic allocations are monitored for
237. OURCE YES be run at least once before running the actual swap to check the source volumes for errors NO The source volume is not checked for structural errors in the VTOC and VVDS YES During the SIMSWAP or SIMSWAPMON process FDRPAS checks the source volume for structural errors in the VTOC and VVDS This operand is ignored on SWAP and SWAPDUMP operations Default NO CHECKSOURCE YES is recommended for SIMSWAPMON jobs CHECKTARGET NO The target volume is not checked The target volume is overlaid regardless of its current contents YES FDRPAS checks the target device before beginning a SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation to insure that the target is empty The operation is terminated if the target contains any data sets other than a VTOC VTOC index SYS1 VTOCIX volser or VVDS SYS1 VVDS Vvolser Also volumes initialized by z VM with a dummy VTOC in cylinder 0 track 0 are bypassed Disks that do not contain a valid volume label such as those that have never been used since they were delivered or defined are also accepted this includes volumes that were the source volumes of successful FDRPAS swaps Default NO CHECKTARGET YES is recommended for SIMSWAPMON jobs Note FDRPAS cannot verify that a target device is offline to every system so CHECKTARGET YES can be used to insure that you are not overlaying a volume with valid data on it However you must either delete all existing data sets from the target volume or init
238. PAS FDRMOVE or FDRERASE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING would appreciate it if you would complete the profile of your hardware and software on this page and fax it to us at 973 890 7147 This will save time for you and us when we provide guidance assistance and problem resolution Your name Company name E mail address 1 Please list your processors models e g IBM 2096 K04 2 How many z OS LPARs do you run 3 How many z VM and Linux LPARs do you run 4 Please list the versions of operating systems in use z OS z OS z OS 5 Job Entry System O JES2 O JES3 6 Security System O IBM RACF O CA Top Secret O CA ACF2 7 Cross system enqueue product O IBM GRS O CA MIM CA MII o Total Terabytes TB of DASD data TB Total number of DASD volumes 10 Please indicate the type and manufacture of the DASD subsystems in use in your installation O IBM DS8700 DS8800 O IBM DS8000 2107 O IBM DS6000 1750 O IBM 2105 2107 ESS Shark O EAV Support O EAV Support O EAV Support O EAV Support Features in use O FlashCopy O PAV HyperPAV O PPRC O ConcurrentCopy O ConsistentGroup O IBM RVA Ramac Virtual Array O Oracle StorageTek SVA or V2Xf O EAV Support O EAV Support Features in use O SnapShot O PPRC EMC Symmetrix O DMX O VMAX O EAV Support O EAV Support Features in use O FlashCopy O PAV HyperPAV O SRDF O ConcurrentCopy O ConsistencyGroup O TimeFinder Hitachi 09900 O USP VSP O EAV Support O EAV Support
239. PASS 5 ERASEPATTERN AA5533FE01 MOUNT ERASEUNIT 73F2 When leaving a disaster recovery site you want to erase all corporate data that you restored Any volumes in the selected ranges will be varied offline if necessary All the selected disks will be erased except the volumes with unit address 3020 and 3021 that containing the OS ERASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT EDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ERASE TYPE FULL CHECKTARGET NO MAXTASKS 64 ONLINE VARYOFF EXCLUDE ERASEUNIT 3020 EXCLUDE ERASEUNIT 3021 MOUNT ERASEUNIT 3 4 5 330 34 ERASE AND RELABEL DISASTER SITE Disks EXAMPLE ERASE DISKS TO BE RE USED EXAMPLE WARNING FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE EXAMPLES 330 05 When leaving a disaster recovery site you want to erase all corporate data that you restored In the first step any volumes in the selected ranges will be varied offline if necessary and erased The disaster site may require you to relabel and vary online the disks that you used so the second step can be used to do so EMPTYVTOC will build an empty VTOC and VTOCIX on each volume The volumes will be re labeled with SG plus the 4 digit hex unit address e g SG323A An empty VTOC will be built starting on relative track 1 cylinder 0 track 1 for 44 tracks 3 cylinder
240. PR cunn FDRMOVE and FDRERASE User Documentation V5 4 L76 go INNOVATION el DATA PROCESSING Revised October 2011 for FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE Version 5 4 Level 76 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK diie PURPOSE OF THE MANUAL WHAT IS FDRPAS WHAT IS FDRMOVE WHAT IS FDRERASE FDRPAS FDRMOVE AND FDRERASE VERSION 5 4 FDRPAS FDRMOVE AND FDRERASE VERSION 5 4 OVERVIEW The purpose of this manual is to provide you with the information to install use and understand FDRPAS FDR Plug and Swap FDRMOVE and FDRERASE This manual documents FDRPAS in section 300 FDRPAS is used to perform a non disruptive move of a DASD volume from one physical device to another FDRPAS allows an installation to install new disk hardware and move existing DASD volumes to the new hardware from older hardware without disrupting normal operations or requiring a re IPL FDRPAS can also be used to move volumes within an existing configuration for load balancing purposes and to create point in time copies of volumes for non disruptive backups This manual documents FDRMOVE in section 325 FDRMOVE combines the proven technology of FDRPAS volume migration and FDRINSTANT instant data set copy to provide non disruptive or minimally disruptive movement of data sets FDRMOVE can be used to move data at the data set level to new disks and is particularly useful for combining data from smaller disks onto lar
241. PRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0003 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0004 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0005 NVOL OUTOO SELECT ALLDSN VOL PRODO NVOL PRODN PASJOB DD DISP SHR DSN SYSPROG CNTL PASJOB This example with VTOCEMPTY CHECK will verify that the input volumes have no data sets remaining If you intend to move all data off the old disk subsystem this helps you to know when you are ready to disconnect the subsystem FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF VTOCEMPTY CHECK SELECT ALLDSN VOL INO001 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0003 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0004 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0005 SELECT ALLDSN VOL PRODO The messages from a FASTMOVE job are similar to those shown for MOVE See Section 325 03 FODRMOVE MOVE Function with Examples on page 325 25 except that you will see messages relating to transit stations such as FDR182 FDR REQUESTS THAT VOL INO001 MOVE TO THE TRANSIT STATION EMC00547 FDR183 FDR SUBMITTED FDRPAS TRANSIT JOBNAME MOVE013B In addition the FDR311 messa
242. R TYPE VARYONLINE or TYPE RESETVOL statement must specify NVOL U COMMAND SPECIFIED THAT IS NOT A MOUNT Only a MOUNT or EXCLUDE statement is supported following a SWAP SWAPDUMP or MONITOR statement V SWAP VOLUME IS IN A HYPERSWAP ENVIRONMENT The specified source volume is currently involved in an IBM GDPS HyperSwap relationship Such volumes cannot be swapped with FDRPAS Remove the volume from HyperSwap if you need to swap it WwW SWAP SOURCE VOLUME CURRENTLY BEING SWAPPED The specified source volume is already being processed by FDRPAS X SWAPUNIT ALREADY IN SWAP STATUS OR PRIOR FAILURE The selected target device is already involved in a swap or a prior swap failed in a way that FDRPAS did not completely cleanup the swap If you are sure that target device is not currently involved in another swap re initialize the target disk with an offline ICKDSF INIT and re execute the swap Y SWAPUNIT MISMATCHED NUMBER OF CYLINDERS The source volume and target device do not have the same number of data cylinders To accept the swap to a target device with more cylinders specify LARGERSIZE OK on the SWAP statement Z SWAPUNIT DOES NOT SUPPORT LOCATE The specified target device does not support the LOCATE RECORD CCW so it is not supported by FDRPAS This usually means that the device is in a non caching IBM 3880 subsystem or equivalent Z SWAPUNIT IS RESERVED OR NOT CONFIGURED AS SHARED The specified target device has a RESERVE outstand
243. R124 FORMAT 4 ERROR REASON reason id Reason FDRPAS detected a problem with the Format 4 DSCB or label track on a source volume The Format 4 DSCB describes the VTOC itself The VTOC may be improperly formatted reason is a reason code plus explanatory text id is the DSCB count field reason may be 1 MORE THAN 1 FORMAT 4 More than one Format 4 DSCB was found or the first DSCB in the VTOC was not a Format 4 This may be due to an IBM problem 2 COMPAKTOR FAILURE ON VOL COMPAKTOR was executed against the volume but it did not complete 3 LABEL TRACK IS INVALID The label track cylinder 0 track 0 does not contain a properly formatted volume label 4 VOL SIZE lt DEVICE SIZE On the source volume the number of cylinders in the VTOC is less than the actual number of cylinders on the device This code can also be caused by certain abnormal conditions on the target device 390 9 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 6 TOO MANY VTOC ENTRIES ABR found too many VTOC entries on this volume and an internal table was exceeded An U0103 ABEND will follow Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for an override 8 An unknown DSCB type was found 9 VOL SIZE 1 CYL IN VTOC The Format 4 DSCB indicates that the volume contains only one cylinder but the physical size of the volume is more than one cylinder Action FDRPAS will terminate the swap You must correct the error before you attempt to re e
244. RASE since ALREADYERASED PROCESS was specified the OVERRIDDEN indicates that they will be re erased One disk contained data sets and the default of CHECKTARGET YES will cause it to be bypassed FDR ERASE VOLUMES FDRERASE INNOVATION DATA PROCESS CARD IMAGE SIMERASE TYPE FULL ALREADYERASED PROCESS 00410001 CARD IMAGE MOUNT ERASEUNIT 07C 00420000 ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7CF T 07CF REASON TARGET ERASEU CONNECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7CE T 07CE REASON TARGET ERASEUN CONNECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7CD T 07CD REASO TARGET ERASEUN CONNECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7CC T 07CC REASO TARGET ERASEU CONNECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7C9 T 07C9 REASON TARGET ERASEUN ECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7C8 T 07C8 REASON TARGET ERASEUN ECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7C7 T 07C7 REASO TARGET ERASEU ECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7C6 T 07C6 REASON TARGET ERASEUN ECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7C3 T 07C3 REASO TARGET ERASEUN ECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7C2 T 07C2 REASO TARGET ERASEU ECTED ERASE BYPASSED VOL RVA7CO UNIT 07CO REASON 8 TARGET ERASEUN ECTED FDRERASE WILL ERASE THE FOLLOWING 5 UNITS 07C1 07C4 07C5 O7CA 07CB DEVICE IS ALREADY ERASED UNIT 07C1 VOL RVA7C1 OVERRIDDEN DEVICE ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 07C1 VOL RVA7C1 VOLID FDR5 CU STK98765 0501 07C10000 00000000 DEVICE ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 07C4 VOL RVA7C4 VOLID VOL1 CU STK98765 0501 07C40000 00000000 DEVICE ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 07C5 VOL RVA7C5 VOLID VOL1 CU STK98765 0501 07C50000 00000000 DEVICE ALREADY ERAS
245. RCH REPORT SERVICES DIALOG T FDRTSEL BACKUP FILE MANAGEMENT UTILITY Select option E to monitor and control FDRERASE Other options are used for FDRABR and other components of the FDR DASD management software Option I is used during installation of FDRPAS See Section Installation on page 380 1 This panel is displayed by the E option It is used to initiate monitor and control FDRERASE sessions FDRERASE PANEL A E FDRERASE Row 1 to 1 of 1 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Active QUick ERase SEcure SIm EMpty ABort SUspend REsume OPtions HIstory SOrt Refresh 0 Command Unit Volume Elapsed Control SMS Addr Serial Cmp Pass Time Unit Storage Mask Mask Status MM SS SSID Serial Group Cyls Press enter for Active units OR specify Unit Address Volser SSID Storage Group or Controller Serial masking allowed 330 43 RECOMMENDATION FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 If you simply press ENTER the panel checks to see if there are any FDRERASE tasks in progress on this system If active tasks were found they are automatically displayed such FDRERASE PANEL A E WITH ENTER KEY FDRERASE Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Active QUick ERase SEcure SIm EMpty ABort SUspend REsume OPtions HIstory
246. RERASE if an ERASEUNIT specifies a 3 digit device address unit addresses must always be four digits Note that a MONITOR for a SWAPBUILDIX function requires one offline unit as a communication device OUR SERIAL NOT IN ESTABLISHED PATHS DEFAULTING TO SYSTEMS The source volume is on a control unit that reports the systems with access to the disk but the ID of the system that the FDRPAS SWAP task is executing on is not among those systems This may indicate a failure in that hardware facility If you specified the SYSTEMS operand FDRPAS will print this message but default to that value If SYSTEMS is omitted the step will fail If necessary contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance CPU SERIAL serial FAILED TO RESPOND IN PHASE x The system with the indicated CPU serial number did not respond during the indicated phase of FDRPAS operation This will usually result in message FDRW68 see that message for possible causes MORE THAN 128 ACTIVE SYSTEMS OR INTERNAL ERROR Either more than 128 systems have access to the source volume or an error occurred determining the number of systems MONITOR EXCEEDED MAXIMUM NUMBER OF UCBS FOR 1 JOB The MOUNT statement following a MONITOR statement specified more than 8190 offline disk device addresses CONSISTENCY GROUP MISMATCH SOURCE grpname TARGET grpname FDRPAS detected that the source volume was in an EMC consistency group and either the target volume was not in a consisten
247. RIAL O096E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 SWAP OF VOL HI17C2 TO UNIT 17C1 NEEDS TO BE STARTED ON 4 SYSTEMS You can also get the CPUID value is the on a specific z OS system by executing this console command from a console attached to that system D M CPU You receive a response similar to D M CPU IEE174I 15 34 53 DISPLAY M 899 PROCESSOR STATUS De EU SERIAL OO a 026E0D2096 Qi ar 126E0D2096 NOTE The first digit may be non zero if you have a multi processor system as shown in this example Always make the first digit zero when specifying CPUID For example CPUID 026E0D2096 However on a z990 system last four digits are 2084 or any successor system the first digit may be a legitimate part of the CPUID and should not be zeroed 310 18 310 05 MONITOR SWAP STATEMENT SYNTAX MONITOR SWAP STATEMENT FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR SWAP STATEMENT 310 05 MONITOR SWAP STATEMENT FDRPAS MONITOR task SWAP statement syntax MONITOR TY PE SWAP ALLOWPAV NO MAXTASKS 64 YES nn CANCELPROT NO PRINT ALL le SRVCLASS classname DURATION nnnn HIGHEST gt DYNMON NO NOIE YES SWAPDELAY nnn LOGMESS NO YES This statement initiates an FDRPAS MONITOR task that monitors for FDRPAS SWAP tasks beginning a SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation It must be the first statement in the input only one MONITOR statement is allowed per execution
248. RM SWAPDUMP TYPE FULL CO YES MOUNT VOL PROD03 SU 1B37 This is an alternate way of accomplishing the same SWAPDUMPs by submitting a single batch job using PASPROC All three volumes will be copied concurrently by this one job since MAXTASKS is specified You can add additional MOUNT statements to do more volumes concurrently SWAP EXEC PASPROC PAS SYSIN DD SWAPDUMP TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 20 CONFIRMSPLIT YES MOUNT VOL PROD01 SWAPUNIT 1B32 MOUNT VOL PROD02 SWAPUNIT 1B34 MOUNT VOL PROD03 SWAPUNIT 1B37 Here is another alternate way of accomplishing the same swaps using a started task If the SWAPDUMP and MOUNT statements in the example above are stored in a member of a PDS you can use S PASPROC PRODVOLS IN SYSPROG FDRPAS PRODVOLS 310 46 310 23 DYNAMIC MONITORING EXAMPLE NOTE MONITOR A SINGLE TARGET DEVICE EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR SWAP EXAMPLES 310 23 MONITOR SWAP EXAMPLES If the source volume is accessible to multiple systems even if it is offline on some of those systems an FDRPAS MONITOR task as shown in the following examples must be started on every one of those systems before an FDRPAS SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAPMON SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC task is started If the source volume is in an EMC Symmetrix subsystem the MONITOR tasks need to be started only on systems where the source volume is online On other disk subsyst
249. S FDRMOVE FDRERASE program library There are two ways of modifying these options and tables The ISPF dialogs may be used to set all options and tables This is the preferred way since all options are displayed with online help to describe them If you have not installed the dialogs or prefer not to use them the options and tables may be set with program FDRZAPOP the Global Option Change facility described in section 91 in the FDR manual To enter the FDR dialog to display and set options in FDROPT select option 4 SETOPT in the FDR Installation Options Menu as illustrated in the following figure INSTALLATION OPTIONS MENU PANEL A I ey aa ra pce ca FDR TOTAL DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM INSTALLATION OPTIONS MENU OPTION gt 1 INSTALL LOAD SELECTED LIBRARIES FROM THE FDR DISTRIBUTION TAPE 1A DSNAMES DISPLAY CHANGE THE DATA SET NAMES OF THE FDR LIBRARIES 2 LOADSAR LOAD THE STAND ALONE PROGRAM SAR ONTO DISK 4 SETOPT SET INSTALLATION OPTIONS IN THE FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE 4A DYNAM DISPLAY THE DYNAMICALLY INSTALLED FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE Dio Hine Pike SET UP THE COMPAKTOR UNMOVABLE TABLE 5A SETREORG SET UP THE FDRREORG NOREORG LIST ABR OPTION INSTALLATION 6 SETLIST SET UP THE ABR PROTECT LI
250. S JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION 310 32 310 32 SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION This step by step procedure shows the use of the ISPF panels to obtain and create the job necessary to run a FDRPAS swap process In this example we want to swap all the devices on the Control Unit CU Serial number that begins with LR22 so we enter LR22 in the CU Serial field FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION ENTERING VOLUME SERIAL MASK SSS SSS SESE SSS SSS SSS SS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 1 of 1 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel salto 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status Ig sigae uu LR22 When we press ENTER we see all the selected devices and the information about these devices FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION DISPLAYING ALL MATCHING DEVICES aasan FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 36 of 163 OMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status 12 40 01 SCRO81 3390 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO89 22ED 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SAFEC8 22EC 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SMS812 22EB 8102 LR221 SGMV80 INACTIVE SMS811 22EA 8102 LR221 SGMV80 INACTIVE SMS802 22E9 8102 LR221 SG802 INACTIVE SMS803 22E8 8102 LR221 SG803 INACTIVE XX22E7 22E7 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO82 22E6 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCR28B 22E5 8102 LR221
251. S MESSAGES amp MESSAGE amp ALLMSG j El 6p 320 28 SEND AN E MAIL IF SWAP FAILS EXAMPLE SEND AN E MAIL FOR EACH STEP INDICATING SUCCESS OR FAILURE EXAMPLE FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 Send an e mail if the swap of volume DATA22 fails Since no SYSTCPD DD is provided the MAILSERVER statement must specify the IP address of the mail server The e mail includes the text of the error message SWAP STEPLI FDREMA B IL DD MATLSERV D SYSOUT BR 12 132 14 178 FROM lt ABC MYCOMPANY COM gt TO lt XYZ MYCOMPANY COM gt SUBJECT SYSIN SWAP MOUNT DATA22 DD SWAP FAILED TYPE FULL VOL DATA22 SWAPUNIT 07C3 EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP D Send an e mail for each volume in this step that indicates success or failure Since a SYSTCPD DD is provided the MAILSERVER statement can specify the name of the mail server PASLIST is the name of a group that is interpreted by the mail server The e mail includes the text of the message to identify the volume SWAP STEPLI T SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT EXEC PGM FDRPAS R EGION 0M B DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib D
252. S MONITOR JOBNAME PASMONA FOR CPUID 096E0D2096 09 59 42 FDR183 FDR SUBMITTED FDRPAS MONITOR JOBNAME PASMONC FOR CPUID 016E0D2096 Woo eel ous EDR256 REPORT FROM SYSPRINI FDR234 SWAP ERROR ON VOL HI17CC UNIT 17CA REASON M CPU SERIAL 056E0D2096 FAILED TO RESPOND IN PHASE 1 10 01 44 FDR234 SWAP ERROR ON VOL HI17CC UNIT 17CA REASON Q SWAP OPERATION CANCELLED NONRESPONDING FAIL 10 01 44 FDR998 FDRPAS COMPLETED WITH ERRORS VOL HI17CC 10 01 44 EDR256 t REPORT EROM SYSPRIN2 FDR234 SWAP ERROR ON VOL HI17C2 UNIT 17C1 REASON M CPU SERIAL 056E0D2096 FAILED TO RESPOND IN PHASE 1 10 01 44 FDR234 SWAP ERROR ON VOL HI17C2 UNIT 17C1 REASON Q SWAP OPERATION CANCELLED NONRESPONDING FAIL 10 01 44 FDR998 FDRPAS COMPLETED WITH ERRORS VOL HI17C2 10 01 44 FDR998 FDR COMPLETED WITH ERRORS 10 01 44 310 43 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 The SYSPRINn output from the SWAP task will look similar to R001 FDR PLUG AND SWAP FDRPAS VER x x xx INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING DATE 2010 270 PAGE alt R234 SWAP ERROR ON VOL HI17CC UNIT 17CA REASON M CPU SERIAL 056E0D2096 FAILED TO RESPOND IN PHASE 1 10 01 44 R234 SWAP ERROR ON VOL HI17CC UNIT 17CA REASON Q SWAP OPERATION CANCELLED NONRESPONDING FAIL 10 01 44 The SYSPRINT output from one of the MONITOR tasks will look similar to FDR PLUG AND SWAP FDRPAS VER x x xx INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING
253. S c MSGCLASS m lt add any other required JOB parameters PASTRANS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE TRANSIT MOUNT VOL 6 amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 7F Repeat Step2 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE on page 325 42 if necessary to fix JCL or control statement errors NVOL and SWAPUNIT lists etc Step3 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Is an FDRPAS MONITOR task that must execute on all LPARs except the LPAR where the SWAP TYPE TRANSIT job will run specifying the offline transit station disks You may need a unique job name for each MONITOR For example jobname JOB STEP3 EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP MOUNT SWAPUNIT 7F See Section 310 23 MONITOR SWAP Examples on page 310 47 for other ways to start the MONITOR tasks 34542 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE ACTIVE DATA SETS WITH FASTMOVE 325 08 Step4 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Is the FASTMOVE job same as Step2 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE on page 325 42 except changing SIMMOVE to FASTMOVE Submit it sometime before you int
254. S can be used to swap volumes used by z OS guest systems either full volume dedicated disks z VM mini disks or Linux for System z volumes It is also possible to swap z VM owned volumes or Linux for System z volumes using a native z OS system if the z VM systems and Linux for System z systems that use it are shut down All of these variations are discussed in the rest of this section FDRPAS identifies systems that participate in a swap by their CPU IDs also called serial numbers A z VM system has such a CPU ID determined by the hardware that the z VM system is running on but z OS guest systems running on z VM virtual machines have simulated CPU IDs controlled by z VM these simulated CPU IDs may be the same as the z VM hardware ID the default or may be overridden in the z VM directory CPUID parameter The way that your installation sets the CPU IDs of z OS guest systems affects how they impact FDRPAS There are several different ways that you might be running z VM Linux for System z and z OS guest systems If you run native z OS systems along with z VM systems that have no z OS guest systems running beneath then then the z VM systems do not have to participate in the FDRPAS SWAP operation at all All FDRPAS SWAP functions are executed on the native z OS systems However if the source volume in an FDRPAS operation is accessible to a z VM system the disk hardware may report the CPU ID of the z VM system in this case you should us
255. S can identify active sysplex Coupling Data Set volumes and ensures that they are processed with no other volumes When ANY LPAR has a z OS system lower than z OS 1 7 coding the JESVOL YES operand on the MOUNT statement informs FDRPAS that this volume requires special processing and processes this volume with no other volumes FDRPAS supports swapping disk volumes managed by JES3 JES3 managed disks are those that are referenced by a DEVICE statement in the JES3 initialization statements the INISH deck Disks that are not referenced by a JES3 DEVICE statement are managed only by z OS Both kinds of disks can be swapped with FDRPAS on a JES3 system If the target device for a SWAP is JES3 managed then before the SWAP starts the target device should be offline to JES3 as well as to z OS If the device is online you can use the VARY or V command of JES3 to VARY the device offline to both JES3 and z OS JES3 is aware of the swap of JES3 managed disks and handles them properly However you may need to update the DEVICE statements in the INISH deck before the next IPL so that it properly recognizes the new devices Note that if you use varying values for the XTYPE parameter on the JES3 DEVICE statement the first sub parameter of XTYPE must match in the source and target devices For example a source volume defined as DEVICE XTYPE DSYSTEM DA PR XUNIT C5B ALL S2 ON NUMDEV 4 Can only be swapped to a target disk that also sp
256. S input PROFILE CPUID XxXxxxxXXXXX and providing any valid 10 character CPU ID as long as it is unique for each guest This value is used only by FDRPAS and does not affect any other use of the CPU ID The CPU IDs must be unique in the last nine characters INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you make the CPUID unique by changing only the second digit normally used as the LPAR number so that the rest of the serial still matches the hardware CPU ID of the system An FDRPAS SWAP job stream for execution on a z OS guest with full volume mini disks that is shared by two other guests might look like SWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE FULL SYSTEMS 3 MOUNT VOL ABC123 SWAPUNIT 125A The FDRPAS MONITOR task for execution on the other two z OS guests might look like MONITOR EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE JOIN PROFILE CPUID 0574329672 if needed to provide unique CPU ID MOUNT SWAPUNIT 125A On some types of disk hardware FDRPAS generates message FDR234 REASON L because the CPU ID of the z OS guest the SWAP task is executing on is not in the list of CPU IDs returned by the disk hardware This occurs because the disk hardware only knows the CPU IDs of the physical systems an
257. S may do a dynamic allocation to your system residence volume during its operation This dynamic allocation is normal This dynamic allocation does not mean that FDRPAS is swapping your SYSRES unless you have requested FDRPAS to swap your SYSRES volume In addition if an FDRPAS step has an error the FDR998 or FDR997 message issued by FDRPAS at the end of the step may specify VOL sysres with the serial number of your system residence volume This does not indicate that any error occurred on that volume and can be ignored unless other error messages indicate a true problem with that volume If a volume that contains an ICF catalog that is enabled for Enhanced Catalog Sharing ECS is swapped ECS sharing is disabled on that catalog You receive message IEC3781I catname REMOVED FROM ECS DUE TO DDR SWAP on each system ECS uses a coupling facility to transmit catalog information between systems so it is only available in a parallel sysplex IBM implemented this behavior in APAR OW48166 and fixed it to operate correctly in APAR 0A10139 because Enhanced Catalog Sharing ECS uses the device address of the catalog in its sharing logic The text of APAR OW48166 says in part The code has been changed to recognize when the volume has been moved to a new hardware device Any catalogs currently in ECS that are on the affected device will be removed from ECS and marked temporarily ineligible In order for the catalogs to be re
258. S or any that emulate an IBM 3990 6 2105 or 2107 control unit FDRPAS can determine which LPARs the DASD is connected to and reports their CPU serial number Now you are ready to start using the FDRPAS ISPF dialogs to create a list of source volumes and assign target addresses You can go to Section 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 to see a sample of all the panels jobs and commands that are available After entering source and target information the status field shows possible problems including Q Target unit does not exist Q Target device not offline O Source and target size mismatch Before generating any jobs you should use the Options dialog to set the FDRPAS STEPLIB data set name CPUID and JCL requirements for the monitors as well as setting defaults for the SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON and SWAP jobs e g CHECKTARGET YES and CHECKSOURCE YES Create a SIMSWAP job using the ISPF panels The CHECKTARGET YES checks that the target volumes are offline and empty CHECKSOURCE YES examines the VTOC and VVDS of the source volumes to determine if they contain errors such as O Active PAGE and SWAP Data Sets on source FDRPAS can not move Suggest you define new page and swap data sets on new volumes See PAGE and SWAP Data Sets on page 320 9 O Overlapping extents FDRPAS moves them but the overlapping extents will still exist O VTOC volume size does not match the device size FDRPAS can not move Review
259. S swaps between a UCB below the line and one above the line the target device UCB will be below the line However after the next IPL it reverts to an above the line UCB If FDR DFSMSdss or another disk backup restore product is used to do a full volume restore or copy to a volume that FDRPAS is currently swapping to another device you should examine the volume after the swap is complete to insure that the device characteristics in the VTOC and VTOC index VTOCIX are correct A full volume restore or copy operation may make changes to the volume size in the VTOC and VTOCIX when The target device is larger than the volume on the backup for a restore or the source volume for a copy The target device has no alternate tracks while the original volume does have alternate tracks or vice versa See Alternate Tracks on page 320 8 Unfortunately the full volume restore copy program may make decisions about the VTOC changes to make based on the characteristics of the volume at the time the restore copy begins When FDRPAS is swapping the device this would be the original source volume However the restore copy may not complete until after FDRPAS has swapped the volume to its new device The new device may be a larger device than the original The decisions made by the restore program before the swap may not be valid after the swap so the changes it makes to the VTOC and VTOCIX may not be valid In addition FDRPAS itself ma
260. S2 1 7 or higher or JES3 running on z OS 1 7 or higher FDRPAS can automatically determine whether a volume is an active JES volume or a coupling facility volume When an active JES volume is identified FDRPAS internally serializes any SYSPRINT or LOG messages to the active JES volumes from this address space while FDRPAS is holding the IOSLEVEL Because of this active JES volumes can be swapped with any other volumes or other JES volumes YES Used for systems where FDRPAS cannot automatically identify active JES volumes or coupling facility volumes to inform the FDRPAS job that the device is an active JES volume or a coupling facility volume that requires this special active JES volume handling NOTE This operand is only needed when ANY of the LPARs in the sysplex have a z OS level lower than z OS 1 7 or the JES volumes or coupling facility volumes cannot be identified automatically SWAPUNIT SU uuuu Specifies the z OS device address of the target device the new disk unit that this volume will be swapped You must specify this as a 4 digit address with a leading zero if required This device should be offline on all systems that are involved in the SWAP and should not contain any needed data CHECKTARGET YES can be used to insure that the target device is empty It is possible to specify an asterisk for any digit of the SWAPUNIT address FDRPAS substitutes the corresponding digit of the z OS address of the source volume
261. S3 SPOOL and CHECKPOINT volumes are automatically identified on z OS 1 7 and higher systems so that they can be managed automatically during the swap process Previously customers needed to swap the JES volumes from a FDRPAS SWAP task specified with MAXTASKS 1 to avoid potential interlocks With this automatic identification of the JES volumes SPOOL and CHECKPOINT volumes can be swapped with any number of other volumes or each other Since the JES volumes cannot be automatically identified with z OS systems lower than z OS 1 7 coding the JESVOL YES operand on the MOUNT statement informs FDRPAS that this volume is a JES SPOOL or CHECKPOINT volume and processes this volume the same as above or the user can run them with MAXTASKS 1 viii Move To SMS STORAGE GROUP WITH MORE THAN 255 TARGET VOLUMES MIN SYSTEMS AND SYSTEMS OPERANDS REMOVED GLOBAL OPTION FOR FDRW68 MESSAGES MAXTASKS DEFAULT INCREASED PAV SUPPORT DYNAMIC ALLOCATION EXIT SUPPORT FOR FDRPAS FDRMOVE SMS CHANGES SUPPORT FOR EXTENDED ADDRESS VoLuMEs EAVs FDRERASE New STATEMENT SECUREERASE SUPPORTS 32 PASSES SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FDRMOVE can now move data sets to more than 255 volumes in an SMS storage group removing the previous restriction of 255 volumes in a NEWSTORGRP_ or ENEWSTORGRP specification If STORGRP is specified those volumes are sorted by allocated space with the largest allocation first If NEWSTORGRP or ENEWST
262. SAME DEVICE TYPE VOL volser The NVOL list for the indicated volume contains a device type that does not match the VOL such as a 3390 to a 3380 vvvvvv MOVED TO WRONG CNTLUNIT The volume indicated was swapped to a different control unit than the selected FDRMOVE target volumes reside in This was moved by the FDRPAS SWAP TYPE TRANSIT job but you specified the wrong SWAPUNIT values for the volume NO ONLINE VOLUMES MATCH VOL volser In FDRMOVE gt VOL ending in an asterisk was specified but no matching volsers were found gt VOL was specified This is not valid gt CUID was specified without STORGRP ONLINE VOLUMES EXCEED MAXCARDS VOL ending in an asterisk was specified but the number of volumes found including preceding statements exceeded MAXCARDS Increase MAXCARDS DSN dsname VOL volser nnnnnn ELIGIBLE NVOLS nvol nvol The NVOLs eligible for an FDRMOVE of the indicated data set are displayed nnnnnn is the number of NVOLs DSN ALLDSN storgrp VOL vol ser nnnnnn ELIGIBLE NVOLS nvol nvol This format of the FDR186 message indicates that all the data sets from the indicated storage group will be moved to the NVOLs specified nnnnnn is the number of NVOLs 390 25 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR187 CANDIDATE VOLUME volser action FOR DSN dsname Reason The indicated non SMS VSAM cluster has candidate volumes If action is UPDATE DEFERRED then updating the candidate
263. SDSN enqueue on those data sets shows the minimum number of NVOLs required and it shows the number of transit stations required It also validates the internal FDRPAS TRANSIT job STEP3 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT EFDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0023 NVOL INO001 IN0002 INO022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0024 NVOL INO001 IN0002 INO022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0025 NVOL INO001 IN0002 INO022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL INO0O059 NVOL INO0O01 INO002 INO022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL INO060 NVOL INOO001 INO002 INO022 PASJOB DD DATA DLM TRANSIT1 JOB accounting info FDRMOVE CLASS c MSGCLASS m lt add any other required JOB parameters PASTRANS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD SYSUDUMP DD SYSPRINT DD FDRSUMM DD SYSIN DD SWAP TYP MOUNT VOL DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSOUT SYSOUT SYSOUT E TRANSIT amp amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 7F Repeat Step3 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication on page 325 47 if necessary to fix JCL or control statement errors NVOL and SWAPUNIT lists etc 325 47 FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLU MES WITH
264. SF or the z VM command CPFMTXA that invokes ICKDSF This builds a dummy VTOC on the volume that starts and ends on Cylinder 0 Head 0 FDRPAS recognizes this dummy VTOC knows that it is a z VM volume and copies all tracks on the volume since it cannot tell what tracks are really in use Message FDR023 is issued to indicate that the dummy VTOC was found Therefore for z VM owned volumes that were properly initialized by CPVOLUME you can run a normal FDRPAS SWAP If the z VM volume is accessible by multiple native z OS systems then you must run FDRPAS MONITOR tasks as well If the z VM systems were shutdown but not deactivated LPAR deactivate or native system power off then the disk hardware may still report the CPU ID of the z VM system You may need to add EXCLUDE CPUID statements to the FDRPAS SWAP task to avoid errors If the z VM owned volume was initialized with the ICKDSF INIT command or some other function that builds a normal VTOC on the volume instead of the z VM dummy VTOC then FDRPAS is not able to recognize the volume as a z VM owned volume Instead FDRPAS copies only the tracks indicated in that VTOC usually just the VTOC itself If the SWAP of a z VM volume does not produce the FDR0O23 message or copies less than all tracks on the volume this is probably the cause The volume may not be usable and mini disk contents may be lost The above can also occur if the z VM volume contains several z OS
265. SOLE COMMAND Specifies a z OS console command to be issued through the EMCS console All text after the equal sign through column 71 is used no quotes are required More than one COMMANDE statement may be input FDREMCS waits up to five seconds after each command has been issued and displays any responses directed to the EMCS console in that time This may include responses to the commands that are issued but may also include other unrelated messages Responses returned after the five second limit are not displayed FDREMCS has no way of knowing if the command you specified was completed successfully or had an error 320 32 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDR EXTEN DED MCS SOFTWARE CONSOLE FDREMCS 320 05 SAMPLE This example shows how to issue a DISPLAY command FDREMCS JoB DISPLAY EXEC PGM FDREMCS STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSNAME fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD CONSOLE MYCONS COMMAND DISPLAY SMS The console name MYCONS is optional but is recommended to be sure that the name does not conflict with other EMCS consoles As long as the responses to the DISPLAY SMS are returned within five seconds they are displayed on SYSPRINT 320 33 320 06 NOTE NOTE FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS AND IBM GDPS PPRC HYPERSWAP 320 06 FDRPAS AND IBM GDPS PPRC HyPERSWAP FDREMCS is especially useful in combination with the FDRPAS enhanced support for IBM GDPS PPRC Hyp
266. SOrt Refresh 0 Command Unit Volume Elapsed Control SMS Addr Serial Cmp Pass Time Unit Storage Mask Mask Status MM SS SSID Serial Group Cyls 21C0 129 ENCE TVE a TOULCK Os25 Osilil 10017 ZANE S 260 PACE IVEOULCK Ogig GL 339 You have several options Sd As long as there are no volumes displayed on the screen you can simply press ENTER to display any FDRERASE swaps that are active on this system You can also request that volumes that are not currently involved in an erase be added to the display the display can be useful to initiate swaps or to verify the current location of selected volumes Details are later in this section If there are already volumes displayed enter the Active command or just A on the Command line to add any additional active erases to the display If the display currently contains at least one volume that was added to the display because it was active by pressing ENTER on an empty screen or by entering the Active command then pressing ENTER again will scan for active volumes again and add any newly active erases to the display If the display currently contains only volumes that were added by specific request then pressing ENTER will simply update the status of the displayed volumes and will not check for active erases If you just keep pressing ENTER the panel will display all active erases and will add erases that later became acti
267. SPF profile for use with all subsequent FDRERASE operations that are initiated by this ISPF user id The DISPLAY option controls whether only offline disks online disks or both will be displayed when you enter a unit mask SSID or serial number The other options on the upper part of the panel correspond to options that can be specified on an FDRERASE control statement See Section 330 04 FDRERASE Control Statements on page 330 12 for a description of these options Under Other Options Maxvols specifies the maximum number of disk devices that the panel will consolidate into a single FDRERASE step when you start FDRERASE tasks from the dialog Interval is the refresh interval in seconds default 2 used when you enter a value for Refresh on the main FDRPAS panel Refresh will count down to zero every Interval seconds and automatically refresh the display The interval allows 330 45 ADDING VOLUMES TO THE DISPLAY FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 you to monitor FDRERASE operations without constantly pressing ENTER The JCL shown at the bottom is used to submit FDRERASE batch jobs from the dialog Update this with a valid JOB statement and other required JCL Update the STEPLIB DD with the name of the program library containing FDRERASE Back on the main panel you can add additional devices to the display selecting them by the volume serial unit address SMS storage group SSID subsy
268. SS SS SS SSS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap History Row 1 to 7 of 7 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Command Volume Unit Swapped System Date Time Serial Addr to Unit HI17CD 17CD 17CB CPUB 07 26 2010 10 09 15 HI17CD 17CD 17CB CPUA 07 26 2010 10 09 16 HI17CD 17CD 17CB CPUC 07 26 2010 10 09 16 PROD18 01C6 0200 CPUC 09 10 2010 09 22 05 SMS802 22E9 22D9 CPUC 09 14 2010 18 14 08 SMS802 22E9 22D9 CPUA 09 14 2010 18 14 08 SMS802 22E9 22D9 CPUB 09 14 2010 18 14 08 The sample display above shows that volume HI17CD was swapped from address 17CD to 17CB on three systems on the date and time displayed On the FDRPAS panel you have several options for selecting the history records to be displayed If no volumes are displayed on the panel you can enter HISTORY on the command line to display the most recent swap activity for every volume recorded in the history records Alternately you can enter HISTORY ALL to display all swap activity for every volume recorded for volumes that have been swapped more than once If volumes are displayed on the panel entering HISTORY or HISTORY ALL will display history only for the displayed volumes Ifyou enter HISTORY followed by a volser prefix such as HISTORY TSO on the command line it will display history only for the volumes specified regardless of whether volumes are displayed or not You can also follow the prefix with the ALL option such as HISTORY TSO ALL 310 73 FDRPA
269. STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSNAME fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD COMMAND MODIFY NETVIEW HYPERSW ON 320 36 320 07 RULES FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS AND IBM BASIC HYPERSWAP 320 07 FDRPAS AND IBM BASIC HYPERSWAP Basic HyperSwap is an IBM facility included in z OS which automates the swap of a large number of Metro Mirror PPRC primary volumes to their secondary devices in case of a planned or unplanned outage FDRPAS cannot SWAP a volume while it is eligible to be swapped by HyperSwap A specialized program FDRHXBLK is available to block Basic HyperSwap before FDRPAS does SWAPs and to unblock Basic HyperSwap after the FDRPAS SWAPs are complete block unblock support requires z OS 1 12 or above or z OS 1 9 through 1 11 with the fix for APAR OA26509 With Block and Unblock Basic HyperSwap does not need to be brought down to do an FDRPAS SWAP Replication continues and volumes remain in PPRC synchronization but Basic HyperSwap does not initiate a SWAP for the short period when it is blocked The Block will not be in effect while FDRPAS is copying the data from the source volumes to the targets The Block will only be issued after the targets are synchronized and FDRPAS is ready to do the actual SWAP of the UCBs The Unblock will be done as soon as all of the actual SWAPs have been completed The time depends on the number of disks being SWAPped and
270. STS AND RESTORE ALLOCATION LIST 7 ABRCAT CREAT HE ABR CATALOG 8 ABRVOL SET ABR DISK VOLUME PROCESSING OPTIONS 9 BLDARC CREATE THE ARCHIVE CONTROL FTE 10 DIALOG SET FDR DIALOG GLOBAL OPTIONS 11 ADDISPF ADD FDR COMMANDS TO AN ISPF COMMAND TABLE FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE The FDR Global Options Table module FDROPT contains installation options for security features user exits control statement defaults etc Options are organized by option type on the Global Options Primary Menu each option on this panel takes you to another panel where you may display and modify the actual options Since FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE are in a separate library from any other FDR products that you are licensed this procedure modifies only the options used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE 380 19 INSTALLATION SET THE FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE 380 13 SET THE FDR The name of the FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE program library used during GLOBAL OPTIONS installation is displayed If necessary correct that library name you can also specify the volume serial of the library if it is not cataloged These values are saved in your ISPF profile so that you do not need to reenter them in the future The subsequent panels display the options currently in effect in the FDROPT module in that library and update that library when the options are saved SET FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS PRIMARY MENU PANEL A I 4
271. SYSTEMS operand on the SWAP statement for such volumes Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING before using the SYSTEMS operand 320 5 HITACHI HDS HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS MIDAW SUPPORT FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 Customers swapping volumes to a Hitachi 9xxx disk subsystem must insure that it is running at microcode level 01 13 19 00 or higher At lower microcode levels FDRPAS MONITOR tasks are not able to recognize that a swap is starting Customers swapping from Hitachi subsystems that emulate IBM 3990 6 control units should note FDRPAS may not be able to determine all of the systems with access to the source volume Hitachi supports more connections than a 3990 so in 3990 emulation the subsystem may not be able to report to FDRPAS all of the logical paths to the source volume and FDRPAS may be unaware of some attached systems To check execute the FDRPAS SIMSWAP function and verify that all expected attached systems are reported If not contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for a circumvention This is not an issue if the Hitachi subsystem is in IBM 2105 emulation If FDRPAS source disks are in a Hitachi subsystem that emulates an IBM 3990 3 control unit FDRPAS is unable to identify the attached systems so you must use the SYSTEMS operand on the SWAP statement for such volumes Note that this refers to the 3990 3 control unit not the 3390 3 disk model FDRPAS is not sen
272. TCH CHKTVOL Reason This form of the FDR255 message is issued when CHECKTARGETVOL is specified on a MOUNT and the offline target disk designated for a SWAP SWAPDUMP or ERASE does not have the specified volume serial vvvvvv is the volume serial actually found on the disk Action Check the target disk to see if it is actually the disk you want to erase or use as an FDRPAS target If so remove the CHECKTARGETVOL operand or specify the actual volume serial to overlay the disk FDR256 REPORT FROM SYSPRINx Reason MAXTASKS was specified Messages from swap subtasks are written to SYSPRINx DD statements but they are also echoed in SYSPRINT with this header when each swap terminates FDR257 DYNAMIC PACE DELAY CHANGED TO sss ss SEC I O DELAY mmmmm MSEC Reason PACING DYNAMIC was specified Every 15 seconds FDRPAS may issue this message to indicate that the I O pacing value was changed to sss ss seconds because the average I O delay as determined by an internal FDRPAS algorithm has changed to mmmmm milliseconds FDR258 e mail error text Reason The FDREMAIL DD statement was provided to invoke the FDR e mail facility but an error occurred preventing an e mail from being sent The message will be printed on SYSPRINT and will also be sent via a WTL Write To Log macro so it will appear in the job log of the FDRPAS job and may appear on a system console The message text will define the error condition It may conta
273. TOR task executes until it is terminated by a console STOP P command cancelled or until all devices that it is monitoring have been swapped or are online unless DYNMON YES is coded DYNMON In a GRS complex or MIM complex environment FDRPAS MONITOR tasks dynamically add target units that are not in the list regardless of what is specified for the DYNMON keyword This keyword specifies how this MONITOR task behaves NO One or more MOUNT control statements must be coded The MONITOR task terminates once all the devices being monitored have been swapped and are online YES MOUNT control statements are not required but can be specified and any devices not in the list are added to the MONITOR task dynamically The MONITOR task only terminates automatically by control of the DURATION operand or by the STOP P command Default NO 310 20 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR SWAP STATEMENT 310 05 LOGMESS NO No SYSLOG console messages are written YES Messages are written to SYSLOG and usually to an operator console documenting that the swap is occurring and has completed Default YES MAXTASKS nn Specifies the number of internal MONITOR subtasks 0 64 that FDRPAS starts within this address space If more than these number of volumes are being swapped at one time the additional MONITOR tasks are started as external started tasks External subtasks require that the PASPROC
274. TRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS 300 05 FDRPAS ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS When multiple z OS system images can access the DASD volume to be moved there are some additional steps since the swap must be coordinated on all system images All system images must be monitored for updates to the volume during the swap and the final swap to the new device must be conducted simultaneously on all images The sequence is Xd You must ensure that an FDRPAS MONITOR task is running on all systems that have access to the target device even if it does not have the source volume online or add the PASJOB DD statement with the appropriate control statements to start the MONITOR tasks with the SWAP job Each MONITOR task can be directed to monitor only a single target device a range of potential target devices or have the target devices added dynamically A disk device can connect to up to 128 systems so FDRPAS supports up to 127 MONITOR tasks for a given SWAP You start the FDRPAS SWAP task on any system specifying the volume to be swapped and the output target device For best performance the SWAP task should run on the system with the highest level of update activity on the volume to be swapped After validating the swap request the FDRPAS SWAP task indicates that the swap is pending On the other system images the FDRPAS MONITOR tasks recognizes that the swap is pending and indicate that they are ready to participate in the swap
275. TS SUCCESSFULLY MOVE STATUS 33 ACTIVE DATASETS 0 AWAITING TRANSIT 1 MOVING TO TRANSIT 2 IN TRANSIT STATION On the volume line the source and target disk manufacturer and serial number are shown e g IBM76421 If a volume is in a transit station the source and target IDs are the same The HIGHEST SEQ shows the status of multi volume data sets on the volume a value of 1 indicates no multi volume data sets were found but a value greater than 1 indicates the highest sequence number found on this volume If you locate the highest sequence number displayed for any volume this indicates the minimum number of NVOLs you need to move these multi volume data sets The sequence number may be followed by NOIX indicating that there is no active VTOCIX on the volume this will impact FDRMOVE performance when it is scratching data sets from the volume so you may wish to create a VTOCIX 325 50 CONSOLE MODIFY SUSPEND RESUME MODIFY TRANSITRETURN COMMAND FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF INTERFACE 325 10 For both types of STATUS displays the active data set display will show how many jobs currently hold the SYSDSN enqueue on the data set and the first few job names are shown The display may also show CHECK ERROR MESSAGES if any error messages have occurred or MOVE IS SUSPENDED if the job has been suspended STATUS will display a maximum of 100 lines in your JOBLOG these may be echoed
276. UME ON A SINGLE SYSTEM EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAPDUMP EXAMPLES 310 22 SWAPDUMP EXAMPLES These are examples of SWAPDUMP operations which create a point in time image of an online volume The point in time image can then be backed up with FDRINSTANT or possibly by other backup software All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31022x A volume accessible by a single system image will be copied to an offline device The volume must not be accessible by any other system image As soon as FDRPAS finishes synchronizing the volumes the target device will become a frozen image of the source volume at the point in time that FDRPAS finished The second step uses FDRINSTANT to backup that point in time image the special data set name of FDR USE UNITO7C3 on the DISK1 DD statement tells FDRINSTANT to backup the offline image on device 07C3 SWAPDUMP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAPDUMP TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL DATA22 SWAPUNIT 07C3 BACKUP EXEC PGM FDR REGION 0M COND 0 NE SWAPDUMP SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DISK1 DD DSN FDR USE UNITO7C3 UNIT SYSALLDA VOL SER DATA22 DISP OLD TAPE1 DD DSN BACKUP VDATA22 UNIT TAPE DISP CATLG SYSIN DD DUMP TYPE FDR
277. UNT STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR CONFIRM MOUNT STATEMENT 310 08 MONITOR CONFIRM MOUNT STATEMENT FDRPAS MONITOR task CONFIRM MOUNT statement syntax MOUNT VOL volser E The MONITOR task MOUNT VOL statement follows the MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP or CONFIRMSPLIT statement and specifies a volume to be monitored until it is synchronized with its offline target device You can specify multiple MOUNT statements each specifying a volume to be monitored When all volumes specified are synchronized the MONITOR task signals the SWAP task to confirm the swap and complete the SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation for all the volumes at one time VOL volser Specifies the complete volume serial of one online volume to be monitored A SWAP or SWAPDUMP of the volume must be in progress by an FDRPAS SWAP task 310 25 310 09 HISTORY STATEMENT SYNTAX HISTORY STATEMENT HISTORY STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE HISTORY STATEMENT 310 09 HISTORY STATEMENT FDRPAS HISTORY statement syntax HISTORY TYPE SWAP 7 BO F MAXSWAPHISTORY nnn MAXSWAPHISTORYDAYS nnnnn The HISTORY statement causes FDRPAS to print the history records for the disk volumes specified by the MOUNT statements that follow showing the date each volume was swapped and the source and target devices Optional If MAXSWAPHISTORY and or MAXSWAPHISTORYDAYS is specified FDRPAS autom
278. Uspend MONITOR job REsume SIMSWAP job ABORT SIMSWAPMON job Options AUTOSWAP job HIstory HYPERSWAP job sort Place the cursor next to the command to execute and press enter Press PF3 to exit Press PFl for the Help tutorials 310 60 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 In the pull down menu the first column are the commands Active Display volumes currently being processed by FDRPAS COnfirm Respond to confirm volumes waiting for CONFIRMSWAP or CONFIRMDUMP Message Display a panel where confirmation messages can be replied to SUspend Suspend the copy between the source to the target volume REsume Resume the copy between the source and the target volume ABORT Immediately terminate an active swap Options Display the Options panel History Get history for previous swaps SOrt Display a panel where sort criteria for fields are specified The second column is used to generate batch jobs SWAP job Generate a SWAP JCL stream SWAPDUMP job Generate a SWAPDUMP JCL stream CONFIRM job Generate a CONFIRM JCL stream MONITOR job Generate a MONITOR JCL stream SIMSWAP job Generate a SIMSWAP JCL stream SIMSWAPMON job Generate a SIMSWAPMON JCL stream AutoSwap job Generate an AUTOSWAP JCL stream HYPERSWAP job Generate a HyperSwap JCL stream The third column has the commands CLear Clear all volume entries in the display This command is used to clear all the
279. You cannot use FDRMOVE with MOVE TYPE FASTMOVE if IBM GDPS HyperSwap IBM Basic HyperSwap or EMC AutoSwap is active on the source disk HyperSwap and AutoSwap volumes will fail in the FDRPAS TRANSIT step However FDRMOVE supports HyperSwap and AutoSwap volumes with MOVE TYPE DSF FDRMOVE has no special CSA or ECSA usage the same as any batch job The FDRPAS TYPE TRANSIT job uses a small amount of CSA ECSA while a volume is actively being moved to or from a transit station FDRMOVE requires that SYSDSN enqueues data set name enqueues be propagated as global enqueues to all systems so that it can determine what data sets are active This is a standard procedure for all sites with shared DASD However if you have multiple sysplexes or monoplexes the SYSDSN enqueue must be propagated to all plexes where the data set may be in use FDRMOVE has no special consideration for hardware reserves There is no requirement that all reserves be converted to global enqueues 325 61 CA MII CA MIM FDR184 MULTI VOLUME DATA SETS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 FDRMOVE does a conditional enqueue on SYSDSN for each data set to be moved Since it does this as it is reading the VTOC of a source volume it might enqueue many data sets in a very short period If you are using CA MII Multi lmage Integrity component of CA MIM prior to release 11 6 this may result in a large number of contention m
280. a set is already on a volume in the NVOL list it will not be moved Once the FDRPAS job starts FASTMOVE will signal the FDRPAS jobs to swap the online source volumes to one of the transit station disks Once a volume reaches a transit station inactive data sets will be immediately moved Data sets that are active SYSDSN enqueue will be queued and re tested at frequent intervals As soon as those data sets are no longer active they will be moved Because the transit station devices are in the same disk subsystem as the target disk volumes instant replication FlashCopy SNAP or EMCSNAP will be used to quickly move the data sets When all source disks are in the transit station and data sets are still in use the application using them can be bounced The console STATUS command or the ISPF interface can be used to check volume status and identify the data sets FASTMOVE still needs See Section 325 10 FDRMOVE Console Commands and ISPF Interface on page 325 50 When the selected data sets become inactive dequeued FASTMOVE will use instant replication technology to rapidly move them to the pool of target disks An exclusive SYSDSN enqueue will be held while the data set is being moved which may allow the application to be immediately restarted it will wait for FDRMOVE to dequeue the data set Data sets that are still active will be remembered and will be checked at intervals as soon as they become inactive they will be
281. a tape from TSO by having the operator issue a MOUNT command You or the operator must mount and ready the tape on a free tape drive BEFORE issuing the following command on an z OS system console MOUNT uuu VOL SL FDR54T Change uuu to the actual tape unit address Change FDR54T to FDR54R if this is a production tape Now go to Tape Installation Step 3 3 on page 380 11 but remember that when you are done with the tape it must be unloaded by the z OS console command UNLOAD uuu If the tape unit has a 4 digit address you must precede the address with a slash on the MOUNT command and may also do so on the UNLOAD command e g MOUNT 1234 VOL SL FDR54T and UNLOAD 1234 Use this step if your TSO user id has the MOUNT attribute or if you have completed Step 3 2 If you are using ISPF issue the following TSO commands from ISPF Option 6 TSO COMMANDS You can also exit ISPF and issue them from the TSO READY prompt Enter this TSO command to allocate the FDR distribution tape ALLOC DA FDR INSTALL VOL FDR54T UNIT tape POS 9 SHR Change tape to an appropriate tape unit name Change FDR54T to FDR54R if this is a production tape If you get the message IKJ562211 DATA SET FDR INSTALL NOT ALLOCATED VOLUME NOT AVAILABLE it may be because your user id does not have the MOUNT attribute go back to Tape Installation Step 3 2 on page 380 11 If you have already done Tape Installation Step 3
282. ace moving to another volume or letting the Tape Install program create a new data set LOGOFF and re LOGON to free the existing allocations and restart the installation process While loading the CLIST library the Tape Install program updates all references to the various FDRPAS FDRMOVE libraries to the names you have specified here When you use the newly loaded ISPF dialogs all the proper library names are preset for you 380 16 INSTALLATION INVOKING THE INSTALL ISPF DIALOG PANEL A I 380 05 380 05 INVOKING THE INSTALL ISPF DIALOG PANEL A D The CLIST Library contains a member named ABRALLOC for installation and testing of the new FDRPAS FDRMOVE FDRERASE system This CLIST invokes the ISPF dialogs by concatenating the ISPF libraries in front of your current ISPF library allocations During the Tape Install process the CLIST library was updated to reflect all of the library names where you loaded the new version If you installed by another method such as from the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FTP site you may need to edit member ABRALLOC in the CLIST library to specify the library names you used ISPF DIALOG Issue the following command either under ISPF option 6 TSO command processor or INSTALL STEP 1 under TSO READY mode EXEC fdrpas clist library ABRALLOC Use the data set name of the CLIST Library that was specified in the installation process This command allocates the FDR ISPF dialog librarie
283. ack contains a single track length 56664 bytes record containing all zeros the default pattern for ERASE ALL BYTES THE SAME indicates that every byte in the data record is identical DEVICE IS ELIGIBLE FOR ERASE UNIT 90C2 VOL SH90C2 VOLID FDR5 CU IBM24678 0800 00000000 00000000 PRINT UNIT 90C2 CYL oo INC 551 Wino os DATA 0000000000000000 1 RECORDS ON TRACK PRINT UNIT 90C2 CYL 6 50 REC So DATA 0000000000000000 ALL BYTES THE SAME PRINT UNIT 90C2 CYL eo REG oo Kiusa DATA 0000000000000000 1 RECORDS ON TRACK PRINT UNIT 90C2 CYL 0 REC 1 KL 0 DL 56664 DATA 0000000000000000 ALL BYTES THE SAME 330 41 330 08 INVOKING THE FDRERASE ISPF DIALOGS FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE The FDRERASE ISPF interface allows you to initiate monitor and control FDRERASE operations on the system where your TSO session is logged on You can Monitor active erase tasks Submit FDRERASE jobs Suspend and resume active erase tasks Terminate active erase tasks Display FDRERASE history Select devices by unit address volser subsystem ID subsystem serial number or SMS storage group The FDRERASE ISPF dialogs are integrated with the ISPF dialogs of FDR the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FDR disk management system If you have installed the FDR ISPF dialogs at a release level matching the level of FDRERASE that you are using your FDR or ABR main ISPF menu
284. ack on the backup cluster does not match the cluster on disk The displacement is X 11 or X 15 See Note on page 390 13 The number of tracks per CA on the backup cluster does not match the cluster on disk Check the secondary allocation value specified The displacement is X 17 See Note on page 390 13 The VSAM cluster is being restored to a different type of cluster e g KSDS to an ESDS Flags at two displacements are checked See Note on page 390 13 At displacement X 03 it checks X 02 Relative Record RRDS X 04 Key Range X 10 Replication REPLICATE X 20 Imbedded Index IMBED X 80 Key Sequence KSDS At displacement X 2A it checks X 01 Variable RRDS VRRDS X 04 Linear LDS If none of these flags are on the cluster is an ESDS entry sequenced cluster There may be other flags on in those bytes they do not matter However all of the flags named above must match on or off between the input and output cluster The length of the VVR NVR exceeds the length of the cells within the VVR NVR The VVR entry found is in orphan and not related to a catalog entry In a multi level alias environment the rename of the temporary data set name failed Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance SMS Attributes of the backup cluster and the cluster on disk do not match FDR checks for Extended Format EF and for over 4GB addressing The displacement is either X 03 or X 1D The backup
285. acks that are verified or printed are controlled by the operands ERASESTARTCYL ERASESTARTTRK and ERASESKIP described below See FDR175 on page 22 for details of the print format Default 100 ERASESKIP nnnnn VERIFY and PRINT only ERASESKIP in conjunction with ERASESTARTCYL and ERASESTARTTRK described below specify the tracks to be verified or printed The first track is specified by ERASESTARTCYL and ERASESTARTTRK and subsequent tracks are selected by adding the ERASESKIP value 1 32767 to the relative track number of the last track printed If you want to print contiguous tracks specify ERASESKIP 1 Default 15 verify or print one track from contiguous cylinders ERASESTARTCYL ERASESTARTTRK VERIFY and PRINT only ERASESTARTCYL specifies the cylinder number 0 65535 of the first track to verify or print and ERASESTARTTRK specifies the track number 0 14 of the first track to verify or print Both values are in decimal Default VERIFY defaults to ERASESTARTCYL 0 and ERASESTARTTRK 14 which is the last track of the first cylinder If ERASESKIP is set to or defaults to 15 then the last track of every cylinder is verified Default PRINT defaults to 0 for both operands If both are omitted the print starts with the label track cylinder O track 0 Note To VERIFY the entire disk specify operands ERASESTARTCYL 0 ERASESTARTTRK 0 and ERASESKIP 1 330 19 FDRERASE V
286. active on all systems be sure to run FDRMOVE for those data sets on a system where they are cataloged Otherwise FDRMOVE will treat them as uncataloged data sets Non VSAM data sets allocated to non SMS volumes will be moved without updating any catalogs which may cause failures on systems where they are cataloged Non VSAM data sets allocated to SMS volumes will be moved and cataloged using the catalog structure of the system where FDRMOVE is run Uncataloged VSAM clusters will not be moved Data sets may erroneously appear to be uncataloged if their alias is not connected to the proper user catalog on one or more systems Volumes that are copies of online volumes may appear to contain data sets that are not cataloged These volumes should not be moved with FDRMOVE They include Volumes created by DFSMSdss full volume COPY without the COPYVOLID option Volumes created by TDMF for backup purposes The original source volume of a TDMF migration Volumes created by TSO FlashCopy commands e g FCESTABL Volumes created by EMC SPLIT of a BCV or EMCSNAP if the target is online after the operation There may be other volumes of this type FDREPORT can be used to identify uncataloged data sets Member MOVREP04 in the ICL library is an example of an FDREPORT job that will identify data sets that are not cataloged or cataloged to non standard catalog structures PS PO and DA data sets on non SMS volumes can be marked as unmovable in
287. ails 325 32 CONSOLIDATE STORAGE GROUP EXAMPLE Move ENTIRE VOLUMES EXAMPLE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FASTMOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 04 This is an example of a FASTMOVE to consolidate the input volumes in an SMS storage group to output volumes in a different storage group SMS Automatic Class Selection ACS routines must be updated to select the new storage group for new allocations FDRMOVE will terminate automatically if all selected data sets have been moved DISABLENEW YES will set all input volumes to DISNEW status so that new allocations will go to the output control unit FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD FASTMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES SELECT ALLDSN STORGRP CICSAPPL NEWSTORGRP CICSNEW PASJOB DD DISP SHR DSN SYSPROG CNTL PASJOB This is an example of a FASTMOVE that selects all data sets on specific input volumes Otherwise it is similar to the previous example The PASJOB DD points to a PDS member which must contain the FDRPAS job stream DISABLENEW YES will set the input volumes to DISNEW SMS or PRIVATE non SMS so that the volumes will no longer be used for new data sets remove it if you do not plan to remove the input subsystem FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M
288. al is available in Adobe PDF format on the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Documentation CD ROM and on the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FTP site for online use and local printing Copyright 2004 2011 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING INC Corporate Headquarters Voice 973 890 7300 Sales sales fdrinnovation com Fax 973 890 7147 Support support fdrinnovation com Home page http www innovationdp fdr com France Netherlands amp Nordic Countries INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING 191 Avenue Aristide Briand Brouwerstraat 8 94230 Cachan 1315 BP Almere Tel 33 1 49 69 94 02 Tel 036 534 1660 Fax 33 1 49 69 90 98 Fax 036 533 7308 frsales fdrinnovation com nlsales fdrinnovation com frsupport fdrinnovation com nlsupport fdrinnovation com Germany United Kingdom INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING International Ltd INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Ltd Orleansstrake 4a Clarendon House D 81669 Miinchen 125 Shenley Road Borehamwood Herts WD6 1AG Tel 089 489 0210 Tel 0208 905 1266 Fax 089 489 1355 Fax 0208 905 1428 desales fdrinnovation com uksales fdrinnovation com desupport fdrinnovation com uksupport fdrinnovation com 330 1 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE INTRODUCTION 330 00 CCEVS FDRERASE V5 4 L50 the first z OS secure erase utility to complete Common Cr
289. all jobs are processed by the TEST version of the exit in effect this would be a simulation of the PROD keyword LOOPS nnn Maximum retry loop count Valid values are from 1 to 800 Default 255 WAITIME n Wait time in seconds between loops Valid values are from 1 to 9 Default 2 To install the FDRPAS FDRMOVE Dynamic Allocation exit and give FDROOOSI a maximum of 40 minutes to hold the data sets that have been intercepted as being moved by an FDRPAS or FDRMOVE job with the recommended production values EDRMVDAX JOB INSTALL THE FDRPAS FDRMOVE EXIT EDRMVDAX EXEC PGM FDRMVDAX PARM WAITIME 3 LOOPS 800 STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT The Dynamic Allocation exit can be removed or deactivated by using program FDRMVDAD To deactivate a production install of the Dynamic Allocation exit use the following JCL FDRMVDAD JOB DEACTIVATE THE FDRPAS FDRMOVE EXIT FDRMVDAD EXEC PGM FDRMVDAD STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT This JCL is supplied in member FDRMVDAD in the FDR Installation Control Library ICL If a version of the exit is currently installed and an FDRPAS or FDRMOVE job is actively moving data sets that may cause jobs to be intercepted by the exit you should not replace or deactivate the exit until the FDRPAS and FDRMOVE job s have completed or been successf
290. allation of FDRPAS as described in 380 05 Invoking the Install ISPF Dialog Panel A l on page 380 17 325 53 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF INTERFACE 325 10 FDRMOVE PANEL _ This panel is displayed by the M option It is used to monitor FDRMOVE jobs using MOVE or FASTMOVE with information similar to the console F movejob STATUS described earlier The FDRMOVE panel has these input fields Display DSN Is set to YES or NO and controls whether the display will contain lists of data sets that FDRMOVE is waiting to move YES is the default Jobname Can be used to limit the display to certain FDRMOVE jobs if more than one is running You can specify a specific FDRMOVE job name a job name prefix followed by an asterisk MOVE or just an asterisk to display all FDRMOVE jobs the default Vol Can be used to limit the display to certain volumes that FDRMOVE is processing You can specify a specific volser a volser prefix followed by an asterisk ABC or just an asterisk to display all volumes the default Refresh Enter a count 0 to 99 and the FDRMOVE display will be refreshed every few seconds until the count goes to 0 again The Display DSN and Jobname fields will be remembered in your ISPF profile for the next time you invoke the panel The ISPF panel does accept a single command on the COMMAND line You may enter command jobname where command is either STOP
291. ally allocate DYNALLOC a disk volume but the allocation failed cc is the return code in R15 nnnn is the dynamic allocation reason code and iii is the dynamic allocation information code For z OS these codes are documented in the IBM manual z OS V1R12 0 MVS Authorized Assembler Services Guide SA22 7608 15 They can also be found in Appendix A of the ISPF online HELP Action This volume will be bypassed 390 45 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR341 VTOC CONVERT ROUTINE ERROR COMP ccc Reason When swapping to a larger or smaller disk FDRPAS attempted to allocate a dummy data set with the DOS flag set in the VTOC in order to invoke the DOS VTOC conversion routine to recalculate the free space on a volume This allocation failed with decimal return code ccc these codes are documented under allocate in the IBM z OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis GY27 7618 13 A ccc of 172 indicates that your security system rejected the dummy data set that begins with FDRABR Vvolser A ccc of 176 or 180 indicates that a user provided DADSM exit rejected the request Action The volume free space may not be accurate You must allocate a data set to correct the free space If the volume had an active Indexed VTOC VTOCIX you must run ICKDSF BUILDIX to rebuild it FDR343 SMS CONSTRUCT ERROR VOL vwwwwv STORGRP storgrp REASON reason Reason FDRMOVE tried to get information about an SMS storage class but the
292. amp uuu This string is replaced with the disk device address Any other character That character is inserted in that position in the new volume serial For example CHANGEVOL ABC changed the volser to ABC plus the al last 3 characters EVOL XY putd XY in the 3rd and 4th positions ing the original characters in the other positions gin CHANG copyin CHANGEVOL XX amp UUU changed the volser to XX plus the device res ANG address e g XX17CA CHANGEVOL ABCXYZ changed the volser to ABCXYZ CHANGEVOL AB Z changed the volser to ABnnnZ nnn id incremented for each new volume CHANGEVOLNUM nnnnn Specifies the starting sequence number to be used when the CHANGEVOL value contains one or more slashes The value can be from 0 to 65535 NoTE The maximum sequence number generated is 65535 Default 0 CHECKTARGETVOL If specified the volume serial of the volume to be erased is compared to the value specified The value can be a complete volume serial up to six characters or it may be a volume serial prefix followed by an asterisk For example CHECKTARGETVOL PAY001 or CHECKTARGETVOL PAY If the volume has a proper volume label but the volume serial does not match it is not erased If it has no volume label or if it was previous erased by FDRERASE or was an FDRPAS source volume the comparison is not done and the volume is erased The operand can be abbreviated CHKTVOL Not
293. an abnormal termination of FDRPAS or a request to terminate on the indicated system CANCELLED will appear only if the swap was terminated via the FDRPAS ISPF interface Check the listing of the MONITOR task from that system for the reason FDR241 FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL vvvvvv TO UNIT uuuu ON systemid Reason FDRPAS has completed the swap of volume vvvvvv to unit uuuu on the indicated system This message will print in the MONITOR task output on each system and the message from each system will also print in the SWAP task output FDRERASE SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED function OF VOL vvvwww ON UNIT uuuu Reason In this form of the FDR241 message FDRERASE has finished erasing ERASE or emptying EMPTY volume vvvvvv which may be blank or asterisks if the volser is unknown on unit uuuu FDRINITV SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED INITV OF VOL vywwwv ON UNIT uuuu Reason In this form of the FDR241 message FDRINITV has finished initializing volume vwwwwv on unit uuuu 390 34 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR242 ADDRESS SPACE CREATE TO JOIN FAILED FOR UNIT uuuu COMP cccc Reason If an FDRPAS MONITOR task is monitoring more than one potential target device it must start a separate FDRPAS MONITOR task when it detects a swap is beginning on one of those devices However the address space creation for a join task for unit uuuu failed with return code ccce If COMP cccc is n
294. and PPRC compatible facilities Action The swap will continue but this message warns you that after the swap is complete the volume will no longer be protected by a remote mirror If your disaster recovery plan or other needs require that this volume be remotely mirrored you will need to re establish remote mirroring after the swap is complete FDR250 CYL ccccccc XXXX XXXX XXXX Reason Internal message showing each cylinder and track updated on this system during a Phase 3 pass it appears only if PRINT ALL is specified on the SWAP or MONITOR statement ccccccc is a cylinder number in decimal xxxx displays a set of 16 bits in hex the first 15 bits show which tracks were updated The first xxxx is for cylinder ecccccc the next for cylinder ccccccc 1 etc up to ccccccc 19 thus showing 20 cylinders in each FDR250 message FDR251 FDR UNBOUND PAV ALIASES FROM UNIT uuuu text Reason In this form of the FDR251 message unit uwuuu which is the source or target device of a swap had Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases bound to it FDRPAS has unbound the aliases and disabled PAV on the device during the swap 390 36 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR RE ENABLED PAV FOR UNIT uuuu text Reason In this form of the FDR251 message unit uwuuu which is the source or target device of a swap has Parallel Access Volume PAV re enabled If it had static PAV aliases assigned th
295. and in FDRMOVE jobs to use the STGADMIN ADR STGADMIN MOVE profile for all FDRMOVE operations NOABSTRK Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE NONEW Not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE 380 24 380 15 SET GENERAL OPTIONS INSTALLATION GEN ERAL OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 2 380 15 GENERAL OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 2 These options are used by many FDR programs A few of them are used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE They can be displayed or changed on the following panel SET FDR GLOBAL GENERAL OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 2 FDR INSTALLATION SET FDR GLOBAL GENERAL OPTIONS COMMAND gt ICFCORE ICF VSAM CLUSTER AND COMPONENT NAMES TABLE SIZE BYTES DEFAULT FDRCC DO AND WOUSH ARON MEMO COME A ABEND FDRSTMT PROGRAM FDR MUST REQUIRE PARM OR SYSIN INPUT NO LINECNT MAXIMUM NUMBER OF LINES TO BE PRINTED ON REPORTS 58 SELTERR TREAT DATA SET SELECTION FAILURE AS AN ERROR YES ALCRSTIN INTERFACE WITH ALLOCATION CONTROL PRODUCT FOR NON VSAM NO RESTLRDT ALWAYS RESTORE DATA SET LAST REFERENCE DATE FROM BACKUP NO RESTCRDT ALWAYS RESTORE DATA SET CREATION DATE FROM BACKUP NO RESTEXDT ALWAYS RESTORE DATA SET EXPIRATION DATE FROM B
296. any and sometimes not even with others in your company Government regulations e g HIPAA Sarbanes Oxley and others as well as corporate standards may legally obligate you to protect the data from unauthorized access You may have security procedures that limit access to data in your data center and control access when data must be sent out of the data center Yet in many cases little attention is paid to residual data left on disks after data sets are deleted or moved to other locations Deleting a data set from disk does not erase the data from the disk tracks it just deletes the VTOC pointers to the tracks containing the data there is a security system ERASE option that will actually erase deleted data sets but it is rarely used because of overhead When a disk volume has been emptied of data or is no longer needed you may need to erase the disk to be sure that no residual data remains on the disk so that no future user of the disk can retrieve your data This is especially true if the disks will be removed from your data center and sold to a new owner or returned to the disk vendor You may wish to erase the disks even if they will be reused within your data center so that the new users cannot retrieve unauthorized residual data Even if you plan to scrap the disk subsystem it may be safest to erase the data first At a disaster recovery center at the end of your disaster test and when leaving after a real disaster you should era
297. appropriate VTOC size based on the expected usage of the volume Maximum size VTOCs are not recommended unless you expect many 1 track data sets EXPANDVTOC will hold an enqueue reserve on the VTOC and VVDS during the expansion Unless these reserves are converted to global enqueues this means that all access to the volume from other LPARs will be inhibited during the expansion The elapsed time can be from ten seconds to several minutes Therefore you should run the EXPANDVTOC from the LPAR with the most activity to the volume since that LPAR will still be able to access the volume You may want to run EXPANDVTOC during a quiet time 310 29 NOTE SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT 310 11 If you have third party products that access the VTOC or VVDS without an enqueue the third party products may experience errors if they run during the VTOC expansion Review Unmovable Table on page 325 56 and System Volumes on page 325 57 for information on data sets that may be active without a SYSDSN enqueue and should be excluded from the EXPANDVTOC process Like SWAPBUILDIX the EXPANDVTOC task executes on only one system in a multi system environment On the other systems you must execute FDRPAS MONITOR tasks similar to the MONITOR tasks used with SWAP and SWAPDUMP The MONITOR tasks must monitor the same offline monitor
298. are a number of examples of the FDIRMOVE FASTMOVE function All the examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRMOVE The member names will be PA32504x This is an example of a FASTMOVE that selects data sets from the system catalogs The input volumes will be moved to the transit station units in the same control unit as the output volumes so that fast replication such as FlashCopy and EMCSNAP can be used Inactive data sets are moved once a disk is in a transit station For active data sets FASTMOVE will wait for the data set to become inactive such as shutting down its application and will quickly and automatically move the data set so that the application can be restarted in only a few minutes In this example FASTMOVE is selecting certain cataloged data sets starting with ABC and XYZ with PAYROLL anywhere else in the name The output volumes OUTO01 to OUTOOY are in the target subsystem As described in Output Volume Selection for FDRMOVE on page 325 16 FDRMOVE will rotate the output volumes so that the data sets from different input volumes will go to different output volumes FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD FASTMOVE TYPE DSE SELECT CATDSN ABC NVOL OUTOO SELECT CATDSN XYZ PAYROLL NVOL OUTO00
299. ary residual customer data The standards regulations or guidelines that require that the data be erased may also require that you verify that the data was truly erased this verification may need to be done by another person The VERIFY and PRINT functions of FDRERASE can be used to perform this verification Depending on the requirements it may be adequate to verify only a subset of the erased disks and only a subset of the tracks on those disks By default VERIFY will verify one track in every cylinder on the selected volumes this is 1 15th 6 7 of each volume Those standards regulations or guidelines may also require that records be kept of the disks erased for a period of time even after the disks have been reused or removed for auditing purposes You should save the complete FDRERASE job outputs including the job log system messages SYSPRINT SWAP task messages SYSPRTxx subtask messages and FDRSUMM one line summaries DD statement output FDRSUMM will contain sufficient detail of the disks erased including the type of ERASE function device numbers control unit manufacturer and serial number volume size and tracks erased or verified The FDRSUMM output by itself may be adequate for record keeping purposes 330 30 FDRPAS USERS WARNING IBM TDMF PRODUCT FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 With the default of CHECKTARGET YES FDRERASE will erase disk devices that were the source volu
300. as 1 2 or 3 digits with a trailing asterisk in this case all offline z OS disk addresses starting with the prefix specified will be monitored To monitor multiple devices or ranges of devices specify them in parentheses separated by commas but you cannot specify more than 255 subparameters device addresses or address ranges within the parentheses If you use address ranges the total number of devices to monitor can be up to 8190 Only devices that are offline and accessible at the time the MONITOR task starts will be monitored if a device is placed offline or becomes accessible after the MONITOR task starts it will not be monitored For example MOUNT SWAPUNIT 17C0 Monitors one offline device 17C0 MOUNT SWAPUNIT 17C Monitors offline devices in the range 17CO 17CF MOUNT SWAPUNIT 17 18 19A Monitors offline devices in the ranges 1700 17FF 1800 18FF and 19A0 19AF HBS 04 325 03 MOVE FUNCTION oF FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 03 FDRMOVE MOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES The MOVE function of FDRMOVE moves the selected data sets when each of them becomes inactive such as when batch jobs using the data sets finish or TSO users logoff Normally regular read write I O is used to move the data sets so larger data sets may be unavailable for longer periods For this reason MOVE is used for data sets that can tolerate being unavailable for longer periods than the data sets selected for FASTMOVE
301. ase failed This can also occur if the CHANGEVOL operand was specified on the MOUNT statement The CHANGEVOL operand places a volser in CYL 0 and this will cause the VERIFY function to not have erase data in that location causing this message to be printed Action FDR175 messages will be issued for each non erased track to indicate its contents If more than ERASENUMB tracks fail verification the VERIFY function will terminate on this volume The step will terminate with a non zero return code FDR181 MOVE REQUEST ALREADY ON NVOL volser DSN dsname Reason An FDRMOVE request found that a selected data set was already on a volume in the NVOLz list so the data set will not be moved MOVE REQUEST HAS YET TO MOVE VOL volser DSN dsname Reason In this form of the FDR181 message the specified data set has not yet been moved 390 22 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR182 FDR REQUESTS THAT VOL volser MOVE TO FROM THE TRANSIT STATION FDRPAS status SWAP TASK TO MOVE TO TRANSIT STATION VOL vvvvvv Reason The first form of this message indicates a FASTMOVE job has requested that the SWAP TYPE TRANSIT job move the specified volume to a transit station disk or move it back to its original device The second form of this message indicates that the transit job has received the move request The status keyword indicates the current status of the move request and will indicate STARTED ENDED or DELAYED DELAYED indicates that is a de
302. ashCopy V2 data set flash in the hardware for the source volume during the swap so that any attempt to use it fails Most products that implement FlashCopy including FDRCOPY automatically use normal read write I O when FlashCopy is not available PAV Parallel Access Volume PAV is supported by FDRPAS FDRPAS dynamically disables Parallel Access Volume PAV on the source and target devices during the swap By default FDRPAS performs the PAV disable at the beginning of the swap operation The default can be changed to by specifying the ALLOWPAV YES operand on the MONITOR and SWAP SWAPDUMP statements If you are swapping from one disk device with PAV to another PAV is re enabled after the swap However if you are swapping from a disk that does not have PAV to a disk with PAV or vice versa PAV is disabled on the PAV device until the next time you IPL this is an IBM limitation because of fields that exist only in the UCB of a PAV device There is a circumvention if you update your I O configuration so that the non PAV source volumes are defined as type 3390B PAV base then FDRPAS can enable PAV when you swap the volume to a PAV capable device if the target device has WLMPAV YES dynamic PAV then the source volume should also be defined with WLMPAV YES IBM says that it is permissible to use device type 3390B for non PAV disks it causes no harm However it requires an IPL or dynamic ACTIVATE to activate the new configuration before you do
303. at have not been moved to those NVOLs including candidate volsers for VSAM FDRMOVE can move Hierarchical File System HFS and zSeries File System ZFS data sets used by UNIX System Services USS as long as they are not active FDRMOVE will not quiesce these data sets so it is your responsibility to free the data sets if they must be moved With FDRPAS the entire volume these Hierarchical File System HFS and zSeries File System ZFS data sets are on can be moved regardless if they are active or not 325 63 DISABLENEW OPTION OF FDRMOVE NOTE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 If you specify the FDRMOVE option DISABLENEW YES then FDRMOVE will set all input SMS volumes to a status of DISNEW and non SMS volumes to a mount status of PRIVATE The purpose of DISABLENEW is to prevent new allocations to the input volumes once the move starts assuming that the user wants to completely empty the input volumes and direct new allocations to the output volumes For SMS the input and output volumes would typically be assigned to the same storage group allowing the new allocations to naturally flow to the new volumes The SMS status of DISNEW is very effective for accomplishing this However there is a consideration If a new SMS configuration is activated the SMS ACTIVATE function then all volumes will be set to the SMS status indicated in the SCDS being activated Since the FDRMOVE input volumes were originally
304. atements are required to execute FDRPAS SWAP and MONITOR tasks as batch jobs or started tasks Please review the examples 310 20 LICENSE Examples on page 310 34 310 21 FDRPAS SWAP Task Examples on page 310 35 310 22 SWAPDUMP Examples on page 310 45 310 23 MONITOR SWAP Examples on page 310 47 310 24 MONITOR CONFIRM Examples on page 310 49 and 310 25 HISTORY Examples on page 310 52 for a better understanding of the JCL requirements of FDRPAS INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you use the ISPF panels to create and submit all your FDRPAS jobs Specifies the program name PGM FDRPAS region requirement REGION 0M is recommended and optional PARM field that may contain the first FDRPAS control statement For example SWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M PARM SWAP TYPE FULL LARGERSIZE OK The parameter PARM may also contain a MOUNT control statement separated from the first by a slash e g PARM SWAP TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL PROD01 SWAPUNIT 17F4 There must be no space immediately before the slash Additional control statements if any must be contained in the SYSIN data set Specifies the load library where FDRPAS resides The library must be authorized FDRPAS must be executed with a JOBLIB or STEPLIB it should never be put into the system linklist Specifies the output message data set it is required It is usually a SYSOUT data set but
305. atically purges obsolete history records based on the number of times a volume has been swapped or the number of days since the swap occurred If both operands are omitted then the HISTORY statement only prints history records and does not purge any records TYPE SWAP Must be specified on the HISTORY statement MAXSWAPHISTORY nnn Specifies the maximum number of history records 1 255 to retain for each selected disk volume History records in excess of this number are purged uncataloged If a volume was swapped on multiple systems it retains this many records per system MAXSWAPHISTORYDAYS nnnnn Specifies the maximum number of days 1 65535 to retain history records for each selected disk volume History records created prior to the date calculated from this value are purged uncataloged 310 26 310 10 HISTORY MOUNT STATEMENT SYNTAX HISTORY MOUNT STATEMENT HISTORY MOUNT STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE HISTORY MOUNT STATEMENT FDRPAS HISTORY MOUNT statement syntax HISTORY MOUNT STATEMENT 310 10 MOUNT VOL volser The HISTORY MOUNT VOL statement follows the HISTORY TYPE SWAP statement and specifies a volume serial or volume serial prefix for which history records are to be displayed and optionally purged You can specify multiple MOUNT statements each specifying a volume or group of volumes VOL volser Specifies a volume serial or volu
306. ay be only a few seconds Basic HyperSwap is aware of the FDRPAS SWAPs and automatically updates its configuration information Since the process is so much less disruptive the installation is able to do the FDRPAS SWAPs in more convenient groups such as batches of 32 or 100 volumes at a time This support for Basic HyperSwap Block Unblock is available in V 5 4 76 spin level 4 available on October 5 2011 A new program FDRHXBLK is added to perform the block and unblock of basic HyperSwap FDRPAS MONITOR tasks automatically reset themselves to a service class with good performance if they are not already in one This change alleviates the user s responsibility to ensure that the MONITOR tasks have a high dispatching priority and avoid problems that occur when a monitor does not have a high enough dispatching priority to respond in time to communication from the SWAP job The new parameter SRVCLASS is used to modify this processing and to specify service classes both for SWAP jobs and MONITOR jobs FDRPAS now recognizes a volume containing an active sysplex coupling data set and automatically serializes it in the same way as a JES spool or checkpoint volume FDRPAS dynamically allocates the IXSYSIN data set to VIO instead of disk to avoid a potential lockout FDRPAS reduces the CPU time used when running many concurrent monitors Vil SIMSWAPMON PROCESSING DYNAMIC MONITORING SWAP PROCESS STREAMLINED TO SUBMIT MONIT
307. ay or may not be significant depending on the error Blocks of storage identified by the FDR program requesting the mini dump These usually have a title above them for identification The storage displayed varies depending on the error message For certain I O errors it will display the DCB UCB and IOB The IOB contains Bytes 2 3 Sense bytes 0 1 Byte 4 I O termination post code 7F normal termination Bytes 8 15 Hardware generated CSW channel status word see the IBM 2 Architecture Principles of Operation SA22 7832 02 manual consisting of 390 1 MESSAGES AND CODES INTRODUCTION TO MESSAGES 390 01 Bytes 8 11 Address of last CCW executed 8 Bytes 12 13 Channel status flags Bytes 14 15 remaining length in last CCW CCW length field minus this gives bytes transferred It will also format the CCW chain executed CCW 0 identifies the last CCW executed I O ERRORS AND For most I O errors FDR will format information about the error in a condensed format that TRACES includes The IOB I O request block as described above The CCW chain four CCWs per line in most cases Up to eight bytes of data associated with each CCW 16 or 20 bytes for certain CCWs The lines containing the data will alternate with the lines containing the CCWs so that the data for each CCW is immediately below the CCW itself INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING technical support may request that you add operands to your contr
308. back offline with console commands such as VARY 3C00 3CFF ONLINE VARY 3C00 3CFF OFFLINE After this operation FDRERASE will select and erase the disks An IPL will also clear the volume serials You must also specify CHECKTARGET NO when erasing the source disks since TDMF will leave a valid VTOC on the disk with all of the original data sets 330 31 SECURING FDRERASE CONSOLE COMMANDS FOR FDRERASE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 Since erasing disks obviously offers the capability of accidentally destroying a great deal of valid data you will want to control who can execute FDRERASE If FDRERASE has been installed in a separate load library you can use your security system to limit access to that library and use STEPLIB to access the library This method is the simplest and most secure way of limiting the use of FDRERASE Whenever FDRERASE is executed it will check for authority to this security resource CLASS FACILITY ENTITY FDRERASE ERASE If you have defined that FACILITY class resource then only users who have at least READ authority to the resource will be able to execute FDRERASE If you have not defined the resource then all users will be able to erase disks If the job specifies CHECKTARGET NO which allows any offline disk to be erased FDRERASE will additionally check for READ authority to CLASS FACILITY ENTITY FDRERASE ERASEALL If a user is authorized to FDRERASE ERASE but not to
309. be written to SYSPRINT so that all FDRPAS messages are in one place Default 5 Do not override the MAXTASKS operand to a smaller value unless you are concerned about the impact of FDRPAS on your production response time this is rarely a problem You can override the MAXTASKS operand to a larger value to move more volumes to the transit stations concurrently TRANSITRETURN NO FDRPAS will leave the disk volume on the transit station device even after it is no longer needed by FASTMOVE If data sets remain on this volume they can benefit from the performance of the new subsystem This option can be set dynamically with a MODIFY F command See MODIFY Status Command on page 325 50 YES When the FDRMOVE FASTMOVE job indicates that it is finished with a given disk volume the FDRPAS job will move the volume back to its original device Since FASTMOVE usually moves all or most of the data sets off the volume this swap may be very quick If you intend to stop the FDRMOVE job before it finishes processing all data sets and restart it later you may want to specify TRANSITRETURNE NO so the input volumes will already be in the new subsystem Default YES 325 20 TRANSIT JOB EXCLUDE STATEMENT TRANSIT JOB EXCLUDE STATEMENT SYNTAX TRANSIT JOB MOUNT STATEMENT TRANSIT JOB MOUNT STATEMENT SYNTAX TRANSIT JOB MOUNT STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 The EXCLUDE statemen
310. been overwritten at that point you can cancel the ERASE job Because of the virtual architecture of the RVA SVA FDRERASE cannot identify internal disk IDs for these disk subsystems 330 29 ALTERNATE TRACKS VERIFICATION AND AUDITING FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 PPRC HRC SRDF XRC There are special considerations for volumes that have remote copies created by an active PPRC XRC HRC Hitachi or SRDF EMC session By default FDRERASE will not erase volumes that have a valid volume label and are in an active PPRC HRC or SRDF session they will be bypassed with an explanatory message An active remote copy may indicate that the data on the volume is still needed so FDRERASE defaults to protecting those volumes FDRERASE does not currently test for XRC If you do want to erase these disks you can terminate the remote session and rerun the FDRERASE job If you also want to erase the remote copies of the disks there are two alternatives Ifthe remote copy session is still active at the time of the erase you can specify ACTIVETARGET PROCESS to allow the erase to proceed both the local and remote disks will be erased However this may greatly slow down the erase process since each erase or overwriting track must be sent to the remote control unit If the remote disks also have a channel connection to the local processor or a remote processor it is usually faster to terminate the remote sess
311. ber of transit station devices is exhausted When FASTMOVE finishes moving all selected data sets from an input volume FDRPAS will automatically move it back to its original device Another volume can then be moved to that transit station In order for FASTMOVE to submit the FDRPAS job you must include the optional PASJOB DD in the FASTMOVE step This DD must point to a model FDRPAS transit station SWAP TYPE TRANSIT job stream including JOB statement other JCL and control statements If FASTMOVE submits the FDRPAS job it will monitor it to be sure that it becomes active If not the FASTMOVE step is terminated At first FASTMOVE waits up to five minutes for the FDRPAS job to start with a status message every 15 second warning that it has not started If the FDRPAS job never starts the FASTMOVE step is terminated You should insure that the FDRPAS job has a high priority so it starts promptly A SIMMOVE will only wait 15 seconds for the FDRPAS job to start The FDRPAS job stream must be a complete job including a valid JOB statement This is a job within a job but the FDRPAS job stream is submitted via the internal reader for execution only if FASTMOVE needs to move a volume to a transit station Although FDRMOVE does some validation on the JOB statement it is not comprehensive If the FDRPAS job does not start check the JOB statement SYSLOG may contain some JES messages that may give a clue as to the error Here is a sample FDRP
312. cataloged procedure be installed and customized See the additional explanation above Default 64 Do not override this default unless you receive errors such as insufficient storage errors 80A or 878 ABENDs this is unlikely to occur PRINT ALL Requests additional printout from the MONITOR task including a detailed list of the tracks updated in each phase SRVCLASS Allows you to specify the service class for the MONITOR task classname The desired service class NoTE SRVCLASS SYSTEM is invalid because FDRPAS is not eligible to be reset into the SYSTEM service class However SRVCLASS SYSSTC is valid HIGHEST gt Note the 8th character is a greater than sign Set the service class to the same class as the address space with the highest dispatching priority in the system that is X F8 248 or less and that has a single performance period NULL Do not change the service class assigned by WLM Default The default for MONITOR is to not change the service class assigned by WLM if the service class gives a dispatching priority of X FO 240 or higher If the dispatching priority is less than that the default is to set the service class to PRDBATHI If class PRDBATHI is not defined the default is HIGHEST gt SWAPDELAY nnn Specifies the number of seconds 1 255 that FDRPAS waits between scans of the offline devices it is monitoring to see if an FDRPAS SWAP task has selected one of them as a swap targe
313. cation and catalog functions Using STGADMIN allows FDRMOVE to move all selected data sets without needing any additional security Default FDRMOVE will do normal security checks including system allocation and catalog security The user ID under which FDRMOVE is running MUST be authorized to create and update ALL selected data sets The security system overhead may be significant if many data sets are involved INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING strongly recommends use of the STGADMIN ADR STGADMIN MOVE profile for all FDRMOVE operations especially if you have separate security configurations STGADMIN reduces the CPU time used by FDRMOVE STOPINACTIVE nnnn The number of idle time minutes that FDRMOVE will accumulate before terminating automatically Idle time is not incremented when FDRMOVE is actively moving data sets only when it is waiting for data sets to become unallocated Default FDRMOVE will execute indefinitely until all selected data sets have been moved or a console STOP P or CANCEL C is issued for the FDRMOVE job STOPAFTER nnnn A number of elapsed time minutes after which FDRMOVE will terminate automatically after finishing all currently active moves active FDRMOVE subtasks Default FDRMOVE will execute indefinitely until all selected data sets have been moved or a console STOP P or CANCEL C is issued for the FDRMOVE job STOPAFTER can be used when you want FDRMOVE to execute only during certain ti
314. ce volume selected If you are unsure how many input volumes are involved change MOVE to SIMMOVE The FDR346 message will show how many volumes the CATDSN selected FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MOVE TYPE DSF SELECT CATDSN DB2 NVOL OUTOO01 OUTO11 These are extracts from the output of an FDRMOVE MOVE step Data sets that are not active no SYSDSN enqueue exists for the data set will be moved immediately The data sets that get the enqueue failure will be remembered they will be retried at intervals and as soon as they are no longer active they will be moved The inactive data sets are immediately moved to their new volume FDR PLUG AND SWAP DATA SET FDRMOVE VER 5 4 xxR INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING CARD IMAGE MOVE TYPE DSF CARD IMAGE EXCLUDE TEMP UNMOVABLE TABLE CARD IMAGE S CATDSN DB2 NVOL OUTO01 OUT002 OUT003 O0UTO04 FILTER SELECTED 60 VOLUMES IN 0 43 SECS SS REPORT FROM SYSPRINI a STARTING TIME OF DATA SET MOVE 11 26 40 IN D INO001 FDR SCRATCHED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO001 PS ONETRK AO0005 FROM VOL INO0001 FDR MOVED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO001 PS ONETRK A0005 ALLOCATED CATALOGED ON VOLSER OUTO0O1 UNIT 3390 27 IN0001 FDR SCRATCHED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO001 PS ONETRK A0004 FROM VOL IN0001 FDR MOVED DSN DB2 MOVE039 VINO001 PS O
315. ceed to 380 05 Invoking the Install ISPF Dialog Panel A I on page 380 17 to complete the installation 380 10 380 04 TAPE INSTALLATION STEP 3 1 TAPE INSTALLATION STEP 3 2 NOTE TAPE INSTALLATION STEP 3 3 INSTALLATION TAPE INSTALLATION 380 04 TAPE INSTALLATION The FDR tape install program FDRLOAD makes the installation of an FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE distribution tape very easy You can execute FDRLOAD directly from tape if you have access to a TSO user id that has the MOUNT attribute or if you are able to issue or request a command on a system console to have a tape mounted Otherwise you must copy the tape install program to disk using the JCL shown in Tape Installation Step 3 4 on page 380 12 If you have access to a TSO user id with the MOUNT attribute logon to that id and proceed to Tape Installation Step 3 3 on page 380 11 If you do not know if your user id has the MOUNT attribute you probably do not so proceed to Tape Installation Step 3 2 on page 380 11 Use this step if your TSO user id does not have MOUNT privileges and you are able to issue or request to be issued a command on a z OS system console to have a tape mounted If your user id has MOUNT privileges proceed to Tape Installation Step 3 3 on page 380 11 otherwise proceed to Tape Installation Step 3 4 on page 380 12 If your TSO user id does not have the MOUNT attribute you can still access
316. cess Volume PAV aliases during the swap operation This operand specifies whether the Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases are disabled at the start of the swap operation or at the time when the actual swap of the volume occurs NO Indicates that the Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases are disabled at the start of the swap operation and enabled after the swap operation completes YES Indicates that the Parallel Access Volume PAV aliases stay enabled during the initial copy phase and be disabled during the time the actual swap of the volume occurs This reduces the amount of time that PAV aliases are not available Default NO Note ALLOWPAV YES needs to be specified on all of the SWAP and MONITOR tasks that you wish to leave PAV active CANCELPROT NO A CANCEL C command causes immediate termination of the MONITOR task YES FDRPAS protects this MONITOR task against accidental cancellation If a CANCEL C command is issued it is treated like a STOP P command Message FDR267 is issued and the task lets active swaps complete before terminating You can issue a second CANCEL C command to force immediate termination Default YES DURATION nnnn Specifies the number of idle minutes that the MONITOR task execute it does not include time that the MONITOR task is actively participating in a swap The MONITOR task automatically terminates when it has been idle for a total of this many minutes Default The MONI
317. cluster contains a key range while the disk does not or the key lengths are not the same The displacement is X 24 See Note on page 390 13 A VVR entry in the VVDS contains a cell type other than a 21 23 or 60 The type of VVR entry on the backup does not match the disk Z record being restored to Q The user may be attempting to restore a multi volume component to the wrong sequence component 390 12 V W X Y Z MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAG ES 390 03 The total length of a VVR NVR record does not match the sum of the lengths of the cells within it on the output disk The total length of a VVR NVR record does not match the sum of the lengths of the cells within it on the backup file The number of extents specified in the VVR record does not match the DSCB entry in the VTOC for a component A base cluster is being restored to an alternate index or vice versa Internal Error The length of the FDR backup file control block for VSAM was less than the sum of the lengths of the VVRs NVRSs within it Action Except for REASON D FDRPAS will terminate the swap because of the logical errors on the volume You must investigate and fix the problem before rerunning the SWAP NOTE For the indicated reason codes FDR will print a mini dump displaying the VVR VSAM Volume Record from the backup file and from the cluster on disk In the registers at the top of the dump register 14 points to a cell within the disk VVR a
318. code 9096 03xxx EXTEND error xxx is EXTEND error code 9096 03129 Insufficient space for component on this volume 9100 The selected output disk volume was SMS managed but no storage class was assigned Specify STORCLAS or select a non SMS volume and resubmit 91xx The IBM SMS interface failed the allocation request with return code xx usually 08 reason will be an SMS error code in decimal You can find the description by looking up IBM message IGDxxxxx where xxxxx is the reason code 92xx The IBM subsystem interface IEFJSREQ failed with return code XX 9450 GETMAIN failure during allocation Increase the region size 9451 Allocation parameter list error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING 9452 UCB address not passed or invalid Can occur if the data set is not SMS managed no storage class assigned but FDR has not selected a volume on which to allocate it Specify NVOL and rerun 9458 BYPASSSMS was specified and the selected output disk volume was SMS managed but no storage class was assigned Specify STORCLAS or select a non SMS volume and resubmit 9459 Volsers in CPL cannot be located or over 10 volumes passed Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Action An FDR mini dump is printed displaying the CATALOG DEFINE parameter list and related data areas Determine the cause and take appropriate action For errors involving names already in the catalog
319. complete of the pass the total number of tracks to copy in the pass and the number of tracks already copied in the pass Updated indicates the number of tracks that have been updated on the source volume during the current pass on this system these tracks plus those found updated by other systems will be copied in the next pass If using panel 3 of 3 the next two lines show for the source volume and the target device the number of RESERVE macros that have been issued against them the target will always show at least 1 issued by FDRPAS the IOSLEVEL and the current I O pacing value You can over type the target pacing value for any active volume to dynamically change the I O pacing in use See PACEDELAY on page 310 13 for details Whenever you press ENTER the information displayed will be updated Alternately you can over type the number after REFRESH with a value The screen will be updated automatically every two seconds until this value counts down to zero the two second refresh interval can be changed on the FDRPAS options panel shown later in this section 310 66 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 Once the volumes in a swap with CONFIRMSWAP YES have been synchronized the display will look like FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P CONFIRMSWAP Sas So SSS SS SSS SSS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND gt confirms
320. controls when the following e mail is sent and has several forms MSG ERR Send only for unsuccessful FDRPAS volume operations when the triggering message is followed by MSG OK Send only for successful FDRPAS volume operations when the triggering message is not followed by Note that you must specify the EMSG OK operand on the SWAP SWAPDUMP or SWAPBUILDIX statement to invoke the e mail processor for successful completions MSG nnn MSG nnn nnn Send only if the message that triggered the e mail is FDRnnn The triggering messages currently include FDR999 successful only if EMSG OK or EMSG 999 was specified FDR997 and FDR998 completed with errors FDR319 subtask ABEND FDR302 control card error and certain FDR234 SWAP error messages An example of enhanced e mail statements is MAILSERVER 12 132 14 178 FROM JOHNDOE MYCOMPANY COM EMAIL MSG ERR SEND ALL FAILURE MESSAGES TO DICK TO DICK lt DICK MYCOMPANY COM gt SUBJECT FDRPAS SWAP FAILED amp JOBNAME amp STEPNAME amp SYSTEMS EMAIL MSG 302 IF JOB FAILED FOR CONTROL CARD ERRORS NOTIFY JANE TO JANE lt JANE MYCOMPANY COM gt SUBJECT FDRPAS CONTROL CARD ERROR amp J MESSAGE OB amp JOBNAME MUST BE RE SUBMITTED EMAIL MSG OK OR SUCCESSFUL SWAP SEND ALL MESSAGES TO SPOT POT lt SPOT MYCOMPANY COM gt SUBJECT FDRPA
321. ctive Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE optional If your intention is to empty the input volumes so that the source subsystem can be shutdown use SIMMOVE with the VTOCEMPTY CHECK operand and SELECT ALLDSN to verify that all data sets have been moved from the indicated volumes jobname JOB STEP8 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF VTOCEMPTY CHECK SELECT ALLDSN CUID 17642 STORGRP CICSGRP SELECT ALLDSN CUID 17642 STORGRP PAYGRP Step9 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE optional If you wish to insure that all selected data sets were moved use SIMMOVE with the VTOCEMPTY CHECK operand and SELECT CATDSN to verify that the selected data sets have been moved to the target volumes jobname JOB STEP9 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF VTOCEMPTY CHECK SELECT CATDSN PAY APPL1 NEWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP PAYGRP SELECT CATDSN CICS APPL2 NEWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP CICSGRP 325 44 325 09 CONSOLIDATE ENTIRE VOLUMES WITH FDRPAS AND INSTANT REPLICATION EXA
322. cuments the time that FDRPAS FDRMOVE or FDRERASE began or ended an operation startend will be STARTING or ENDING function will indicate the type of function e g FULL VOL SWAP inputda is the input DD name outdd is the output DD name always TAPE1 and disktype identifies the input or output disk device type in the case of emulated disk such as RAMAC the emulated disk type such as 3390 will be shown FDR008 OPEN ERROR OR NO DD STATEMENT DD ddname function BYPASSED Reason One of the following 1 A required disk or tape DD statement specified by ddname was missing 2 DDname SYSPRINx is missing 3 An error occurred while OPENing the specified ddname Action The disk in error will be bypassed See the job log for possible IBM OPEN error messages FDRO19 RACF FACILITY PROTECTION FOR BYPASS FAILED FOR resource Reason FDRPAS and FDRERASE always issue a RACROUTE call to check for READ authority to resources in the FACILITY class which you may use to control which users can do which operations The user was not authorized to the proper resource The resources are FDRPAS SWAP For SWAP FDRPAS SWAPDUMP For SWAPDUMP FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX For SWAPBUILDIX FDRERASE ERASE For all FDRERASE operations except SIMERASE FDRERASE ERASEALL If CHECKTARGET NO was specified FDRERASE ONLINE VARYOFF If ONLINE VARYOFF was specified If you have not defined these resources the error
323. cy group or was in a different group groname may be N A if FDRPAS was unable to determine the name or if the target is not in a group ACTIVE PAGE SWAP DATA SET ON VOLUME The volume to be swapped contained an active local page or swap data set 390 30 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 Q SWAP OPERATION CANCELLED BY OPERATOR The console operator replied NO to the FDRW02 message see FDR documentation requesting confirmation of the swap or a TSO user requested that the swap be terminated via the FDRPAS ISPF panels To avoid this message and proceed with the swap without operator confirmation specify CONFMESS NO on the SWAP statement R DISK DOES NOT SUPPORT ACTIVE CPU SERIAL SPECIFY SYSTEMS The source volume is in a disk subsystem that does not support identifying the serial numbers of the systems that have access to the device such as a 3990 3 IBM RVA or Oracle StorageTek SVA You must specify SYSTEMS nnn on the SWAP statement to identify the number of systems with access to the disk S SWAPUNIT DOES NOT SPECIFY 4 CHARACTERS The MOUNT statement following a SWAP or SWAPDUMP statement must specify a 4 digit target device address T VOL ON MOUNT MISSING OR NOT FULL VOLSER The MOUNT statement following a SWAP or SWAPDUMP statement must specify source volume serial with no asterisk It may also be that you specified a blank preceding SWAPUNIT in the control statement The MOUNT statement following a MONITO
324. d PARMLIB UPDATE xx to activate the updated IKJTSOxx member immediately otherwise it is activated after the next IPL Once it has been activated you can use the FDRPAS ISPF interface If you are using the CA ACF2 Command Limiting Facility to limit the use of TSO command processors you must add FDRPASA and FDRPASIS to the list of authorized commands for any user who uses the FDRPAS ISPF dialogs 380 31 380 18 DYNAMIC EXIT INSTALLATION OPERANDS INSTALLATION DYNAMIC EXIT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 380 18 DYNAMIC EXIT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE In many installations 90 of the data sets are inactive not in use or become inactive over some period of time such as when batch jobs using the data sets finish or when TSO users logoff These data sets typically remain inactive for a long period of time FDRPAS and FDRMOVE typically move these data sets without disruption However some data sets may be needed during the move process During the move process FDRPAS and FDRMOVE hold an exclusive SYSDSN enqueue on each data set while it is actively being moved so the data set would not be available to other applications or jobs There can be a small number of data sets that would attempt to be accessed by an application or job after the move process has started and before the move has completed which would usually only occur during a move of a large data set using normal I O The FDRPAS FDRMOVE Dynamic Allocation exit addresses the
325. d record is an EOF a record with a data length of 0 Every track has a record 0 RO so at least one line is printed per track If there are no other records on the track the text NO RECORDS ON TRACK will appear to the right of the eight byte data field of RO If there are other records on the track nn RECORDS ON TRACK is displayed on the RO line After an ERASE or SECUREERASE function you will see one record on the track FDR177 VERIFY CHECKED UNIT uuuu AND ALL TRACKS CONTAINED ERASE DATA PATTERN xx Reason A VERIFY function was executed on disk uuuu and all selected tracks contained data written by FDRERASE xx will be a single hexadecimal byte if all bytes in all records contained that byte It will be FE Random if the tracks contained the random pattern generated by ERASEPATTERN FE If the disk was erased using multiple passes such as SECUREERASE the displayed pattern is the last one used VERIFY CHECKED UNIT uuuu AND ALL TRACKS CONTAINED NO RECORDS PATTERN ERASE Reason In this form of the FDR177 message a VERIFY function was executed on disk uuuu and all selected tracks were empty containing no records VERIFY CHECKED UNIT uuuu AND ALL TRACKS DID NOT CONTAIN ERASE DATA Reason In this form of the FDR177 message a VERIFY function was executed on disk uuuu and one or more selected tracks contained records that were not written by FDRERASE This may mean that the disk was not erased or the er
326. d after the SWAP or MONITOR statement but none of them were MOUNT statements Only MOUNT statements can follow that statement SWAPUNIT NOT SPECIFIED IN MOUNT STATEMENT OR MORE THAN 1 UNIT SWAPUNIT must be specified on the MOUNT statement Following a SWAP statement the SWAPUNIT operand can only specify a single device It may also be that you specified a blank preceding SWAPUNIT in the control statement SOURCE AND TARGET UNIT ADDRESS ARE EQUAL The current device address of the volume specified by VOL is equal to the device address specified by SWAPUNIT INCOMPATIBLE SOURCE AND TARGET UNIT DEVICE TYPES The device type of the source volume specified by VOL is different from the device type of the target device specified by SWAPUNIT For example one is a 3380 and the other is a 3390 MISMATCH SOURCE AND TARGET MIDAW FLAGS On a Systemz processor or beyond both the source and target devices must support MIDAWs Modified IDAWs or both must not All IBM disk subsystems support MIDAWs but some non IBM subsystems may not In order to swap you must shut down MIDAW support with the console command SETIOS MIDAW NO TARGET SWAPUNIT NOT FOUND The device address specified by SWAPUNIT was not found in the current I O configuration TARGET SWAPUNIT NOT DASD The device address specified by SWAPUNIT is not configured as a disk DASD device TARGET SWAPUNIT IS NOT OFFLINE The device address specified by SWAPUNIT is not offline o
327. d are unaware of the virtual CPU IDs that are used by the z OS guest systems The FDR234 REASON L message is normal and can be ignored as long as the proper number of systems participate If one of the z OS guests uses the real CPU ID of the processor hardware the z VM default you can run the SWAP task on that system to avoid the FDR234 REASON L message 320 19 SWAPPING Z VM OWNED VOLUMES WARNING FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX ON SYSTEM Z CONSIDERATIONS 320 03 It is possible to use FDRPAS to swap z VM owned volumes including z VM system volumes and volumes containing z VM mini disks The SWAP must be done from a native z OS system not a z OS guest running under z VM and all of the z VM systems that use the volumes must be shut down FDRPAS has no MONITOR that can run on z VM so it has no way of tracking updates by a z VM system or any way to swap the volume on an active z VM system The source volume and the target device must be accessible by the native z OS system and by the z VM systems that use it After the SWAP when you re IPL the z VM systems they find the volume on its new device It is possible to move inactive z VM volumes with other programs such as FDR full volume copy and similar utilities but FDRPAS is a very convenient way of moving them so the details are documented here z VM owned volumes are normally initialized with the CPVOLUME function of ICKD
328. d begins execution Proceed to Tape Installation Step 3 5 on page 380 12 The tape install program prompts you for information on what where and how to load the FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE tape files in a series of four user friendly screens No action takes place until you give the final confirmation on the fourth screen Only then are the output data sets allocated and cataloged with the names you specified and the loading of those data sets begins either in the foreground or via a batch job stream All data set names and index name references are specified and displayed as fully qualified names a TSO user id is not prefixed to the names unless you key it in If you are already an FDR customer FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE must be loaded in a separate set of libraries from your normal FDR libraries If you put FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE in a library with other FDR programs neither may operate correctly FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE should not be put into the system linklist always use a STEPLIB to execute these programs 380 12 TAPE INSTALLATION DATA SET SELECTION INSTALLATION TAPE INSTALLATION 380 04 This screen allows you to select which of the data sets are to be loaded from the distribution tape Normally all data sets should be selected DATA SET SELECTION SCREEN 1 When you are satisfied with the selection press ENTER to continue to Tape Installation Data Set Name Se
329. d card character If an asterisk appears in the middle of a selection string it represents exactly one character while if it appears at the end it represents one or more characters For example A volser mask of DB will select all online volumes with serials of xxDBxx A unit address mask of 12 will select all disks with addresses of 12xx A storage group name of DB 3 will select all online volumes in SMS storage groups with names of DBxx3 An SSID of 3 will select all disks in subsystems with an SSID of x3xx ISPF line commands are supported for inserting and deleting entries in the display In the Command column next to any entry enter D to delete a volume from the display Ito insert a blank entry in the display it can be modified to add more volumes to the displayed volume list 330 46 MONITORING FDRERASE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 When active erases are displayed you can monitor the erase progress The display will look like FDRERASE PANEL A E MONITOR PROGRESS Command Unit Volume Elapsed Comtron SMS Addr Serial Cmp Pass Time Unit Storage Mask Mask Status MM SS SSID Serial Group Cyls 219 33 1 1 ACTIVE ERASE OAC WS 333S The status of ACTIVE indicates that the erase is in progress the following text indicates the type of erase QUICK ERASE or SECURE The status can also show ERASED ERROR if the erase failed SUSPEND or
330. d for an FDRPAS job or started task and cancel protection CANCELPROT YES was in effect Cancel protection is the default for MONITOR tasks Action With cancel protection active a CANCEL C acts like a STOP P command see message FDR265 above for details If any swaps are active it will wait for them to complete If you need to immediately terminate the task enter a CANCEL C command again FDR268 VOL vvvvvv ERROR reason text Reason An FDRPAS license report LICENSE TYPE SWAP encountered an error determining the size or the free space on the indicated volume reason tex details the error Action The volume is not included in the license report FDR302 CONTROL STATEMENT ERROR NEAR REL LOCATION nn REASON x JOB TERMINATED Reason An error was encountered during the processing of a user supplied control statement If NEAR REL LOCATION nn appears the keyword or operand causing the error is at or near column nn on the input statement The error is defined by the reason code within the message The failing statement is displayed immediately above NOTE The expression SELECT statement in the reason codes below refers to MOUNT and EXCLUDE statements The reason x can be 1 A MOUNT statement did not specify any operands Control statement was blank after the Command name 2 Command name on the first control statement was incorrectly specified It must be SWAP SWAPDUMP or
331. d offline disk devices in the new subsystem where the target disks reside These are known as transit station disks The transit station disks can be the same size as the source disks or larger but you must usually provide a number of transit stations equal to the number of source disks containing data sets belonging to the application See Transit Stations on page 325 60 for notes on this Ifyou have multiple LPARs and almost everyone does you must start FDRPAS MONITOR tasks on all LPARs it s not necessary on the one FASTMOVE is running on before submitting the FASTMOVE These MONITOR tasks must monitor the offline transit station disks See Section 310 05 MONITOR SWAP Statement on page 310 19 310 06 MONITOR SWAP MOUNT Statement on page 310 22 and 310 23 MONITOR SWAP Examples on page 310 47 for details on setting up the MONITOR tasks Note that a MONITOR task can participate in regular FDRPAS swaps as well as FASTMOVE simply specify all 325 30 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FASTMOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 04 the swap target addresses and transit station addresses Start the FASTMOVE job using a simple PGM FDRMOVE step invoking the FASTMOVE function and specifying the data sets or volumes to be moved FASTMOVE will identify the volumes containing the input data sets and submit a special FDRPAS job to move the input volumes to the transit stations If FASTMOVE finds that a dat
332. d specifies an offline target device or set of devices to be monitored to see if one or more of them is selected as the target of a swap by an FDRPAS TYPE TRANSIT or a regular FDRPAS SWAP task on another LPAR Only one MOUNT statement can be specified specifying the devices to be monitored by this MONITOR task After a TYPE TRANSIT swap the MONITOR task will automatically switch to monitoring the original input disk now offline so that the volume can be returned to the original disk when requested by FASTMOVE There is no need to specify the original disk units When the volume is swapped back to its original location the MONITOR task again switches to monitor the offline transit station Therefore the same MONITOR tasks are used for the swap to the transit station and then back to the original device there is no need to stop and restart the MONITOR tasks in between If a MONITOR task is stopped because of a console STOP P command or the DURATION operand or an error and there are volumes still in transit stations you should restart the MONITOR tasks with SWAPUNIT specifying the original disk devices of those volumes in addition to all the transit station devices so that the MONITOR tasks can successfully swap a volume in and out of a transit station SWAPUNIT uuuu Specifies the z OS device addresses of the target devices to be monitored The address can be specified as a 4 digit hex z OS device address or it can be specified
333. d to join ok Non responding systems where monitors are not running are also displayed 4 It can check the integrity of the VTOC and VVDS on the source volume CHECKSOURCE YES and whether the target device is empty of data sets CHECKTARGET YES 5 Itruns up to 32 tasks at a time 6 It is recommended to always run SIMSWAPMON before running any dynamic processing to allow SIMSWAPMON to populate the MONITOR tasks if needed since SIMSWAPMON processes 32 volumes at a time whereas the actual swap process usually processes less thus it takes less time The time needed to validate the devices depends on how the devices are specified or discovered in the MONITOR tasks This is the time that it takes for the SWAP task to discover the status of a non responding device For example It takes approximately 5 10 seconds for every 32 devices when the MONITOR tasks have MOUNT statements with the appropriate SWAPUNITs It takes approximately 30 40 seconds for every 32 devices when the MONITOR task dynamically adds the SWAPUNIT It takes approximately 120 seconds for every 32 devices when one or more MONITOR tasks are not running or cannot dynamically add the SWAPUNIT 310 6 SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP AND SIMSWAPMON STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 TYPE FULL Must be specified on the SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP or SIMSWAPMON statement
334. d when the source volume is in a Symmetrix One or more systems have the source disk in their I O configuration but you cannot run an FDRPAS MONITOR on those systems Possible reasons include non z OS operating system such as Linux or z VM z OS LPARs that are not running but not deactivated The EXCLUDE statement can be used to tell FDRPAS that those systems do not have to participate in the swap If you do not use EXCLUDE statements then FDRPAS may issue the message FDRW68 to indicate that some expected systems are not running FDRPAS MONITOR tasks You should reply NO to that message so that you can investigate and correct the missing systems 310 17 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP TASK EXCLUDE STATEMENT 310 04 SWAP EXCLUDE CPUID STATEMENT cpuid Specifies the 10 character CPU serial number of a system image that OPERANDS does not need to participate in the swap The CPUID value is the 10 character CPU serial number of a system image When you run a SIMSWAP job the CPUID values display on the FDR233 message as shown in this example CARD IMAGE SIMSWAP TYPE FULL CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL HI17C2 SWAPUNIT 17C1 CPU WITH SERIAL 026E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HAIG 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL O56E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTE 2107900 CPU WITH SE
335. dated to include the target disks so that only volumes in the target control unit are selected You may need to use NEWCUID when the new storage group contains volumes from multiple control units to limit the selection to one control unit You must specify NEWCUID if the source volumes are in the same storage group as the target volume Note FDRMOVE will allocate to volumes in the new storage group even if they are marked as DISNEW or QUINEW Keeping volumes in DISNEW status allows FDRMOVE to allocate the data sets to the volumes in this status and prevents users from using them Use ENEWSTORGRP to bypass volumes marked as DISNEW from the allocate volume list ENEWSTORGRP storgrp Specifies an SMS storage group name for output data set allocation in the same manner as NEWSTORGRP2 but will not select volumes that are marked as DISNEW All online volumes in the storage group will become an implied NVOL operand The volumes will be selected sorted in descending order by free space reported by SMS NEWSTORGRP ENEWSTORGRP and NVOL are mutually exclusive and only one of these operands can be specified on a SELECT statement ENEWSTORGRP2 is used like NVOL for output volume selection NEWCUID sssss five digits is an additional operand that can be specified to limit the output ENEWSTORGRP selection to a specified disk control unit NEWCUID specifies the 5 digit serial number of the control unit The NEWCUID operand m
336. ded swap FDRPAS PANEL A P SUSPEND SWAP TASKS PANEL 3 OF 3 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 3 of 3 Command Volume Unit Swap to REfresh 0 Serial Addr Offline Mask Mask Unit Status suspend SH20CC 20CC 21CC ACTIVE MAIN Bases T 89 Tracks to copy 1246 Copied 1110 Updated 2504 Source Reserve 0 Level 1 Paces 9 Pype 200 9 Cyles LOL Target Reserve 1 Level 1 Pace 0 Toes 3290 9 Cylss 100L7 Storgrp SSID 0310 CU Serial 12345 You can also reduce the overhead of FDRPAS without totally suspending copy I O by over typing the target device pacing value This value is the number of 1 100 seconds to delay between copy I O s each copy I O typically copies 15 tracks A pacing value of 5 or 10 will significantly reduce FDRPAS overhead while allowing the swap to continue however it will take longer You can use the FDRPAS ISPF panel to terminate an active swap if needed Enter the ABORT command or just AB in the Command column next to the active swap to be aborted This can be done on a system running the SWAP task or a system running a MONITOR task for the volume FDRPAS PANEL A P TERMINATE ACTIVE SWAPS COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Pane lk il wie s Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status 107355 SH20CC 20CC 8100 76421 ACTIVE SWAP 52 abort SH20CD 20CD 8100 76421 ACTIVE SWAP 75
337. default ALLCALL is disabled however FACILITY class security checks are always done By default every data set moved by FDRMOVE invokes security checks from the z OS system allocation and catalog functions The user id that FDRMOVE is running MUST be authorized to create and update ALL selected data sets The security system overhead may be significant if many data sets are involved For this reason the default security is not recommended and the use of the security STGADMIN profile for FDRMOVE is recommended see below SET FDR GLOBAL SECURITY OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 1 FDR INSTALLATION SET FDR GLOBAL SECURITY OPTIONS COMMAND gt ALLCALL RACHEACWAY S CATCTOERTONTENABLED o ee ee e e ee e e e e NO NOABSTRK ABSOLUTE TRACK OPERATIONS ALLOWED e aeee eee ee a cme siiere YES NONEW RENAME USING NEWDD NEWNAME NEWINDEX AND NEWGROUP ALLOWED YES 380 22 INSTALLATION SECURITY OPTIONS PANEL A 1 4 1 380 14 ALLCALL If set to YES FDRPAS does SAF compatible security checks for volumes to be swapped ALLCALL is set to NO disabled by default ALLCALL causes an SAF call in the form of RACROUTE REQUEST AUTH to be used for volume level protection For FDRPAS the user must have authority in class DASDVOL to the volser of the online volume being swapped For a SWAP or SWAPBULIDIX operation ALTER authority is required while
338. dent in the authorized library on disk where it was originally installed Resource Utilization The TOE notifies the user an operation did not complete in the event of identified failures When a failure to write to a specific area of DASD occurs because of damage to the surface of the DASD the TSF makes multiple attempts to write to the area in an attempt to overwrite any data that may reside there If this fails the TOE will skip the affected area and can continue with the overwrite until the complete DASD volume has been overwritten 330 5 330 01 INTRODUCTION SUPPORTED SOFTWARE AND HARDWARE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ERASING DISKS 330 01 FDRERASE ERASING DISKS Your FDRPAS license may also include a license for FDRERASE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING s product for erasing data from disks FDRERASE can also be licensed separately FDRERASE is particularly useful for erasing all corporate data from the old FDRPAS source disks after a successful swap to new disks especially if you are removing the old disk subsystem Failure to erase the old disks may make your data available to the eventual new owner of the subsystem This may be true even if you intend to scrap the old subsystem unless you physically destroy the disks within the subsystem FDRERASE can also be used anytime that you need to erase data from disks such as when you are reusing disks for new purposes or when you are leaving a disaster recovery site
339. determines this by checking if the target devices are now online so varying them online also terminates the MONITOR task However if the MONITOR is monitoring a large number of target devices it is unlikely that they are all swapped so it may not terminate automatically FDRPAS MONITOR tasks with DYNMON YES only terminates automatically based on the DURATION operand if specified If DURATION is not specified then they do not terminate automatically You can specify a DURATION nn operand on a MONITOR statement When the MONITOR task has accumulated nn minutes of idle time during which it is not participating in the swap of any volume it terminates automatically FDRPAS also supports the console STOP command abbreviated P specifying the job name or started task name of an FDRPAS SWAP or MONITOR task For example P MONITORI If you STOP P a MONITOR task it terminates within a few seconds if it is idle If it is participating in one or more active swaps those swaps are allowed to complete but the new swap requests are not accepted If you STOP P a SWAP task all active swaps are allowed to complete but any requested volumes that have not yet started do not start Messages are issued to identify the volumes that were bypassed because of the STOP P If you must terminate active swaps for some reason take these steps in this order until the swaps are terminated 1 Issue a STOP P command to the SWAP task which
340. diately for assistance FDR244 systemid FAILED TO ACKNOWLEDGE SWAP COMPLETION VOL vvvvvv Reason FDRPAS attempted to complete the swap operation but the system indicated did not acknowledge that the swap was complete This may indicate that system has become non operational during the swap or that the FDRPAS MONITOR task on that system has failed but the most likely cause is that the indicated system is a low priority LPAR or the MONITOR task is running at low priority so that it was not able to acknowledge the swap within two minutes The swap may have completed on some systems This message is printed in the output of the SWAP task Action Check the messages from the FDRPAS MONITOR task on the indicated system s If the messages indicate that the swap was completed on all systems then the swap was successful and no action must be taken In the unlikely situation that the swap did not complete or the MONITOR task was terminated prematurely on one or more systems then you should stop all usage of the volume on the failing systems since updates are now being directed to the wrong device and contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING immediately for assistance FDR245 FDRPAS CONFIRMED THE SWAP OF VOL vywwvv Reason A MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP or CONFIRMSPLIT was submitted for one or more volumes When all the specified volumes are ready for completion FDRPAS will complete the SWAP or SWAPDUMP and issue the FDR245 message for each volume FDR
341. ding because of a CANCEL C command the ESTAE routine activates cancel protection for two minutes to allow time for proper cleanup During this time if a second CANCEL C command is entered it will be ignored After two minutes if termination has not completed the CANCEL C command is re enabled also the particular subtask that was in the process of terminating is ended with an immediate U0995 ABEND U0996 Diagnostic ABEND Reason This is an intentional ABEND activated by a debugging feature ABENDM 390 49 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK 390 50 Reader s Comment Form FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE User Documentation V5 4 L76 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING If you have comments on this manual including Oo Oo o o o Errors in the text or typographical errors Clarity Suggestions for improvement in the manual Suggestions for improvement in the product Any other comments Please complete this form and fax it to INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING at 973 890 7147 in Europe you may fax it to your local INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING office as shown on the front page of the manual You may also e mail your comments to INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING at support fdrinnovation com be sure to identify the manual name in the message Your name Company name Mailing address E mail address Hardware Software Profile Before you begin testing or using FDR
342. ditional communication between systems It does not require TCP IP VTAM a data set on a third disk volume or a coupling facility The swap is accomplished with minimal impact on the performance of applications using the volumes being swapped Applications continue to execute unaware that the data movement is occurring or has completed FDRPAS manages the copy to minimize its effect on the system For example inactive data sets are copied first and tracks within active data sets that are updated are deferred until the end of the copy so that they do not have to be copied many times If the FDRPAS copy I O is noticeably impacting system performance you can request that the FDRPAS I O be paced adding a small delay between each I O to allow other applications access to the disks and channels I O pacing can be dynamically modified during the swap process Swapping of a volume can be terminated at any time before the final swap without affecting the original device or any applications using it FDRPAS ISPF panels can be used to terminate the swap Alternately you can cancel a SWAP task and all of the active swaps in that task terminate with an error Operating system swap services are invoked to perform the final swap As a result of this swap service the Unit Control Block UCB of the source and target disks are swapped in memory so that the original source UCB now points to the new device and vice versa This allows the UCB pointers of all j
343. e CHECKTARGETVOL vwvw a complete volume serial is usually appropriate only when ERASEUNIT uuuwu specifies only a single device However if there are multiple MOUNT statements in an FDRERASE job FDRERASE processes them one at a time so only one volume is erased at a time STORAGEGROUP The erased VTOC has the SMS managed flag turned on This is honored only if the VTOC is being rebuilt CPYVOLID YES or EMPTYVTOC on the main statement You must add the volume serial of the erased disk to your SMS configuration before it can be used as an SMS managed volume Default If the disk had a valid volume label and VTOC and the SMS flag was on in the original VTOC it remains on in the erased VTOC Otherwise it is off 330 22 VTOC NOTES FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 VTOCCYL VTOCTRK VTOCLOC Specifies the new starting location of the VTOC if CPYVOLID YES or EMPTYVTOC is specified on the main statement You can specify the starting cylinder number VTOCCYL cccc and starting track VTOCTRK t If VTOCCYL is specified but not VTOCTRK the starting track defaults to 0 VTOCTRK cannot be specified without VTOCCYL Alternately you can specify the starting track of the VTOC relative to track 0 on the volume VTOCLOC nnnnn If you specify one of these operands to specify the start of the new VTOC you must also specify the size of the VTOC VTOCSIZE Because of
344. e they are moved FDRMOVE will terminate automatically if all selected data sets have been moved However if some data sets never become inactive STOPINACTIVE 480 causes FDRMOVE to automatically terminate if it has been idle not moving data sets for a cumulative time of 480 minutes 8 hours EFDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES STOPINACTIVE 480 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0003 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0059 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0060 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 The NVOL list specifies 22 3390 27 volumes FDRMOVE will round robin rotate the volumes in the NVOL list for each ALLDSN statement Data sets from IN0001 will go to OUT001 IN0002 will go to OUTO0Z2 etc and IN0023 will go to OUTO001 IN0024 will go to OUT002 etc Although the contents of the input volumes would usually fit on 20 output volumes two extra target volumes are provided to handle very full volumes and activity on the target volumes by other jobs 325 26 CONSOLIDATE STORAGE GROUP EXAMPLE
345. e ICKDSF or correct other errors If the target devices are all the size as their source volumes those operands are not required and can be removed to avoid the error FDR263 CSA SQA SHORTAGE DELAY IN EFFECT Reason FDRPAS detected that available below the line SQA and CSA storage has fallen below a threshold possibly due to OS EXCP control blocks in SQA created by the I Os issued by FDRPAS to copy data Action FDRPAS will reduce its rate of I O until the CSA SQA available storage rises again If this message occurs frequently you may need to reduce the number of concurrent FDRPAS operations or increase the size of your below the line SQA FDR264 FDR DISABLED RE ENABLED FLASHCOPY UNIT uuuu FAILED COMP nnnn Reason Unit uwuuu which is the source volume of a swap was capable of FlashCopy The DISABLED form of the message is issued to indicate that FDRPAS has disabled FlashCopy at the beginning of the swap since FDRPAS cannot detect tracks updated by FlashCopy The RE ENABLED form is issued at the end of the swap to indicate that FlashCopy has been re enabled Either form of the message may be followed by the text FAILED COMP to indicate that the IBM service that was called for FlashCopy has failed with the indicated return codes Action Any attempt to initiate a FlashCopy to the FDRPAS source volume during the swap will fail Most products that implement FlashCopy will revert to normal read write I O if FlashCopy cannot b
346. e IEASYSxx member of PARMLIB Each system involved in an FDRPAS swap must have a unique system name To display the name of a system enter this console command on a console connected to the system D GRS and you receive a display similar to D GRS ISG343I 12 46 18 GRS STATUS 348 SYSTEM STATE COMM SYSTEM STATE COMM CPUB ACTIVE CRUG ACTIVE YES The first system listed CPUB in this example is the system name of this system Some FDRPAS messages include CPU serial numbers You may also need to specify a CPU serial number on an EXCLUDE statement The CPUID value is the 10 character CPU serial number of a system image When you run a SIMSWAP job the CPUID values display on the FDR233 message as shown in this example CARD IMAGE SIMSWAP TYPE FULL CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL HI17C2 SWAPUNIT 17C1 CPU WITH SERIAL 026E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL 016E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL O56E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 CPU WITH SERIAL O96E0D2096 IS ATTACHED TO VOL HI17C2 UTC 2107900 TO HTE 2107900 SWAP OF VOL HI17C2 TO UNIT 17C1 NEEDS TO BE STARTED ON 4 SYSTEMS DYNAMIC MONITORING DYNMON You can also get the CPUID value is the on a specific z OS system by executing this console command from a console attached to that system D M CPU You get a response similar to
347. e LR221 and press ENTER FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P VOLUMES ADDED TO THE DISPLAY a addenda x tas FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 34 of 59 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status TORSE SCR081 3390 8102 LR221 INACTIVE SCRO89 22ED 8102 LR221 INACTIVE It will display all volumes in the disk subsystem with that SSID As many as will fit on the screen will be displayed You may need to scroll up and down PF7 and PF8 or the UP and DOWN commands to see the entire list Wild card characters can be used to select multiple volumes units storage groups or control units An asterisk is the only supported wild card character If it appears in the middle of a selection string it represents exactly one character while if it appears at the end it represents one or more characters For example A volser mask of DB will select all online volumes with serials of xxDBxx K A unit address mask of 12 will select all online volumes with addresses of 12xx e A storage group name of DB 3 will select all online volumes in SMS storage groups with names of DBxx3 An SSID of 3 will select all online volumes in subsystems with an SSID of x3xx ISPF line commands are supported for inserting and deleting entries in the display In the Com
348. e SWAPUNIT operand identifies an offline monitor disk volume that FDRPAS uses to coordinate the BUILDIX between the systems If you have multiple MOUNT statements in one SWAPBUILDIX step they can use the same SWAPUNIT value since they are executed serially However if you submit multiple SWAPBUILDIX jobs for concurrent execution each one must use a unique offline SWAPUNIT device Like FDRPAS SWAP and SWAPDUMP operations the SWAPBUILDIX task executes on only one system in a multi system environment On the other systems you must execute FDRPAS MONITOR tasks similar to the MONITOR tasks used with SWAP and SWAPDUMP The MONITOR tasks must monitor the same offline monitor disk device s specified by SWAPUNIT in the SWAPBUILDIX task The considerations for running MONITOR tasks and the systems where they must be executed are the same as for SWAP and SWAPDUMP and are discussed elsewhere in this manual with one exception A MONITOR task that monitors SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC operations and uses only one SWAPUNIT defaults to DURATION 1 after the first operation That is once the MONITOR task has completed one SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC the MONITOR task terminates automatically after 1 minute of inactivity This is appropriate if all of the SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC operations are in one job step or in several steps or jobs that run in quick succession If there are longer intervals between the SWAPBUILDIX or EXPANDVTOC operations and you want the
349. e class to this data set To restore as SMS specify STORCLASS if it still fails use BYPASSACS or update your Automatic Class Selection ACS routines To restore as non SMS specify NVOL to direct it to a non SMS volume FF59 Volsers in CPL cannot be located or over 10 volumes passed Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING 390 15 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FF92 Tracks in extent not divisible by CASIZE during FDRMOVE operation This means that the extent allocated by DADSM was not the proper size to allow the move of a multi volume component on all volumes tried by FDRMOVE Those volumes are probably fragmented Action Determine the cause and take appropriate action It may be possible to circumvent the problem by pre allocating the output data set If needed contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance FDR157 VSAM ALLOCATION ERROR COMP comp CODE reason VOL vwwwwv CLUSTER clustername Reason FDR attempted to allocate a VSAM cluster using the IBM CATALOG SVC but the attempt failed comp is the return code and reason is the reason code from CATALOG in decimal or is a value generated by FDR itself If the allocation was attempted on multiple volumes because of the NVOL operand it failed on all of them but vwvvvv is the first volume on which it was tried and the codes are from that volume If the cluster is SMS managed vvvvvv is the volume that FDR selected for the cluster and
350. e display RECOMMENDATION Alternately you can enter a volser prefix a unit address prefix an SSID or an SMS storage group to display all of the volumes devices selected whether active or not Details are later in this section Pressing ENTER will update the status of the displayed volumes but will not automatically add any active swaps of other devices unless you enter the ACTIVE command This is preferable when you are swapping all disks on a control unit SSID or in a range of addresses since all those disks will be constantly displayed You can easily see which ones have active swaps completed swaps or have not been swapped 310 62 THE THREE DISPLAY FORMATS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 The ISPF dialog supports three 3 display formats Display format 1 the default format shown on the previous page has one line of information about each volume You can of course scroll up and down to view the complete list if it extends beyond one page Notice that in the upper right of the default format it says Panel 1 of 3 This indicates that the default format panel format 1 is in use You can switch display formats using the PF11 and PF10 keys or the RIGHT and LEFT commands The FDRPAS dialogs will remember what format you were using when you last exited from the dialog and will use that format again when you enter the FDRPAS dialog
351. e eee 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE STATEMENT 00 0c eee 310 05 MONITOR SWAP STATEMENT 00 00 eee eee ees 310 06 MONITOR SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT 0000000 310 07 MONITOR CONFIRM STATEMENT 20 0000 eee eee 310 08 MONITOR CONFIRM MOUNT STATEMENT 310 09 HISTORY STATEMENT 0 000 cece eee eee 310 10 HISTORY MOUNT STATEMENT 0 000 eee eee 310 11 SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT 310 12 MONITOR RESET AND VARY STATEMENT 0005 310 13 RESET AND VARY MOUNT STATEMENT 0000005 310 14 LICENSE STATEMENT 00000 cee eee eee ees 310 20 LICENSE EXAMPLES 000000 e cece eee eee 310 21 FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 000000 e ee eee 310 22 SWAPDUMP EXAMPLES 0 000 cee eee eee eee 310 23 MONITOR SWAP EXAMPLES 000 00 e eee 310 24 MONITOR CONFIRM EXAMPLES 00 00 eeu 310 25 HISTORY EXAMPLES 0 00000 cece eee ee eens 310 26 SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC EXAMPLES 310 27 WARY EXAMPLES 00000 c cece e ee eee ee eee 310 30 FDRPAS SAMPLE PRINTOUTS 0000 c cece eee eee 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 0 000 cece ee eee eee 310 32 SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION 000 cee FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02 FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 03 FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX FOR SYSTEM Z CO
352. e either inactive when the volume reached the transit station or became inactive sometime before this display was requested Since Display DSN is set to YES it displays each data set that is still active It also shows the number of jobs or tasks that hold the SYSDSN enqueue on the data set and lists the first few job names Once the display shows that all volumes are in transit stations you will see the active data sets that remain and the jobs or tasks that own them You can then shut down those applications FASTMOVE tests the enqueue every few seconds and moves the data set with instant technology as soon as it becomes free For a MOVE job the display is similar except that there is no transit station information You can still see the data sets for which MOVE is waiting and decide when you will free them As described in 325 05 FDRMOVE Target Volume Initialization on page 325 36 you can let a MOVE job run for a long time and it will move data sets using normal I O as soon as they become free You can monitor the remaining data sets and may choose to terminate the MOVE job and move the remaining data sets with FASTMOVE The display may also show CHECK ERROR MESSAGES if any error messages have occurred or MOVE IS SUSPENDED if the job has been suspended NOTE FDRMOVE processes all data sets selected from a given volume in parallel so the data set count shown on the display will not change until FDRMOVE
353. e number of updated tracks again rises above the threshold the volume no longer is ready to swap until it falls again If there are no tracks in the update list FDRPAS simply waits for an interval and test for updates again You can confirm the swap in two ways the FDRPAS ISPF panels can be used to monitor the progress of the swaps and confirm the swap of one or more volumes or you can submit a MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP job to wait for one or more disks to become ready for completion and automatically confirm the swap 300 9 AUTOMATIC SWAP TERMINATION Warning FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 CONFIRMSWAP YES does not result in any console message or WTOR If CONFIRMSWAP NO was specified or defaulted then FDRPAS automatically completes the swap as soon as the number of updated tracks in Phase 4 falls below the current threshold On every system FDRPAS disables all application and system I O to the source volume then enters Phase 3 for one last pass to copy the remaining updated tracks unless the updated track list is empty Depending on the current value of the threshold and the number of tracks in the list I O is suspended from as little as a few seconds to in the worst case a minute or more This quiesce time depends on the number of participating systems and the number of updated tracks to be copied Phase 5 Swap Completion At this point the source and target devices are complete
354. e or more inactive online volumes not currently involved in a swap as described earlier In the column Swap to Offline Unit fill in a 4 digit device address for the offline target volume that the online volume is to be swapped When complete enter the SWAP command or just SW for a SWAP operation or DUMP or just DU fora SWAPDUMP operation You can Enter it in the Command column next to each volume to be swapped as shown above Enter it on the COMMAND line at the top of the screen This will apply to every volume on the display even those that may not be currently visible that is in INACTIVE status with a target device filled in Place the cursor on the SWAP command in the pull down menu This will create one or more FDRPAS batch jobs for the requested swaps See the description of the options on the next page to understand how the FDRPAS batch jobs are managed NOTE If you are swapping many volumes for best performance you should spread the SWAP tasks across several systems so you may need to add JCL or control statements to route the jobs to the systems to do so If multiple systems are involved you must start MONITOR tasks on every system before initiating the SWAP task you can start MONITOR tasks from the ISPF dialog or have the FDRPAS job submit the MONITOR tasks using the PASJOB DD statements HINT If you are swapping volumes from one control unit to another here is an easy way to initiat
355. e source data Terminal 3278 SG Wits ilaeneg Perform utility functions sereen I 4 Foreground Interactive language processing Language ENGLISH 5 Batch Submit job for language processing AyoyoL ID g TSR 6 Command Enter TSO or Workstation commands SO logom s WoSISieE ee Dbitallogmlesi Perform dialog testing TSO prefix IDP 8 LM Facility Library administrator functions System ID CPUB 9 IBM Products IBM program development products MVS acct NONE 10 SCLM SW Configuration Library Manager Release ISPF 5 9 11 Workplace ISPF Object Action Workplace A FDR ABR FDR ABR DASD Management Functions Select option A on the Option line as shown and press ENTER to display the FDR ABR primary options menu 310 58 FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 The FDR primary options menu will look similar to this FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU PANEL A Select option P to monitor and control FDRPAS Other options are used for FDRABR and other components of the FDR DASD management software Option I is used during installation of FDRPAS See Section Installation on page 380 1 310 59 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 FDRPAS PANEL This panel is displayed by the P option It is used to initiate monitor and control FDRPAS operations on the system to
356. e swap There is no function loss while the SYNCFILE process is disabled To disables the ACF2 SYNCFILE modify the ACF2 options file to SYNCOPTS NOACTIVATE and refresh the options with the console command F ACF2 REFRESH OPTS SYSID cpuid After the swap of the volume completes change the option back to SYNCOPTS ACTIVATE and refresh the options again For additional information refer to CA Technologies document TEC477001 CA ASTEX If you use CA ASTEX you must contact CA Technologies to get any maintenance that affects FDRPAS or search for FDRPAS on their support site and apply it If you do not have all such maintenance applied you must stop CA ASTEX before swapping any disk volumes and restart it after swaps are complete CA MIM If you use CA MIM with a DASDONLY control file you cannot swap the volume containing the currently active control file One solution is to issue a CA MIM command to switch to the alternate control file while you swap the volume containing the primary control file Other CA MIM control file options such as CTCONLY and CTCDASD should not be a problem CA SCHEDULER If you use CA SCHEDULER at a level less than V9 0 and you swap any volume containing data sets used by CA SCHEDULER you must stop CA SCHEDULER before the swap and restart it after the swap In V9 0 and above CA SCHEDULER does not have problems with swap There is no exposure to Cache Fast Write CFW IO errors in ADABAS V814 and later versi
357. e the swaps with a minimum of typing On an empty line enter the address mask for the old control unit e g 17 On the same line enter the address mask of the new control unit in the swap to column e g 21 It will display all the volumes that are still online in the old address range 1700 17CF and will propagate the target address of 21 to each entry As explained under SWAPUNIT on page 310 16 FDRPAS will swap each 17xx disk to the matching 21xx target device 310 68 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 SETTING FDRPAS You can set the options to be used during the SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation by OPTIONS entering the OPTIONS command beforehand to get this panel FDRPAS OPTIONS PANEL A P OPTIONS COMMAND SSS SS SS SS SS SESS SSS SSS SS SSS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Options COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE More Options for SWAP command Options for SWAPDUMP command CONFIRMSWAP gt NO yes no CONFIRMSPLIT gt NO yes no CONFMESS gt NO yes no CONFMESS gt NO yes no LOGMESS gt YES yes no LOGMESS gt NO yes no PACEDELAY gt 0 1 100 seconds PACEDELAY gt 0 1 100 seconds SWAPDELAY gt 15 seconds SWAPDELAY gt 15 seconds CHECKTARGET gt NO CHECKTARGET gt NO LARGERSIZE gt NO ok no LARGERSIZE gt NO ok no PACING gt STATIC dynam static PACING gt STATIC dynam
358. e the CPU serial numbers of the systems accessing the source volume You can use the EXCLUDE CPUID statement of FDRPAS See Section 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE Statement on page 310 17 to specify the serial numbers of the systems that do not have the source volume online EXCLUDE is the recommended way of handling such systems If you do the above but you still get the FDRW68 message indicating that there are non responding systems you should reply RETRY at least once to be sure that a slow system was not prevented from replying If the FDRW68 is reissued then you should reply NO to terminate the swap investigate the cause and update the FDRPAS input statements or start the proper FDRPAS MONITOR tasks to correct the error Do not reply YES to the FDRW68 unless you are absolutely certain that all necessary systems are participating Therefore in many installations all devices in all disk subsystems are defined to all systems in the complex so executing FDRPAS is simply a matter of making sure that proper FDRPAS MONITOR tasks are running on every system In some installations such as service bureaus and outsourcing sites certain devices in disk subsystems may be deliberately omitted from the I O configuration on some systems to prevent inadvertent access In these installations more care must be taken to be sure that the requirements for FDRPAS are met 300 19 300 06 HISTORY RECORDS
359. e the EXCLUDE statement See Section 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE Statement on page 310 17 to exclude it If the source volume is in an IBM 3990 3 or other control unit that does not report the CPU IDs then simply specify the SYSTEMS parameter with a value that does not include the z VM system only the z OS systems with access to the volume If the FDRPAS source disk is dedicated via the DEDICATE statement in the z VM directory or the z VM ATTACH command to one z OS guest even if you have other z OS guests active then you do not need to do anything special Simply start an FDRPAS SWAP task or MONITOR task on the z OS guest as you would on any other z OS system The target device must also be defined to z VM and dedicated to the z OS guest If the disk is attached to other native z OS systems not under z VM run FDRPAS tasks on those systems as well If the FDRPAS source disk is defined as a full volume z VM mini disk via the MDISK statement in the directory entry of one or more z OS guest systems there are special procedures These notes apply even if only one z OS guest is using the volume but full volume mini disks are used mainly when multiple z OS guests must share the volume The target device must also be defined to z VM and defined as a full volume mini disk to every z OS guest A full volume z VM mini disk does not support some of the special commands that are used by FDRPAS so a normal MONITOR task does not work Yo
360. e third pattern is randomly generated while a fourth occurrence of FE in a row is the complement of the third pattern etc If any other pattern character appears between occurrences of FE the next FE generates a new random pattern For SECUREERASE the patterns are random as described earlier You cannot override the patterns for SECUREERASE although you can override the number of passes ERASEPASS Default 00 for ERASE random from SECUREERASE HARDENTIMEOUT nnnn Specifies the number of seconds 0 2550 that FDRERASE waits for data to be hardened written from cache to disk at the end of each pass of ERASE and SECUREERASE A value of 0 disables the hardening commands 0 is valid only for ERASE not SECUREERASE On EMC subsystems a value other the default of 120 causes FDRERASE to wait for the entire time out value even if the count of unhardened tracks stalls stops decreasing On other than EMC subsystems the control unit continues to harden data even if FDRERASE has stopped waiting for it Default 120 2 minutes LOGMESS NO No SYSLOG console messages are written YES Messages are written to SYSLOG and usually to an operator console documenting that the erase of each volume has completed the successful message and all error messages Default YES 330 16 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 MAXEU nn Specifies the maximum number of volumes 1 64
361. e used this includes FDRCOPY 390 40 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR265 STOP COMMAND ACCEPTED WAITING ACTIVE TASK TERMINATION STOP COMMAND ACCEPTED DUE TO STOPAFTER TIME EXPIRED STOP COMMAND ACCEPTED DUE TO STOPINACTIVE TIME EXPIRED Reason A console STOP P command was issued for an FDRPAS FDRMOVE or FDRERASE job or started task or the time limit specified in either the STOPINACTIVE or STOPAFTER2 operand has been reached Action A MONITOR task that is STOPPED will terminate within a few seconds if it is not participating in any active swaps otherwise it will terminate when the active swaps have completed no new swaps will be started If a SWAP task is STOPPED it will terminate when all active swaps have completed no new swaps will be started FDRERASE will stop when all active erases have completed FDR266 SWAP BYPASSED DUE TO STOP COMMAND VOL vwwvvv Reason A console STOP P command was issued for an FDRPAS job or started task This documents that a swap for volume vvwww was bypassed because of the STOP P ERASE BYPASSED DUE TO STOP COMMAND UNIT uuuu Reason This form of the FDR266 message indicates that a console STOP P command was issued for an FDRERASE job This documents that an erase for disk device uuuu was bypassed because of the STOP P FDR267 CANCEL PROTECTION IN EFFECT WAITING FOR TASK END ISSUE 2ND CANCEL FOR IMMEDIATE TERMINATION Reason A console CANCEL C command was issue
362. e volume is swapped while Cache Fast Write CFW or Concurrent Copy CC is in use the CFW CC job may fail so FDRPAS will delay the swap up to 2 minutes to see if the CFW CC user will finish Note that if no Cache Fast Write CFW or Concurrent Copy CC I O is issued for a few minutes FDRPAS may think it is done or may never detect the CFW CC usage at all so it is still possible for the job to fail after the swap is complete WAIT FOR HYPERSWAP DISABLE Reason lf this additional text is displayed CONFIRMSWAP YES was specified so FDRPAS allowed a swap of a volume enabled for IBM HyperSwap to proceed However it waits before the final swap until HyperSwap is disabled on the disk Action Disable HyperSwap SWAP OF VOL vvwwwv DELAYED DUE TO DYNAMIC CONFIGURATION ON system Reason This form of the FDR239 message is issued when a dynamic I O re configuration the console ACTIVATE command is in progress The final swap of the volume cannot be done until the ACTIVATE function completes so FDRPAS will delay until the ACTIVATE is done Action If this condition persists for more than a few minutes the ACTIVATE command completion may be delayed for some reason You should investigate the delay and resolve the cause so that FDRPAS swaps can continue FDR240 SWAP FOR VOL vvwwwv WAS ABNORMALLY TERMINATED BY systemid SWAP FOR VOL vvwwwv WAS CANCELLED BY OPERATOR ON systemid Reason The swap of volume vvvvvv was terminated by an action either
363. ecified Examples EMSG 123 EMSG 123 456 EMSG OK 123 456 789 EMSG OK OK E mail notifications are sent for successful SWAP and SWAPDUMP operations as well as failures Note that this generates a separate e mail for every disk processed by FDRPAS which could result in many messages nnn E mailed messages include message FDRnnn if it is issued FDRPAS has a fixed set of such messages FDR302 FDR316 FDR319 FDR234 and FDR997 EMSG nnn adds to the list Note that EMSG 999 generates a single message for the whole FDRPAS step if the FDR999 successful message is issued separate messages for failed swaps are still sent Default E mail notifications will be sent only for SWAP and SWAPDUMP failures LARGERSIZE NO The output device must have the same number of data cylinders as the source volume The output device does not have to have the same number of alternate cylinders as the source volume If the number of alternates is different FDRPAS corrects the alternate count after the swap OK The target device may have more data cylinders than the source volume LARGERSIZE OK allows you to swap from one model of a disk to a larger model For example you can swap from a 3390 3 3339 cylinders to a 3390 9 10017 cylinders The volume size is updated in the VTOC and VTOCIX if active as well as all in storage tables when the devices are swapped However there is a smal
364. ecifies an XTYPE with DSYSTEM 320 10 CICS JOURNAL DATA SETS SYSTEM RESIDENCE VOLUMES ORACLE STORAGETEK PRODUCTS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02 There is a consideration for sequential CICS journal data sets Sequential CICS journal data sets are the old format journal files that are used in older levels of CICS This does not apply to system logger files that are now the preferred format for CICS journals in the latest releases of CICS logger files are the only supported format CICS journal files have a DSORG of PS or PSU and usually have a data set name containing an index level starting with DFHJ CICS pre formats these files so that it can recognize a journal file that was not properly closed However when swapping a journal file that is currently inactive CICS not running FDRPAS may not copy all of the pre formatted tracks resulting in CICS startup errors This problem only occurs for inactive journal files with DSORG PS not PSU DSORG PSU journal files and all journal files that are currently allocated by a CICS system are copied correctly only DSORG PS journal files for inactive CICS systems may have a problem when the CICS system is next restarted If you think you might be subject to this consideration contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for a circumvention There are two volumes that are used during a system IPL referenced by device address
365. ect the old control unit MOVE Uses normal read write I O to move data sets when they become inactive de queued MOVE will immediately move all data sets that are inactive After that it will frequently check the enqueue status of all selected data sets not yet moved As soon as the data sets become inactive such as a TSO user logging off they are immediately moved Because normal I O is used the time to move a data set will be in proportion to its size If the source and target disks for MOVE are in the same disk subsystem instant replication technology may be used if available SIMULATION FDRMOVE includes a simulation facility SIMMOVE that simulates a FASTMOVE step SIMMOVE validates your control statements and the PASJOB internal job SIMMOVE displays all the volumes that will be processed and shows how many volumes will need to move to transit stations SIMMOVE also displays all the selected data sets and shows which data sets are currently active including the using job names 325 2 MoviNG To A NEw DISK SUBSYSTEM NOTE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE INTRODU CTION 325 01 A primary function of FDRMOVE is consolidation of smaller disk volumes onto larger disks such as 3390 9 to 3390 27 when the new disks are in a new disk subsystem control unit You can also use FDRMOVE for load balancing moving data within a subsystem and other uses A combination of FASTMOVE and MOVE are used to accomplish this with minimal or no disr
366. ed only by the MONITOR task on that system FDR237 systemid FAILED TO DE ACTIVATE I O INTERCEPTS ON UNIT uuuu Reason The system indicated attempted to de activate the I O intercepts on device number uuuu but the attempt failed for some reason Other messages will indicate if the swap was successfully completed or not Action The intercepts remain active In some cases this will cause no harm but they will remain active until the next IPL However if the deactivation failed because some other software was trying to modify the DDT of the disk to install its own intercept failures may occur In either case contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance 390 32 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR238 FDRPAS startend MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT uuuu STC procname taskname WITH ERRORS Reason If an FDRPAS MONITOR task is monitoring more than one potential target device it must start a separate FDRPAS MONITOR task when it detects a swap is beginning on one of those devices This message documents that such a join task has started or ended for device number uuuu startend will be STARTED or ENDED Note that a JOIN task may not print either message if it was started for a potential swap but determined that a swap was not actually occurring on the target device If the MONITOR task was started as an external started task STC will appear documenting the name of the FDRPAS PROC usually PASPROC
367. ed with TST plus the last three characters of the original volume serial e g LIB123 becomes TST123 and they will be varied online If these are not FDRPAS source disks it is your responsibility to insure that the disks are offline on every system in your complex and do not contain any data that must be retained BRASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ERASE TYPE FULL CHECKTARGET NO MAXTASKS 16 CONFERASE YES CPYVOLID YES VARYON AFTER MOUNT ERASEUNIT 3A CHANGEVOL TST 330 35 ERASE ONLINE Disks EXAMPLE PRINT EXAMPLE VERIFY ERASED Disks EXAMPLE NOTE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE EXAMPLES 330 05 Certain disk volumes are no longer needed and will be reused for new purposes but you want to be sure that all previous data has been erased FDRERASE with the ERASE function is used to overwrite the old data ONLINE VARYOFF is specified since the volumes are still online FDRERASE will vary them offline before erasing The volumes must be empty with no data sets other than the VTOC VTOCIX VVDS and or ABR Model DSCB so you must delete all data sets before running the ERASE if you want to erase volumes that contain data sets specify CHECKTARGET NO note that this will not uncatalog any data sets ERASE EXEC PGM
368. elected data set but if the data set is active a SYSDSN enqueue exists for the data set and then it will be bypassed MOVE will periodically test each enqueued data set to see if it has become free and if so will move it The MOVE job can run for hours or days if needed selecting data sets as they become free until all selected data sets have been moved or you terminate the FDRMOVE step The MOVE function will usually use normal read write I O to move the data sets but it may also use instant replication functions like FlashCopy and EMCSNAP if the source and target disks are in the same subsystem Moved data sets will be allocated and cataloged on the output volume and scratched from the input volume FDRMOVE holds an exclusive SYSDSN enqueue on each data set while it is actually moving it so each data set is not available while it is being moved but is immediately available as soon as it is moved FDRMOVE offers a Dynamic Allocation exit to prevent dynamic allocation from failing if a job needs a data set while it is being moved With the FDRMOVE Dynamic Allocation exit installed failed dynamic allocations will be monitored and if it is found that the failure is caused by a data set that is actively being moved by FODRMOVE this dynamic allocation will be intercepted and delayed This delay is comparable to a recall of an archived data set when a task requires a data set that was archived See Section 380 18 Dynamic Exit Installation Proced
369. ell phone Consult your provider for the proper e mail address and requirements 320 24 FDREMAIL DD STATEMENT SYSTCPD DD STATEMENT Basic E MAIL STATEMENTS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 To invoke the FDRPAS e mail facility for a given FDRPAS step or started task include in the step JCL an FDREMAIL DD statement that points to the e mail control statements which are described below This DD can specify a sequential data set a member of a PDS or in line control statements If it is a data set it must be LRECL 80 RECFM F or FB If the FDREMAIL DD statement specifies DD DUMMY it is ignored It is also ignored in MONITOR tasks except for control statement errors No additional options are required the presence of the DD statement is sufficient to activate the facility However if you want to be notified of successful FDRPAS operations as well as failures you must specify the operand EMSG OK on the SWAP SWAPDUMP or SWAPBUILDIX statement Examples FDREMAIL DD DISP SHR DSN yourid FDRPAS EMAIL FDREMAIL DD DISP SHR DSN yourid FDRPAS CNTL EMAIL FDREMAIL DD e mail statements The PASPROC procedure distributed with FDRPAS used for starting FDRPAS as a started task as well as in batch jobs includes an FDREMAIL DD that defaults to DSN NULLFILE equivalent to DD DUMMY You can specify the parameter EMAIL dsname to activate the e mail facility e g S PASPROC SWAP1 PAR
370. ely a deliberate attempt to access your data ERASE The ERASE function of FDRERASE addresses threat level 1 and 2 By default it writes a track length record of binary zeros on every track insuring that the data on the fixed block architecture FBA disks is completely overwritten You can optionally request that this record be written multiple times ERASEPASS n and you can specify the data byte to be used instead of zero for each such pass If the data byte is zero the default then FDRERASE actually sends only a few bytes per track down the disk channel the control unit will pad the record with additional zeros so the default FDRERASE is quite fast There are also options to write a random pattern or to erase the track The default ERASE function meets the NCSC and DoD definition of clearing or overwriting the disk The default ERASE function also meets the Australian guideline for sanitizing unclassified media 330 26 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 SECUREERASE The SECUREERASE function of FDRERASE addresses all three threat levels SECUREERASE writes a minimum of three passes of data track length records on each track with a varying pattern of data in each pass SECUREERASE prevents even sophisticated recovery techniques from recovering data from the fixed block architecture FBA disks Although this will usually take more time than other erase options this can provide the highest a
371. em serially one at a time However you can request that this SWAP task process multiple volumes concurrently up to 32 at a time by specifying the MAXTASKS nn operand To swap more than 32 volumes concurrently you must start multiple SWAP tasks A RACROUTE call is issued to verify that the user has READ authority to resource FDRPAS SWAP in the FACILITY class if that resource is protected If FDRPAS SWAP is not protected the operation continues If you have security checking enabled See ALLCALL on page 380 23 SWAP checks that the user has ALTER authority to the source volser under the DASDVOL security class If the user does not have DASDVOL authority the operation fails If the volume is not protected by DASDVOL FDRPAS checks that the user has ALTER authority in the DATASET class to every data set on the volume if any data set is not authorized the operation fails Target devices for SWAP tasks must be offline before running the SWAP task If the target device is not offline on an LPAR that a MONITOR task is running special checking is done by the MONITOR task to ensure that this device is the same target device as specified by the main FDRPAS process and that the device is inactive on the LPAR this MONITOR task is running on If so then this volume is varied offline on by this MONITOR task otherwise it is left online SWAPDUMP is similar to SWAP except that the volume is not swapped to the target device It is
372. em types the MONITOR tasks must execute on all systems with access to the source volume even if it is offline The MONITOR tasks shown below are used with SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAPMON SWAPBUILDIX and EXPANDVTOC operations Although the text below refers to SWAP tasks the examples will work with all these functions These monitors can be started automatically by the main SWAP SWAPDUMP or SIMSWAPMON job if in GRS complexes or MIM complexes All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31023x This FDRPAS MONITOR task will dynamically monitor the volumes involved with a SWAP SWAPDUMP or SIMSWAPMON This method only takes resources when a main swap process specifies a target device for a swap Since a dynamic monitor only uses resources when swapping it could be started at IPL time and remain available MONITOR EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP DYNMON YES You should specify DYNMON YES or monitor multiple units if you are going to execute SIMSWAPMON Monitor offline device 1AA3 as an FDRPAS target device FDRPAS will periodically check this device to see if an FDRPAS SWAP task has started on another z OS system image that is using the device as a target If so the MONITOR task will assist the SWAP task by monitoring this system
373. ement for a MOUNT statement was blank I O ERROR ON INTRDR DD I O ERROR ON PASJOB DD PASJOB DD IS EMPTY There is no JOB in the PASJOB DD Doo 390 24 FDR186 Reason Reason 71m e I S MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 JOBNAME MISSING OR OVER 8 BYTES There on the first statement in PASJOB which must be a JOB statement the job name was missing or too long CANNOT FIND MODULE FDRDSF Internal error INSUFFICENT STORAGE AVAILABLE Unable to GETMAIN a needed table CONTROL CARD NAME MISMATCH Internal error ENQUEUE DATASET NAME BLANK Internal error PASJOB MOUNT STATEMENT MISSING The internal PASJOB must have a MOUNT statement PASJOB MULTIPLE MOUNT CARDS If the internal PASJOB uses VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp on the MOUNT statement there must be only one MOUNT NVOL LIST HAS NO ONLINE VOLUME gt NVOL onanFDRMOVE SELECT statement does not point to any online volumes gt NEWCUID was specified without NEWSTORGRP or ENEWSTORGP PASJOB NAME ALREADY ACTIVE The job name specified in PASJOB is already running PASJOB TYPE TRANSIT MISSING The first control statement to FDRPAS must specify SWAP TYPE TRANSIT VOL VOLUME SAME AS NVOL VOL A MOUNT statement in the FDRPAS job specifies VOL with a volser matching an NVOL in the FASTMOVE input SMS TO NON SMS OR VICE VERSA FDRMOVE cannot move a non SMS source volume to an SMS target volume or vice versa NVOL NOT
374. ems CPU IDs from the FDRPAS SWAP task run on the primary swap system Example EXCLUDE CPUID 25CF0E2094 GDPS alternate Controlling system EXCLUDE CPUID 34CF1E2094 GDPS Master Controlling system FDRPAS MONITOR tasks are required on all other LPARs Each MONITOR task can handle up to 64 concurrent swaps so you may need multiple MONITOR tasks See Section 310 23 MONITOR SWAP Examples on page 310 47 for examples of MONITOR steps FDRPAS SWAP task is initiated for a set of disk volumes using the CONFIRMSWAP YES_ operand With CONFIRMSWAP YES FDRPAS allows HyperSwap to remain enabled during the data copy phase of each volume Once all swaps are active you can submit a job with the following steps The confirm step waits for all disks to reach the ready to confirm step and then it confirms them CONFIRM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP MAXCARDS 1000 MOUNT VOL VVVVVV A Add additional MOUNT statements for ALL the volumes to be SWAPped If there are more than 1000 MOUNT statements change the MAXCARDS operand accordingly 320 34 NOTE FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS AND IBM GDPS PPRC HYPERSWAP 320 06 However the swaps do not terminate as long as HyperSwap is active on the disks So the SWAP tasks cycle testing the HyperSwap flag in each U
375. enabled for ECS usage the installation must issue either the MODIFY CATALOG ECSHR ENABLE catname or MODIFY CATALOG ECSHR ENABLEALL command The command to re enable the catalog s may be issued from any system but should NOT be issued until all systems that share the catalog have removed it from the CF This may be verified by issuing MODIFY CATALOG ECSHR STATUS on all sharing systems All systems that display the catalogs named in the IEC378l message s shown above should indicate a status of Inact NonECSAcc Once all sharing systems indicate this the catalog may be re enabled for ECS use as described above However it may be safer to remove catalogs from Enhanced Catalog Sharing ECS before swapping them and re enable Enhanced Catalog Sharing ECS after the swap 320 14 ESOTERIC NAMES ALLOCATION BY SPECIFIC DEVICE ADDRESS ENQUEUE PROPAGATION FDRPAS USE OF ICKDSF WARNING FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02 Esoteric names are symbolic unit names that are defined in your I O configuration and relate to specific device addresses Esoteric names are used in UNIT parameters in JCL and dynamic allocation For example UNIT SYSDA is an esoteric name If you are swapping a volume that is included in an esoteric name and the target device is not included in that esoteric name then any job or dynamic all
376. end to bounce the application to give FDRPAS time to move all the volumes into the transit stations DISABLENEW YES will set the input volumes to DISNEW SMS so that the volumes will no longer be used for new data sets If you plan to keep the input subsystem you can re enable the input volumes after the move jobname JOB STEP4 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB D DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM D SYSOUT SYSIN D SELECT LDSN CUID 17642 STORGRP CICSGRP EWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP CICSGRP LDSN CUID 17642 STORGRP PAYGRP EWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP PAYGRP SELECT D D D D D FASTMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES A N A N PASJOB DD DATA DLM TRANSIT1 JOB accounting info FDRMOVE CLASS c MSGCLASS m lt add any other required JOB parameters PASTRANS EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE TRANSIT MOUNT VOL 6 amp amp amp amp amp SWAPUNIT 7F The internal TRANSIT1 job will be submitted by FASTMOVE after it identifies all volumes that must be moved to a transit station if any As each volume reaches a transit station FASTMOVE will begin testing the selected data sets on that volume to see if they
377. ents for FASTMOVE REGION 0M is always recommended in order to process multiple input volumes concurrently a large below the line region is needed The STEPLIB points to the authorized library containing FDRPAS and FDRMOVE For EMC SNAP FDR invokes an EMC API to request the SNAPs The current EMC TimeFinder software must be in the system linklist or you can concatenate the proper EMC library to the FDRMOVE STEPLIB DD FDRSUMM will contain a summary of volumes processed one line per volume Note that some volumes will appear more than once if active data sets cause the volume to be processed repeatedly DD PASJOB points to a model job stream to execute the special FDRPAS transit station job that is required for FASTMOVE This DD is optional but is highly recommended It is used only for a FASTMOVE operation it is ignored for a MOVE operation Details of the job stream are discussed later in this section The DD can point to a sequential data set on disk or a member of a PDS or PDSE If it is an in stream input you must code the DD exactly as shown above and follow the job stream with in columns 1 and 2 to indicate the end of the job 325 5 FDRMOVE CONTROL STATEMENTS MOVE FASTMOVE AND SIMMOVE STATEMENT SYNTAX MOVE FASTMOVE AND SIMMOVE STATEMENTS MOVE FASTMOVE AND SIMMOVE STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 The control statements for FDRMOVE are also simple The ope
378. equiring a response are issued as WTOR messages so that the system operator can reply to the messages These messages currently include FDRW01 issued only if CONFMESS YES is specified and FDRW68 issued for various error conditions Replies to these messages can be made by the system operator or by the MSG option of the FDRPAS ISPF panels Default YES 310 15 310 03 SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT SYNTAX SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP TASk MOUNT STATEMENT 310 03 SWAP TASk MOUNT STATEMENT FDRPAS SWAP task MOUNT statement syntax MOUNT VOL volser SWAPUNI T uuuu JESVOL YES The SWAP task MOUNT statement follows the SWAP TYPE FULL statement and specifies an online volume to be swapped One or more MOUNT statements are required specifying the volumes to be swapped by this SWAP task If MAXTASKS nn was specified on the SWAP or SWAPDUMP statement and multiple MOUNT statements are provided those MOUNT statements are processed concurrently up to the MAXTASKS nn limit If the number of MOUNT statements exceed nn FDRPAS processes the first nn MOUNT statements concurrently and selects the next MOUNT statement as each swap ends If MAXTASKS nn is not specified the MOUNT statements are processed serially one at a time VOL volser Specifies the volume serial of an online volume to be swapped JESVOL On JE
379. er disk However the VTOCs on the volumes moved with FDRPAS must be large enough to accommodate the extra data sets The example See Section 325 09 Consolidate Volumes with FDRPAS and FASTMOVE on page 325 45 shows how to consolidate volumes with FDRPAS and FDRMOVE with notes on checking VTOC sizes and expanding VTOCs FDRPAS is recommended only for moving volumes containing data 325 36 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE TARGET VOLUME INITIALIZATION 325 05 sets that FDRMOVE cannot handle such as catalogs See Section 325 11 FDRMOVE Special Considerations on page 325 55 325 37 325 06 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE GENERAL PROCEDURE 325 06 FDRMOVE GENERAL PROCEDURE Usually you will want to execute the MOVE function of FDRMOVE to move data sets that are inactive or that become inactive while MOVE is running This typically includes data sets used by batch jobs or TSO users You can leave MOVE running for hours or days and it will automatically recognize selected data sets that have become free so that they can be moved with normal I O You may want to limit the size of data sets selected by MOVE since small data sets can often be moved faster with normal I O than with instant replication The data sets remaining after MOVE will be those in use by long running applications and larger data sets FASTMOVE will be used to move those data sets with instant replication very quickly so that
380. erSwap FDRPAS can do the work of copying data from old to new devices but cannot do the final SWAP while HyperSwap is active The enhanced support allows FDRPAS to wait until HyperSwap has been disabled then quickly complete the SWAP of all active volumes FDREMCS when used in conjunction with some special FDRPAS steps is used to issue the NetView HyperSwap disable command and later the re enable command so that HyperSwap disablement time is reduced to a few minutes at most NetView parameters may need to be modified to accept z OS MODIFY F commands from a console called FDREMCS or whatever you specify for CONSOLE for NetView command input The name of the NetView task on your system may not be NETVIEW so you need to substitute the actual name Consult the NetView manuals for details This example shows the SWAP step SWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TY PE FULL CONFIRMSWAP YES MAXTASKS 32 MAXACTIVESWAPS YES MOUNT VOL vvvvvv SWAPUNITT uuuu je A maximum of 32 MOUNT statements are permitted per job step No jobs that access the GDPS protected volumes should be running in the Controlling K systems in a GDPS environment so it is not necessary to run an FDRPAS MONITOR to swap the volumes on the GDPS Controlling K systems This is accomplished by excluding the Controlling K syst
381. erated by FDR itself COMP values from 9052 through 9080 may occur if the cluster being restored had an imbedded index and at the time of the backup the index component was in multiple extents COMP CODE REASON 9004 9012 9016 9020 9024 The VVR entry for the data component on the backup contains an unknown cell type FDR cannot allocate a multi volume component The VVR entry for the index component on the backup contains an unknown cell type FDR is attempting to allocate a KSDS cluster but could not locate the index component on the backup This may be a multi volume cluster SELECT specified a component name instead of cluster name or a component of the requested cluster was missing from the VVDS at the time of the backup or ICF IGNORE was specified during the dump 390 16 9028 9032 9036 9040 9044 9048 9052 9056 9060 9064 9068 9072 9076 9080 9084 9088 9092 9093 9094 9095 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 00004 00008 00012 00016 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR could not find the type 23 cell in the VVR FDR cannot allocate a VSAM cluster that contains an alternate index to a NEWNAME Use NEWGROUP or NEWINDEX instead of NEWNAME FDR cannot allocate a key range VSAM cluster using NEWNAME Use NEWGROUP or NEWINDEX instead of NEWNAME The volume serial
382. ery system that has access to the volumes to be swapped before the SWAP task is started MONITOR EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE SWAP DURATION 120 MOUNT SWAPUNIT 1A 1B 310 48 310 24 CONFIRM THE SWAP OF A SET OF VOLUMES EXAMPLE NOTE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR CONFIRM EXAMPLES 310 24 MONITOR CONFIRM EXAMPLES All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31024x It is recommended that the ISPF panels be used to generate the FDRPAS MONITOR CONFIRM JCL and control statements FDRPAS SWAP tasks are currently swapping volumes TSO001 to TSO005 and they specified CONFIRMSWAP YES so they will wait for a confirmation after the volumes are synchronized The following job will cause an automatic confirmation of the swap If it is submitted before the volumes are synchronized it will wait for them to all become synchronized and then it will complete the swap of all five volumes at one time If the volumes are already synchronized when it is submitted it will complete the swaps immediately CONFIRMSWAP YES is not recommended unless you have some real need to cause the swaps to complete all at the same time Usually it is better to let each swap complete automatically as so
383. es the control statement data set Usually an input stream or DD data set It may be DUMMY if all necessary control statements are included in the PARM on the EXEC statement Specifies the input control statement for the FDRPAS job submission facility If present it is used to submit FDRPAS MONITOR tasks to the other LPARs where MONITOR tasks are not already running The input is a set of JCL statements necessary to route and execute a job to the desired LPAR s Each set is proceeded by a CPUID statement that designates the CPUID where that set of statements are to be sent JCL statements are not submitted to the CPU where the main job is running or where a MONITOR task is already running It is your responsibility to code the necessary JCL statements ROUTE and JOBPARM SYSAFF and parameters CLASS needed to route the job to the correct CPUs If a CPU is not active FDRPAS submits the MONITOR task but it does not execute until that CPU is started This is not a problem for FDRPAS as it does not need a monitor on a system that is completely down However this MONITOR task executes when the CPU comes up again and you may have to STOP P it The CPUID value is the 10 character CPU serial number of a system image When you run a SIMSWAP job the CPUID values display on the FDR233 message as shown in this example CARD IMAGE SIMSWAP TYPE FULL CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL HI17C2 SWAPUNIT 17C1 CPU WITH SERIAL 026E0D20
384. es without Instant Replication MOVE Optional If your intention is to empty the input volumes so that the source subsystem can be shutdown use SIMMOVE with the VTOCEMPTY CHECK operand and SELECT ALLDSN to verify that all data sets have been moved from the indicated volumes ECK jobname JOB STEP5 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF VTOCEMPTY CH SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0003 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0060 Step6 Consolidate Entire Volumes without Instant Replication MOVE Optional Run an FDRPAS non disruptive swap if there are data sets remaining that cannot be freed 325 40 325 08 Move ACTIVE DATA SET WITH INSTANT REPLICATION FASTMOVE EXAMPLE NOTE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE ACTIVE DATA SETS WITH FASTMOVE 325 08 FDRMOVE MOVE ACTIVE DATA SETS WITH FASTMOVE All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRMOVE The member names will be PA32508x In this scenario you want to move the data sets used by two long running applications each using a separate SMS storage group STORGRP will be used to select the volumes where these applications reside Offline disks in the range 7FOO 7FFF will be used as t
385. essages from MIl which may flood and backup your console To suppress these messages see member FODRCONXT in the Installation Control Library ICL installed with FDRMOVE This describes a CA MII exit that can be activated by a MIM console command to suppress those messages for FDR programs and it does not affect any other MIM operations CA MII does not support GQSCAN except for the LPAR that FDRMOVE is executing on so that FDRMOVE cannot determine the job names if it is owned on other system If the data set is enqueued on this LPAR and also on other LPARs FDRMOVE may display the local job names plus the MII address space name The following message will be displayed by a SIMMOVE or a STATUS or ISPF monitor if the data set is not enqueued on this LPAR it may or may not be enqueued on another system but FDRMOVE cannot determine its enqueue status FOR MOVING DSN DGIP DEV SSBA1FR G0497V00 MIM JOBS UNKNOWN ON OTHER LPARS If you run a SIMMOVE on each LPAR then you can determine which jobs are holding the enqueues FDRMOVE must always move multi volume data sets to the same number of volumes they currently occupy When moving multi volumes the NVOL list must always contain sufficient volumes to contain the data set However it is possible to move one or more pieces of a multi volume data set without moving the rest You can run a SIMMOVE step that will look for multi volume data sets For each input volume it will display the hi
386. et at www bsi bund de Section 2 167 Secure deletion of data media discusses requirements for overwriting disk data The Australian Government Information Technology Security Manual ACSI 33 defines overwriting requirements for disk data This document can be found on the Internet at www dsd gov au The Department of Defense requirements for media sanitization require an overwrite with a pattern and then its complement followed by another unclassified pattern e g 00110101 followed by 11001010 and then followed by 10010111 This series is considered three cycles For these government requirements sanitization is not complete until six passes of three cycles are successfully completed There may be other data erasure requirements in other countries or industries Some government security and privacy requirements require that data be kept secure from outside access but do not specify compliance techniques in detail FDRERASE can be used as part of the process to ensure that such requirements are met 330 25 DATA THREAT LEVELS TYPES OF ERASE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 There are three levels of threat of unauthorized access to your data that are addressed by the different types of erase functions performed by FDRERASE Modern disk subsystems use internal fixed block architecture FBA disks to store the count key data CKD data used by z OS systems this architecture is de
387. ets per minute with 16 concurrent volumes Moving 16 concurrent volumes requires two FDRMOVE jobs running concurrently Product demos are available on the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING web site for FDRMOVE Go to web site http www innovationdp fdr com and click on the FDRMOVE link under the DEMOS icon E X E http www innovationdp fdr comfindex cfm v 4 X We 29 Phinnovation Data Processing EE Innovation Data Processi X ine INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING The Makers of FDR Looking for a Solution FDRABR FDR UPSTREAM A Visual amp Audio Overview phen tle E FASTCPK ae of Our Product Line Customer Support A FDRREORG FDRPAS FTP Login z Latest Product Release FDREPORT View ProductDemo______ Request Latest Version FDRDRP FDRMOVE FDRINSTANT TACIE S a Vew Product Demo FDRCRYPT FDRSOS FDRERASE FDRVIEWS FATSIFATARI FDRERASE OPEN FATSCOPY View Product The direct link for the FDRMOVE Product Demo is http Awww fdr com demo cfm a5 ae 325 02 FDRMOVE JCL WARNING FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS The JCL to execute FDRMOVE is very simple Here is a sample MOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD Control statements PASJOB DD DATA DLM FDRPAS JCL and control statem
388. ew data sets the install program allocates them with sufficient space During the installation the ISPF dialogs are modified to use the data set names you specify here If you later rename the libraries or copy the members to other libraries you can update the dialogs with ISPF panel A 1 1A in the FDR manual Volume 2 380 14 TAPE INSTALLATION VOLUME SERIAL SMS CLass SELECTION INSTALLATION TAPE INSTALLATION 380 04 On this screen the DISP column shows whether the install program found that the indicated data set already exists OLD or does not exist NEW For NEW data sets you can specify volume and or SMS information to be used for the allocation of the data sets For OLD data sets the VOLUME column shows the volume serial of the existing data set VOLUME SERIAL SELECTION SCREEN SCREEN 3 Similar to Screen 2 you can specify the target disk volume serial for all or any one of the data sets to be allocated For example ALL SYSLB2 changes the target volume serial for all the data sets 2 SYSVOL changes the target volume serial for the load library You can use either or both of these techniques repeatedly until you are satisfied with the names The volume serial can be omitted if the data set is SMS managed or if your system allocates such data sets on non specific storage volumes If SMS is active on your system you may enter SMS that takes you to variations of Screen 3 that allow y
389. ey have been rebound to the base device This will be done only if both the source and target devices in a swap were enabled for PAV before the swap In either form of the FDR251 message it may be followed by the text FAILED COMP to indicate that the IBM service that was called for PAV has failed with the indicated return codes FDR252 FDR SWAPPED IPLABLE UNIT uuu7 TO uuu2 YOU MUST UPDATE YOUR HARDWARE MANAGEMENT CONSOLE Reason Unit uuu71 which is the source volume of a swap is an IPLable volume meaning that it had IPL text or an IODF data set on it This may mean it was the system residence SYSRES volume for a z OS system or it may mean it contained an IPLable utility such as ICKDSF DFSMSdss SADMP INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING s Stand Alone Restore SAR or NewEra Software s SAE It has been swapped to unit uuu2 This message is issued as a non scrollable console message as well as printed in the FDRPAS output Action If it was a SYSRES you must update the IPL or IODF address in the system startup parameters on the Hardware Management Console HMC or hardware console for that system If it contained an IPLable utility you should update appropriate documentation with the new IPL address FDR253 REASON reason Reason An error occurred when FDRPAS was trying to activate or de activate its I O intercepts on a source volume This message is issued only as a WTO to the operator but it will also appear in the job log
390. fline and the volume label on that device modified so that it cannot be accidentally placed online I O to the new device is re enabled all I O intercepts are removed and the SWAP task terminates 300 17 SYSTEM DETERMINATION FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS 300 05 In a multi system environment one or more FDRPAS MONITOR tasks must be executed on every system image that has the source volume online one of those MONITOR tasks must monitor the target device if it is in the I O configuration of that system If some systems are excluded those systems are not aware that FDRPAS has moved the volume to a new device and FDRPAS is not aware of updates to the volume that occur on the excluded systems during the swap This could have serious consequences including data corruption and data loss If you have systems in your complex that have the source volume online but do not have access to the target device you must not attempt to swap the volume to that device FDRPAS attempts to determine how many systems have access to the source volume in order to protect you against potentially disastrous errors in setting up the FDRPAS swaps Depending on the disk hardware involved FDRPAS may be able to identify the number of systems accessing the source volume and the CPU serial number of each system However if the number of systems cannot be determined or if you need to exclude certain systems from participating
391. fline copy as if you were backing up the online disk except that the data is frozen at that point in time FDRINSTANT also works with various hardware functions that allow for the creation of point in time copies such as SnapShot FlashCopy TimeFinder and Shadowlmage FDRPAS can be used with FDRINSTANT when none of those hardware functions are available it supports FDR and FDRDSF backups and FDRCOPY but not FDRABR at this time 300 4 DUPLEX COPIES INDEXED VTOC MAINTENANCE UTILITY FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OVERVIEW 300 02 FDRPAS can also be used to create duplex copies of volumes without requiring special hardware connections These duplex copies can be in subsystems that are locally attached or remotely attached over extended distance connections or channel extenders There are no hardware restrictions the duplex copy of a volume can be in any disk subsystem even if it is from a different vendor than the primary copy These duplex copies are updated asynchronously FDRPAS copies each volume and then monitors the primary volume for updates re copying updated tracks as necessary to keep the volumes closely synchronized At any point the duplex volume can be split from the primary and can be used as a copy of the primary volume FDRPAS includes a utility function to create an Indexed VTOC VTOCIX or rebuild a disabled VTOCIX on a volume even while that volume is online and in use on multiple systems T
392. for all volumes that have been successfully erased on this system since the last IPL FDRERASE PANEL A E HISTORY COMMAND If you enter a device address or an address mask e g 21 after the HISTORY command only those devices are displayed 330 50 380 380 01 INSTALLATION LOADING THE INSTALLATION LIBRARIES 380 01 INSTALLATION LOADING THE INSTALLATION LIBRARIES FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE can be installed and executed on any release of z OS and OS 390 The installation of FDRPAS FDRMOVE and or FDRERASE can be done in three different ways 1 Electronic Installation The install package is downloaded from the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FTP site If you are installing the products using this method See Section 380 02 Electronic Installation on page 380 2 CD Installation The install package is downloaded from a CD If you are installing the products using this method See Section 380 03 CD Installation on page 380 8 Tape Installation The install package is unloaded from a physical tape If you are installing the products using this method See Section 380 04 Tape Installation on page 380 11 380 1 380 02 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION STEP 1 1 INSTALLATION ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION 380 02 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION With the electronic installation instructions are sent via a set of two e mails for installing the libraries The e mail installation instructio
393. fore the operation is finally confirmed and terminated This allows you to submit the FDRPAS jobs for all those volumes at once knowing that no more than 32 will ever be in pass 1 Default NO 310 11 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 MAXTASKS nn Specifies the maximum number of volumes that can be processed concurrently by this SWAP task from 1 to 32 You must follow the SWAP statement with multiple MOUNT statements specifying the volumes to be processed If the number of MOUNT statements exceeds MAXTASKS nn FDRPAS starts the indicated number of swaps as each one finishes another one is started until all MOUNT statements have been processed The FDRPAS ISPF panels can be used to terminate active swaps individually In order to separate the messages from these swaps the messages are written to SYSPRINx DD statements x will be 1 9 0 and A V in that order depending on MAXTASKS nn If you have not provided these DDs in the SWAP task JCL they are dynamically allocated as SYSOUT At the termination of each swap subtasks most of its messages are also written to SYSPRINT so that all FDRPAS messages are in one place Default SIMSWAPMON has a default MAXTASKS value of 32 For all tasks other than SIMSWAPMON only one volume is swapped at a time If multiple MOUNT statements are provided they are processed serially All messages are
394. fully allocated the cluster and then tried to define a new discrete profile using the profile of the original cluster as a MODEL The CODE value is the RACF return code and register 0 within the mini dump contains the RACF reason code A CODE of 4 indicates that the profile already exists 8 indicates the user is not authorized to create the profile A KSDS with an excessive number of key ranges cannot be defined A PAGE SWAP cluster cannot be moved CISIZE of input cluster is invalid for logical restore Physical block size of input cluster is invalid for logical restore CASIZE of input cluster will not fit in a cylinder of the output disk for logical restore For example a cluster allocated in cylinders on a 3390 cannot be restored to a 3380 Allocation of a multi volume VSAM cluster failed This can also occur for a KSDS with the IMBED option or keyranges reason indicates the specific error GETMAIN FREEMAIN error Volume list from LOCATE is invalid Non VSAM catalog entry invalid Unable to obtain LOCAL lock 390 17 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 9096 00020 00024 00028 00032 00036 00040 00044 00048 00052 00056 00060 00064 00068 00072 00076 00080 00084 00088 00092 00096
395. gain during an additional pass The first form of the message shows the number of updated tracks that were reported by the MONITOR or SWAP task on the indicated system during one pass One message is printed per system participating in the swap if the number reported by that system is non zero The second form of the message shows the total tracks that were updated and must be re copied during the pass this may be less than the total of the tracks reported by each system if the same tracks were updated by more than one system Action These messages will repeat and the pass number will increment until the total number of tracks to be re copied falls below a threshold at that point FDRPAS will complete the swap CONFIRMSWAP IN EFFECT Reason If this additional text is displayed CONFIRMSWAP YES is in effect for the volume Action When the number of tracks to be re copied falls below the threshold these messages will repeat and the pass number will increment until you indicate that FDRPAS is to complete the swap via the FDRPAS ISPF interface See Section 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 ora TYPE CONFIRMSWAP batch job See Section 310 07 MONITOR CONFIRM Statement on page 310 23 390 33 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 CFW CC DELAY IN EFFECT Reason If this additional text is displayed FDRPAS detected that some job is using Cache Fast Write CFW or Concurrent Copy CC on the volume Action If th
396. ge and fails the swap If the failure occurs just at the last step of a swap the swap may be successful and the failed system sees the volume on the new device when it is re IPL d If a system has a scheduled shutdown then they need to CANCEL C or STOP P the FDRPAS job on that system this normally lets any active swaps complete before terminating If a MONITOR task is forced to terminate then active swaps fail cleanly as described above If a system was not active when a swap started but is re IPL d during the swap and puts the volume involved online there is an issue There is no FDRPAS MONITOR task running on that system so it does not participate in active swaps If swaps complete before a MONITOR task can be started on the new system the system does not know about the swap and still tries to use the volume on the old device if this occurs contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance If a MONITOR task is started before the swap terminates FDRPAS recognizes that a system came in late and will terminates the swap cleanly If you have used EXCLUDE statements you should probably terminate any active swaps update the parameters to account for the stopped or started system and resubmit the swap Switching plugging and unplugging cables and configuring CHPIDs CONFIG CHP command on devices that FDRPAS is currently swapping is not recommended because in extremely rare circumstances this may cause a volume to swap successf
397. ge will include the word INSTANT to indicate that fast replication technology like FlashCopy and EMCSNAP has been used For data sets 15 tracks or less normal I O is used and INSTANT will not appear FDR SCRATCHED DSN DB2 MOVE001 PS VSY3009 A0002 AND UNCATALOGED FROM VOL INO001 FDR MOVED DSN DB2 MOVE001 PS VSY3009 A0002 ALLOCATED CATALOGED INSTANT ON VOLSER OUTO01 UNIT 3390 INO001 325 34 SAMPLE SIMMOVE OUTPUT FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FASTMOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 04 The messages from a SIMMOVE job will show you all of the selected data sets and their current enqueue status all of the input volumes and transit station information A SIMMOVE with VTOCEMPTY CHECK will verify that all data sets have been moved Here is an example with SELECT ALLDSN so that it verifies the input volumes are empty If any volume still contained data sets it would list the data sets CARD IMAGE SIMMOVE TYPE DSF VTOCEMPTY CHECK CARD IMAGE EXCLUDE DSN SYS1 VTOCIX UNMOVABLE TABLE CARD IMAGE EXCLUDE DSN SYS1 VVDS UNMOVABLE TABLE CARD IMAGE S ALLDSN VOL INO001 CARD IMAGE S ALLDSN VOL IN0002 CARD IMAGE S ALLDSN VOL IN0003 CARD IMAGE S ALLDSN VOL IN0004 VTOC IS EMPTY ON ALL VOLUMES FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED 325 35 325 05 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE TARGET VOLUME INITIALIZATION 325 05 FDRMOVE TARGET VOLUME INITIALIZATION The target volumes must be prepared INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you
398. ger disks such as moving three 3 3390 9s onto a 3390 27 or 3390 54s to a 3390 A Extended Address Volume EAV FDRMOVE is very easy to use This manual documents FDRERASE in section 330 FDRERASE is used to erase all data from disk volumes before they are reused or removed from a data center FDRERASE can be licensed as part of your FDRPAS license and can also be licensed separately FDRPAS is a trademark of INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING and is registered with the US patent office FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE are proprietary program products of INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Innovation Plaza 275 Paterson Avenue Little Falls New Jersey 07424 1658 and is available for license exclusively from INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Reproduction of this User Manual is prohibited except by licensed users for their internal use A copy of this manual is available in Adobe PDF format on the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Documentation CD ROM and on the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FTP site for online use and local printing Copyright 1996 2011 INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING iii USA CONTACTS EUROPEAN OFFICES FDRPAS FDRMOVE AND FDRERASE VERSION 5 4 Corporate Headquarters Voice 973 890 7300 Sales sales fdrinnovation com Fax 973 890 7147 Support support fdrinnovation com Home page http www innovationdp fdr com France Netherlands amp Nordic Countries INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING INNOVATION DATA
399. ghest number of volumes HIGHEST SEQ Take the highest number as the minimum number of NVOL volumes to move these data sets successfully This does not work for non SMS VSAM clusters If you do not provide sufficient NVOL volumes then the FDRMOVE step will get an error message similar to this FDR156 ALLOCATE FAILED FOR 00001 TRK COMP xX 0004 041C0416 VOL volser DSN dsname VOL will be the first volume that FDRMOVE tried The message will show COMP X 0014 if there was insufficient space on the first volume tried and there was no other place to put the data sets on the NVOL volumes 325 62 CANDIDATE VOLUMES HIERARCHICAL FILE SYSTEM HFS AND ZSERIES FILE SYSTEM ZFS DATA SETS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 SMS managed VSAM clusters with candidate volumes are handled automatically If the SMS storage class is not guaranteed space then candidate volumes are simply asterisks in the catalog and do not need to be updated Ifthe SMS storage class is guaranteed space then a candidate space is created on each candidate volume FDRMOVE will move these candidate spaces if the volume is selected CATDSN or ALLDSN For SMS managed non VSAM data sets with candidate volumes are handled automatically If the SMS storage class is not guaranteed space then candidate volumes are simply asterisks in the catalog and do not need to be updated Ifthe SMS storage class is guaranteed space
400. has finished all selected data sets on the volume 325 55 325 11 SECURITY SECURITY SYSTEMS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS By default every data set moved by FDRMOVE will invoke security checks from the z OS system allocation and catalog functions The user ID under which FDRMOVE is running MUST be authorized to create and update ALL selected data sets The security system overhead may be significant if many data sets are involved For this reason the default security is not recommended To reduce this overhead and better control security FDRMOVE supports a security STGADMIN profile that allows FDRMOVE to bypass security while moving data sets To invoke this support Specify the STGADMIN operand on the MOVE or FASTMOVE statement e g FASTMOVE TYPE DSF STGADMIN other operands Authorize the user ID under which FDRMOVE will run to profile STGADMIN ADR STGADMIN MOVE in class FACILITY any authority including READ is adequate All known security systems support such profiles If the user ID is authorized to that profile all security checks from all system components invoked by the FDRMOVE job will be bypassed It does not affect any other jobs The advantages of STGADMIN are Security overhead is reduced The user ID under which FDRMOVE runs will be authorized to move any data set but has no authority to those data sets outside of FDRMOVE This may be a
401. hat were in the VTOCs CHANGEVOL will relabel the volumes and VARYON AFTER will cause them to be remounted after emptying the VTOC EGION 0M DSN fdrerase loadlib EUNIT 21C CHANGEVOL XX EMPTYVTC EXEC PGM FDRERASE R STEPLIB DD DISP SHR SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EMPTYVTOC TYPE FULL VARYON AFTER MOUNT ERAS Overwrite the disks with six passes of three cycles for a total of 18 passes with a pattern then its complement and finally with another pattern e g 00110101 followed by 11001010 and then followed by 10010111 SECERASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SECUREERASE TYPE FULL ERASEPASS 18 MOUNT ERASEUNIT 23C 330 37 PRODUCE A REPORT OF ANY VOLUMES NOT ERASED IN AN SSID EXAMPLE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE EXAMPLES 330 05 After the FDRERASE job has completed you want to ensure that all volumes in SSIDs 3000 and 3001 have been erased Volumes may have been bypassed if they were online or the UCB range specified missed volumes This report is produced by FDREPORT which is a cost option in the FDR product line If you have an FDRERASE trial or a 90 day rental of FDRERASE FDREPORT is included i
402. hat Cache Fast Write CFW is in use on a source volume it waits until no CFW commands have been issued for two minutes before allowing the swap to complete In most cases this avoids CFW problems If you prefer the IDCAMS command SETCACHE can be used to enable and disable CFW for all disks in a source subsystem before a swap You may also be able to update global options in your SORT product to disable the use of CFW while you are doing FDRPAS swaps In some cases your SORT product may be able to recover from a Cache Fast Write CFW error and complete the sort successfully Consult your SORT documentation MODEL204 from CCA can optionally use Cache Fast Write CFW for files on the CCATEMP CCASERV and CCASERxx DD statements MODEL204 can fail if it is using CFW on a volume swapped by FDRPAS This is controlled by the MODEL204 startup parameter CACHE the default is X 00 no CFW and CCA does not recommend using CFW However if you have a value other than X 00 for CACHE and want to swap volumes containing those MODEL204 data sets consult the MODEL204 documentation for information on disabling the use of CFW 320 7 ALTERNATE TRACKS P 390 R 390 FLEX ES AND 1S 390 INTERNAL DISKS MP 3000 INTERNAL DISKS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 An exposure exists in ADABAS V813 and earlier to report Cache Fast Write CFW IO errors after an FDRPAS swap Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESS
403. his is similar to the BUILDIX function of the IBM ICKDSF utility The FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX function uses the cross system coordination functions built into FDRPAS to allow the BUILDIX to be recognized on all systems without taking it offline 300 5 300 03 FDRPAS TASKS Note FDRPAS VOLUME SWAP FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 FDRPAS OPERATION FDRPAS can swap volumes in use on a single system image as well as those attached to multiple systems or LPARs in a shared DASD complex or sysplex whether locally or remotely attached Multiple volumes can be swapped concurrently FDRPAS operates as two kinds of tasks 1 The active SWAP task This task initiates the swap of one or more disk volumes to new disk devices It copies the data tracks from the source volume to the target disk and causes the operating system to swap all I O to the target when the disks are synchronized A single SWAP task can swap up to 32 disk volumes concurrently If you need to swap more than 32 volumes concurrently you must start multiple SWAP tasks 2 The update MONITOR task This task monitors one or more offline potential target disk devices It detects that a swap has begun on a disk volume and installs I O intercepts that monitor all I O to the source volume for updates It also causes the operating system to swap all I O to the target when the disks are synchronized You can use one MONITOR task per system image to moni
404. his message from the FDRPAS ISPF panels If WTOR NO is specified the console message is only a WTO and you must use the ISPF panels to reply FDRPAS verifies that the specified source volume and target device are valid for a swap making sure that they are the same disk device type that the target is offline and that the source is eligible to be swapped It also checks if the devices have the same number of data cylinders unless LARGERSIZE OK is specified in that case the target can be larger If FDRPAS security is enabled FDRPAS verifies that the security user id associated with the SWAP task has proper authority If multiple systems have access to the source volume the SWAP task indicates that a swap is beginning and waits for the MONITOR tasks on the other systems to acknowledge that they are ready to participate On the FDRPAS ISPF panels the status shows as SYNCHRONIZING Each MONITOR task acknowledges that it has access to both the source and target devices that the target is offline and that they are ready to participate If the target device is not offline on an LPAR that a MONITOR task is running special checking is done by the MONITOR task to ensure that this device is the same target device as specified by the main FDRPAS process and that the device is inactive on the LPAR this MONITOR task is running on If so then this volume is varied offline on by this MONITOR task If a system can access the target device but not the source
405. ialize it with ICKDSF so that it appears to be empty If you are using FDRPAS for I O load balancing do not specify CHECKTARGET YES since the target device probably contains data sets from its previous use 310 8 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 CONFIRMSPLIT CONFIRMSWAP CONFIRMSPLIT is used only with the SWAPDUMP statement and CONFIRMSWAP is used only with the SWAP statement but they function identically CO is a valid abbreviation for either operand CONFIRMSWAP YES should be used only when you have a need to complete the swap of a number of volumes at the same time if it is not important when the swap of each individual volume completes use the default of CONFIRMSWAP NO NO FDRPAS completes the operation as soon as the source and target devices are in synchronization without waiting for any confirmation CONFIRMSWAP NO is recommended for a SWAP operation unless you have a need to swap a set of volumes at the same time YES FDRPAS does not complete the swap or dump of this volume until you confirm that you are ready to do so The operation continues through Phases 1 through 4 See SWAP Phases on page 300 8 and then will waits copying updated tracks as required until you confirm that the operation is to be completed using the FDRPAS ISPF panels See 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 or a MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP_ or C
406. ice class was changed to classname for the MONITOR or SWAP task FDR311 FDR MOVED DSN dsname status ON VOLSER volser UNIT device STORCLAS sc MGMTCLAS mc DATACLAS dc CLUSTER cluster NEWC newcluster Reason The non VSAM data sets or VSAM component dsname was MOVED The status will also include 390 42 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 ALLOCATED The data set was allocated by FDRMOVE CATALOGED The data set was cataloged by FDRMOVE INSTANT A hardware facility was used to quickly copy data This occurs only if you are licensed for FDRINSTANT or FDRMOVE On an IBM Shark or DS8000 or HDS with the FlashCopy feature FlashCopy was used On an EMC Symmetrix an internal EMC copy function was used Both the input and output volumes must be in the same subsystem EMC HDS or IBM volser will define the volume serial of the disk where it was moved and device will identify the disk type and model e g 3390 3 If the output data set is SMS managed the SMS classes assigned to the data set are displayed management class and data class may be NULL if not assigned For a VSAM component the line containing cluster will be displayed to identify the cluster to which the component belongs FDR313 fff TERMINATED BY OPEN EXIT ON VOL vvvvvv Reason The locally written FDR volume open exit has terminated processing of the volume VVVVWVV FDR314 FDRMOVE data set SCRATCHED FROM VOL vvvvvv Reason
407. ices SADMP If volumes that contain dump data sets used by the IBM IPLable stand alone system dump program SADMP are swapped you may need to re generate the SADMP program check the IBM z OS MVS Diagnosis Tools and Service Aids GA22 7589 16 manual If you have tape software from Oracle StorageTek you must shutdown HSC Host Software Component before swapping the volumes containing the HSC CDS control data set and restart it after the swap HSC records the device address of the CDS ina header record for use when it is shared by z VM It is refreshed after the restart Changes to HSC 6 2 and onwards recognize that a SWAP has taken place and the CDS is dynamically updated with the new information However these changes do not apply to z VM and the HSC on z VM needs to be shutdown Oracle StorageTek and INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING still recommend you shutdown HSC for a swap under all releases 320 11 CA TECHNOLOGIES PRODUCTS SOFTWARE AG ADABAS AND CACHE FAST WRITE CFW ENF SIGNALS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02 There are considerations if certain products from CA Technologies are in use in your installation CA ACF2 If you use CA ACF2 with the SYNCFILE performance enhancer caches recent database accesses option enabled and swap a volume that contains the ACF2 SYNCFILE you need to disable the SYNCFILE process on every system where it is active before performing th
408. if it is assigned to a data set on tape or disk this DD must specify DISP MOD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on disk or tape Specifies an output message data set for an internal swap subtask they are used only when MAXTASKS nn is specified x is 1 9 0 and A V in that order depending on the value of MAXTASKS nn SYSPRINx DD statements are optional If needed SYSPRINx DD statements are dynamically allocated as SYSOUT so you need to specify SYSPRINx DD statements only if you need to direct those messages elsewhere It is usually a SYSOUT data set but if it is assigned to a data set on tape or disk this DD must specify DISP MOD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on disk or tape Specifies an output message data set for an internal monitor subtask SYSPRTxx DDs are used only in an FDRPAS step with a MONITOR TYPE SWAP control statement SYSPRTxx DD statements are optional If needed SYSPRTxx DD statements are dynamically allocated as SYSOUT so you need to specify them only if you need to direct those messages elsewhere It is usually a SYSOUT data set but if it is assigned to a data set on tape or disk this DD must specify DISP MOD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on disk or tape Specifies the optional output message data set for an FDRPAS summary report It is usually a SYSOUT data set b
409. in TCP IP error codes that can be found in IBM Communication Server manuals Action FDRPAS will continue if it has more volumes to process Correct the error for future jobs FDR259 EMAIL MESSAGE S SENT Reason The FDREMAIL DD statement was provided to invoke the FDR e mail facility and one or more e mail messages were successfully sent to the mail server you specified Note that this is no guarantee that the messages will be delivered if e mail addresses are invalid or other errors occur after the mail server accepts the message FDR260 VARY ONLINE FAILED CODE cccc rrrr ssss message Reason FDRPAS called the IBM service IEEVARYD to initialize system control blocks for the target device and the VARY failed with the codes and or message shown eccc is the return code from IEEVARYD If it is 0004 then rrrr ssss are additional return and reason codes that are documented in the IBM macro IEEZB834 If IEEVARYD returned additional message text it is displayed at the end If ccce rrrr is 0016 0032 this is a code generated by FDRPAS to indicate that the IEEVARYD function was terminated because it took an excessive amount of time Action Despite the error the target device will be online and usable Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance in determining if there are any considerations due to the error 390 39 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 VARY ONLINE FAILED UNIT uuuu Reason This form of the FDR2
410. in any swaps This document shows which IBM APARs apply to each level of the operating system which ones are critical or recommended and gives a brief description of each You must review this list to determine which APARs you must apply Even some of the critical ones may not apply to your installation Complete descriptions of the APARs and copies of the fixing PTFs can be obtained from IBM Volumes containing active local page or swap data sets cannot be swapped with FDRPAS Volumes with inactive page and swap data sets can be swapped Rather than swapping volumes with active page and swap data sets we suggest that you define new page and swap data sets on new volumes on the desired disk hardware and migrate the paging activity to them with the console PAGEDEL REPLACE command or the console PAGEADD and PAGEDEL DELETE commands Volumes containing active PLPA and common page data sets but no active local page data sets can be swapped with FDRPAS as long as they are not updated by a page out during the swap If a page out occurs the swap fails but you can reattempt the swap at a time when there is likely to be less paging activity If this cannot be done you need to define new PLPA and common page data sets on new volumes and activate them with an IPL 320 9 JES SPOOL AND CHECKPOINT VOLUMES SYSPLEX COUPLING DATA SET JES3 MANAGED VOLUMES FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS
411. in the swap of a given volume you need to provide input to FDRPAS Here are the steps that FDRPAS takes On certain disk subsystems including the IBM 3990 6 IBM 2105 IBM 2107 DS6000 DS8000 and those that emulate them FDRPAS is able to determine how many system images have access to the source volume although it cannot tell if the volume is online or offline FDRPAS also knows the CPU serial number of each system On most EMC Symmetrix subsystems FDRPAS is able to tell what systems actually have the source volume online On subsystems where FDRPAS is unable to determine the number of systems accessing the source volume including the IBMRVA early Oracle StorageTek SVA and those that emulate a 3990 3 you should contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for documentation on how to migrate this type of DASD with FDRPAS Once the SWAP task signals that the swap is beginning the MONITOR tasks on each system registers their participation The SWAP task verifies that the proper number of systems are participating If the CPU serial numbers of the systems are known it verifies the serial number of each MONITOR task against the list of expected serials If the expected number of systems or CPU serials do not participate then FDRPAS issues message FDRW68 indicating this condition If you reply YES the swap continues despite the discrepancy If NO is replied the swap is terminated if you specify NONRESPONDING
412. including a list of all data sets on the source volume and a detailed list of the tracks copied in each phase NoTE PRINT ALL should not be used when swapping JES spool volumes Because some messages are printed while I O is inhibited to the source volume it may result in an interlock PRTDEFAULTS If specified the PRTDEFAULTS operand lists the defaults for various operands that affect FDRPAS operation If overriding operands are present before the PRTDEFAULTS operand it displays those overrides Overriding operands that follow the PRTDEFAULTS operand are not displayed 310 13 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 SRVCLASS Allows you to override the service class assigned to the SWAP job by Workload Manager WLM classname The desired service class NoTE SRVCLASS SYSTEM is invalid because FDRPAS is not eligible to be reset into the SYSTEM service class However SRVCLASS SYSSTC is valid HIGHEST gt Note the 8th character is a greater than sign Set the service class to the same class as the address space with the highest dispatching priority in the system that is X F8 248 or less and that has a single performance period NULL Do not change the service class assigned by WLM Default NULL SWAPDELAY nnn Specifies the interval in seconds 1 255 that FDRPAS waits between checks to see if all the system images have i
413. ing against it or it is not marked SHARED in the I O configuration If the latter update the configuration to mark the target devices shared and retry the swap A RESERVE should not occur against the offline target device contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance diagnosing this error Z SWAPUNIT DOES NOT HAVE A VALID DCE FDRPAS cannot locate the DCE Device Class Extension of the UCB for the target device This should not occur contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance Action The swap is terminated Depending on the error you may be able to correct the error and re execute the swap If in doubt contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance 390 31 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR235 FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL ssssssssss IS MONITORING THE FOLLOWING nnnnnn UNITS list of device numbers Reason An FDRPAS MONITOR task is monitoring the potential offline target devices listed It is executing on a system with serial number ssssssssss If some target devices you specified are not listed it means that those devices were online on this system MONITOR tasks will bypass online disks FDRERASE WILL ERASE THE FOLLOWING nnnnnn UNITS list of device numbers Reason In this form of the FDR235 message FDRERASE was requested to erase the indicated disk devices If some specified devices were not listed it probably means that they were not eligible for erase probably because they are online FDRINITV WI
414. ining to be copied is small Before a track is copied FDRPAS checks to see if the I O intercept on the system running the SWAP task has determined that the track was updated during the current pass and defers copying the track until the next pass This avoids unnecessarily copying tracks that just need to be re copied Phase 4 Update Consolidation At the end of each Phase 3 copy pass Phase 4 is entered and the SWAP task requests a list of updated tracks from each MONITOR task I O to the source volume is suspended briefly on all systems while this information is collected A consolidated list of tracks updated on all systems is formed FDRPAS determines if it can complete the swap Ifthe number of tracks in the list is above a threshold Phase 3 is re entered to re copy the updated tracks Note that after every Phase 3 pass the threshold value is increased in case the rate of updates to the source volume is very high Ifthe number of tracks in the list is below the threshold or there are no updated tracks in the list then FDRPAS is ready to complete the swap If CONFIRMSWAP YES was specified on the SWAP statement then you do not want the swap to complete until you tell it to so FDRPAS simply re enters Phase 3 to copy the updated tracks INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING does not recommend the use of CONFIRMSWAP YES unless you need to complete the swap of many volumes at the same time This continues until you confirm the swap if th
415. ion commands TSO logon V48ISPF 7 Dialog Test Perform dialog testing MSOs pre fix DE 8 LM Facility library administrator functions System ID 0S24 9 IBM Products IBM program development products MWS BQCCE 8 E NONE 10 SCLM SW Configuration Library Manager Release ISPF 4 8 11 Workplace ISPF Object Action Workplace A FDR ABR FDR ABR DASD Management Functions Select option A on the Option line as shown and press ENTER to display the FDR ABR primary options menu 330 42 FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU FDRERASE PANEL FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 The FDR primary options menu will look like FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU PANEL A Somoocecs FDR TOTAL DASD MANAGEMENT SYSTEM FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU OPLTON S S 1s 1 REPORTS ABR REPORTING FUNCTIONS 2 RESTORE ABR DATA SET RESTORE 3 ARCHIVE ABR DATA SET ARCHIVE OR SUPERSCRATCH 4 BACKUP ABR DATA SET BACKUP 5 REMOTE Q ABR REMOTE QUEUE UTILITY FUNCTIONS C COMPAKTOR COMPAKTOR MAP AND SIMULATION REPORTS R RELEASE COMPAKTOR RELEASE I INSTALL INSTALLATION AND MAINTENANCE OF FDR AND OPTIONAL PRODUCTS J JCL PARMS SPECIFY FDR JCL AND SYSOUT DEFAULTS FOR SUBMITTED JOBS K FORMAT MODIFY FORMAT OF GENERATED REPORTS M MESSAGES FDR MESSAGES AND CODES QUERY FACILITY P PLUG amp SWAP FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP E FDRERASE FDR DISK ERASE Q QUERY FDR ABR STATISTICS QUERY S SRS SEA
416. ions and erase the remote volumes directly with FDRERASE Older disk subsystems that use real count key data CKD disks instead of emulating the CKD disks on internal fixed block architecture FBA disks included a set of alternate tracks on every volume These alternate tracks were used when a track on the disk was found to be defective an available alternate track was assigned in place of the defective primary track The process of assigning an alternate track automatically erased any data on the original defective primary track conversely if a primary track is reclaimed data is erased from the alternate track that used to be assigned When FDRERASE is used to erase a real count key data CKD disk it will automatically access any assigned alternate tracks and erase them Alternate tracks that are not currently assigned are not erased but they will contain no customer data On all modern disk subsystems that use internal FBA disks there are no CKD alternate tracks On some vendor s subsystems the logical CKD disks may appear to have a set of alternate tracks but they cannot be assigned so they are never used for customer data It is possible that defective sectors on the FBA disks in a disk subsystem have been assigned to alternate sectors but this is under control of the disk control unit and cannot be seen or affected by FDRERASE so defective FBA sectors will never be erased by FDRERASE and they may contain some fragment
417. is step optional will expand the VTOCs to 650 tracks on volumes that will be swapped with FDRPAS and need larger VTOCs You also need to submit FDRPAS MONITOR tasks for all other LPARs as documented under EXPANDVTOC Only one offline SWAPUNIT is needed for all volumes STEPO EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EXPANDVTOC TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL IN0001 SWAPUNIT 07C3 VIOCSIZE 650 MOUNT VOL IN0002 SWAPUNIT 07C3 VIOCSIZE 650 MOUNT VOL IN0022 SWAPUNIT 07C3 VIOCSIZE 650 After the FDRPAS swaps FASTMOVE will be used to copy data sets from the remaining 2 3 of the input volumes to complete the consolidation Offline disks in the range 7F00 7FFF will be used as transit stations 325 45 FDRMOVE CONSOLIDATE VOLU MES WITH FDRPAS AND FASTMOVE 325 09 Step1 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication This step is an FDRPAS MONITOR task that must execute on all LPARs it does not need to run on the LPAR where the SWAP TYPE TRANSIT will run It specifies the offline target disks for the FDRPAS swaps and also the offline transit station disks for FASTMOVE The same MONITOR task can handle both types of disks so leave it running until the FASTMOVE jobs are complete You may need a unique job name for each MONITOR task For example STEP1 EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR
418. issue WTOR message FDRW07 to the system operator to indicate when the volumes are ready to confirm meaning that all the volumes are synchronized When the operator replies YES to the WTOR the volumes will be confirmed and the SWAPDUMPs will be completed This can be useful when a system automation product is used The automation product can recognize the FDRW07 message take other actions such as quiescing applications and then reply to the message to confirm the SWAPDUMPs CONFIRM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSPLIT MAXCARDS 500 CONFMESS YES MOUNT VOL ABC001 MOUNT VOL XYZ987 310 51 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE HISTORY EXAMPLES 310 25 310 25 HISTORY EXAMPLES All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31025x DISPLAY HISTORY FDRPAS will display swap history records for all volumes beginning with PROD or DB FOR A SET OF HISTORY EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M VOLUMES STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib EXAMPLE SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD HISTORY TYPE SWAP MOUNT VOL PROD MOUNT VOL DB DISPLAY AND FDRPAS will display swap history records for all volumes that FDRPAS has swapped It PURGE HISTORY
419. iteria CERTIFICATION Evaluation and Validation Scheme CCEVS evaluation and Common Criteria EAL2 Augmented validation has earned the right to display the International Common Criteria Recognition Arrangement CCRA certification mark on August 9 2005 TNA Product Name FDRERASE LEEF Technology Type Sensitive Data Protection i Date Certified August 2005 Conformance Claim EAL2 Augmented ADV_SPM 1 ALC_FLR 2 EEE Sponsor Innovation Data Processing wawLe Phone 973 890 7300 CC Testing Lab SAIC FDRERASE V5 4 L50 FDRERASE is designed to comply with current U S Government guidelines for erasing computer disks prior to disposal the Department of Defense concurring that the erasure of computer hard disks prior to disposal as specified in the ASD C31 memo of June 4 2001 For common criteria EAL2 augmented evaluation Certificate to http www niap ccevs org cc scheme st index cfm vid 10064 maint 146 330 2 PRODUCT DESCRIPTION SECURITY EVALUATION SUMMARY FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE INTRODUCTION 330 00 THE An COMMON CRITERIA lt 5 EVALUATION AND VALIDATION SCHEME Validated Product FDRERASE Version 5 4 Level 70 Product Name Key Words None FDRERASE Version 5 4 Level 70 Product Type Sensitive Data Protection Vendor INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Date 23 January 2007 POC Thomas J Meehan Conformance Claim Phone 973 890 7300 EAL2 Augmented with ADV_SPM 1 ALC_FLR
420. l chance that the VTOCIX index will be disabled during the swap if so you can use the FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX utility function See 310 11 SWAPBUILDIX and EXPANDVTOC Statement on page 310 28 to rebuild it even while the volume is in use on multiple systems Note that if the target device is larger than the source you receive an FDRW66 message with the OVERRIDE OF WARNINGS text FDRPAS invokes ICKDSF to update the volume size NOTE Since the target device remains offline when doing a SWAPDUMP the VTOCIX if present is disabled and the DOS flag is set in the F4 DSCB if the target device is a larger disk If the target volume is subsequently varied online to some LPAR then the first new data set allocation causes the free space to be update but the VTOCIX remains disabled To refresh the VTOCIX you must use FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX or ICKDSF BUILDIX Default NO LOGMESS NO No SYSLOG console messages are written YES Messages are written to SYSLOG and usually to an operator console documenting that the swap is occurring and has completed Default YES for the SWAP statement and NO for the SWAPDUMP statement 310 10 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 MAXCARDS Specifies the maximum number of MOUNT statements that can be present in this FDRPAS step from 1 to 9999 Note that FDRPAS acquires a table with a size of 1
421. laced offline after the erase step starts it is not selected For a VERIFY function only offline disks are verified you can specify ONLINE VERIFY if you want to verify online disks as well as offline disks NOTE If the range to be erased includes devices that are in your I O configuration but which do not really exist are not in the hardware configuration of the disk subsystem you may receive this console message IOS002A dev NO PATHS AVAILABLE for each such device if it is the first time that the device has been accessed since the last IPL The messages can be ignored They may occur only under certain releases of OS 390 For example MOUNT ERASEUNIT 17C0O erases one disk 17C0 MOUNT ERASEUNIT 17C erases disks in the range 17CO 17CF MOUNT ERASEUNIT 17 erases disks in the range 1700 17FF MOUNT ERASEUNIT 17 18 19A erases disks in the ranges 1700 17FF 1800 18FF and 19A0 19AF VTOCLOC nnnnn VTOCSIZE nnnn 330 21 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 CHANGEVOL Allows you to change the volume serial of the erased volume after the erase is complete CPYVOLID YES is assumed on the main statement The value must be six characters with these values The equivalent character is copied from the original volume serial on the disk Insert a sequence number into the new serial You can put 1 to 6 slashes in the name See CHANGEVOLNUM below
422. lay is processing the request that can be due to the maximum number of transit jobs already running or all of the available target units are already being used FDR183 FDR SMS DISABLENEW VOL volser Reason DISABLENEW YES was specified on a MOVE or FASTMOVE statement and the source volumes were SMS managed so FDRMOVE marked the source volumes as DISABLENEW to prevent new allocations FDR MARKED PRIVATE VOL volser Reason In this form of the FDR183 message DISABLENEW YES was specified on a MOVE or FASTMOVE statement and the source volumes were non SMS so FDRMOVE changed their mount status to PRIVATE This prevents new non specific allocations to those volumes but specific volser allocations are still allowed FDR SUBMITTED FDRPAS TRANSIT JOBNAME jobname Reason In this form of the FDR183 message FASTMOVE determined that one or more of the source volumes must be moved to transit stations so it submitted the internal FDRPAS SWAP TYPE TRANSIT specified by the PASJOB DD statement A SIMMOVE will wait up to 15 seconds for the SWAP job to start FASTMOVE will wait up to 10 minutes If the job does not start the FDRMOVE job will fail FDR SUBMITTED FDRPAS MONITOR JOBNAME jobname FOR CPUID cpuid Reason In this form of the FDR183 message FDRPAS determined that a FDRPAS monitor was not running on an LPAR and submitted the job for that CPUID based on the JCL in the PASJOB DD statement FDR184 status message Reason This is the mes
423. lection on page 380 14 380 13 TAPE INSTALLATION DATA SET NAME SELECTION INSTALLATION TAPE INSTALLATION 380 04 This screen allows you to specify the data set names that are used for the data sets you have selected to load from the tape These may be existing data sets to be updated or they may be new data sets that are allocated and cataloged new data sets are recommended Do not install FDRPAS FDRMOVE and or FDRERASE into existing libraries containing other FDR products since they may share common modules DATA SET NAME SELECTION SCREEN SCREEN 2 a a a al rn ers DATA SET NAME SELECTION SCREEN SCREEN 2 PLEASE REVIEW THE SELECTED DATA SET NAMES AND MAKE THE DESIRED MODIFICATIONS 1 TNS TATTICONTROL 5 66 6 IDP ICLFDR54 fe TOADILITBRARY amp 6 6G ooo IDP MODFDR54 Sita ES PRICES Si eee ee IDP DIALOG CLIst A IS PANELO cen Go oo IDP DIALOG PANELS BS IS MNSSINGES 65 65 coc IDP DIALOG MESSAGES ISP SINMINMON ooo ce 6c IDP DIALOG SKELETON TW JCrELTERARY EEEE one IDP JCLFDR54 lt PRESSAT JENTER USE THE ABOVE SPECIFICATIONS AND
424. lex CDS names and their volsers Note that after a swap the device address displayed by this command may still reflect the source volume this is not a problem XCF Cross system Communication Facility is sensitive to I O delays on the sysplex CDS such as the delays caused when FDRPAS suspends I O to the volume during a swap However CDS errors are very unlikely to occur No error is detected unless the XCF failure detection interval default 25 seconds is exceeded It is very unlikely that FDRPAS would suspend I O for that long Even if the failure detection interval should be exceeded it results in console message IXC426D The operator must simply reply R to retry and continue If you wish to be certain that no problems can occur when swapping a volume that contains the active sysplex CDS you have several options 1 You can increase the failure detection interval on every system with the console command SETXCF COUPLE INTERVAL nnn 2 You can switch to the alternate sysplex CDS with the console command SETXCF COUPLE PSWITCH Then you can swap the volume that contains the now inactive primary sysplex CDS Afterwards you can switch back to the primary and swap the volume that contains the alternate 320 13 ACTIVE DATA SETS SYSRES ALLOCATION BY FDRPAS CATALOGS THAT Use ENHANCED CATALOG SHARING ECS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERAT
425. lid For CATDSN VOL limits the volumes that will be selected from the catalog it is optional Care should be take when specifying VOL ABC since it may select many unintended volumes Run with SIMMOVE to verify the volumes to be selected You must not specify both STORGRP and VOL on the same SELECT statement 325 15 OUTPUT VOLUME SELECTION FOR FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 FDRMOVE does not use SMS or other allocation control software to determine data set placement so you must specify NVOL NEWSTORGRP2 or ENEWSTORGRP2 even if you are moving SMS managed data sets You may need to update allocation control software other than SMS to prevent allocation to the input volumes and to allow allocation to the new volumes For non SMS input volumes FDRMOVE will select only non SMS target volumes from the NVOL list you provide For SMS input volumes FDRMOVE will select only SMS target volumes from the NVOL list you provide However if all the input volumes are SMS it is highly recommended that you use the NEWSTORGRP or ENEWSTORGRP operand to select the target volumes If the NVOL list contains both SMS and non SMS volumes or 3380s and 3390s FDRMOVE will select only those output volumes that match the type of each input volume The target volumes may be the same size as the input or can be larger or smaller If you have several consecutive SELECT statements specifying DSN or ALLDSN with
426. ll the volumes you specified are ready which may take a few seconds to a few minutes The default of CONFIRMSWAP NO is recommended for a swap operation unless you have a specific reason for wanting a number of disk volumes to complete their swap at the same time TYPE Must be specified on the MONITOR statement CONFIRMSPLIT Initiates a MONITOR task that monitors the operation of a SWAPDUMP task for one or more volumes and that automatically confirms and completes the FDRPAS operation on those volumes when all the volumes are synchronized and ready to complete CONFIRMSWAP Initiates a MONITOR task that monitors the operation of a SWAP task for one or more volumes and that automatically confirms and completes the FDRPAS operation on those volumes when all the volume are synchronized and ready to complete CONFMESS NO FDRPAS confirms the volumes automatically as soon as they are all synchronized without operator intervention YES When all volumes specified in this CONFIRM step are synchronized FDRPAS issues WTOR message FDRW07 to the system operator If you reply YES to the message then FDRPAS confirms the volumes If you reply NO this CONFIRM step terminates but the swaps are still active This may be useful when a system automation product is used it can wait for the FDRW07 message to know that the volumes are synchronized perform other operations such as quiescing some applications and then re
427. locates it using UNIT SYSALLDA as a temporary data set 330 10 330 04 EMPTYVTOC ERASE SECUREERASE AND SIMERASE STATEMENT SYNTAX PRINT AND VERIFY STATEMENT SYNTAX EMPTYVTOC STATEMENT WARNING FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS The control statements consist of a main statement ERASE SECUREERASE SIMERASE EMPTYVTOC VERIFY or PRINT and one or more MOUNT statements specifying the disk devices to be processed The syntax of the EMPTYVTOC ERASE SECUREERASE and SIMVTOC statements are EMPTYVTOC TYPE FULL ERASE SECUREERASE SIMERASE ACTIVETARGET BY PASS LOGMESS NO PROCESS YES ALREADY ERASED BY PASS MAXEU 8 PROCESS nn CHECKTARGET NO MAXTASKS 64 YES nn CONFERASE NO ONLINE BYPASS YES VARY OFF CPYVOLID NO PRTDEFAULTS en SELTERR NO ERASEPASS 1 YES a VARYON AFTER ERASEPATTERN hh NOAFTER HARDENTIMEOUT 120 VOLSORT NO nnnn VES The syntax of the PRINT and VERIFY statements are PRINT VERIFY TYPESFULL ERASEDATA NONE ERASENUMB 100 ERASESTARTCYL 0 CCCCC ERASESTARTTRK tt nnnnn 3 ONLINE BYPASS ERASESKIP 15 VERIFY nnnnn EMPTYVTOC does not erase any data It quickly writes the VTOC as empty no data sets EMPTYVTOC is a quick way to delete all data sets from a volume or to initialize a volume Many disks can be initialized with simple control stateme
428. lume All tracks are erased the label track cylinder O track 0 is rewritten with a volume label with an ID of FDR5 so that the volume cannot be varied online the volume serial is the original volume serial of the volume If you wish to use the volume you need to initialize it with EMPTYVTOC or ICKDSF YES If the volume has a valid volume label and VTOC before the erase then FDRERASE invokes ICKDSF to rebuild an empty VTOC and possibly a VTOCIX after the volume is erased If the volume was SMS managed the SMS flag is still on in the VTOC The volume label has an ID of VOL1 so that the volume can be varied online By default the volume has its original volser and the VTOC and VTOCIX if present has its original location and size You can specify options on the MOUNT statement to change the volser and to change the size and or location of the VTOC Default NO CPYVOLID YES is assumed if you specify VARYON AFTER EMPTYVTOC or CHANGEVOL NOTE If you are erasing a large number of volumes it is faster to use CPYVOLID NO and run EMPTYVTOC in a separate job to re initialize all of the volumes after all the ERASEs are complete ERASEPASS nn Specifies the number of times that FDRERASE overwrites each track Note that FDRERASE starts at the top highest cylinder of each volume and continues through cylinder 0 then repeats for the next pass At the end of each pass FDRERASE ensures that the data has been written from cache
429. lumes if you use DISABLENEW YES assuming that you want to stop using them You must manually re enable the volumes for new allocations if you want to continue using them WARNING MAXCARDS If you activate a new SMS configuration you must be sure that the volumes are marked as DISNEW in the SCDS before you activate it Otherwise the volumes may return to ENABLE status allowing new allocations to the volumes Also if you have separate SMS configurations for each LPAR DISABLENEW YES will only disable the volumes on the current LPAR so you are responsible for manually disabling the volumes on the other LPARs before moving any data sets nnnnn Accept additional SELECT EXCLUDE statements over 1024 Default 1024 statements WARNING MAXTASKS If you use SELECT CATDSN or VOL ending with an asterisk to select data sets FDRMOVE generates internal SELECT statements one for each source disk selected If more than 1024 volumes are selected MAXCARDS must be specified to increase the control statement table size Very large values for MAXCARDS may cause storage shortages contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you need assistance n The maximum number of input disk volumes that will be processed concurrently SYSPRINx DD statements will be dynamically allocated to SYSOUT to receive messages from the FDRMOVE subtasks Selected sub task messages will also be repeated on SYSPRINT when each sub task ends Default 8 W
430. ly synchronized On every system FDRPAS invokes operating system services to swap the devices The volume now appears to be mounted on the target device that is now online all future I O is directed to the target device and all jobs tasks and users that have the volume allocated are now pointed to the target device The original source volume is placed offline and its volume label is modified so that it cannot be accidentally placed online again FDRPAS removes its I O intercepts on all systems and re enable I O to the volume The swap is complete On the FDRPAS ISPF panels the status shows as COMPLETED but only for swaps that previously had a status of ACTIVE If the MONITOR task on any system fails to respond in any phase of the swap except Phase 5 the SWAP task automatically terminates the swap This probably means that a MONITOR task has abnormally terminated or been cancelled or a system involved in the swap has crashed or been shut down Similarly if the SWAP task is abnormally terminated or cancelled or the system executing the SWAP task crashes or is shut down the swap is terminated If an I O is issued to the source volume on any system that contains Channel Command Words CCWs that are not recognized by FDRPAS the swap is terminated since FDRPAS cannot tell if that I O has updated the source volume or what tracks it has updated This probably means that the source volume disk subsystem supports special vendor specific CCWs fo
431. ly wait for the data sets to be freed if they are likely to be freed by batch job completions and TSO logoffs Step7 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication Restart any applications you bounced If some of the data sets were not moved you can leave FASTMOVE running and bounce the application again later Alternatively you can STOP P the FASTMOVE job and restart it at a later time if you can Step8 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication This step is optional If your intention is to empty the input volumes so that the source subsystem can be shutdown use SIMMOVE with the VTOCEMPTY CHECK operand and SELECT ALLDSN to verify that all data sets have been moved from the indicated volumes Do this check only on the volumes that were not moved by FDRPAS in Step2 Consolidate Entire Volumes with FDRPAS and Instant Replication on page 325 46 STEP8 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF VTOCEMPTY CHECK SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0023 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0024 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0025 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0059 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0060 325 49 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF INTERFACE 325 10 325 10 FDRMOVE CONSOLE COMMANDS AND ISPF I
432. m It is your responsibility to insure that the disks are offline on all systems The console 330 8 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CHECKLIST 330 02 command D U uuuu nn can quickly tell if a range of disks are offline execute this on each system before using FDRERASE If your systems are in a sysplex the console command ROUTE ALL D U uuuu nn executes this on every system For example the following shows that 01C1 is offline to all systems but 01C0 is online O to 2 out of 3 systems ROUTE ALL D U 1Co 2 ROUTE all d u 1c0 2 CPUA RESPONSES IEE4571 14 02 46 UNIT STATUS UNIT TYPE STATUS VOLSER VOLSTATE 01C0 3390 OFFLINE RSDNT 01C1 3390 OFFLINE RSDNT CPUB RESPONSES IEE4571 14 02 46 UNIT STATUS UNIT TYPE STATUS VOLSER VOLSTATE Teo SSi SYM000 PRIV RSDNT 01C1 3390 OFFLINE RSDNT CPUC RESPONSES IEE4571 14 02 46 UNIT STATUS UNIT TYPE STATUS VOLSER VOLSTATE O1CO 33 90 SYM000 PRIV RSDNT 01C1 3390 OFFLINE RSDNT The default of CHECKTARGET YES to erase only empty disks no data sets and those with no valid volume label such as FDRPAS source disks is usually appropriate override it only if you are sure that the non empty disks are to be erased However CHECKTARGET NO may be appropriate at a disaster site where you are erasing your data from disks before you leave the
433. mand column next to any entry enter D to delete a volume from the display K I to insert a blank entry in the display it can be modified to add more volumes to the displayed volume list 310 64 SORTING AND FILTERING THE DISPLAY In the first section place a digit in the SEQ field for each field on which the display is to be FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 Enter the SORT command on the COMMAND line to sort the displayed volumes and or filter the display based on STATUS values The SORT command displays this selection screen FDRPAS SortT PANEL A P SORT COMMAND RSS SESS SSS Se SESS SS SSS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap ort COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE 1 Specify the numeric sequence and order A D of field s to sort Field Seq Order Description VOL i a Volume Serial UNIT B Unit Address SoD a z SoD STORGRP a ve Storage Group CU lt lt a Controller Serial DEVTYPE 5 A Device Type OFFLINE _ _ Offline Unit STATUS Status N Select the STATUS values of rows to be included in the display Select Status Value ACTIVE BYPASS CANCEL FAIL INACTIVE SWAPPED SYNCHRONIZING WAIT FOR CONFIRM WAIT FOR CONSOLE REPLY WAIT FOR HYPERSWAP TO BE DISABLED WAIT FOR AUTOSWAP TO BE DISABLED NANNNNNNNNNN sorted the field with SEQ of 1 is sorted first then the field with SEQ of 2 etc Place an A a
434. may have occurred because you protect all resources by default such as the RACF PROTECTALL option in that case you must define the desired resources and authorize the appropriate users for READ access Action A control card error is issued Authorize the user to the resource or run FDRPAS under a different user id 390 7 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 RACF FACILITY PROTECTION STGADMIN FAILED FOR resource Reason In this form of the FDRO19 message the operand STGADMIN was specified on a MOVE or FASTMOVE statement for simplified storage administrator security authorization in FDRMOVE The user must be authorized to the RACF resource STGADMIN ADR STGADMIN MOVE in class FACILITY or the equivalent in other security systems but the security check failed Action A control card error is issued and the operation terminates If the user cannot be authorized to this resource remove the STGADMIN operand so that normal FDR security checking will be done See Security on page 325 55 FDRO20 RACF VOLUME PROTECTION FAILED ON VOL vvvvvv Reason Security checking was enabled in the FDR Global Options Table the ALLCALL option A security call for class DASDVOL and volume vvvvvv failed The user does not have sufficient authority to perform this swap or erase Action An U0801 ABEND is issued FDRO21 RACF DATASET PROTECTION FAILED ON DSN dsname Reason Security checking was enabled in the FDR Global Options Table the
435. may not be the same as the volume on which SMS tried to allocate it Codes from the IBM CATALOG SVC can be found documented under IBM message IDC3009 Common codes include COMP CODE REASON 0004 0004 0008 0008 0056 0068 0068 00010 00120 00008 00038 00006 00008 00020 The catalog selected by FDR to catalog this cluster does not exist see the description of the ICFCAT operand If you dumped this cluster on one system and are restoring it on another this may mean that a catalog with the name of the original cluster s catalog does not exist you may need to specify ICFCAT ALIAS to catalog it into the proper catalog The catalog selected by FDR to catalog this cluster is not defined in the master catalog See 0004 0010 above Name already in the catalog A NEWGROUP or NEWINDEX value may have resulted in renaming the output cluster or some of its components to the same name Name already in the catalog Either the cluster or component name already exists or the original cluster is still cataloged The VRECAT operand can be used on the RESTORE statement to delete the duplicate names Insufficient security authorization to define the cluster You must have ALTER authority to the cluster under RACF or the equivalent in other security systems The VTOC or Indexed VTOC is full Insufficient space available to define the cluster If comp is a value above 9000 the error is gen
436. me serial prefix for volumes for which history records are to be processed You can specify VOI VOJ VOI a complete volume serial a prefix 1 5 characters followed by all volumes with FDRPAS history records 310 27 310 11 SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT SYNTAX SWAPBUILDIX STATEMENT NOTE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT 310 11 SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC STATEMENT FDRPAS SWAPBUILDIX and EXPANDVTOC statement syntax SWAPBUILDIX TYPE FULL EXPANDVTOC LOGMESS NO YES This statement initiates an FDRPAS utility task to build or rebuild the indexed VTOC VTOCIX on an online volume It must be the first statement in the input only one SWAPBUILDIX statement is allowed per execution SWAPBUILDIX must be followed by one or more MOUNT statements to identify the online volumes on which to build the VTOCIX and may optionally be followed by one or more EXCLUDE statements to exclude certain systems that do not have the volumes online a maximum of 250 MOUNT EXCLUDE statements may be present The MOUNT and optional EXCLUDE statements that follow the SWAPBUILDIX statement are the same as those used with the SWAP and SWAPDUMP statements 310 03 SWAP Task MOUNT Statement on page 310 16 and 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE Statement on page 310 17 On the MOUNT statement the VOL operand identifies the volume where the VTOCIX is to be built and th
437. me target device as specified by the main FDRPAS process and that the device is inactive on the LPAR this MONITOR task is running on If so then this volume is varied offline on by this MONITOR task However you must not mark the target devices as offline in your I O configuration If this is done the device would be offline at the next IPL and the operating system will not find the volume at its new location You do not need to initialize the target devices in any way FDRPAS is not sensitive to the contents of the target devices However you can initialize them if you like this prevents annoying messages at IPL time Also if you specify the CHECKTARGET YES operand the target must be initialized but empty or never used no valid volume label 320 1 MULTI SYSTEM DETERMINATION FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 When your source volumes are in an IBM RVA an early Oracle StorageTek SVA or any others that emulate a 3990 3 the SYSTEMS operand must be specified on the SWAP statement because those systems do not allow FDRPAS to determine the number of systems with access to disks in them Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING before using the SYSTEMS operand When your source volumes are in an EMC Symmetrix subsystem except the 4xxx series FDRPAS can determine how many systems actually have a source volume online When your source volumes are in an IBM 3990 6 IBM 2105 IBM 2107
438. mes For example STOPAFTER 240 will terminate FDRMOVE approximately four hours after the job is started 325 8 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 VOLSORT NO Output volumes will not be rotated The output volumes will be used in the order the volumes are specified by NVOL or selected from the storage group You can use VOLSORT NO when you want to control where data sets are placed YES Output volumes NVOL or NEWSTORGRP on the SELECT statements will be rotated as described under Output Volume Selection for FDRMOVE on page 325 16 When data sets are moved from multiple input volumes FDRMOVE will spread the data sets by moving different input volumes to a different output volume NVOL Default YES INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you do not change the default especially if STORGRP or NEWSTORGRP2 is specified on a SELECT statement WARNING When you specify VOLSORT NO many checks on the NVOL list are bypassed it is your responsibility to specify proper online target volsers VTOCEMPTY Is only accepted on a SIMMOVE statement CHECK If used with SELECT ALLDSN VOLz It will check the VTOCs of all volumes specified on MOUNT statements and show you the volumes that still have data sets on them other than the VTOC VTOCIX and VVDS VTOCEMPTY CHECK can be used to check the input volumes after a MOVE or FASTMOVE to see if they have been emptied Neither NVOL nor NEWSTORGRP23 is
439. mes of a successful swap or the target devices of a successful SWAPDUMP Do not specify CHECKTARGET NO if only FDRPAS disks are to be erased FDRERASE and FDRPAS both check to be sure that the disk is not already being used by the other program so you cannot accidentally erase a disk that is being swapped or swap to a disk being erased If you plan to erase disks from a subsystem while swapping other volumes in the same subsystem be aware that the FDRERASE I Os may increase the FDRPAS swap elapsed time We recommend that you only erase a few volumes at a time MAXTASKS n in this case If the old disk subsystem will be sold or returned to the vendor you should run an ERASE or SECUREERASE to insure that your corporate data is gone When swapping volumes with FDRPAS the source disks serve as a backup in case of problems with the new hardware Do not begin erasing data from the old disks until you are sure that the new ones are operating without problems Users of TDMF will need an extra step before the old source disks from a migration can be erased with FDRERASE TDMF sets the old source volumes offline but leaves a volume serial filled in the UCB Validity checks within FDRERASE will bypass these disks because of the volume serial z OS will allow such a disk to be allocated and used by a job so FDRERASE cannot be certain that the disk is not in use To clear the volume serial from the UCB you must vary the disks online to z OS and then
440. mes that exceeds MAXTASKS nn FDRERASE starts the indicated number of internal erase tasks as each one finishes another one is started until all selected disks have been erased The number of tasks can also be modified dynamically while FDRERASE is running See Console Commands for FDRERASE on page 34 Note that MAXTASKS 64 the default requires a below the line private area of up to 8 5MB If the available below the line private area on the system where FDRERASE is run is smaller MAXTASKS is automatically reduced to avoid storage shortage errors unless you have specified the MAXTASKS operand MAXTASKS applies to each MOUNT statement separately The disks specified on each MOUNT statement are completely processed up to MAXTASKS concurrently until they are all complete Then the next MOUNT statement is processed If VOLSORT YES is specified or defaulted then the maximum concurrent erase tasks may be less than 64 because of the processing described above under MAXEU where FDRERASE attempts to limit the number of concurrent erases that affect the same underlying physical disks or RAID groups If the underlying physical disks cannot be determined but the total number of disks to be erased exceeds MAXTASKS then FDRERASE spreads the active tasks by z OS device address to attempt to achieve the same result For EMPTYVTOC the maximum value for MAXTASKS is 10 Default 64 except EMPTYVTOC defaults to 10 330 17 FDRERASE
441. message FDR124 REASON 4 for more information O VVDS does not match FDRPAS moves them but the invalid VVDS will still exist O Duplicate VVDSs on the volume Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING regarding movement of a volume with this situation In addition the SIMSWAP job provides you with a list of CPU serial numbers of the LPARs that are connected to the source volume s specified in the MOUNT statement s Create a FDRPAS SIMSWAPMON job using the FDRPAS ISPF dialogs to examine all of the volumes to be monitored This also checks the specified devices on all the other systems in the PLEX to ensure that they are added to the list of watched devices Use the same parameters on the SIMSWAPMON that are used in the actual SWAP job As soon as the SIMSWAPMON is fine you are ready to create the actual SWAP job s You are now sure that all common conditions that make a swap fail have been verified before the actual swap is started In the event that the actual swap is run much later than the SIMSWAPMON it is recommended to repeat the SIMSWAPMON job to ensure that everything is still in place If you use FDRPAS with FDRMOVE please see Section 325 11 FDRMOVE Special Considerations on page 325 55 Recommendation to all FDRPAS users prior to V5 4L75 In many cases you used the FDRPAS ISPF dialogs to only monitor the swap jobs With FDRPAS V54L75 or higher you should now use the FDRPAS ISPF dialogs to create all of jobs including
442. mments by placing an asterisk in column 1 of an input record You can use the rest of the record for comments Some operands consist of a list of suboperands A suboperand list must be enclosed within parentheses unless the list reduces to a single suboperand in that case the parentheses may be omitted When the total length of the operands on a statement exceeds the available columns in a logical record they must be continued onto one or more following logical records To continue a statement interrupt the operand field after any complete operand or suboperand including the comma that follows it That comma must be occur at or before column 71 and the next column must be blank On the next input record start the next operand anywhere in the record columns 1 to 71 You may continue the control statement any number of times Some users put only one operand per record to improve readability xi NOTATION PACING DYNAMIC Dynamic Pacing MONITOR TYPE SWAP DURATION 50 FDRPAS MONITOR MOUNT SWAPUNIT 3A0 3BO0 3C0 3D0 3E0 3F0 Each subsection of this manual that describes a control statement starts with a table showing the command and operands for that command followed by detailed descriptions of the operands In that table the following notation is used in this manual to define the usage of each operand e ksd Uppercase letters and words must be coded exactly as shown they are also printed in bold
443. moved Once FASTMOVE has moved all data sets selected on the source volumes or it is instructed to stop it will again signal FDRPAS to swap the source volumes back to the original source disks Since there are usually no or far fewer data sets left on the disk this swap is very fast If you must terminate FDRMOVE before it completes all data sets you have the option of leaving the volumes in the transit stations F jobname TRANSITRETURN NO When you restart FDRMOVE it will recognize that they are already in the new subsystem As long as FASTMOVE runs on the same LPAR and an IPL has not occurred it will recognize that the disks are transit stations otherwise it will not move the volumes back to their original disks Normal I O is used if the total tracks to be moved from one input volume are 15 or less A given FASTMOVE job should only move data sets to a single target disk subsystem although the input data sets may be on multiple subsystems If you need to move to multiple subsystems reserve transit stations in each subsystem and run multiple FASTMOVE jobs You may also be able to improve performance more volumes processed concurrently by running multiple FASTMOVE jobs selecting different subsets of the data to be moved they can use the same target volumes and transit stations if you like 325 31 FASTMOVE EXAMPLES Move CATALOGED DATA SETS EXAMPLE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FASTMOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 04 Here
444. n continues and any user can execute these functions If you do not have an active security system SAF indicates that the resource is not protected However if you protect all resources by default such as the RACF PROTECTALL option then you need to define these resources and authorize the appropriate users for READ access To reduce overhead and better control security FDRMOVE supports a security STGADMIN profile that allows FDRMOVE to bypass security while moving data sets To invoke this support E Specify the STGADMIN operand on the MOVE or FASTMOVE statement e g FASTMOVE TYPE DSF STGADMIN other operands m Authorize the user id under which FDRMOVE runs to profile STGADMIN ADR STGADMIN MOVE in class FACILITY any authority including READ is adequate All known security systems support such profiles m lf the user id is authorized to that profile all security checks from all system components invoked by the FDRMOVE job are bypassed It does not affect any other jobs The advantages of STGADMIN are E Security overhead is reduced 380 23 INSTALLATION SECURITY OPTIONS PANEL A I 4 1 380 14 E The user id under which FDRMOVE runs is authorized to move any data set but has no authority to those data sets outside of FDRMOVE This may be a significant advantage if a third party contractor is running FDRMOVE at your installation INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING strongly recommends specifying the STGADMIN oper
445. n EEA EEEE 48834 4 32 58 PERCENTAGE OFE VOLUME IN USE Gop doondgosn boonda 98 ANS el CPK600I COMPAKTOR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED CHECKSOURCE RUN VOLUME H1I17C2 S25 Oe FDR233 CPU WITH SERIAL 056E0D2096 WAS EXCLUDED 4533 03 FDR233 PUB SERIAL 026E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL HI17C2 HTC 2107900 TO HTC 2107900 433 03 EDR223 CPUC SERIAL 016E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL HI17C2 AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 17C2 TO 17C1 FDR233 CPUA SERIAL 096E0D2096 ACKNOWLEDGES THE SWAP OF VOL HI17C2 AND HAS JOINED IN SWAP OF UNIT 17C2 TO 17C1 FDRW66 SIMSWAP VOL H1I17C2 TO UNIT 17C1 COMPLETED 3 SYSTEMS CPUB CPUC CPUA 4 33 03 FDR999 FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED 40333103 The FDRSUMM output from this job will be similar to COMP ELAPSED VOLUME DASD BYTES DATASETS UPDATED TRACKS CODE TIME MIN SIZE CYL READ FROM VOL PROCESSED TRACKS SWAPPED 0 0 0 sly alee 0 0 0 0 31339 0 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 SwaP A VOLUME A volume accessible to multiple system images will be swapped to a new device ON MULTIPLE FDRPAS will determine the number of systems that have access to the volume Prior to SYSTEMS running this job you must start FDRPAS MONITOR tasks on each of the systems to EXAMPLE monitor the target device See Section 310 23 MONITOR SWAP Examples on page 310 47 The target device must be offline on all systems SWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M
446. n requirement REGION 0M is recommended and optional PARM field that may contain the first FDRERASE control statement For example SWAP EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M PARM ERASE TYPE FULL The parameter PARM may also contain a MOUNT control statement separated from the first by a slash e g PARM ERASE TYPE FULL MOUNT EBRASEUNIT 17F4 There must be no space immediately before the slash Additional control statements if any must be contained in the SYSIN data set Specifies the load library where FDRERASE resides The library must be authorized Specifies the output message data set it is required It is usually a SYSOUT data set but if it is assigned to a data set on tape or disk this DD must specify DISP MOD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on disk or tape Specifies an output message data set for an internal erase subtask They are optional If needed they are dynamically allocated as SYSOUT so you need to specify them only if you need to direct those messages elsewhere It is usually a SYSOUT data set but if it is assigned to a data set on tape or disk this DD must specify DISP MOD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on disk or tape Specifies the optional output message data set for an FDRERASE summary report It is usually a SYSOUT data set but if it
447. n the install package and can be run If you do not h ave FDREPORT on the install package please contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for pricing REPORT EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFAULT ENABLE OFFLINE SUMDEVICE UNIQU ITLE INE UCB LIST FOR SSID lt VLSSI ECT VLVOLID NE FDR5 VLSSID 3000 3 n t E TITLE LEFT D gt 001 P UCBSTATS VLVOLID ORT FIELD VLSSID VLUNIT BREAK Y ES NO T X REPORT FIELD VLUNIT VLVOLSER VLDEVTY S P RINT DATATYPE VOLDATA The output produced by this would resemble the following showing that three volumes in SSID 3001 with UCB addresses of 300D 3012 and 3014 do not have a VOLID of FDR5 which would be on all volumes erased by FDRERASE WICH TSP TROVE ISTHE SOO UADR VOLSER DEVTYPE UCBSTAT VOID 300D SY 300D 3390 3 ONLINE VOL1 3012 S 3012 3390 54 ONLINE VOL1 3014 S 3013 3390 27 OFFLINE FDR3 330 38 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE SAMPLE OUTPUTS 330 07 330 07 FDRERASE SAMPLE OUTPUTS SIMERASE The SIMERASE examines volumes in the range specified 07CO 07CF SIMERASE SAMPLE OUTPUT identifies those that will be bypassed because they are online and those that are offline and will be erased SIMERASE also identifies those that have previously been erased by FDRE
448. n the proper condition to reset NVOL vvvvvv Specifies a new volume serial to be assigned to the disk from 1 to 6 characters if is less than 6 the assigned serial will have trailing blanks Normally this will be a new serial since the original disk volume serial is usually still online NVOL may contain an asterisk in any position For any character that is an asterisk the corresponding character from the original volume serial of the disk will be preserved For example if the original volser was ABC123 and NVOL XYZ 5 is specified the new serial will be XYZ153 Note that if VARYUNIT specifies a range of devices NVOL should specify a mask so that duplicate volume serials are not generated If the volume serial requested is already online on this system the volume label will not be modified and the request will fail with a diagnostic message If the volume serial is correct you will need to execute this function on another system where that volume is not online If you want to retain the original volume serial of the disk you can either specify the original serial or NVOL but that original serial must not be online on this system Note Neither the VTOCIX SYS1 VTOCIX volser nor the VVDS SYS1 VVDS Vvolser will be renamed The VTOCIX will still work correctly but the VVDS will not be accessible so VSAM clusters on the volume will not be usable Any attempt to allocate new VSAM or SMS managed data sets
449. n then enter a command on the panel to confirm one or more disk volumes and complete their operations If you want to automate the process you can use an FDRPAS job or started task with the MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP or TYPE CONFIRMSPLIT statement Section 310 07 MONITOR CONFIRM Statement on page 310 23 This is followed by one or more MOUNT statements Section 310 08 MONITOR CONFIRM MOUNT Statement on page 310 25 identifying disk volumes When all of the volumes identified are in the ready to confirm state they are all confirmed automatically This is an easy way to automatically complete the SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation for a set of volumes at the same time 300 12 I O PACING Note FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 By default FDRPAS does I O to the source and target devices as rapidly as the hardware and operating system allow Up to 15 tracks are read or written per I O unless overridden by BUFNO This allows FDRPAS to complete the swap of a volume very quickly The swap of a 3390 3 typically completes in two to three minutes depending on the number of tracks to be copied source and target device types etc If there is I O activity on the volume from other applications or the system the FDRPAS I O may have an impact causing the other I O to be delayed or elongated In most cases this degradation is not noticeable batch jobs using the volume may run a little longer and online
450. n this system If this is the intended target device for the swap vary it offline on all systems and resubmit the swap request TARGET ERASEUNIT IS NOT OFFLINE OR NOT CONNECTED OR HAS VOLSER The device address specified by ERASEUNIT is not offline on this system or has no channel paths or is marked offline but has a volume serial filled in the UCB If it is not offline you can either vary it offline or include the operand ONLINE VARYOFF if you are sure the volume should be erased If it is offline with a volser you may need to vary it online and offline again to clear this illogical condition TARGET ERASEUNIT IS ONLINE AND ACTIVE The device address specified by ERASEUNIT is not offline on this system and it is currently allocated to one or more address spaces so it cannot be varied offline and erased TARGET ERASEUNIT FAILED TO COME OFFLINE The device address specified by ERASEUNIT is not offline on this system by an internal VARY OFFLINE did not succeed TARGET ERASEUNIT CAME ONLINE DURING ERASE The device address specified by ERASEUNIT was varied online during the erase process the process is terminated 390 28 NOTE MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 TARGET VOLSER CHANGED The volume serial on the target device was changed unexpectedly One possible cause is an ICKDSF offline INIT of the target device during the swap SWAP TARGET UNIT ALREADY IN USE The specified target device is already in use as a swa
451. nd register 15 points to a cell within the backup VVR Those registers plus the hex displacements shown above for the appropriate reason codes will point to the fields that did not compare FDR153 VSAM SCRATCH ERROR COMP cccc CODE code CLUSTER cluster VSAM SCRATCH UPDATE ERROR COMP cccc CODE code CLUSTER cluster Reason FDR attempted to scratch a VSAM cluster but the CATALOG DELETE SVC failed cccc and code match the return code and reason code documented for IBM message IDC30091 except that cccc values over 9000 are internal FDR errors Some commonly occurring IBM codes are COMP 0008 0076 0076 0084 CODE REASON 0042 The cluster to be scratched was not cataloged FDR can only scratch cataloged clusters 0000 User attempted to scratch a multi volume cluster that was not aliased to a user catalog This data set may be partially deleted 0008 User attempted to scratch a cluster with an alternate index that has the NOUPGRADE attribute on another volume 0000 The VSAM cluster is date protected Specify VEXPD NONE on the DUMP Statement to scratch this cluster COMP values over 9000 are from FDR COMP REASON 9004 9008 9012 9020 9024 Dynamic allocation failed for the specified cluster code is the decimal equivalent of the dynamic allocation error code it also appears in hex in register O within the mini dump Dynamic allocation error codes are documented in the ISP
452. nderlying disks are not used to sort or limit the disks erased concurrently Disks are selected in the order that their UCBs are found in the operating system and up to MAXTASKS disks are erased concurrently YES FDRERASE uses hardware queries that vary by disk manufacturer to identify the underlying physical FBA disk or RAID group for each logical disk selected for erase and the disks are sorted by that disk ID See MAXEU on page 17 to understand how this ID affects FDRERASE operation Default YES ADDITIONAL The following operands can be specified ONLY on a VERIFY or PRINT statement If all of PRINT AND them are omitted VERIFY defaults to verifying the last track of every cylinder and PRINT VERIFY defaults to printing track 0 from each of the first 100 cylinders on each selected disk STATEMENT ERASEDATA OPERANDS NONE PRINT only Specifies that only Record 0 RO is printed from each selected track including a count of the additional data records on the track This greatly reduces the size of the printout when printing from a volume before it has been erased Default One line is printed for each record on each selected track ERASENUMB nnnnn VERIFY and PRINT only For VERIFY specifies the number of tracks 1 65535 that must fail erase verification on a disk before the VERIFY function stops processing the volume For PRINT specifies the number of tracks 1 65535 whose contents are printed from each disk The tr
453. ndicated that they are ready to swap the volume FDRPAS makes this check up to 30 times if all expected systems have not joined in the swap by the 30th check FDRPAS terminates the swap This may indicate that an FDRPAS MONITOR task was not monitoring the target volume on every system The value specified should be three or more times the value specified for SWAPDELAY on the MONITOR statement in the MONITOR task Default 15 seconds the default on the MONITOR statement is five seconds The default should be adequate unless you have a large number of systems that participate in the swap process in that case more time may be required for all systems to join SWAPIOERR RETRY An O error on the target device while copying tracks causes the swap to stop the copy and retry the I O error every five seconds until it is successful or until the swap is terminated by the ABORT command on the FDRPAS ISPF panels or a console CANCEL C command SWAPIOERR RETRY allows a swap to recover and continue when the target device has an error that can be corrected It is intended for use when the target device is connected over a channel extender if the remote link is interrupted and later recovered FDRPAS automatically waits for the repair and continue When the first such I O error occurs FDRPAS puts a non scrollable message FDR210 on the console to document that it is in the retry loop IBM I O error messages are suppressed for the retry I Os so
454. ne the TOE will terminate with a non zero completion code return code and output an error message with asterisks to the console and program listing indicating the erasure was incomplete and the TOE will make no attempt to overwrite the data on that specific DASD volume User Data Protection The TOE provides two disk erasure functions ERASE and SECUREERASE Both functions overwrite DASD to ensure the risk of remaining residual data if any is commensurate with the risk of a person scavenging for user data The ERASE function overwrites the DASD with one pass or more selectable by an input option up to 8 of binary zero or of hexadecimal bytes chosen by the TOE user The SECUREERASE function overwrites a DASD volume with a minimum of three passes or more selectable by an input option up to 8 of hexadecimal bytes determined by the TOE In addition the TSF provides the VERIFY function to enable the TOE user to verify that physical tracks of the DASD have indeed been overwritten sufficiently that no residual information remains Security Management The TOE provides two disk erasure options and identifies the DASD to be cleared The TOE reports to the TOE user the outcome of a DASD overwrite including success failure to access the DASD because the DASD is found to be on line and failure to overwrite a bad disk track after successive attempts The TOE provides the VERIFY function to enable the user to verify that physical
455. ne they will be automatically erased as well If the BCVs are SPLIT then you will need to run FDRERASE against the split BCVs If you try to erase a BCV unit that is ESTABLISHed you will get an I O error either Intervention Required or SIM time out For mirrored RAID 1 disks FDRERASE will identify the internal disk by the physical disk ID for the online disk and its mirrors For RAID 10 the RAID group ID is used HDS If you use HDS Shadowlmage or FlashCopy to create duplicate volumes you must be sure that the duplicate volumes are also erased If the Shadowlmage volumes are ESTABLISHed at the time that FDRERASE is done they will be automatically erased as well If the volumes are SPLIT or SUSPENDed or created with FlashCopy then you will need to run FDRERASE against the duplicate volumes as well If you try to erase a Shadowlmage unit that is ESTABLISHed you will get an I O error either Intervention Required or SIM time out FDRERASE will identify the internal disk by the RAID ID IBM If you have used FlashCopy to create duplicate volumes you must erase the FlashCopy target volumes as well You should terminate any active FlashCopy sessions involving the disks to be erased otherwise the elapsed time of the erase will increase substantially FDRERASE will identify the internal disk by the RAID rank ID RVA SVA Disk subsystems with a virtual architecture such as the IBM RVA and Oracle StorageTek SVA are difficult
456. nels which temporary stop any tracks from being copied on active swap volumes To dynamically modify the value of TRANSITRETURN issue the MODIFY F command specifying the job name of an FDRPAS SWAP TYPE TRANSIT job F jobname TRANSITRETURN NO By default FASTMOVE will return the source volumes to their original disk devices after FASTMOVE is done with them This option causes FASTMOVE to leave the source volumes in the transit station It is the same as specifying TRANSITRETURN NO on the SWAP statement If you terminate a FASTMOVE job see the STOP P command above the FASTMOVE job will automatically terminate the associated FDRPAS job but only after FDRPAS has moved all volumes back to their original devices If the FASTMOVE job has not completed all data sets and you intend to restart it later you should use this procedure 1 Enter a console command F pasjob TRANSITRETURN NO 2 Enter a console command P movejob This will terminate the FASTMOVE job after it finishes any data sets actively being moved and will terminate the FDRPAS job leaving any volumes that are in the transit stations in those stations Later when the FASTMOVE job is restarted FDRMOVE recognizes that the volumes are already in the same control unit as the targets and does not move them again As long it is run on the same LPAR and an intervening IPL has not occurred it will return the volumes to their original devices 325 51 FDRMOVE
457. nerated It may be that the new data set name does not meet IBM standards or that the resulting name is greater than 44 characters Z One or more data sets failed to restore using ALLDSN or DSN mask Check the subtask listing for errors Action Take appropriate action and or contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance 390 44 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR332 function SCRATCH BYPASSED ON DSN dsname Reason An attempt to delete the source data set was BYPASSED by the FDRMOVE operation The scratch was not attempted for this data set because of an earlier error such as a catalog error which is described by another message FDR334 FDR FAILED TO CATALOG comp DSN dsname status Reason FDRMOVE allocated and moved the non VSAM data set dsname but could not catalog it If comp is printed it will be COMP X FFFF00001111 that contains the catalog return codes from registers R15 FFFF RO 0000 and R1 1111 If the register 15 value is X FF14 then the code was generated by FDR and indicates either that the data set was currently cataloged on zero volumes or more than 255 volumes or that the volume sequence number of the current piece of the data set was higher than 255 the RO value is the number of volumes currently in the catalog entry in hex FDR supports cataloging of multi volume data sets up to a maximum of 255 volumes If the register 15 value is X FF98 then the code was generated by FDR
458. ng the FDROPT module from the previous load library and setting the equivalent options in the new FDROPT Do not copy the FDROPT module from a previous version using any standard copy utility such as IEBCOPY or ISPF COPY the dialog COPY function copies option values while preserving version information and new defaults in the new FDROPT Copy FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS OPTION COPY FDR INSTALLATION COPY FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS COMMAND gt WARNING PLEASE MAKE SURE THAT THE COPY TO FROM DATA SETS NAMES ARE CORRECT TO CANCEL THE COPY OPERATION EITHER PRESS THE END KEY PF3 OR TYPE CANCEL COPY TO DATA SET IDP FDR5476 LOAD COPY FROM FDR PROGRAM LIBRARY DATA SET DATA SET NAME gt IDP FDR5475 LOAD VOLUME SERIAL gt IN ADDITION COPY THE FOLLOWING OPTIONS MODULES ALLOCATE ABR RESTORE ALLOCATION LIST gt NO YES NO ARCPROTI eA hn vARNG Hila has ER Mihi Talat TERRE gt NO YES NO ABRERO Tl Ab RB ACKU gt ay PRO Mii Mii TRR gt NO YES TNO REOMPROTE TABRIRESTORETEROTE CHECIO Ws 5 oe o 6 gt NO YES NO SICINZINOME INI SORVMEC INOMAC IY InlSHlG oo oo 6 gt NO YES NO CPKUNMOV COMPAKTOR UNMOVABLE TABLE gt NO YES NO EDRNORG RS eH DRR
459. nning When the overwriting record is all binary zeros the ERASE function is quite fast since very little data must be sent down the channel for each track allowing many disks to be erased in parallel Other values may require more time since the entire record must be transmitted for each track It waits at the end of each pass to be sure that the data is hardened written to the hard disks before continuing this may take some seconds ERASE is often adequate for erasing disks that are sold scrapped or returned to the manufacturer since it makes it difficult to recover the original data even if the hard drives are removed more so if multiple passes and patterns are used The PRINT statement prints information about the contents of selected tracks from an offline or online disk This can be used to verify that a disk was actually erased You can also use it to print the contents of a disk before the erase By default PRINT prints the first track from each of the first 100 cylinders on each selected disk device but you can specify operands to control the tracks printed The operands for PRINT are listed at the end of the operand list that follows The print function prints one FDR175 message for each record on the selected tracks including record O RO that is present on every track However if ERASEDATA NONE is specified only RO is printed plus a count of the additional records Disks erased with ERASE or SECUREERASE contain one
460. not acceptable to our auditors as it only wipes out the VTOC and leaves the data on the disk At our latest DR test we ran 6 jobs one for each of the 6 storage frames and they completed in 2 5 hours The total amount of storage was 13 terabytes of data which was comprised of 96 3390 mod 3 s 1200 3390 mod 9 s and 96 3390 mod 27 s LIMITING ACCESS Because FDRERASE can destroy data if misused you should limit access to its TO FDRERASE _ functions You can use your security system to limit access to the program library containing FDRERASE or the program name FDRERASE FDRERASE also performs internal security checks that limit access to specific functions See Securing FDRERASE on page 34 PRODUCT DEMO Product demos are available on the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING web site for FDRERASE Go to website http Avww innovationdp fdr com and click on the FDRERASE link under the DEMOS icon jv E http www innovationdp fdr comjindex cfm 05 7 E innovation Data Processing E innovation Data Processi x ont atenerse The Makers of FDR FDRABR __ FDRIUPSTREAM A Visual amp Audio Overview 7X5 01 G31 0 of Our Product Line FDRREORG FDRER FDRPAS FDREPORT View ProductDemo______ oronp ee FORMOVE sai ent AMAK ACIE SAA View Product Demo FORVIEWS FATS FATAR FDRERASE OPEN FATSCOPY View Product Demo Customer Support FTP Login Latest Product Release Request Latest Version
461. ns supersede these printed instructions and should be used if any differences are noted The order acknowledgement e mail first of two e mails looks similar to Subject Innovation Distribution Server Order Acknowledgment 012345 From ENSMTP CPUA IDPNJ COM To SYSPROG ABC COMPANY You are receiving the first of a two message set acknowledging your Innovation software product order Retain this e mail until you receive a status second message containing instructions for performing the product installation The status message will be sent when your order is ready to be downloaded from the Innovation FIP site NOTE 1 You must perform the install of this distribution file before THURSDAY JUNE 30 2011 The install program IDPREC in your distribution file will expire on this day and the file will be removed from our FTP site This order is for PAS Product Group including the following options FDRPAS FDRERASE FDRMOVE RENTAL CUSTOMER LICENSE Customer Order Number 012345012345012345 Company name ABC COMPANY Customer contact SYSPROG Product version Rental Date 5 477716 2012 060 IDPREC Password 012345012345012 345 KKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKKK This message came to you from the Innovation Distribution Server You can respond to the sender of this message or send questions by Email to support fdrinnovation com KKEKKKKKKKEK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK KKK
462. nsole commands on every system to verify how many have the volume online If in doubt reply NO until the condition can be investigated and corrected if necessary You should always contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING before responding YES to this message Reply NO terminate the swap request Message FDR234 REASON Q will be printed Reply RETRY FDRPAS will wait additional time to see if the additional systems indicate their participation If you did not start FDRPAS MONITOR tasks on all systems start them before replying If sufficient additional systems do not participate the message will be reissued Under no circumstances should you automate the reply to this message Every occurrence of the message must be investigated by a knowledgeable person before replying We recommend that you reply RETRY at least once in case some MONITOR tasks were running but were not able to respond in time NOTE f you are running FDRPAS with FDRMOVE or specified NONRESPONING RETRY in FDRPAS then the FDRW68 reply will only accept NO or RETRY 390 5 MESSAGES AND CODES CONSOLE MESSAGES 390 02 FDRW89 FDR TRIAL VERSION FROM INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING EXPIRES IN nnn DAYS Reason This is a trial version of FDRPAS FDRMOVE or FDRERASE The number of days the trial will remain active is displayed When there are 10 or fewer days before the trial is due to expire this message will become non deletable Action
463. ntify all volumes and data sets to be moved It also identifies the jobs currently holding the SYSDSN enqueue on those data sets It also identifies catalogs and other data sets that FDRMOVE cannot move these volumes may need to be moved with an FDRPAS swap jobname JOB STEP1 EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMMOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0003 NVOL OUT001 OUTO02 OUT022 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0060 NVOL OUTO01 OUTO02 OUTO22 Ji Repeat Step1 Consolidate Entire Volumes without Instant Replication MOVE on page 325 39 if necessary to fix JCL or control statement errors NVOL lists etc Step2 Consolidate Entire Volumes without Instant Replication MOVE The MOVE job It will move the data sets from the input volumes when they become available not enqueued DISABLENEW YES will set the input volumes to DISNEW SMS or PRIVATE non SMS so that the volumes will no longer be used for new data sets remove it if you do not plan to remove the input subsystem jobname JOB
464. nts up to 10 disks are processed in parallel The VTOC size and location can be specified on the following MOUNT statements or it defaults to the existing VTOC size and location if it exists The VTOCIX indexed VTOC is also created for a new VTOC or if the VTOCIX previously existed By default EMPTYVTOC operates on offline volumes only If you add the ONLINE VARYOFF operand the volume is varied offline if it is not in use and emptied If you add the operand VARYON AFTER the volume is varied online after it is emptied EMPTYVTOC does not erase any data nor does it uncatalog data sets that were in the VTOC 330 11 ERASE STATEMENT PRINT STATEMENT SECUREERASE STATEMENT SIMERASE STATEMENT FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 By default ERASE overwrites every track on the selected disk devices with a single track length record consisting of binary zeros obliterating all data records that previously existed on the track You can optionally request that every track be overwritten multiple times ERASEPASS n and you can optionally specify the value to be used in each byte of the overwriting record ERASEPATTERN varying it from pass to pass Special pattern values are used to request a random pattern or a quick erase pass erasing the tracks instead of overwriting If multiple passes are requested it processes every track on the volume in each pass from the top of the volume to the begi
465. number in the SYS1 VVDS data set does not reflect the volume it is on If FDR were to allocate a VSAM cluster under these conditions the operating system would create a new VVDS data set The name of the cluster or one of its components being restored does not meet IBM s data set naming standards Error occurred applying the NEWINDEX value A LOCATE SVC failed CODE shows the return code from LOCATE The reason code is not shown Unable to find the PCCB for a user catalog Dynamic allocation failed CODE shows the return code in register 15 from SVC 99 The dynamic allocation return code DARC from the SVC 99 parameter list is not shown VSAM OPEN failed Message IEC161I may appear on the job log CODE shows the return code from VSAM OPEN as documented under IBM message IEC161I For example code 0040 indicates a security violation VSAM PUT failed CODE shows the return code from VSAM PUT AMB Extension was not found Internal error in reconstructing the imbedded index RBA of index extent is not correct VSAM EOV failed Message IEC070I may appear on the job log CODE shows the return code from VSAM EOV as documented under IBM message IEC161I For example code 0104 or 0209 indicates that the volume that you were restoring to did not have enough space to contain the data set It should be possible to restore the cluster to another volume with more space available Error from RACF for a cluster with a discrete profile FDR success
466. nvokes the e mail facility BADSWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT FDREMAIL DD MAILSERVER 12 132 14 178 FROM Me lt ME MYCOMPANY COM gt TO Me lt ME MY COMPANY COM gt SUBJECT E MAIL TEST SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE ZZZZ DELIBERATE CONTROL STATEMENT ERROR 320 31 320 05 EXEC STATEMENT STEPLIB DD STATEMENT SYSPRINT DD STATEMENT SYSUDUMP DD STATEMENT SYSIN DD STATEMENT FDREMCS CONTROL STATEMENTS CONSOLE RESPONSES FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDR EXTEN DED MCS SOFTWARE CONSOLE FDREMCS 320 05 FDR EXTENDED MCS SOFTWARE CONSOLE FDREMCS FDREMCS is a program written by INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING to provide the ability to issue z OS console commands from a step that uses an Extended MCS EMCS software console FDREMCS can issue any z OS console command subject to RACF controls To execute FDREMCS the following JCL statements are required The EXEC statement specifies the program name PGM FDREMCS A REGION parameter is not required Since FDRPAS is normally installed in a library separate from any other FDR products a STEPLIB DD is usually required pointing to that library Specifies the output message data set It must be present and is usually a SYSOUT data set but it may be assigned to disk o
467. obs tasks and users who have the source volume allocated to remain unchanged and unaware that a new device is in use Note that if your installation has JCL or dynamic allocation that allocates using the actual unit address e g UNIT 3FA they need to be changed after the swap After a successful swap the now offline original device can be used as a point in time backup of the volume at the point of the final swap If you are using FDRPAS to migrate to new hardware when all volumes in the old disk subsystem have been swapped to new disks the old subsystem can be disconnected and removed 300 7 SWAP PHASES FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 The operation of FDRPAS is divided into five 5 phases Phase 1 Initialization This phase begins when a swap is requested by an FDRPAS SWAP task as well as during the SIMSWAPMON process The swap request is validated and if multiple systems are involved the FDRPAS MONITOR tasks on the other systems are notified of the swap request Since the SIMSWAPMON task performs the same processing as the swap process it is highly recommended to run this to ensure that the swap process runs without errors The SIMSWAPMON task prepares for the real swap and ensures a cleaner swap process without performing the swap Xd If CONFMESS YES was specified FDRPAS asks the system operator for permission to continue via a WTOR with message FDRW01 You can also reply to t
468. ocation that uses the esoteric name to allocate the volume fails after the swap is complete You must either update the esoteric name to include both the source and target devices before the swap or update the esoteric name immediately after the swap Consult IBM documentation for information on defining and changing esoteric names It is possible to use specific unit addresses in UNIT JCL parameters and dynamic allocations to allocate specific disk volumes e g UNIT 3A2 or UNIT 125A It is rare that JCL uses specific unit addresses but it is more likely that programs that dynamically allocate disk volumes might use z OS services to get the unit address of a disk volume and use that address in a dynamic allocation If a job or dynamic allocation uses a specific unit address obtained before an FDRPAS swap completes but does the allocation after the swap it fails JCL using specific unit addresses should be changed to use generic or esoteric names preferably and programs using dynamic allocation may need to be rerun FDRPAS does enqueues with major names of FDRPAS FDRPASQ and FDRPASU with SCOPE SYSTEMS to indicate that swaps are in progress The enqueues are used to detect duplicate swap requests and inhibit certain operations It is desirable but not required that these enqueues be propagated to all systems involved in the swap If these enqueues are not propagated to some systems FDRPAS may not be able to detect duplicate swap reques
469. oduct You can exit the menu at this time as all the necessary libraries have been loaded IDP PRODUCT INSTALL SCREEN 3 arin wir a minis ie age ae ee ee LD Rieoccic Imsieelll Sites esse ee saa SSsassa Command gt Press Enter to continue Enter Can Cancel to quit The FDR installation data sets have been received If you would like to display the FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU and continue with the Installation process press ENTER otherwise press CANCEL Proceed to 380 05 Invoking the Install ISPF Dialog Panel A I on page 380 17 to complete the installation 380 7 380 03 CD INSTALLATION STEP 2 1 CD INSTALLATION STEP 2 2 INSTALLATION CD INSTALLATION 380 03 CD INSTALLATION The CD install method contains a letter that documents the install process A copy of this letter is in electronic form in the Readme rtf file in the ZOS directory found in the root directory of the CD You should follow these instructions provided to install the product using the CD install method You must transfer the PAS BIN file from the zOS directory found in the root directory of the CD to your z OS host The required file attributes for the target z OS data set is listed in the instructions The exact directions for the FTP transfer are also documented in the instructions Once the PAS BIN file is on the z OS host system you then expand the product distribution file Expanding the product dist
470. of the FDRPAS job Reason codes include 1 2 3 PASV ID ERROR Internal installation error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING PAS DDT FIND ERROR Internal installation error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING GETMAIN ERROR An error occurred doing a GETMAIN for storage in ECSA for the intercepts NO DCE ERROR The source volume UCB does not point to a DCE Device Class Extension This should not be possible for an online disk DCE LENGTH ERROR The DCE Device Class Extension pointed to by the UCB of the source volume is not at least 48 bytes in length This should not be possible DCEALCYL INVALID ERROR Number of alternate cylinders in the DCE Device Class Extension of the source volume is not valid This may indicate that the source volume is on an old control unit not supported by FDRPAS XTID VALIDATION ERROR Internal validation or coordination error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING NAME TOKEN NOT FOUND Internal validation or coordination error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING NAME TOKEN CREATE ERROR Internal validation or coordination error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING NAME TOKEN DELETE ERROR Internal validation or coordination error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING TOKEN ERROR 0 Internal validation or coordination error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING NAME TOKEN RETRVE ERROR Internal validation or coordination error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING LOAD ERROR An e
471. ol statements that will trace all I Os issued by FDR This same format is used for those traces 390 2 MESSAGES AND CODES CONSOLE MESSAGES 390 02 390 02 CONSOLE MESSAGES The following write to operator WTO and write to operator with reply WTOR are issued by FDR FDRW01 CONFIRM REQUEST TO function VOL vvvvvv TO UNIT uuuu ON nnn SYSTEMS REPLY YES OR NO Reason FDRPAS has been requested to process volume vvvvvv to offline target device uuuu and CONFMESS YES was specified nnn system images are participating in the function function will be SWAP for a SWAP function or DUMP for a SWAPDUMP function If you are using the FDRPAS ISPF panels to monitor active swaps this message will also appear on the ISPF display you can reply to it from ISPF or from the operator console NOTE If WTOR NO is specified on the FDRPAS main statement then the FDRW01 message is issued as a WTO not a WTOR and the operator cannot reply the FDRPAS ISPF panel must be used to reply Action Reply YES Operator approves request Reply NO Operator does not approve the request the function is terminated Message FDR234 REASON Q will be printed To perform SWAP or SWAPDUMP without operator intervention specify CONFMESS NO on the SWAP statement or omit CONFMESS NO is the default CONFIRM REQUEST TO ERASE nnnn UNITS REPLY YES OR NO SEE PREVIOUS FDR235 MSG FOR UNITS Reason This form of message FDRW01 is issued by FDRERASE if
472. omatically handled There are no special considerations for GDGs 325 58 CONNECTED CATALOGS ALIASED CATALOGS IBM DFSMSHsm MIGRATION VOLUMES UNCATALOGED DATA SETS NOTE UNMOVABLE DATA SETS ARCHIVED DATA SETS DATA SETS CATALOGED IN MULTIPLE CATALOGS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 Installation running with multiple LPARs We have found that many installations have catalogs that are not connected aliased on every LPAR This is usually an oversight but it may be done on purpose If FDRMOVE moves data sets on an LPAR where its catalog is not connected FIRMOVE will treat them as uncataloged data sets VSAM data sets in these catalogs will give an error message while non VSAM data sets will be moved without updating any catalogs Non VSAM data sets allocated and moved to non SMS volumes will not update the catalog Non VSAM data sets allocated and moved to SMS volumes will be cataloged using the catalog structure of the system where FDRMOVE is run Therefore you must check all LPARs for this condition before running FDRMOVE DFSMShsm Migration volumes on DASD must be excluded from FDRMOVE since the DASD volume that the migrated data set resides on is required for DFSMShsm to properly locate the migrated image so the data set can be restored However FDRPAS can move the entire migration volume since the DASD volser would remain the same If some data sets are cataloged in a catalog that is not
473. ommon cause is a mismatch between the SMS flags in the VTOC of the output volume and that volume s status in the current SMS configuration common reason codes are 04160053 VTOC indicates INITIAL status in process of conversion to SMS 04160054 VTOC indicates NON SMS but the volume is in an SMS storage group 04160055 VTOC indicates SMS but the volume is not in an SMS storage group Action You can use FDRCONVT section 70 30 to convert the volume to SMS or non SMS or you can remove the volume from its storage group in the current SMS configuration comp values greater than 1000 are from FDR in hex as follows COMP REASON 2354 The name of the data set being restored does not meet IBM s data set naming conventions If NEWNAME NEWGROUP2 or NEWINDEX was specified the error is in the new name otherwise it is the original name of the data set that is invalid You can bypass this check by specifying NODSNCHK on the RESTORE statement the data set will be allocated but the catalog will probably fail FDxx The IBM subsystem interface IEFJSREQ failed with return code xx FExx The IBM SMS interface failed the allocation request with return code xx usually 08 reason will be an SMS error code in decimal You can find the description by looking up IBM message IGDxxxxx where xxxxx is the reason code FF04 FDR cannot allocate an ISAM file See member ISAM in ICL Library
474. on your console The STATUS is also put to SYSPRINT displaying up to 1000 lines If you want to limit the volume status without details on the data sets enter F jobname STATUS NODSN If you want to limit the volume status to certain volumes enter F jobname STATUS VOL volser volser can be a specific volser a volser prefix followed by an asterisk ABC or just an asterisk to display all volumes the default You can specify both parameters in either order e g F jobname STATUS VOL volser NODSN You can issue console commands F jobname SUSPEND or F jobname RESUME To any active FDRMOVE or FDRPAS TRANSIT job SUSPEND will complete any active operations before going into a suspend state RESUME will start the job going again SUSPEND to an FDRMOVE job will finish any existing MOVE task and not start up any new move task until a MODIFY RESUME This allows the user to have an FDRMOVE job running for a long time but have it moving data sets only during certain periods of time For instance the user does the SUSPEND at 8AM and resumes it 12AM the next morning so that the moves are only taking place between 12AM and 8AM overnight The SUSPEND can also be done from the FDRMOVE ISPF panels If the SUSPEND RESUME is issued to the FDRPAS TRANSIT job all active swaps to transit will complete and no new ones will start until the RESUME is done This is different than the SUSPEND RESUME command on the FDRPAS ISPF pa
475. on SYSIN data set U0402 SYSPRINT SYSPRINn ABRMAP SYSMAP DD Statement Error Reason One of the above DD statements is missing or incorrectly coded or I O error occurred processing the data set There must always be a SYSPRINT DD statement and there must be a SYSPRINn DD statement for each backup TAPEn DD statement when using ATTACH or ABR U0502 One or more Control Statements are in Error U0600 Required DD Statement is Missing or in Error Reason A message is always printed with the DDNAME and reason U0609 Dynamic Allocation Error Reason Message FDR336 shows the specific cause U0612 EXIT Error Reason A parameter passed back by a user written security exit was invalid U0650 DISKxxxx DD Statement OPEN Failed U0802 Invalid Completion Code from a User Exit Reason A parameter passed back by a user security exit was invalid 390 48 MESSAGES AND CODES ABEND CODES 390 04 U0888 A Non Terminating Error Occurred Reason One or more FDRPAS operations abnormally terminated or ended with diagnostic messages but the errors were not severe enough to prematurely terminate the entire step This ABEND is issued to call attention to the errors Examine the printout for the error messages causing this ABEND U0901 Error executing the FDR trial extension program FDREXTND U0902 Error executing the FDR trial extension program FDREXTND U0995 ABEND ESTAE timeout Reason When the SWAP task of an FDRPAS execution ABENDs inclu
476. on as the devices are synchronized CONFIRM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP MOUNT VOL TSOO01 MOUNT VOL TSO002 MOUNT VOL TSO003 MOUNT VOL TSO004 MOUNT VOL TSO005 310 49 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR CONFIRM EXAMPLES 310 24 CONFIRM THE FDRPAS SWAP tasks are currently creating point in time backups SWAPDUMP of SWAPDUMP oF volumes PRODO1 PRODO2 and PRODO3 and they specified CONFIRMSPLIT YES so ASETOF they will wait for a confirmation after the volumes are synchronized See Section Confirm VoLuMES SWAPDUMP with Operator Confirmation Example on page 310 51 The following job EXAMPLE will cause an automatic confirmation of the operation If it is submitted before the volumes are synchronized it will wait for them to all become synchronized and then it will complete the creation of the point in time backups of all three volumes at one time If the volumes are already synchronized when it is submitted it will complete the point in time backups immediately The following step executes FDRINSTANT to create tape backups of the point in time backups the special data set name of FDR USE UNITuuuu on the DISKx DD statements tells FDRINSTANT to backup the offline image on device uuuu
477. on the volume is preserved Note that if the target device of an unsuccessful operation is reset the data on that device may not be complete or may not be usable The MONITOR statement is followed by one or more MOUNT statements See Section 310 13 RESET and VARY MOUNT Statement on page 310 32 to identify the offline disk devices to be processed Although the statement name is MONITOR this does not initiate an FDRPAS MONITOR task and it will not participate in swaps See Section 310 27 VARY Examples on page 310 55 for examples This function replaces the FDRPASV 1 utility which was used in earlier releases to correct the volume label but did not change the volser or vary the device online FDRPASV1 can still be used but is no longer documented TYPE Must be specified on the MONITOR statement RESETVOL Will reset the volume label and change the volume serial but will not vary the volume online This is generally used when you plan to vary the volume online to another system VARYONLINE Will reset the volume label change the volume serial and vary online the disks that are specified by following MOUNT statements It is varied online only on the system where this FDRPAS job is executed on other systems you must issue a console VARY command if you need to access it 310 31 310 13 RESET AND VARY MOUNT STATEMENT SYNTAX RESET AND VARY MOUNT STATEMENT RESET AND VARY MOUNT STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS
478. onfiguration or is offline on some systems but the target device is in the configuration you should execute a MONITOR task on those systems The MONITOR task sees the swap request determine that it does not need to participate in the swap because the source volume is not in use and communicate that to the SWAP task The SWAP task counts this as a responding system but excludes it from swap processing If the target device is not in the configuration of some systems but those systems are connected to the system executing the SWAP task via GRS a GRS complex then you should execute a MONITOR task with DYNMON YES on those systems FDRPAS uses a series of cross CPU enqueues major names FDRPAS and FDRPASQ to communicate that those systems do not need to participate If some systems have the source volume online but do not have access to the target device do not attempt to swap that volume unless you vary it offline on those systems first It is not accessible on those systems after the swap Only in the situation where some systems have the source volume offline but do not have access to the target device and are not connected to the swapping system by GRS or MIM do you need to take special actions to allow FDRPAS to continue This also applies if some systems in your configuration are running non z OS systems such as z VM Linux or Linux for System z If the disk subsystem is a 3990 6 2105 2107 or another that allows FDRPAS to determin
479. ons of ADABAS An exposure exists in ADABAS V813 and earlier to report Cache Fast Write CFW IO errors after an FDRPAS swap Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING referencing ISYS incident number R3021 or SoftwareAG technical support referencing SAGSIS incident number 308599 for details for any available maintenance or problem circumvention Immediately after an FDRPAS swap completes an ENF Event Notification Facility signal is issued on each system to indicate that the swap was done Event code 10 SWAP is issued but an ENF exit translates this to event code 28 SWAP DYNAMIC on most systems Software systems that are sensitive to disk volumes being swapped to new devices listen for those ENF signals and can take appropriate action to access the volume on its new device address Users of the Allocation Control Center ACC or Space Recovery System SRS products from DTS Software should insure that fix DTS22560 to monitor ENF swap signals is installed If you have other software products that may be sensitive to the device address of a given volume ask the vendor if they honor ENF SWAP signals Some system monitoring products such as TMON may not properly report on swapped volumes if they have not implemented the ENF support It is usually sufficient to stop and restart those products after the swaps to recognize the new device addresses 320 12 PROGRAMS THAT ACCESS OFFLINE DISKS FDRPAS PROGRAM LIBRARY SYSTEM COUPLE DATA
480. or those containing active local page or swap data sets These volumes can be moved by creating and activating new page data sets on other volumes and deactivating those on the volumes to be swapped The system residence IPL volume can be swapped but you must be sure to update your IPL parameters on all affected systems with the new IPL address before the next IPL However you should read Section FDRPAS Special Considerations on page 320 1 carefully since there may be steps you need to take before moving certain volumes When FDRPAS is used to create a point in time backup the SWAPDUMP statement the operation of FDRPAS is similar to the operation of a normal swap except that the volumes are not swapped at the end of the operation FDRPAS simply terminates leaving the target device with an exact copy of the source volume except that the label is changed from VOL1 to FDR1 at the point that FDRPAS ended You must start an FDRPAS SWAPDUMP operation for all volumes involved in the backup well before the backup is to be taken to give FDRPAS time to synchronize all those volumes Volumes involved in a SWAPDUMP backup cannot also be involved in a true swap and no more than one SWAPDUMP can be in operation for a given volume at one time Normally you want to specify the CONFIRMSPLIT YES operand on the SWAPDUMP statement This operates identically to the CONFIRMSWAP YES operand of the SWAP statement causing FDRPAS to continue to operate
481. ormation on allocating and sizing VTOCIX data sets see note The disabled Indexed VTOC will be rebuilt on three volumes FDRPAS will determine the number of systems that have access to each volume Prior to running this job you must start FDRPAS MONITOR tasks on each of the systems to monitor the offline monitor device specified by SWAPUNIT see example below The monitor device must be offline on all systems BUILDIX EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAPBUILDIX TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL DATA23 SWAPUNIT 07C3 MOUNT VOL DATA24 SWAPUNIT 07C3 MOUNT VOL DATA25 SWAPUNIT 07C3 310 53 EXPAND THE VTOC on Two VOLUMES EXAMPLE NOTE MONITOR THE SWAPBUILDIX OR EXPANDVTOC MONITOR DEVICE EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC EXAMPLES 310 26 The VTOC will be expanded to a new size on two volumes The VTOCIX will be sized to 1 16th of the size of the VTOC unless the VTOCIX is already larger FDRPAS will determine the number of systems that have access to each volume Prior to running this job you must start FDRPAS MONITOR tasks on each of the systems to monitor the offline monitor device specified by SWAPUNIT see example below The monitor device must be offline on all systems EXPVTOC EXEC PGM FDRP
482. ot the swap fails with message FDR234 REASON O Therefore FDRPAS allows a volume in a consistency group to be swapped only to another volume in the same consistency group This check is made by the FDRPAS SWAP task so if you are not running the consistency group software on every system you must run the SWAP task on a system where it is running Before the swap you need to update the group definition to add the FDRPAS offline target device by device address and refresh the group to include it After the swap since disks are usually added to consistency groups by volser or SMS storage group you may be able to remove the device address since the volume is now on the target device You should also set the Consistency Group option AUTO_REFRESH YES so that the group is automatically refreshed after FDRPAS swaps a volume in the group If you are swapping an EMC volume to a disk in a non EMC subsystem or to an EMC subsystem that cannot participate in an appropriate SRDF session you should disable the consistency group before doing the swap since consistency is not maintained after the swap Because the EMC consistency group software and FDRPAS use some of the same interfaces for monitoring I O INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING does not recommend starting or stopping the EMC software or disabling or enabling consistency groups while FDRPAS swaps are running unless you are certain they will not affect the same devices Otherwise FDRPAS swaps may
483. ot be empty 380 30 380 17 AUTHORIZING THE FDRPAS FDRMOVE FDRERASE PROGRAM LIBRARY AUTHORIZING THE FDRPAS ISPF PROGRAM CA ACF2 COMMAND LIMITING FACILITY INSTALLATION AUTHORIZING PROG RAMS 380 17 AUTHORIZING PROGRAMS FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE must execute as an APF authorized program on all systems involved both SWAP tasks and MONITOR tasks must run as authorized tasks If your installation has a dynamic authorized program library list APF list then you can authorize the program library temporarily until the next IPL by using the console command SETPROG APF ADD DSNAME fdrpas loadlib VOL volser If your APF list is not dynamic then you must update the PROGxx member of PARMLIB with the library name and volser and issue the console command SET PROG xx If you expect to continue to use FDRPAS FDRMOVE or FDRERASE beyond the next IPL then you should update the PROGxx member even if you have used SETPROG to authorize it Before the FDRPAS ISPF dialogs can be used on a given system you must add program FDRPASA to the list of TSO authorized programs on that system and you may need to update CA ACF2 if you are using that security system TSO programs are authorized by modifying member IKJTSOxx in SYS1 PARMLIB Program name FDRPASA must be added to both the AUTHPGM and AUTHTSF lists in that member If you have the proper authority you may issue the TSO comman
484. ot displayed one possible reason is that you have not placed the PASPROC JCL member required in an appropriate system procedure library or you have renamed it and not updated the name in the FDR Global Options Table See Section 380 16 FDRPAS and FDRERASE Options Panel A 1 4 14 on page 380 28 A return code of 52 indicates that the system was unable to create an address space for the join task because of system resource limitations or the system wide limit on address spaces is exceeded Action Check SYSLOG for messages to determine the cause If possible correct the error and re submit the FDRPAS request FDR243 SWAP OF UCB ADDRESSES FAILED VOL vwwwwv COMP ccccc Reason FDRPAS has invoked a system service to swap the Unit Control Blocks UCBs of the indicated source volume and its target device but that service failed with return code ecccc f this failure occurs on a system running an FDRPAS MONITOR task this message is printed only in the output of that MONITOR task but the SWAP task will print a related message indicating the failure on this system Action Check the output of the SWAP and MONITOR tasks on all systems If the swap failed on all systems then the swap was terminated and no harm was done If the swap completed on one or more systems then you should stop all usage of the volume on the failing systems since updates are now being directed to the wrong device and contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING imme
485. ou to specify the SMS storage class management class and or data class to be assigned to each data set However this is not necessary if your installation s SMS Automatic Class Selection ACS routines assign proper classes to these data sets 380 15 INSTALLATION TAPE INSTALLATION 380 04 TAPE On this screen you can review all of the decisions you have made before starting the INSTALLATION actual loading of the libraries from the distribution tape Entering BACK on this screen or INSTALLATION any of the others allows you to go back and change options before installation PROCESSING INSTALLATION PROCESSING OPTION SCREEN SCREEN 4 OPTION SS SS INSTALLATION PROCESSING OPTION SCREEN SCREEN 4 PLEASE VERIFY THE FOLLOWING SPECIFICATIONS AND SELECT THE PROCESSING OPTION DISP VOLUME DATA SET NAME 1 INSTALL CONTROL NEW SYSLB2 IDP ICLFDR54 2 LOAD LIBRARY NEW SYSLEZ IDP MODFDR54 3 or COTS caot NEW SYSLB2 TDP DLALOGICEIS a 4 ISPF PANELS A NEW SYSLB2 IDP DIALOG PANELS 5 ISPF MESSAGES NEW SYSLB2 IDP DIALOG MESSAGES 6 ISPF SKELETON NEW SYSLB2 IDP DIALOG SKELETON 7 JC ETBRARY R NEW SYSLB2 IDP JCLFDR54 lt TY PE gt B
486. ously in use such as JES spool and checkpoint Page including PLPA and COMMON Coupling data sets LINKLIST data sets If LINKLIST data sets are enqueued by LLA on your system they do not need to be in the unmovable table You must either avoid moving the volumes containing these data sets or add them to the unmovable table Failure to do so may result in FDRMOVE moving the data sets with possible system failure as the result Data sets that are indirectly cataloged to a volser of for the IPL volume or amp SYSRx for an extended SYSRES volume cannot be properly recataloged by FDRMOVE and should not be moved You must avoid moving these data sets and add them to the unmovable table or exclude these volumes from participating However you CAN move volumes containing these data sets non disruptively with FDRPAS FDRMOVE will identify one active RACF data set for the current system and will automatically exclude it However if you have more than one data set in the active primary RACF data base or you have an active backup RACF data base or you have separate RACF data bases for different systems you should add all of the active RACF data sets to the Unmovable Table since RACF does not enqueue its data sets You CAN move volumes containing active RACF data sets non disruptively with FDRPAS FDRMOVE will automatically exclude temporary data sets by generating this EXCLUDE EXCLUDE DSN SYS T
487. p Pp DP Fae a Se Se a HR e a a a a a a TOSO O 2 SYSA ACTIVATED I O INTERCEPTS ON UNIT 2121 STARTING TIME OF FULL VOL SWAP 10 17 59 UNIT 3390 IN D TSO010 OUTPUT TAPE1 DATA SET IS ACTIVE DSN TSO USER TEST 106 TRACKS UPDATED BY SYSA 8 TRACKS UPDATED BY SYSJ 7 TRACKS UPDATED BY SYSH 109 TOTAL UNIQUE TRACKS UPDATED IN PASS RE COPYING UPDATED TRACKS SYSA DE ACTIVATED I O INTERCEPTS ON UNIT 2121 106 TRACKS UPDATED pd ee di fg SY PEE 24 18 vaa 1G 24 18 ods Ales 2A 19 sie Cote eos FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO FDRPAS SUCCESSFUL COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO TO UNIT 226F SYSB FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL TSOO TO UNIT 226F SYSK ENDING TIME OF FULL VOL SWAP 10 24 24 UNIT 3390 IN D TSO010 OUTPUT TAPE1 OPERATION STATISTICS FOR 3390 VOLUME TSOO10 CYLINDERS ON VOLUM DATASETS PROCESSED BYTES READ FROM DASD DASD TRACKS SWAPPED UPDATED TRACKS RECOPIED DASD EXCPS TARGET DASD EXCPS CPU TIME SECONDS ELAPSED TIME MINUTES SWAP TIME FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED TO UNIT 226F TO UNIT 226F TO UNIT 226F TO UNIT 226F TO UNIT 226F TO UNIT 226F
488. p target for another source volume Another FDRPAS SWAP task has this device enqueued and is trying to initiate a swap to it SOURCE VOLUME DOES NOT CONTAIN VOL1 The source volume is online but does not contain a proper z OS volume label Use FDRDSF PRINT or another tool to print the label track of the volume and contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance CPUXXXXX PAS I O INTERCEPT FAILED CODE c An FDRPAS 1 O intercept on the source volume had an internal failure and has de activated A itself The code c indicates the cause 0 Unknown CCWs see REASONE E or illogical condition 1 An IOSB had a 64 bit real address not issued in V5 4 30 or above 2 A CCW chain included a TIC to a TIC an illegal sequence 4 Too many concurrent update I Os on one device Re submit this swap when less update activity 6 The DDT of the source volume was unexpectedly changed 7 An I O to a Parallel Access Volume PAV alias address was executed PAV should have been disabled 8 An ABEND occurred in the intercept 9 Invalid seek address in sense data A GETMAIN failure for ESQA for the FDRPAS track table B FCX command no IOSB extension c Cancel by dialog JES3 MANAGED DISK This system is executing under JES3 and the disk to be swapped is flagged as JES3 managed disks referenced by a DEVICE statement in the JES3 initialization parameters are JES3 managed A JES3 routine was called to notify JES3 about the s
489. p that fails Since a TO SEVERAL SYSTCPD DD is provided the MAILSERVER statement can specify the name of the mail RECIPIENTS IF server The e mail includes all messages generated for the failing volume Also send a 1 STEP FAILS line notification to a pager EXAMPLE SWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSTCPD DD DISP SHR DSN TCPIP DATA SYSTEM1 FDREMAIL DD DISP SHR DSN STGMGMT FDRPAS CNTL EMAILALL SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 10 MOUNT VOL TSO001 SWAPUNIT 1A MOUNT VOL TSO002 SWAPUNIT 1A MOUNT VOL TSO099 SWAPUNIT 1A Data set STGMGMT FDRPAS CNTL EMAILALL contains MAILSERVER MAIL MYCOMPANY COM FROM lt DILBERT MYCOMPANY COM gt TO lt DOGBERT MYCOMPANY COM gt TO lt CATBERT MYCOMPANY COM gt CC lt DILBERT MYCOMPANY COM gt SUBJECT SWAP FAILED ON amp SYSTEMS amp EMAITLDATE amp ALLMS EMAIL TO Pager lt 9735552345 VTEXT COM gt SUBJECT FDRPAS ERROR amp MSG Q EMAILTIME amp MSG 320 30 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS E MAIL NOTIFICATION FACILITY 320 04 TEST E MAIL This job stream can be used to test your e mail parameters and verify that you can PARAMETERS successfully send an e mail via SMTP This job stream causes a control statement error EXAMPLE that i
490. pecific volume from the FDRPAS ISPF panels See 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 If PACING DYNAMIC is also specified the PACEDELAY value is used as the initial pacing delay and FDRPAS adjusts it dynamically Default 0 no pacing delay PACING DYNAMIC FDRPAS uses an algorithm to gauge the impact of its I O s on I O queue length and I O delay for other tasks on the source volume Every 15 seconds FDRPAS may adjust the PACEDELAY value in use depending on recent results If PACEDELAY is also specified that is used as the initial value otherwise FDRPAS determines the initial value when the swap starts If possible run the swap on the system with the highest level of update activity for the volume when dynamic pacing is used STATIC Static I O pacing is used for FDRPAS I O If PACEDELAY is also specified FDRPAS inserts the indicated time delay between each WRITE to the target device The PACEDELAY value can be displayed and interactively modified from the FDRPAS ISPF panels Default STATIC If PACEDELAY 0 is specified or defaulted no I O pacing is done unless modified from the ISPF panel during the swap WARNING INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you do not use static or dynamic I O pacing unless you have experienced unacceptable degradation due to the use of FDRPAS PACEDELAY and dynamic pacing causes the swaps to take longer PRINT ALL Requests additional printout from the SWAP task
491. ply to confirm the volumes Default NO 310 23 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR CONFIRM STATEMENT 310 07 DURATION nnnn Specifies the number of minutes that the CONFIRMSWAP task keeps checking to see whether the SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation has been initiated for every volume identified on the MOUNT statements If all volumes have not been initiated within this period the CONFIRMSWAP fails If the CONFIRMSWAP task is submitted at the same time as the SWAP or SWAPDUMP jobs then depending on the number of volumes and systems involved it may take anywhere from a few seconds to a minute or two for all of the SWAPs or SWAPDUMPs to start The default of 2 should be sufficient for all but extreme cases If the CONFIRMSWAP fails the reason is probably that one or more of the volumes specified in the CONFIRMSWAP step have been omitted from the SWAP or SWAPDUMP jobs be sure to check for this before increasing the DURATION Default 2 MAXCARDS nnnn Specifies the maximum number of MOUNT statements that can be present in this FDRPAS step from 1 to 9999 NoTE FDRPAS acquires a table with a size of 160 MAXCARDS bytes in below the line storage so very large values may cause GETMAIN failures However values up to 3000 should not be a problem in FDRPAS Default 250 310 24 310 08 MONITOR CONFIRM MOUNT STATEMENT SYNTAX MONITOR CONFIRM MOUNT STATEMENT MONITOR CONFIRM MO
492. ptions until you are satisfied CANCEL Exits to the previous menu and discards all options changed since the last SAVE command REFRESH Is not used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE COPY Is used to copy options and tables from a previous release of FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE see next page AUDIT Displays the values and descriptions of all options that are not currently set to the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING default i e an audit of all changed options RESET Resets all options to the default values distributed by INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING SAVE and CANCEL can be used on any of the option panels Other commands are only valid on this panel If an option value is changed since the last SAVE command and you attempt to exit from this panel you are prompted to SAVE or CANCEL the changes before exiting New Installations NOTE INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING suggests that new installations should display each documented option panel and review the options on them Currently the only option panels used with FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE are 1 Security Options 2 General Options 14 FDRPAS and FDRERASE options 380 20 NOTE WARNING INSTALLATION SET THE FDR GLOBAL OPTIONS TABLE 380 13 Existing Installations The COPY command on the Global Options Panel A 1 4 can be used to copy the option values set in a previous version of FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE by readi
493. pts as documented in the rest of this manual The command can start in column 1 of the input record or it can optionally be preceded by any number of blank columns as long as it ends before column 72 It cannot be continued to another input record It must be followed by at least one blank column The OPERAND field if present follows the command field and is separated from it by at least one blank The operand field consists of one or more operands separated by commas a common mistake is separating the operands by blanks instead of commas causing the extra operands to be taken as comments The operand field may not contain embedded blanks except within quoted strings Operand fields may be continued onto subsequent logical input records but the first operand must appear on the same record as the command Continuing an Operand Field on page xi Most FDRPAS commands require operands The operands accepted with each command are documented in the rest of this manual Operands are keywords meaning that multiple operands may appear in any order The comments field if present follows the operand field and is separated by one or more blank columns It may contain any characters it is not validated Comments fields may not be continued i e they must end at or before column 71 Comments are not permitted on a control statement that allows operands but on which no operands have been specified You can also specify an entire record of co
494. r by allocated space to be matched with the sorted target volumes specified by NEWSTORGRP or ENEWSTORGRP2 CUID sssss five digits is an additional operand that can be specified to limit the input STORGRP selection to a specified disk control unit CUID specifies the 5 digit serial number of the control unit The CUID operand must precede the STORGRP operand e g CUID 12345 STORGRP ABC You must use CUID when the storage group has already been updated to include the target disks so that only volumes in the source control unit are selected You may need to use CUID when the storage group contains volumes from multiple control units to limit the selection to one control unit You must specify CUID if the source volumes are in the same storage group as the target volume You can display the serial number of a control unit with the console command DS QD 01C0 specifying a device in the control unit DS QD 01C0 IEE459I DEVSERV QDASD UNIT VOLSER SCUTYPE DEVTYPE CYL SSID SCU SERIAL DEV SERIAL 01C0 SYM000 2105F20 2105 10017 3000 XX07 00547 XX07 00547 To exclude one or more volumes from the STORGRP selection you can specify an EXCLUDE ALLDSN VOL volser statement before the SELECT vvvvvv Specifies the input disk volume serial s to which this SELECT statement is to apply VOL can be a single volser e g VOL ABC123 or a group of volsers terminated with an asterisk VOL ABC VOL is not va
495. r functions that are unknown to FDRPAS In this case FDRPAS prints some diagnostic information about the suspect CCW chain and the job that issued it You should contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING with this printout so that we can attempt to identify the CCWs and enhance FDRPAS to handle them properly If you can determine that the job has used functions that are restricted during an FDRPAS operation such as Concurrent Copy CC See Section FDRPAS Special Considerations on page 320 1 you may be able to re execute FDRPAS at a time when those functions are not in use If a system with access to the source volume is IPL d activated or an offline source volume is varied online on some system while a swap is in progress for that volume FDRPAS is not invoked on that system and it does not participate in the swap FDRPAS may be unable to tell that this has occurred so when it enters Phase 5 the volume is not swapped on this new system and updates to that volume on that system are done on the wrong device if FDRPAS can detect that the IPL or VARYON has occurred the swap is terminated in Phase 5 You should avoid IPLing systems during FDRPAS swaps unless they do not have access to the source volumes involved You should not VARY volumes involved in Swaps online 300 10 ELIGIBLE VOLUMES FOR SWAP POINT IN TIME BACKUPS FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 All volumes are eligible to be swapped except f
496. r tape Specifies the ABEND dump data set Usually specifies a SYSOUT data set Although the SYSUDUMP DD statement is not required we strongly urge you to always include this DD statement so that we can help you diagnose error conditions If you have a debugging aid product on your system that would prevent the desired dump please add the appropriate one of these statements to the JCL so that a fully formatted dump is produced ABNLIGNR DD DUMMY Turn off Abend Aid CAOESTOP DD DUMMY Turn off CA OPT II amp CA SYMDUMP DMBENAN DD DUMMY Turn off DumpMaster ESPYIBM DD DUMMY Turn off Eye Spy IDIOFF DD DUMMY Turn off IBM Fault Analyzer PSPOFF DD DUMMY Turn off Softworks Performance Essential Specifies a data set containing the control statements for FDREMCS Usually a DD data set It is required FDREMCS accepts only three control statements CONSOLE TERMINAL and COMMANDz Each of the control statements must be specified on an input line by itself you cannot put more than one on a line CONSOLE Specifies the name you want assigned to the console from one to eight alphanumeric characters Only one CONSOLE statement may appear Default FDREMCS TERMINAL Specifies the terminal name assigned to the console from one to eight alphanumeric characters Only one TERMINAL statement may appear This name is logged on the master console but is not used for anything else Default The value specified for CON
497. rand descriptions below include those operands that are unique to FDRMOVE or essential to the use of FDRMOVE In addition FDRMOVE accepts many operands that are documented for FDRCOPY in section 21 of the regular FDR product manual but these are rarely needed for FDRMOVE FDRMOVE is intended to move data sets without renaming them so you must not specify the NEWNAME NEWGz or NEWI operands on a SELECT statement The syntax of the MOVE FASTMOVE and SIMMOVE statements are MOVE TYPE DSF FASTMOVE SIMMOVE DATA ALL SELTERR YES USED NO DISABLENEW YES STGADMIN x STOPINACTIVE nnnn MAXCARDS 1024 STOPAFTER nnnn nnnnn VOLSORT YES NO VTOCEMPTY CHECK NOCHECK MAXTASKS 8 n SCANDELAY nnn The first statement input to FDRMOVE must always be a MOVE FASTMOVE or SIMMOVE statement MOVE Invokes the MOVE function See Section 325 03 FDRMOVE MOVE Function with Examples on page 325 25 FASTMOVE Invokes the FASTMOVE function See Section FDRMOVE FASTMOVE Function with Examples on page 325 30 SIMMOVE Performs a simulation of a FASTMOVE step Control statements are validated and the data sets you specified are selected and displayed The internal FDRPAS Transit JOB for FASTMOVE on page 325 18 is submitted to be sure that it works no JCL or control statement errors as soon as it starts successfully it is stopped No data is moved by the simulation The operands for MOVE
498. ransit stations The scenario below can be modified to replace STORGRP with SELECT ALLDSN VOL To select all data sets in the specified volume s SELECT CATDSN mask To select specified data sets and volumes from the catalog Step0 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Is to add the output volumes to each of the input SMS storage groups There must be sufficient space in the new volumes to accommodate all data sets from the old volumes Step1 Move Active Data Set with Instant Replication FASTMOVE Will be a MOVE job similar to this This example moves inactive data sets and those that become inactive but only if they are 100 cylinders in size or less Data sets are moved from the volumes in the two storage groups in the old control unit CUID 17642 to the storage group in the new control unit NEWCUID 57232 Note that if you are sure that all of the selected data sets will be active until the applications are bounced you might want to skip this step jobname JOB STEPL EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB D DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM D SYSOUT D D D D D SYSIN D MOVE TYPE DSF EXCLUDE ALLDSN SIZE 1500 EXCLUDE DATA SETS gt 100 CYLINDERS A N A N SELECT LDSN CUID 17642 STORGRP CICSGRP EWCUID 57232 NEWSTORGRP CICSGRP LDSN CUID 17642
499. re FDRPAS can determine the systems with access to the source volume it displays all of the identified systems including their CPU IDs in FDR233 messages You can verify that all of the systems you expect have access and that there are no unexpected systems with access Run SIMSWAP once to acquire all the CPU IDs needed to run the swap Following that we recommend using SIMSWAPMON to perform a more comprehensive simulation of the SWAP and MONITOR tasks SIMSWAPMON performs a simulation of a SWAP operation and provides additional processing above that performed by SIMSWAP by communicating with the MONITOR tasks The SIMSWAPMON statement accepts all of the operands and statements of a SWAP operation so they can be used for the actual SWAP operation after running the SIMSWAPMON The SIMSWAPMON does not perform the SWAP SIMSWAPMON requires and verifies that MONITOR tasks are running on all the other systems SIMSWAPMON has these uses 1 It validates all of the operands that appear on the SWAP statement 2 It validates the source volumes and target devices specified on the MOUNT statements on the system where SIMSWAPMON is executed as well as all the systems where MONITOR tasks are running This identifies errors such as the target device does not exist or is the wrong type or size 3 It displays all the systems that respond and that will join in the swap operation It also displays all the systems that did not join error or did not nee
500. reason code x may be 1 The FDR restore subtask restoring this data set from a backup failed see message FDR319 other FDR messages may also appear 3 I O error reading a Format 2 or Format 3 DSCB from the output disk 6 Data set enqueue failed for this data set DSNENQ NONE will override this check B Data set is unmovable 390 43 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 cC Data set not found on the backup file The user may have misidentified the backup the backup does not contain the data set or it may be due to gt The same dsname was specified on more than one control statement or the dsname is a component of previously requested VSAM cluster gt For VSAM clusters can occur if there was more than one VVR for a component of the cluster in the VVDS of the original disk when dumped this is an error D Data set has an F3 DSCB but it could not be found on the backup E Data set was being restored to a new name and the FDR security checking option ALLCALL is enabled but The user does not have READ authority to the original data set gt The original data set is not protected by your security system this is considered an error since the data set may have been backed up on another system where it was protected G Unable to locate data set s F3 DSCB on target volume or F2 DSCB found for a non ISAM data set J Data set was RACF or password protected when it was backed up but user has pre allocated it
501. request failed vvvvvv is the volume involved if known reason is the error text SMS ERROR COMP xxxx CODE ccccc The IBM SMS interface failed the query with return code xxxx usually 0008 and SMS reason code ccecce You can interpret the reason code by looking up IBM message IGDecccc in IBM message manuals STORGRP CONSTRUCT NOT FOUND The specified storage group name was not found by SMS STORGRP NOT FOUND OR NO VOLUMES The storage group is inactive or contains no active volumes Determine which storage groups and volumes are available using ISMF or the operator command D SMS STORGRP ALL LISTVOL STORGRP CONTAINS NO ONLINE VOLUMES The specified storage group contains no volumes online to the operating system Action FDRMOVE fail with a control statement error FDR345 FILTER ERROR REASONSG ALL ENTRIES EXCLUDED OR DUPS ENTRY dsname Reason No data sets on the searched volumes matched the selection criteria of one or more SELECT statements This can also occur if all the data sets in question are already at the target location usually from a MOVE operation being run twice with the same selection criteria FDR346 FILTER SELECTED nnnnnnnn ENTRIES in sssss ss SECONDS Reason A filter was used to select entries from the system catalogs This form of the message documents the number of entries selected by the filter and the elapsed time in seconds required to complete the search 390 46 MESSAG
502. requests for data sets that are actively being moved by FDRPAS The jobs requesting those data sets wait until they are available instead of failing When the data sets being moved by FDRMOVE are SMS managed the user can now change their storage and management classes SUMMARY OF MODIFICATIONS FOR V5 4 LEVEL 70 FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE now support 3390 disks denoted as Extended Address Volumes EAVs At present the size of EAVs is greater than 54GB and up to 223GB EAVs are identified in FDR messages and in reports as 3390 A FDRPAS V5 4 level 70 is required if it is executed on z OS 1 10 with EAVs FDRERASE allows the specification of the EXCLUDE operand to specify units to be excluded FDRERASE now supports up to 32 passes previous support was eight passes This meets the requirement of the DoD on data erasure for sanitizing a disk of three 3 cycles of patterns performed six 6 times for a total of 18 passes ix THIS PAGE WAS INTENTION ALLY LEFT BLANK GENERAL FORMAT COMMAND FIELD OPERAND FIELD COMMENTS FIELD SUBOPERAND CONTINUING AN OPERAND FIELD contain an identification or sequence number FDRPAS control statements are compatible with those accepted by most other FDR programs so the format is familiar to FDR customers The format of control statements is Command Operand Comments where The COMMAND field identifies the control statement Each FDRPAS program has a set of commands it acce
503. ribution file on your z OS host is a two step process If you are using ISPF issue the following TSO commands from ISPF Option 6 TSO Commands You can also exit ISPF and issue them from the TSO READY prompt This TSO session must have access to an ISPF environment because the z OS install process expects to employ ISPF panels to complete the installation The steps described below assume TSO PROFILE NOPREFIX is NOT used 1 Enter RECEIVE INDATASET PAS BIN Where the INDATASET value is the name that you created during the file transfer to z OS This creates a partitioned data set containing two load modules After the RECEIVE is completed the name of the PDS is user id DPREC LOAD If you want a different name then at the prompt Data set FDRSYS IDPREC LOAD from FDRCFG on JESCPUA Enter restore parameters or DELETE or BND Enter DSN desired name Or take the default by pressing ENTER 2 Enter CALL userid IDPREC LOAD IDPREC or if you gave the PDS a different name CALL dsname IDPREC A welcome message is displayed Enter appropriate responses to name and SYSOUT class prompts You are also prompted to enter the 16 digit IDPREC PASSWORD supplied in the Order Acknowledgement e mail Follow the instructions on the ISPF panel to complete the installation of the distribution files 380 8 CD INSTALLATION STEP 2 3 DATA SET NAME
504. rminated automatically after two hours DURATION 120 FDR PLUG AND SWAP FODRES NOVATION DATA PROCESSING CARD IMAGE MONITOR TYPE SWAP DURATION 120 CARD IMAGE MOUNT SWAPUNIT 21C FDRPAS ON CPU SERIAL 0432429672 IS MONITORING THE FOLLOWING 16 UNITS Z2MCO 21C1 21C2 271C3 214 2105 alter Z1IC7 21C 219 21CA ZJCB 21CC 2ICD ZICE 21ICF FDRPAS STARTED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 21C2 FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL RVA7D2 TO UNIT 21C2 ON CPUB FDRPAS STARTED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 21C1 FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL RVA7D1 TO UNIT 21C1 ON CPUB FDRPAS STARTED MONITOR JOIN TASK FOR UNIT 21C7 FDRPAS SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED SWAP OF VOL RVA7D7 TO UNIT 21C7 ON CPUB FDR SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED In this sample printout below from an internally started FDRPAS MONITOR task you can see The control statements requesting that FDRPAS join a swap that was detected by the user submitted MONITOR task The swap beginning on another system and this system joining in the swap Phase 1 1 O intercept installed on this system Phase 2 1 O intercept de installed on this system Phase 4 While active it detected that 252 tracks on the source volume were updated on this system Swap completed Phase 5 The output from a user submitted MONITOR task that monitors only a single target device will be similar to this example FDR PLUG AND SWAP SSE DRPAS INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING PAGE 1
505. rrectly the old subsystem is to be disconnected FDRERASE with the default ERASE function is used to clear overwrite all corporate data on the disks in the old subsystem device addresses 07C0 through 07FF Only offline disks in the range will be erased FDRPAS leaves them offline The default of CHECKTARGET YES will verify that each disk device is an FDRPAS source disk or an empty disk before erasing it When swapping volumes with FDRPAS the source disks serve as a backup in case of problems with the new hardware Do not begin erasing data from the old disks until you are sure that the new ones are operating without problems ERASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ERASE TY PE FULL MOUNT ERASEUNIT 07C 07D O7E O7E Certain disks in the old subsystem used to contain extremely sensitive data FDRERASE with the SECUREERASE function is used to purge all corporate data from those disks Each track will be overwritten three times with random patterns described earlier All these disks must be offline that is how FDRPAS leaves them The default of CHECKTARGET YES will verify that each disk device is an FDRPAS source disk or an empty disk before erasing it ALREADYERASED PROCESS is specified in case some of the disks were previously erased
506. rror occurred loading the intercept module FDRPASXT 390 37 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 E BLDL ERROR An error occurred during a BLDL on the intercept module FDRPASXT F UCBDDT CHANGED ERROR The pointer to the DDT Device Descriptor Table in the UCB of the source volume changed unexpectedly G UCB BUSY OR IOSLEVEL NOT RAISED Either the IOSLEVEL function failed to raise the IOS level of the source volume or the source volume was continuously busy for 2 seconds H ABNORMAL EXIT ADDR NOT RESET Internal installation error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING l DDT NOT WITHIN IGGDDT Internal installation error Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING J UNABLE TO FIND MATCHING MIHB For either the source volume or target device FDRPAS was unable to find an entry in the MIHB MIH table with a key value matching the UCBMIHKY value in the associated UCB Since this would cause a failure when the volume is swapped the swap will not be attempted You may be able to use the console command SET IOS xx to rebuild the MIHB and retry the swap K MIDAW MISMATCH On a System z processor or beyond both the source and target devices must support MIDAWs Modified IDAWs or both must not All IBM disk subsystems support MIDAWs but some non IBM subsystems may not In order to swap you must shut down MIDAW support with the console command SETIOS MIDAW NO Action The swap is terminated Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSIN
507. rted an FDRPAS MONITOR task on all system images If the target device is online to some systems see message FDR235 in the MONITOR task listings If the MONITOR tasks are not monitoring the proper target device s If some MONITOR tasks have failed Ifthe MONITOR tasks have a low dispatching priority on a busy system or the LPAR running the MONITOR task has a low priority you will probably need to increase the task or LPAR priority to get a successful swap Message FDR234 REASON M may also be displayed on the console to identify the non responding systems See System Determination on page 300 19 for an explanation of FDRPAS multi system operation and the determination of the number of systems Also See HSYSTEMS on page 310 7 If you are using the FDRPAS ISPF panels to monitor active swaps this message will also appear on the ISPF display you can reply to it from ISPF or from the operator console NOTE If WTOR NO is specified on the FDRPAS main statement then the FDRW68 OO message is issued as a WTO not a WTOR and the operator cannot reply the FDRPAS ISPF panel must be used to reply If you specify NONRESPONDING FAIL then no message is issued and FDRPAS acts as if NO was replied terminate the swap Reply YES if you want the swap to continue This should be done only if you are sure that the additional system images do not have the source volume online INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING suggests that you use co
508. s The VTOCIX will be built after the VTOC cylinder 3 track 0 for 3 tracks Each volume will be varied online and mounted after the EMPTYVTOC completes BRASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD ERASE TY PE FULL CHECKTARGET NO MAXTASKS 64 ONLINE VARYOFF MOUNT ERASEUNIT 3 4 5 RELABEL EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD EMPTYVTOC TYPE FULL VARYON AFTER MOUNT ERASEUNIT 3 4 5 CHANGEVOL SG amp UUU VTOCLOC 1 VTOCSIZE 44 Unused disks such as FDRPAS source disks are to be re used for other purposes in your corporation FDRERASE with the ERASE function is used to insure that the previous contents of the disks are not available to the new users of the disks CHECKTARGET NO is specified because some of the disks to be erased were moved with means other than FDRPAS and may still contain old data sets to be erased All offline disks in the range of 3A00 3AFF will be erased up to 16 at a time CONFERASE YES will list all of the selected offline disk volumes on the operator s console and require a reply before beginning the erase An empty VTOC and VTOCIX will be rebuilt after the erase the volumes will be relabel
509. s If you issue the command under ISPF skip step 2 and proceed to ISPF Dialog Install Step 3 FDR Primary Options Menu on page 380 18 ISPF DIALOG A standard ISPF primary menu for your version of ISPF with the FDR ABR option added INSTALL STEP 2 is displayed Select option A FDR ABR on this menu to access the FDR dialog ISPF PRIMARY ISPF PRIMARY OPTION MENU OPTION MENU Menu Utilities Compilers Options Status Help ISPF Primary Option Menu Option gt 0 Settings Terminal and user parameters User ID USERI 1 View Display source data or listings wails 9 amp i732 A he Create or change source data Terminal 3278 SUE E ES Perform utility functions Sereen 4 8 T 4 Foreground Interactive language processing Language ENGLISH SBa tEh Submit job for language processing MNojoill ID USP 6 Command Enter TSO or Workstation commands WSO lhegem gg wa Ouse 7 Dialog Test Perform dialog testing TSO prefix USERI 8 LM Facility Library administrator functions System ID g CPUB 9 IBM Products IBM program development products MVS Race brace gt NON His S 10 SCLM SW Configuration Library Manager Release ISPF 5 9 11 Workplace ISPF Object Action Workplace A FDR ABR FDR ABR DASD Management Functions Enter X to Terminate using log list defaults 380 17 ISPF DIALOG INSTALL STEP 3 FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU INSTALLATION INVOKING THE INSTALL ISPF DIAL
510. s are required On disk subsystems where FDRPAS can identify the attached systems this will also display all of the systems with access to the source volumes specified SIMSWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMSWAP TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 3 LARGERSIZE OK MOUNT VOL DATA22 SWAPUNIT 07C3 MOUNT VOL PROD12 SWAPUNIT 425C SIMULATE A Execute a simulated swap with monitor checking SIMSWAPMON statement to validate SWAP WITH the parameters you will use for the real SWAP MONITOR tasks are required for all MONITOR TASKS systems in the sysplex In this example one system is a VM system requiring an EXAMPLE EXCLUDE CPUID statement to exclude that system SIMSWAPM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMSWAPMON TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 4 LARGERSIZE OK CHECKSOURCE YES EXCLUDE CPUID 056E0D2096 MOUNT VOL HI17CC SWAPUNIT 17CA MOUNT VOL HI17C2 SWAPUNIT 17C1 The SYSPRINT output from this job will be similar to FDR303 CARD IMAGE SIMSWAPMON TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 4 LARGERSIZE OK CHECKSOURCE YES 00000800 FDR303 CARD IMAGE EXCLUDE CPUID 056E0D2096 00000900 4532 58 FDR303 CARD IMAGE MOUNT VOL H1I17CC SWAPUNIT 17CA 00001000 432558 FDR30
511. s data from an internal trace The FDR operands to invoke various traces will be provided by INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING when the data is required to diagnose a problem you have reported The message is also used when I O errors occur It is also used by an FDRPAS MONITOR task to document I O chains encountered that could not be interpreted FDR152 ICF VSAM ERROR REASON x DSN cluster component VOL vvvvvv Reason An I O error or logical error exists within the SYS1 VVDS data set or in the VVDS information for the cluster or component indicated on volume vvvvvv this error may also occur for non VSAM data sets on SMS managed volumes The reason code x may be RC 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A C REASON VSAM clusters exist on the volume but FDR failed to find the SYS1 VVDS data set on the output disk or on the backup file The VVDS may not exist or FDR encountered an error trying to find it The IOB details the error The number of extents in the SYS1 VVDS data set was zero The SYS1 VVDS contains more than 3 extents FDR had an I O error or logical error finding an Format 3 DSCB The IOB details the error An I O error or logical error was detected when FDR read or wrote entries within the SYS1 VVDS data set or the VVDS contains no active records even though there are VSAM clusters on the volume For an I O error the IOB details the error The length of a VVR NVR entry within the VVDS is zero or negati
512. s in a subsystem that does not support that determination ssssssssss is the serial of the system where SIMSWAP is running Action Use the SYSTEMS operand on the SWAP statement when swapping this volume be sure to specify the number of systems correctly and insure that a MONITOR task is running on each system FDR234 function ERROR ON VOL vwwwv UNIT uuuu REASON reason Reason FDRPAS had an error that caused the operation on the specified volume to the specified unit to fail function will be SWAP for a SWAP function or DUMP for a SWAPDUMP function A similar form of the message is issued by FDRERASE and FDRINITV for certain reason codes Reason codes include 390 27 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 I O INTERCEPTS ADDRESSES OR UNIT ADDR HAVE CHANGED The FDRPAS I O intercept addresses in the DDT of the source volume or the device address of the source volume have changed unexpectedly This probably indicates that some other program has also installed an 1 O intercept on the source volume with unknown results The device address changed means that some other program swapped the volume that FDRPAS was processing MOUNT STATEMENT NOT SPECIFIED There were no MOUNT statements following a SWAP or MONITOR statement MOUNT statements are used to define the source volume and target device for SWAP or the potential target volumes be monitored for MONITOR MOUNT STATEMENT NOT FOUND Some control statements were provide
513. s is as follows FDRMVDAX JOB INSTALL THE FDRPAS FDRMOVE EXIT FDRMVDAX EXEC PGM FDRMVDAX STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT This JCL is supplied in member FDRMVDAX in the FDR Installation Control Library ICL Program FDRMVDAX supports the following keywords that are specified on the PARM field PROD TEST Specifies how the exit is to be used PROD Is used to intercept ALL dynamic allocations TEST Is used to only intercept dynamic allocations from selected jobs DEBUG Display startup values as well as trace data for the dynamic allocations that are intercepted 380 32 INSTALL THE FDRMOVE DYNAMIC ALLOCATION EXIT NOTE INSTALLATION DYNAMIC EXIT INSTALLATION PROCEDURE 380 18 JOBNAME jobname Specifies the job s that are to be processed by the TEST version of the exit JOBNAME may be abbreviated as JOB This keyword can only be specified with the TEST keyword The value specified may be gt A single job name e g JOBNAME XYZ Ajob name prefix followed by an asterisk e g JOBNAME XYZ gt Up to five job names or prefixes enclosed in parenthesis e g JOB ABC XYZ SYS TSO user ids and started task names are also checked for a match and are eligible for processing by the TEST version of the exit Any job that does not match is not processed by the exit If JOBNAME or JOB is specified then
514. s necessary to change the volume serial of the old source volume at the conclusion of the SWAP for this to be possible FDRPAS does this for you by including a new volume serial command in the FDRPAS Enable Disable procedure MONITOR TYPE RESETVOL MOUNT VARYUNIT 3060 NVOL Vvvvvv new serial for old Source volume Additionally add the NetView commands to bring the swapped volumes online to the Controlling K systems Example COMMAND RO G34 V 3060 ONLINE 3060 is the orig Source vol COMMAND RO G34 V 3068 ONLINE 3068 is the Target volume COMMAND RO F25 V 3060 ONLINE COMMAND RO F25 V 3068 ONLINE COMMAND RO G34 MODIFY NV34PROC HYPERSW ON Master K System COMMAND RO F25 MODIFY NV25PROC HYPERSW ON Alt K System COMMAND RO F26 MODIFY NV26PROC HYPERSW ON Prod System NVxxPROC is the NetView procedure name within G34 Master Controlling system F25 Alternate Controlling system and F26 the Production system Where xx is G34 F25 and F26 The original source volume s can be removed from the GDPS active DASD configuration at a later time when it is convenient 320 35 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS AND IBM GDPS PPRC HYPERSWAP 320 06 Once the SWAP is complete HyperSwap needs to be re enabled This example shows how to issue a MODIFY F command to NetView to re enable HyperSwap ENABLE EXEC PGM FDREMCS COND EVEN
515. s per control unit which is set by the HDS CE If you are using FDRINSTANT to do full volume backups of the FASTMOVE source volumes you should be aware that FDRINSTANT might not work while a volume is in a transit station This is because the volume will no longer be in the same disk subsystem as your FDRINSTANT target devices This also applies to other software that depends on fast replication facilities Obviously if you intend to backup the new FDRMOVE target volumes you will need to setup new FDRINSTANT jobs for those volumes 325 60 FASTMOVE PERFORMANCE TRANSIT STATIONS IBM HYyPERSWAP AND EMC AuTOSWAP CSA AND ECSA USAGE ENQUEUES AND RESERVES FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 The data rate depends on the configuration the number of FASTMOVE subtasks the number of data sets to be moved and other factors FASTMOVE can typically move up to 1TB of data per minute residing within no more than 250 data sets moving 16 volumes concurrently FASTMOVE can typically allocate catalog and move over 1000 small data sets per minute with 16 concurrent volumes Moving 16 concurrent volumes requires 2 FDRMOVE jobs running concurrently Although FASTMOVE will use FlashCopy EMCSNAP or Snap to quickly move data sets from the transit stations to the target volumes performance can be affected by a number of factors FASTMOVE does not use a large amount of CPU time but if sufficient resources are not available
516. s the last index level of the cataloged dsname to number sign followed by the first seven characters of the system name If the system name is seven or less characters the full system name is used after the number sign Customers outside the US the character can be displayed with whatever character generates hex value X 7B in the local language Without further action history records are retained indefinitely but you can discard them simply by uncataloging them You can automate deletion of old history records using the HISTORY TYPE SWAP command of FDRPAS See Section 310 09 HISTORY Statement on page 310 26 300 20 FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS HISTORY RECORDS 300 06 You can display the history records with HISTORY command of the FDRPAS ISPF panels See Section 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 Here is a sample FDRPAS HISTORY PANEL A E HISTORY COMMAND 300 21 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTION ALLY LEFT BLANK 300 22 310 310 01 RECOMMENDATION EXEC STATEMENT NOTE STEPLIB or JOBLIB DD STATEMENT SYSPRINT DD STATEMENT SYSPRINx DD STATEMENT SYSPRTxx DD STATEMENT FDRSUMM DD STATEMENT FDREMAIL DD STATEMENT FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 310 01 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS The following JCL st
517. s to catalog the history record although this is not considered an error and does not cause a non zero return code However if you wish to avoid the message change PASINDEX to BYPASS customers outside the US replace the character with whatever character generates hex value X 7B NONRESPONDING This option controls whether replies are allowed to be specified at the console for the FDRW68 message FDRPAS MONITOR FAILED TO RESPOND The valid values are DEFAULT Allows all replies FAIL Allows no replies RETRY Allows replies of RETRY or NO CHKTARGNO This option controls whether CHECKTARGET NO is accepted on an FDRERASE main statement NO Does not accept CHECKTARGET NO that allows you to erase volumes that are not empty or that have a valid volume label such as the source disks of a successful FDRPAS swap This can be used to insure that volumes containing data that you need are not inadvertently erased If you specify the CHECKTARGET NO option it results in message FDR302 REASON I when CHKTARGNO is set to NO YES Accepts CHECKTARGET NO that allows you to erase any volume even though it contains data sets and valid volume label Default YES NOTE If you set CHKTARGNO to NO and you plan to use FDRERASE to erase your data from DR disks after a Disaster Recovery test or a real disaster you need to reset the option to YES and specify CHECKTARGET NO to do so since those disks will n
518. sage produced by the console STATUS command F movejob STATUS It has many different forms but briefly it displays the status of volumes and data sets being processed by FDRMOVE For FASTMOVE it shows which volumes are moving to transit stations For all functions it shows the active data sets that FDRMOVE is waiting to move Similar messages are displayed by the FDRMOVE ISPF panel Examples and more details appear throughout Section FDRMOVE on page 325 1 VOL volser status source target nnnnnnnn DATASETS TO MOVE HIGHEST SEQ nnnn NOIX Reason This form of the FDR184 message identifies the source volume being processed and the current processing being done Also shown are the source and target DASD subsystem as well as the number of data sets to be moved and the number of unique volumes required for multi volume data sets NOIX is appended to the message to indicate that either the source or target volume or both does not have an indexed VTOC and processing may be slower for this volume The status for the volume level message can be AWAITING MOVE FROM Volume is available to be processed but not selected yet IN TRANSIT STATION The source volume has been moved to the transit station and is now available to FDRINSTANT to move the individual data sets AWAITING TRANSIT No transit station is currently available for use by this volume 390 23 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 MOVING TO TRANSIT
519. scending or D descending in the ORDER field to specify the sort order A is assumed if not specified Note that sorting on the STATUS field ascending will place ACTIVE swaps first INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING suggests that sorting on STATUS 1 and VOL 2 will provide a useful view of your volumes especially if you have selected a range of volsers device addresses or an SSID to display In the second section blank out the S in front of any values for STATUS that you do not want to see Only those volumes with a status for which S is still present will be displayed when you press END PF3 to return to the status screen If one or more values have the S blanked out the status screen will show the text ROWS EXCLUDED to remind you that you have filtered the display The values you fill in on this screen will be remembered in your ISPF profile and used the next time you re enter the FDRPAS dialogs To change them you must use the SORT command again and modify the values 310 65 MONITORING FDRPAS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 When active swaps are displayed you can monitor their progress The display will look like FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P MONITORING PROGRESS SSS SS SS onenn nnee FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit S
520. scribed in more detail later in this section 1 The first threat level is that your count key data CKD data can be accessed by another z OS program or another z OS system This threat might by a deliberate attempt to access unauthorized data It also might be inadvertent access for example data left at a disaster recovery site after a test or real disaster accessed by a subsequent D R customer 2 A higher threat level is that the fixed block architecture FBA disks can be removed from the vendor s disk subsystem attached to another system e g a PC as an FBA disk SCSI Fibre etc and accessed by an FBA program with little special programming or hardware required This could occur inadvertently if the FBA disks from a de commissioned count key data CKD subsystem are removed and sold or reused but it could also be a deliberate attempt to access your data 3 The highest threat level is that the fixed block architecture FBA disks can be removed as in 2 above and special FBA access techniques or equipment are used to access previous versions of data on the disks even if the data has been overwritten The write hardware of FBA disks may rewrite data at slightly varying locations leaving the possibility of residual magnetic signatures of the previous contents this residual data can only be read with special hardware or programming as used by data recovery companies Using special hardware or programming to read the data is definit
521. se charges TYPE SWAP Must be specified on the LICENSE Statement PRINT ALL FDRPAS will generate a report showing every individual online disk volume If omitted only the totals for each disk subsystem are printed 310 33 310 20 LICENSE REPORT EXAMPLE LICENSE REPORT WITH VOLUME DETAIL EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE LICENSE EXAMPLES 310 20 LICENSE EXAMPLES FDRPAS license charges may be based on the total online GB of data on your systems so INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING may ask you to run a LICENSE TYPE SWAP on every system in order to determine these charges All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31020x FDRPAS will display the amount of online storage in every disk subsystem attached to this system LICENSE EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD LICENSE TYPE SWAP This will produce an output similar to FDR303 CARD IMAGE LICENSE TYPE SWAP PRINT ALL CONTROLLER SSID STORGRP UNIT VOLSER ALLOC CYLS SIZE GB TOTAL GB UNKNOWN EMC IBM IBM IBM IBM EMC EMC HTC IBM 0209417060 CPUB 998 032 FDRPAS will display the amount of online storage in every disk subsystem attached to this system Additionally it will dynamically allocate a TAPE1 DD SYSOUT statement and write a report to i
522. se the D R disk volumes to insure that the next customer using the D R disks cannot access your data The National Computer Security Center NCSC a former division of the US National Security Agency NSA has documented DoD Department of Defense guidelines for erasing computer disks These definitions are found in document NCSC TG 025 A Guide to Understanding Data Remanence in Automated Information Systems also called the Forest Green Book You can find copies of this document online by searching the Internet for NCSC TG 025 The Department of Defense has also issued DoD 5220 22 M National Industrial Security Program Operating Manual with guidelines for erasing disks You can find copies of this document by searching for 5220 22 M In addition there is a memorandum from the Assistant Secretary of Defense ASD C3l dated 4 Jun 2001 on Disposition of Unclassified DoD Computer Hard Drives The Computer Security Division of the US National Institute of Standards and Technology is currently drafting Special Publication 800 66 An Introductory Resource Guide for Implementing the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act HIPAA Security Rule that will document disk overwriting requirements You can read this draft publication on the Internet at www csrc nist gov publications drafts html BSI the German Federal Office for Information Security has issued the T Baseline Protection Manual that can be found on the Intern
523. se with each source volume The transit station list SWAPUNIT could be the same for each source volume or you can provide varying lists of transit stations for each volume It is your responsibility to include a MOUNT for every source volume that FASTMOVE will need 325 21 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 SWAPUNIT uuuu Specifies the z OS device addresses of the offline transit station devices to be associated with a given source volume The address can be specified as a 4 digit hex z OS device address or it can be specified as 1 2 or 3 digits with a trailing asterisk in this case all offline z OS disk addresses starting with the prefix specified will be used as transit stations To provide multiple devices or ranges of devices by prefix specify them in parentheses separated by commas but you cannot specify more than 255 subparameters device addresses or address prefix ranges within the parentheses If you use address ranges the total number of transit stations can be up to 8190 Only devices that are offline and accessible at the time the monitor starts will be used as transit stations if a device is placed offline or becomes accessible after the SWAP task starts it will not be used NOTE At least two offline units must be specified on the SWAPUNIT operand unless TRANSITRETURNENO is also specified The transit station devices must be as large as or larger than the input volumes specified by VOL
524. second piece of the data set will go to volume B If that specification is a group the first volume in the UCB chain matching that group will be tried The NVOL list for FDRMOVE should usually specify more than one volser for two reasons 1 Multi volume data sets must be moved to the same number of volumes that they currently occupy FDRMOVE can move each piece of a multi volume data set independently but it cannot combine pieces so if the selected data sets includes for example a three volume multi volume data set you must have at least three volumes in the NVOL list 2 Although you may be attempting to merge several smaller disks into one larger disk it is possible that because of volume fragmentation or the order of allocation all data sets from the input volumes may not fit onto one output volume The NVOL list should contain extra volumes as spill volumes A SIMMOVE will display for each input volume the highest multi volume sequence number found on that volume all non VSAM files and SMS VSAM only Find the highest displayed value for any volume for data sets going to the same NVOL list and you will know the minimum number of volumes that must be in the list If an allocation is attempted on several volumes from your NVOL list but it fails on all of them the message printed will usually show the allocation failure codes from the first volume only failure codes from other volumes are not displayed and may be different Here
525. seful for combining data from smaller disks to larger disks such as moving three 3 3390 3 volumes onto a 3390 9 Note that FDRMOVE cannot move data from 3380 to 3390 or vice versa FDRMOVE will only move data sets that are on DASD and will not move archived migrated data sets when the data sets are selected from the catalog Data sets can be moved between disk volumes in the same disk subsystem or between disk volumes in different subsystems and between different hardware manufacturers FDRMOVE supports single and multi volume VSAM and non VSAM data sets on SMS or non SMS volumes SMS data sets must be moved to SMS volumes and non SMS data sets must be moved to non SMS volumes FDRMOVE has an option to set the input volumes to DISNEW for SMS disable new allocations and PRIVATE for non SMS so that new data sets will go to the new output volumes however if you have a third party disk allocation product you may need to update its parameters 325 1 FDRMOVE FUNCTIONS NOTE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE INTRODUCTION 325 01 FDRMOVE has three functions FASTMOVE MOVE and SIMMOVE FASTMOVE Uses instant data set replication technology such as FlashCopy on IBM and HDS subsystems and EMCSNAP to quickly move data sets when the source and target data sets are in different disk subsystems by moving the source volumes into the target subsystem The user must reserve a number of offline transit station disks in the target subsystem FDR
526. sers of DB2xxx so the new volumes will have serials of DBC xxx VARYON EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE VARYONLINE MOUNT VARYUNIT 21C NVOL C This job will re label an offline volume with a new volume serial and fix the volume label so it can be mounted but will not vary it online It can be varied online to another system if desired This can be executed against a SWAP source volume or a SWAPDUMP target device If you change the NVOL operand to NVOL we will just change the value of FDR1 in the label track of the volume to VOL1 so that the volume can be varied online RESETVOL EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE RESETVOL MOUNT VARYUNIT 7C12 NVOL TMPVOL 310 55 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SAMPLE PRINTOUTS 310 30 310 30 FDRPAS SAMPLE PRINTOUTS SAMPLE SWAP In this sample printout below from an FDRPAS SWAP task you can see TASK PRINTOUT The control statements requesting the swap MONITOR tasks on ten additional systems joining in the swap Phase 1 O intercepts installed on all 11 systems Phase 2 Active data sets are identified note that since SYSDSN enqueues are not
527. ses even deactivating an LPAR from the Hardware Management Console HMC does not remove it from the systems reported by the hardware Systems or LPARs that are running z VM but that are not running a z OS type guest operating system under z VM Systems or LPARs that are running a non z OS type operating system such as Linux or VSE Systems where the FDRPAS MONITOR task has a low priority or LPARs that have a low priority may prevent the MONITOR task from responding in time We recommend that you reply RETRY to the FDRW68 message at least once to allow such systems time to respond You should always contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING before responding YES to this message These systems usually are not using the z OS volumes that you are swapping so this is not a problem if they do use the volumes be sure to place them offline to those systems before the swap The systems that have access to a disk volume can be determined using the SIMSWAP or SIMSWAPMON command of FDRPAS If you have systems that do not participate you can address them in several ways in order of preference 1 Add EXCLUDE CPUID statements in the SWAP task input for each of the non participating systems 2 Reply YES to the FDRW68 message after insuring that all the systems that will participate have been correctly identified by FDR233 messages However this is not recommended We suggest that you reply NO to terminate
528. significant advantage if a third party contractor is running FDRMOVE at your installation INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING strongly recommends specifying the STGADMIN operand in FDRMOVE jobs to use the STGADMIN ADR STGADMIN MOVE profile for all FDRMOVE operations It is possible that different security rules exist on various LPARs and that the security profiles for all the data sets that FDRMOVE selects do not exist on the LPAR where it is running This will cause security error messages unless STGADMIN is specified We recommend implementing STGADMIN in order to bypass this issue 325 56 UNMOVABLE TABLE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 Certain data sets in your system may be active without a SYSDSN enqueue so FDRMOVE cannot tell that they are active Such data sets should not be moved There may be other data sets that have disk location dependencies they should also not be moved To make it easier to avoid moving such data sets FDRMOVE supports an unmovable table a list of data sets that should not be moved This unmovable table resides in the FDRMOVE program library Actually it is the same table that is used by COMPAKTOR PGM FDRCPk The unmovable table is converted into internally generated EXCLUDE statements for every FDRMOVE job and will be shown in the control statement display The unmovable table distributed with FDRMOVE contains entries for SYS1 VVDS SYS1 VTOCIX SYS1 LOGREC
529. site Likewise ONLINE VARYOFF to vary disks offline before erasing them is usually appropriate only at a disaster site to vary your volumes offline and erase them You get the best performance from FDRERASE if you specify many disks to be erased in one FDRERASE job on one MOUNT statement letting FDRERASE manage the disks that FDRERASE erases concurrently If the specified disks are in multiple subsystems or logical control units FDRERASE is able to manage the erase tasks dynamically providing a good elapsed time while avoiding overloading any one subsystem or the physical FBA disks with the subsystem You can use the VERIFY or PRINT functions of FDRERASE to confirm that data has been erased To meet auditing requirements you may need to keep the job listings from FDRERASE They serve as records of the disks that were erased 330 9 330 03 EXEC STATEMENT NOTE STEPLIB or JOBLIB DD STATEMENT SYSPRINT DD STATEMENT SYSPRTxx DD STATEMENT FDRSUMM DD STATEMENT SYSUDUMP DD STATEMENT SYSIN DD STATEMENT IXSYSPRx DD STATEMENT IXSYSINx DD STATEMENT FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 330 03 FDRERASE JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS To execute FDRERASE the following JCL statements are required Please review the examples in Section 330 06 FDRERASE Examples on page 330 35 for a better understanding of the JCL requirements of FDRERASE Specifies the program name PGM FDRERASE regio
530. sitive to the model of disk emulated Customers using Hitachi Shadowlmage that uses PPRC should read the notes Duplex Copy on page 320 7 On an IBM System z processor and any successor processors the I O subsystem supports a channel programming construct called a Modified Indirect Addressing Word MIDAW MIDAWs allow for more efficient data transfer in some circumstances To support MIDAWs the operating system must be z OS 1 7 or beyond or z OS 1 6 with enabling PTFs All IBM disk subsystems support MIDAWs but some non IBM subsystems do not IBM does not allow a swap between a disk that supports MIDAWs and one that does not or vice versa So FDRPAS checks that the MIDAW capabilities of the source and target disks in a swap match Both must support MIDAWs or both must not or the swap fails with an FDR234 REASON 5 error If you are running FDRPAS SWAP or MONITOR task on a processor and z OS that supports MIDAWs you can query the overall status of MIDAWs with the console command D lOS MIDAW If MIDAW support is enabled you can query your FDRPAS source and target disks to verify that they both support MIDAWs or not with the console command D M DEV uuuu If there is a mismatch in the MIDAW support between your source and target disks you must disable MIDAW support globally in order to do the swaps Use the console command SETIOS MIDAW NO 320 6 DUPLEX COPY CONCURRENT Copy CC CACHE FAST WRITE CFW
531. specified when swapping any Linux for System z owned volumes whether they have dummy VTOCs or not However if the SWAP task also includes some non Linux for System z volumes it unnecessarily copies all tracks on those volumes as well so INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends swapping only Linux for System z volumes in a step with the SELECT statement 320 22 FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX ON SYSTEM Z CONSIDERATIONS 320 03 If you like you can identify Linux for System z owned volumes that do not have a dummy VTOC using this job stream STEPO1L EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT DSN VTOC EXTENTS 00000000 VOL vol or VOLG pfx REPORT FIELD SDSN VOL SIZE EXTENTS PRINT SORT COMBINE STEPO2 EXEC PGM FDREPORT REGION 0M SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT ABRMAP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD XSELECT VOLG pfx PRINT DATATY PE VOLDATA For a Linux for System z volume with a dummy VTOC STEP01 prints a normal report line while a volume with a normal VTOC prints FDR495 NO DATA SETS MATCHED SELECTION CRITERIA VOLSER serial You need to use the SELECT statement above for the latter volumes if the volumes are Linux for System z owned You should also verify that the report from STEPO2 is reporting the correct sizes for the
532. ssful file transfer to your z OS host the applet displays a confirmation message box labeled Transfer to MVS Host Successful After clicking OK another message box containing the remaining z OS installation instructions is displayed 380 4 ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION STEP 1 4 INSTALLATION ELECTRONIC INSTALLATION 380 02 Follow the Remaining Product Installation Instructions that are presented at the end of the file transfer Expanding the product distribution file on your z OS host is a two step process If you are using ISPF issue the following TSO commands from ISPF Option 6 TSO Commands You can also exit ISPF and issue them from the TSO READY prompt This TSO session must have access to an ISPF environment because the z OS install process expects to employ ISPF panels to complete the installation The steps described below assume TSO PROFILE NOPREFIX is NOT used 1 Enter RECEIVE INDATASET PAS BIN Where the INDATASET value is the name that you created during the file transfer to z OS This creates a partitioned data set containing two load modules After the RECEIVE is completed the name of the PDS is user id IDPREC LOAD If you want a different name then at the prompt Data set FDRSYS IDPREC LOAD from FDRCFG on JESCPUA Enter restore parameters or DELETE or END Enter DSN desired name Or take the default by pressing ENTER
533. sss is the hardware serial number of that system as reported by the STIDP instruction The unit addresses shown are the addresses on the system indicated the same device may have different addresses on different systems This message will print in the output of the MONITOR task on each system and the message from every system will print in the output of the SWAP task for the volume function will be SWAP for a SWAP function or DUMP for a SWAPDUMP function CPU WITH SERIAL ssssssssss IS ATTACHED TO VOL vwwwv WAS EXCLUDED Reason This form of the FDR233 message indicates that FDRPAS has identified that the system with hardware serial ssssssssss is attached to the source volume vvvvvv WAS EXCLUDED will appear only if an EXCLUDE statement was included for that serial Action If this is a SIMSWAP verify that an FDRPAS MONITOR task will be running on each of the identified systems except for excluded systems monitoring the target device for this swap before you run the real SWAP operation If some of the identified systems will not participate in the swap you may need to exclude them See Section Multi System Determination on page 320 2 for details CPU WITH SERIAL ssssssssss CANNOT DETERMINE OF SYSTEMS ATTACHED TO VOL vvvvvv Reason This form of the FDR233 message is issued by a SIMSWAP operation It indicates that FDRPAS cannot determine the systems attached to the specified volume because it i
534. ssurance that your most sensitive data has been obliterated SECUREERASE meets the NCSC definition of purging the disk and the DoD definition of sanitizing the disk SECUREERASE meets the HIPAA requirements for disposal and reuse of disks that contain protected health information SECUREERASE with ERASEPASS 4 or 6 meets the German BSI requirements for overwriting disks SECUREERASE meets the Australian requirements for sanitizing In Confidence and Restricted media and SECUREERASE with ERASEPASS 5 meets their requirement for sanitizing Protected media SECUREERASE with ERASEPASS 18 meets the requirements for sanitizing media by completing six passes of three cycles of overwriting with a pattern and then its complement and finally with another unclassified pattern e g 00110101 followed by 11001010 and then followed by 10010111 three cycles VERIFY Some erasure guidelines require that the erasure be verified by checking a percentage of the erased disks The VERIFY function of FDRERASE can be used to meet this requirement VERIFY will read selected tracks from the specified volumes and verify that the tracks contain either no records or a full track record created by FDRERASE By default it samples the last track in every cylinder on the volume but you can direct it to sample more tracks up to the entire volume VERIFY meets the DoD requirement for verifying the disks were actually erased 330 27
535. static ALLOWPAV gt NO yes no ALLOWPAV gt NO yes no Other options for SWAP and SWAPDUMP commands Maxvols gt 1 maximum number of volumes to generate per process Maxtasks gt 1 maximum number of concurrent volumes to process Maxactive gt NO limit the number of concurrent tasks in copy phase Interval gt 2 refresh interval in seconds WTOR gt YES prompt console operator for message reply PRINT ALL gt NO print all data set names and tracks copied Options for MONITOR command MAXTASKS gt 64 maximum number of concurrent volumes to process DYNMON gt NO yes no DURATION minutes blanks for no duration LOGMESS gt NO yes no ALLOWPAV gt NO yes no Options for SIMSWAP and SIMSWAPMON commands CHECKSOURCE gt YES check integrity of the source volume VTOC and VVDS Options for CONFIRM command CONFMESS gt YES yes no Options for AUTOSWAP command CONGROUP groupname Job Statement Information gt pfxA JOB acct name NOTIFY pfx zess s STEPLIB gt fdrpas loadlib Dataset name containing Swap Exclude statements optional Dsname Member required for partitioned data set Job Statement Information for Monitor Jobs Monitor 1 CPUID specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt gt 310 69 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31
536. stem ID or control unit serial number Volume serial and storage group will select only online volumes the other options will display online volumes offline disks or both depending on the setting on the option panel On a blank line or even a line that currently displays a disk if you no longer want to see it tab to the field that you wish to use for selection and enter the appropriate value If a complete volume serial or unit address is entered only that one disk will be displayed volume serial can only be used to select disks that are currently online If you enter an SMS storage group SSID or serial number all disks that match the value will be displayed The SSID or serial number is a convenient way to display all volumes in an unused disk subsystem so that you can erase all or some of them For example if you enter an SSID FDRERASE PANEL A E ADDING VOLUMES TO DISPLAY Command Unit Volume Elapsed Control SMS Addr Serial Cmp Pass Time Unit Storage Mask Mask Status MM SS SSID Serial Group Cyls and press ENTER the panel will display all volumes in the disk subsystem with that SSID online offline or both As many as will fit on the screen will be displayed and you may need to scroll up and down PF7 and PF8 or the UP and DOWN commands to see the entire list Wild card characters can be used to select multiple volumes units storage groups or control units An asterisk is the only supported wil
537. t ALTMASK DD UNIT SYSALLDA SPACE TRK 10 10 SYSPUNCH DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD DEFAULT SUMDEV UNIQUE XSELECT VLSMSSTG PROD PRINT DATATY PE VOLDATA CANCEL SELECT XSELECT VLSMSSTG PROD VLDEVTYP 3390 27 PUNCH ECHO PRINT DATATY PE VOLDATA RPTYPE SELPCH PCHDD ALTMASK CANCEL SELECT DEFAULT FIELDPREFIX FIELDSUFFIX XEXCLUDE VLDEVTYP 3390 27 XSELECT VLSMSSTG PROD VLDEVTYP 3390 2 3390 3 PUNCH FDRLIB ALTMASK ECHO PRINT DATATY PE VOLDATA RPTYPE SELPCH This is an example of the output that would be generated on the SYSPUNCH by this FDREPORT job SELECT ALLDSN VOL SYSLB6 NVOL VTSO17 VTSO18 VTSO19 VTS020 VTS021 VTS022 VTS023 VTS024 VTS025 VTS026 VTS027 VTS028 VTS029 VTS030 VTS031 VTS032 SYTS45 SYTS46 SYTS47 SYTS48 SELECT ALLDSN VOL SYSLB2 NVOL VTS017 VTSO18 VTS019 VTSO20 VTS021 VTS022 VTS023 VTS024 VTS025 VTS026 VTS027 VTS028 VTS029 VTS030 VTS031 VTS032 SYTS45 SYTS46 SYTS47 SYTS48 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IDPLB6 NVOL VTSO17 VTSO18 VTSO19 VTS020 VTS021 VTS022 VTS023 VTS024 VTS025 VTS026 VTS027 VTS028 VTS029 VTS030 VTS031 VTS032 SYTS45 SYTS46 SYTS47 SYTS48 SELECT ALLDSN VOL SYSLB3 NVOL VTSO17 VTSO18 VTSO19 VTS020 VTS021 VTS022 VTS023 VTS024 VTS025 VTS026 VTS027 VTS028 VTSO029 VTS030 VTS031 VTS032 SYTS45 SYTS46 SYTS47 SYTS48 325 29 325 04 FASTMOVE FUNCTION OF FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE FASTMOV
538. t NOTE The management class Automatic Class Selection ACS routine is not called The specified management class name is not checked for validity NEWSGFREE nn Specifies the percentage of free space to leave on the target volume when moving with the NEWSTORGRP or ENEWSTORGRP operands Default The value is dynamic based on the entire storage group so that data is spread across all volumes in the storage group evenly 325 12 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 NVOL vol Specifies the volume serial s of output disk volumes where data sets selected by this statement are to be moved It is required You may specify gt A single specific volume serial e g NVOL ABC123 gt A list of specific volume serials enclosed in parentheses e g NVOL TSO001 TSO002 TSO003 gt A group of volumes by placing an asterisk at the end of the volser prefix e g NVOL TSO gt A combination of specific and group e g NVOL TSO PROD ABC001 A group is resolved by scanning all online disks for the specified volser prefix but the order of the volumes is unpredictable Only the first 255 volumes selected will be used Internally specific volsers are moved to the front of the list followed by any prefixes The output volumes will be dynamically allocated when the volumes are selected as a target The NVOL list may contain a mix of SMS managed and non SMS volumes For each input volume only those NVOLs matching
539. t Job Statement Information for Monitor Jobs Monitor 1 CPUID gt 096E0D2096 specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt PASMONA JOB acct user id MSGLEVEL 1 1 MSGCLASS X CLASS M gt ROUTE XEQ JESCPUA gt Monitor 2 CPUID gt 016E0D2096 specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt PASMONB JOB acct user id MSGLEVEL 1 1 MSGCLASS X CLASS M gt ROUTE XEQ JESCPUC gt Monitor 3 CPUID gt 026E0D2096 specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt PASMONC JOB acct user id MSGLEVEL 1 1 Sse MSGCLASS X CLASS M gt ROUTE XEQ JESCPUB gt Monitor 12 CPUID gt specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt gt gt gt The Options panel allows specification of up to 12 MONITOR tasks If you need to add more than 12 MONITOR tasks they can be added manually after the JCL is generated 310 37 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 Use the SIMSWAPMON job option from the FDRPAS pull down MENU to generate the JCL and control statements needed to run the SIMSWAPMON job Enter submit on the TSO command line to submit this for execution SIMSWAPMON GENERATED JCL AND CONTROL STATEMENTS Command gt submit Scroll gt CSR KKK KKK KEKE KKK KKK KK KK KKK KKKKKKKKKKK Top OF Data ARK KK KKK KKK KKK KKK KK KK KK KK KK 000005 FDRPAS EXE
540. t See Section 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE Statement on page 310 17 is accepted and may be required when the source disks are attached to non z OS systems such as z VM VSE or Linux or inactive systems Please read that section to understand when it must be used The syntax of the EXCLUDE statement for the FDRPAS transit job is EXCLUDE CPUID cpuid X The MOUNT statement defines the online source volumes that can be moved to a transit station and the transit station device addresses to which they can be moved The syntax of the MOUNT statement for the FDRPAS transit job is MOUNT VOL 8 88888 volser SWAPUNIT uuu1L uuu2 VOL Specifies the volume serial of an online volume that may be swapped to a transit station device You have two options E If you are going to let FASTMOVE automatically submit the FDRPAS job you must specify a mask VOL amp amp amp amp amp amp In this case you must provide only a single MOUNT statement FDRMOVE will replicate this MOUNT statement and all of its associated transit stations SWAPUNIT for each disk volume FASTMOVE determines must be moved Since there is one replicated MOUNT for each source volume the MAXCARDS option must be set if more than 250 volumes will be selected gif you will submit the FDRPAS TYPE TRANSIT job manually you can specify a single volume serial VOL volser You will need to code multiple MOUNT statements to specify the transit stations for u
541. t The value specified 1 3 or less of the value specified for SWAPDELAY on the SWAP statement in the SWAP task Default 5 seconds the default on the SWAP statement is 15 seconds The default should be adequate unless you have a large number of systems participating in the swap process 310 21 310 06 MONITOR SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT SYNTAX MONITOR SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT MONITOR SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT OPERANDS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE MONITOR SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT 310 06 MONITOR SWAP MOUNT STATEMENT FDRPAS MONITOR task SWAP MOUNT statement syntax MOUNT SWAPUNIT uuul uuu2L The MONITOR task MOUNT SWAPUNIT statement follows the MONITOR TYPE SWAP statement and specifies an offline target device or set of devices to be monitored to see if one or more of them is selected as the target of a swap by an FDRPAS SWAP task on another system image The MONITOR task automaticallys terminate if it detects that all the devices you have specified on the MOUNT statement have been swapped or are no longer offline unless DYNMON YES is specified on the MONITOR TYPE SWAP statement With dynamic monitoring the devices to be monitored are obtained from the SWAP SWAPDUMP or SIMSWAPMON task SWAPUNIT uuuu Specifies the z OS device addresses of the target devices to be monitored The address can be specified as a 4 digit hex z OS device address or it can be specified as 1 2 or 3 digits with
542. t immediately While QUICKERASE is supported it is not documented nor recommended for use since it does not meet the certified methods of erasing disks You can use the FDRERASE ISPF panel to temporarily suspend an active erase without terminating it and resume it later Enter the SUSPEND command or just SU in the Command column next to the active erase to be suspended The status will change to SUSPEND To resume enter the RESUME command or just RE next to any suspended swap FDRERASE PANEL A E SUSPEND ACTIVE ERASE Command Unit Volume Elapsed Control SMS Addr Serial Cmp Pass Time Unit Storage Mask Mask Status MM SS SSID Serial Group Cyls suspend 21C0 12 1 1 ACTIVE ERASE Ost Osilil 10017 You can use the FDRERASE ISPF panel to terminate an active erase if the need arises Enter the ABORT command or just AB in the Command column next to the active erase to be aborted FDRERASE PANEL A E TERMINATE ACTIVE ERASE Command Unit Volume Elapsed Control SMS Addr Serial Cmp Pass Time Unit Storage Mask Mask Status MM SS SSID Serial Group Cyls abort Zales 33 1 1 ACTIVE ERASE Osis OJLL 3339 330 49 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 DISPLAYING If you enter the HISTORY command or just HI on the command line of the FDRERASE ERASE HISTORY panel you can display FDRERASE history records as shown above
543. t insufficient number of systems are participating or you specified LARGERSIZE OK to allow a swap to a larger disk function will be SWAP for a SWAP function or DUMP for a SWAPDUMP function SWAP OF VOL vvvvvv TO UNIT uuuu NEEDS TO BE STARTED ON nnn SYSTEMS Reason This form of the FDRW66 message occurs for a SIMSWAP operation and appears only in the printout not on the console It indicates that FDRPAS has determined that the volume vvvvvv is attached to nnn systems not including systems for which EXCLUDE statements were present and a MONITOR task or SWAP task should be running on each of those systems If FDRPAS was unable to determine the number of systems nnn is the value you specified for SYSTEMS nnn 390 4 FDRW68 Reason Action MESSAGES AND CODES CONSOLE MESSAGES 390 02 CAUTION REQUEST TO SWAP VOL vvwwwv TO UNIT uuuu ON nnn SYSTEMS IGNORING mmm NON RESPONDING CPUS REPLY YES NO OR RETRY FDRPAS has been requested to process volume vvvvvv to offline target device uuuu nnn system images have indicated that they will participate in the function within a time limit imposed by FDRPAS but FDRPAS expected that a larger number of systems would participate This message may occur If you have systems that are not running z OS type operating systems or that are not active See Multi System Determination on page 320 2 for details If you have not sta
544. t it is unlikely to be recoverable from the internal fixed block architecture FBA disk drives In addition SIMERASE validates your control statements and confirms the disk devices that are erased without erasing anything EMPTYVTOC empties the VTOC and VTOCIX without erasing data VERIFY is used to verify that the disks have been erased and PRINT prints a summary of track contents on erased or unerased disks Section 330 05 FDRERASE Considerations on page 330 27 has more detail on these erase functions and the threats to your data that each one addresses FDRERASE operates only on offline disks such as the old source disks of an FDRPAS swap By default it checks internal indicators to insure that only FDRPAS source disks or empty disks no data files are erased but you can tell it to erase any offline disk There is an option to select online volumes and vary them offline for erasing FDRERASE can erase a total of 8190 disks in a single step processing up to 64 disks concurrently FDRERASE executes on any release of z OS or OS 390 FDRERASE supports a wide variety of disk devices from hardware vendors including IBM EMC Oracle StorageTek and Hitachi FDRERASE supports disks attached via FICON ESCON and parallel bus tag channels 330 6 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ERASING DISKS 330 01 USER We are a government site that has sensitive data that must be erased after a DR test A EXPERIENCES minimal INIT is
545. t showing details of every online disk volume LICENSE EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD LICENSE TYPE SWAP PRINT ALL 310 34 310 21 NOTE SWAP A GROUP OF VOLUMES ON MULTIPLE SYSTEMS EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES These are examples of SWAP operations where the volumes involved will be moved to the new disk devices specified by the SWAPUNIT operand The examples will first show performing the task using the ISPF panels This will be followed by a comparable JCL example that can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31021x We strongly recommend you use the ISPF panels to generate the FDRPAS JCL and control cards See Section 310 31 FDRPAS ISPF Interface on page 310 58 for detailed information on using and submitting jobs using the ISPF panels In this example the volumes in SMS storage group PRODO will be swapped to offline units in the 21C range To perform that enter prod9 in the SMS Storage Group field and press ENTER COMMAND gt Choke PACK Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Grofip Unit Status TIEA 28 Uti prod9
546. tatements and to verify which disk devices are erased once SIMERASE is changed to one of the other options SIMERASE lists all disk devices that meet the selection criteria If you specified CHECKTARGET YES or let it default SIMERASE verifies that the selected volumes are either empty or have no valid volume label If you specified ONLINE VARYOFF it identifies the volume that will be varied offline although it cannot guarantee that the VARY OFFLINE will work 330 12 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 VERIFY The VERIFY statement can be used to verify that a disk has actually been erased It reads STATEMENT _ the specified tracks on the selected volumes and analyzes their contents to see it appears that they were erased with FDRERASE To pass the verification a track must contain a single full track record containing the same character in every byte or containing the random pattern generated by ERASEPATTERN FE If every verified track appears to be erased the VERIFY reports that the volume is erased Tracks that do not verify are printed in the format used by the PRINT statement message FDR175 so that you can see what they contain If more than ERASENUMB tracks fail verification VERIFY stops processing the volume By default VERIFY verifies the last track from every cylinder on each selected disk device but you can specify operands to control the tracks verified However the elapsed time of the VERI
547. te the swap of the online source volume to the offline target disk device It is usually desirable to execute the SWAP task on the system with the most update activity on the volume however if you are executing many swaps concurrently you should spread the SWAP tasks across as many systems as possible The FDRPAS SWAP task communicates with the MONITOR tasks on all other systems to coordinate the swap operation It verifies that every system that can see both the source and target volumes is involved in the swap FDRPAS starts the swap only if the target device is offline to all sharing systems where the source volume is online to insure that an active volume cannot be accidentally overlaid However FDRPAS cannot detect a target volume that is online to a system where the source volume is offline so you must insure that the target volume is not in use anywhere The FDRPAS SWAP task copies all allocated tracks for some data sets only used tracks on the source volume to the target disk while simultaneously detecting all updates to the source volume updated tracks are re copied if necessary so that the target disk eventually contains an exact image of all of the active data on the source volume The target disk remains offline to z OS during the copy so that the copied data is protected until the swap is complete 300 6 FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OPERATION 300 03 Once the copy is complete and the two devices are comple
548. tely synchronized FDRPAS completes the swap by asking the operating system to re direct all I O for the volume from the original source volume to the new target device on every system involved The new device effectively replaces the original and the original disk is placed offline All existing jobs tasks and users that were allocated to the volume are now allocated to the target device although they are unaware that the swap has taken place When the swap is complete the volume label on the old source volume is modified so that the operating system is no longer able to vary it online When the system is next re IPL d it finds the volume on the target device and does not attempt to use the old source volume To be sure that this occurs do not mark the target devices offline in your I O configuration Once all volumes in a disk subsystem have been swapped to new devices you can power off and disconnect the old subsystem if that is your intention If you want to reuse the old device for some purpose you can do an offline INIT with the IBM ICKDSF utility specifying NOVERIFY to give it a new volume serial or you can execute the FDRPAS MONITOR TYPE VARYONLINE function See Section 310 12 MONITOR RESET and VARY Statement on page 310 31 to modify the volume label on the original device so that it can be re mounted if you need to do this Only the source and target devices are accessed by FDRPAS during the swap It does not use any ad
549. ters in an index level of a data set name from zero to eight characters double asterisk Represents a variable number of characters that may span more than one index level Examples DSN ABC selects all data sets beginning with ABC DSN ABC selects all data sets with a lst index level of ABC DSN ABC Z CNTL selects all data sets with a lst index of ABC a 3rd index of CNTL and a 2nd index beginning with Z DSN ABC selects all data sets with a 6 character lst index starting with ABC 325 11 FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 DATA ALL All allocated tracks of all data sets that are selected by this SELECT statement will be copied Default The value of DATA on the MOVE or FASTMOVE statement that defaults to moving only used tracks for PS and PO data sets DSORG Specifies that this SELECT statement is to apply only to data sets whose data set organization matches one of the DSORG values specified If more than one DSORG is specified they must be enclosed in parentheses Valid DSORG values are DA BDAM EF VSAM including DB2 and Linear PS Sequential PO Partitioned UM Unmovable UN Undefined NONE MGMTCLAS mgmtclas Specifies the SMS management class to be associated with the output data set overriding the original management class if any Default The SMS management class of the input data set if any will be used for the outpu
550. th normal read write I O so the time that the application must be quiescent will be longer but large amounts of data will be moved quickly 325 3 SUMMARY PRODUCT DEMOS FDRMOVE FDRMOVE INTRODU CTION 325 01 Both MOVE and FASTMOVE can be used to Consolidate smaller volumes onto a larger volume for SMS and non SMS volumes Move additional smaller volumes to fill up the space on a larger volume with minimal or no disruption after using FDRPAS to move one volume to that larger volume non disruptively Note that the VTOC of the volume may need to be expanded Move data sets to new volumes or SMS storage groups with minimal or no disruption Fewer UCBs are required to address the data so freed UCBs can be used for other purposes Implement load balancing moving data sets or volumes to improve performance MOVE is used for data sets that will be naturally de allocated for a period of time so the data is moved with normal read write I O FASTMOVE is used for data sets that can only tolerate a brief disruption so data sets are copied with fast replication functions such as FlashCopy and EMCSNAP The data rate depends on the configuration the number of FASTMOVE subtasks the number of data sets to be moved and other factors FASTMOVE can typically move 250 data sets occupying up to 1TB of data that reside on 16 volumes in about 1 minute FASTMOVE can typically allocate catalog and move over 1000 small data s
551. that can be erased concurrently if they reside in the same underlying FBA physical disk or RAID group in the disk subsystem if it can be determined This avoids performance degradation that can occur if many logical volumes that reside on the same underlying disks are erased concurrently because of contention for the disk heads and data paths to the disks If a MOUNT statement in this FDRERASE step specifies disk devices that reside on various underlying disks or even in different disk subsystems then the MAXEU and MAXTASKS operands interact to control the active erase tasks FDRERASE attempts to start up to MAXTASKS erase tasks as long as no more than MAXEU active tasks are directed to the same underlying disk or RAID group FDRERASE uses queries that vary by disk manufacturer to identify the underlying physical disk or RAID group for each disk but it cannot determine the underlying disks in all disk subsystems If it cannot make this determination for some or all disks specified it does not limit the number of erase tasks affecting those disks You may be able to increase the value of MAXEU if the disks are in a high performance subsystem but you may need to experiment to find an appropriate value MAXEU is ignored if VOLSORT NO is specified Default 8 MAXTASKS nn Specifies the maximum number of volumes that can be erased concurrently from 1 to 64 If one of the following MOUNT statements selects a number of offline disk volu
552. the Format 1 DSCB via DSORG PSU POU or DAU An unmovable data set can ONLY be moved to the same track addresses on the output volume as it occupied on the input volume An unmovable data set with more than three extents cannot be moved by FDRMOVE Data sets that are archived only have catalog entries that indicate their archive status Since these data sets are not physically on DASD FDRMOVE does not change the catalog entries for these data sets If you have separate master catalogs for your various systems certain system data sets may be cataloged in each catalog FDRMOVE can only update the catalog for the system it is running on so it is the user s responsibility to update the other catalogs 325 59 SMS CLASS CONSIDERATIONS FLASHCOPY AND EMCSNAP FLASHCOPY ON HDS Disks FDRINSTANT FDRMOVE FDRMOVE SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS 325 11 When an SMS managed data set is moved the SMS class names data class management class and storage class will be retained unless the user changes them with the MGMTCLAS or STORCLAS operands The data class cannot be changed The Automatic Class Selection ACS routines are not called and the class names are not checked for validity FlashCopy and EMCSNAP do not support cascading relationships In other words if a data set on the source volume is currently the target of a Flash or Snap that has not completed then Flash or Snap cannot be used to copy the data set to the FDRMOVE target
553. the RESERVE CONVERSION RNL or both be in the SYSTEMS EXCLUSION RNL For CA MIM the equivalent rules must be in effect Failure to do this may cause the BUILDIX to hang 320 15 STATIC AND Dynamic UCBs 4 Dicit DEVICE ADDRESSES AND UCBs ABOVE THE LINE NOTE FULL VOLUME RESTORE AND Copy NOTE FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02 In your I O configuration defined with HCD the UCB for each disk device can be defined as installation static or dynamic Consult the IBM HCD documentation for details FDRPAS can swap a volume from a static UCB to a dynamic UCB and vice versa If you have never before had dynamic UCBs in your installation you should verify that locally written and vendor ISV programs include support for dynamic UCBs Programs using the IBM UCBSCAN and UCBLOOK services must include the operand DYNAMIC YES to find dynamic UCBs FDRPAS can swap between disk devices with 3 and 4 digit device addresses and between UCBs that are located below the 16MB line and above the 16MB line LOCANY YES in the HCD configuration However before you swap a volume to a 4 digit device or a device with its UCBs above the line you should be sure that all software using the volume has been upgraded to support such devices It is possible that the volume was on a 3 digit device or a UCB below the line precisely because the software using it has not yet been upgraded When FDRPA
554. the SIMSWAP and SIMSWAPMON jobs prior to the migration This makes the migration effort much easier and error free 300 2 300 02 FDRPAS BENEFITS SUPPORTED SOFTWARE amp HARDWARE SUPPORTED VOLUME TYPES FDRPAS INTRODUCTION AND OVERVIEW FDRPAS OVERVIEW 300 02 FDRPAS OVERVIEW FDRPAS FDR Plug and Swap is used to move z OS disk volumes non disruptively from one disk drive to another and to create non disruptive point in time backups of disk volumes FDRPAS allows a z OS installation to Swap disk volumes from their current locations to new disk hardware Move disk volumes within the installation for load balancing Create point in time backups of disk volumes Create duplex copies of disk volumes Do this volume movement without interrupting any system activity Do this volume movement during normal system operations Swap shared DASD on all sharing systems simultaneously Swap many disk volumes concurrently Monitor and control FDRPAS functions with ISPF panels The operating system application jobs online systems and users are unaware that FDRPAS is swapping disk volumes to new disk devices A 24x7 installation with no window for major re configurations and hardware changes can install and activate new disk hardware Even installations that do have dedicated maintenance windows may choose to use FDRPAS to swap to new disk hardware during normal business hours
555. the master catalog of this system matching PASINDEX See PASINDEX on page 380 30 The swap was successful but it was not recorded for historical and reporting purposes Action If you wish history records to be recorded on this system define a user catalog if necessary and associated an alias matching PASINDEX with that catalog UNABLE TO CATALOG SWAP HISTORY RECORD CATALOG ON VOLUME BEING SWAPPED Reason This form of the FDR247 message indicates that after a swap FDRPAS attempted to catalog a history record to document the swap but the catalog pointed to by the alias matching PASINDEX See PASINDEX on page 380 30 was on the volume being swapped so FDRPAS is unable to record this swap The swap was successful but it was not recorded for historical and reporting purposes FDR248 NO OFFLINE UNITS LEFT TO MONITOR Reason An FDRPAS MONITOR task discovered that all of the offline units it was monitoring are now online or are otherwise ineligible for monitoring This may occur if FDRPAS SWAP tasks have swapped volumes to all of those offline units Action The MONITOR task terminates normally FDR249 WARNING type VOLUME SWAPPED TO NON type VOL volser Reason You requested that volume volser be swapped but FDRPAS detected that the source volume was currently being mirrored by a hardware facility such as PPRC but the target volume does not have the same sort of mirroring Currently FDRPAS checks for PPRC mirroring
556. the swap investigate the cause update the EXCLUDE statements and resubmit the swap If you code NONRESPONDING FAIL on the SWAP statement FDRPAS automatically replies NO to the FDRW68 message and fails the swap 320 2 STARTING AND STOPPING SYSTEMS DURING SWAPS SWITCHING CABLES AND CONFIGURING CHPIDs DURING SWAPS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 On some disk subsystems it is possible to configure them to emulate either an IBM 3990 3 or a 3990 6 control unit If they are in 3990 3 mode they may not support the commands FDRPAS uses to determine the number of systems The console command DS QD devnum displays the real or emulated control unit type If in doubt try executing FDRPAS SIMSWAP or SIMSWAPMON without SYSTEMS If the disk does not support the proper commands SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON tells you If possible you should avoid shutting down or IPLing systems or LPARs while FDRPAS swaps are running At the very least you should make arrangements so that the person running FDRPAS is notified of any scheduled or unscheduled shutdowns or IPLs If a system has an unscheduled shutdown such as a system crash or hardware failure any FDRPAS swaps that were running at the time usually fail with no harm done if the failed system was participating When the SWAP task does not get the required responses from the MONITOR task on the failed system it prints a diagnostic messa
557. the MOVE function of FDRMOVE to move data sets that are inactive or that become inactive while MOVE is running You can leave MOVE running for hours or days and it will automatically recognize selected data sets that have become free so that they can be moved with normal I O The remaining data sets will probably be those in use by long running applications FASTMOVE will be used to move those data sets with instant replication very quickly so that the time that the applications must be disrupted will be very short FASTMOVE submits a special FDRPAS job to move input volumes to and from the transit station disks in the new disk subsystem FASTMOVE then waits for data sets to become free de queued just like MOVE above When FASTMOVE is waiting on all needed data sets you can bounce the application taking it down and back up a short time after FASTMOVE will recognize that the data sets are free and quickly move them to the target volumes using the instant replication technology FDRMOVE will terminate when m All selected data sets have been moved m You enter a console STOP P command for the job E The time limit that is specified by the STOPAFTER and or STOPINACTIVE operands is reached Even if you do not have an instant replication hardware function on your target disk subsystem the FASTMOVE or MOVE function of FDRMOVE can still be used to move data sets belonging to long running applications The data will be copied wi
558. the VRECAT operand on the RESTORE statement may be used to DELETE the duplicate names from the catalog but should be used cautiously since it may DELETE other clusters If needed contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance FDR158 DATA SET ENQ FAILED DSN dsname Reason FDRPAS or FDRMOVE has found that the data set named is active enqueued to another job or task on this system or another system Action For FDRPAS will copy all tracks allocated to the data set and it will copy this and all other active data sets on the volume last in order to avoid possibly re copying updated tracks many times For FDRMOVE this is normal for active data sets FDRMOVE will retry the data set until it becomes available FDR159 UNABLE TO MOVE A CATALOG VOL vwwvv DSN dsname UNABLE TO MOVE IN CPK RECOVERY VOL vwwwv DSN dsname UNABLE TO MOVE VSAM ORPHAN VOL vwww DSN dsname Reason If the message indicates A CATALOG then a catalog was selected FDRMOVE cannot move a catalog dsname is the catalog or CATINDEX name If the message indicates N CPK RECOVERY then the dsname data set that is listed was involved in a prior CPK function that failed and is still in recovery state The data set is not moved by FDRMOVE If the message indicates VSAM ORPHAN a problem was found in the VSAM data set structure for the VSAM data set listed in dsname The VSAM data set entry is in the VTOC but not in the VVDS If this message
559. the end of a swap it delays completing the swap until no Concurrent Copy CC I O has been detected for two minutes However this cannot guarantee that the Concurrent Copy CC session completes successfully Because a CC session may involve multiple volumes it is possible that no CC I O is done to one of the volumes in the session for many minutes while other volumes are being processed FDRPAS does not detect the usage of Concurrent Copy CC on a source volume unless Concurrent Copy CC I O is detected on that volume If a dormant Concurrent Copy CC session is still active on a source volume when the swap completes the Concurrent Copy CC job fails since the session cannot be transferred to the new device Cache Fast Write CFW is a feature of all cached disk subsystems which allows data to be held only in cache instead of being written to disk unless necessary It is commonly used for sort work areas and may also be used for CICS temporary storage Although FDRPAS successfully copies the data tracks that were written using Cache Fast Write CFW CFW uses a subsystem wide ID to protect against the lost of CFW data due to the re initialization of the subsystem After an FDRPAS swap the CFW ID of the new subsystem may be different and any application using CFW across the swap may fail However new CFW data sets opened after the swap work correctly CFW is a consideration only for an FDRPAS SWAP not a SWAPDUMP If FDRPAS detects t
560. the number of participating LPARs and may be only a few seconds Basic HyperSwap is aware of the FDRPAS SWAPs and automatically updates its configuration information Since the period when Basic HyperSwap is blocked is very short it should not be necessary to do the FDRPAS SWAPs of all disks in the Basic HyperSwap configuration at the same time the installation is able to do the FDRPAS SWAPs in convenient groups such as 32 or 128 volumes at a time If Basic HyperSwap is being blocked then each monitor task also issues a block Since a block request only applies to one sysplex this is necessary in case the LPAR in which the monitor is running is in a different sysplex If Basic HyperSwap is being blocked then when a monitor does the UCB SWAP for the last volume in a group the monitor issues an unblock This section 320 07 FDRPAS and IBM Basic HyperSwap deals with Basic HyperSwap See Section 320 06 FDRPAS and IBM GDPS PPRC HyperSwap on page 320 34 for information on GDPS HyperSwap To do an FDRPAS SWAP of volumes that are being managed by Basic HyperSwap specify CONFIRMSWAP YES on the SWAP jobs and run a special 4 step job described below while the SWAP jobs are running to Block and Unblock Basic HyperSwap at the appropriate times With CONFIRMSWAP YES FDRPAS allows HyperSwap to remain enabled during the data copy phase of each volume otherwise a volume being managed by HyperSwap would not be processed Since each FDRPAS job
561. the volume originally contained a VTOCIX or did not contain a VTOC a new VTOCIX is created th the size of the VTOC rounded up with a minimum of three tracks and is placed immediately after the new VTOC 330 23 EXCLUDE STATEMENT SYNTAX FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 The syntax of the E EXCLUDE ER XCLUDE statement is ASEUNI T uuuu An EXCLUDE statement identifies a volume or a group of volumes that are not to be processed One or more EXCLUDE statements may be present and must follow the main statement and precede the MOUNT statement s The control statements are always scanned in the order that they were input therefore EXCLUDE stateme nts must precede MOUNT statements Example 1 Select all units starting with O7C except unit address O7CO EXCLUDE ERAS EUNIT 07C0 MOUNT ERAS EUNIT 07C Example 2 Select all units starting with 07 except the units starting with O7C and 07D as well as unit 07E0 EXCLUDE ERASEUNIT 07C EXCLUDE ERASEUNIT 07D EXCLUDE ERASEUNIT 07E0 MOUNT ERASEUNIT 07 330 24 330 05 WHY ERASE Disks ERASE STANDARDS FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS 330 05 FDRERASE CONSIDERATIONS Your corporate data is a valuable resource The data often includes information that you do not want to share with anyone outside your comp
562. this ABEND then read the explanation below Call INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you need assistance understanding or resolving the error U0100 Open Error Trying to Open a DASD DCB Reason Usually proceeded by an FDR324 message Check the job log for IBM messages that may indicate the reason for the error U0101 Maximum I O Errors Exceeded on a Direct Access Device Reason A disk I O error has occurred during the FDRPAS copy The swap will be terminated U0105 FDRPAS I O Intercepts failed to install Reason A time out occurred while trying to install the FDRPAS I O intercepts on a source volume U0107 IEEVARYD did not complete Reason FDRPAS invoked the IBM service IEEVARYD for the target device after a swap but it did not complete Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance U0108 Storage Fragmentation Reason When processing a disk with more than 10017 cylinders FDRPAS could not find a contiguous storage area for a control record Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance U0300 Maximum for Count Field Errors on Direct Access Device Exceeded Reason Possibly invalid data was encountered on an FDRPAS source volume The swap will be terminated U0301 Maximum for Invalid Record Zeros on a Direct Access Device Exceeded Reason Possibly invalid data was encountered on an FDRPAS source volume The swap will be terminated U0401 SYSIN DD Statement Error Reason SYSIN DD statement missing or incorrectly specified or I O error
563. tion described above will not be done if VOLSORT NO is specified on the main statement VOLSORT NO should not be specified with CATDSN or STORGRP The purpose of VOLSORT NO is to allow you to direct a specific SELECT VOL statement to a specific NVOL list SELECT NEWSTORGRP or ENEWSTORGRP2 will initially sort the volumes in the storage group by available free space these target volumes will then be matched with source volumes that are initially sorted by available free space Pieces of multi volume data sets will always go to the first volume in the rotated NVOL list unless a piece of the data set already exists there in that case other NVOLs in the same list are tried If CATDSN selects only one input volume or an ALLDSN DSN is specified with a unique NVOL list the first volume in the NVOL list or the first found by the UCB scan if a volser prefix was specified will be the primary output volume All data sets will go to that primary volume unless insufficient free space is available or the data set is multi volume see below If the allocation fails other volumes in the NVOL list will be tried If you are moving a multi volume data set non VSAM or SMS managed VSAM the volume sequence number of the piece of the data set being allocated will be used to select a 325 16 NOTE CHOOSING THE NUMBER OF TARGET VOLUMES FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 specification from your list For example if NVOL A B C the
564. tion for the explanation of SYSTEMS on page 310 7 PACEDELAY on page 310 13 and PACING on page 310 13 Also note that NONRESPONDING RETRY is forced so any non responding FDRPAS MONITOR tasks will cause message FDRW68 to be issued where you can retry the failing systems or cause the transit station swap to fail Also LARGERSIZE OK is set so that transit station devices can be larger than the source volumes The other operands are TYPE TRANSIT Is required MAXACTIVESWAPS NO The total number of active transit SWAP tasks in multiple FDRPAS jobs is not limited or controlled If you submit multiple FDRPAS jobs each of them may be actively copying data for multiple disk volumes up to the MAXTASKS nn limit in each job Many such jobs may overload disk channels and system common storage In this case INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you submit a few such jobs at one time and submit new jobs as each old job finishes YES FDRPAS will limit the number of transit SWAP tasks in multiple FDRPAS jobs that can be in the initial pass 1 copy phase where the tracks that are identified by FDRPAS as in use are copied The limit will be equal to the value of MAXTASKS nn see below which has a maximum of 32 If you submit multiple FDRPAS jobs FDRPAS will limit to nn the number of volumes that can be in pass 1 across all of those jobs This allows you to submit many FDRPAS jobs while limiting
565. tive data sets when a data set is identified as active because a SYSDSN enqueue is held by another task FDRMOVE will begin testing the enqueue on the data set at frequent intervals As soon as the enqueue becomes free the data set will be moved Some data sets will become naturally inactive but for others you may need to take action to free them for brief intervals Use of fast data replication hardware facilities such as FlashCopy on IBM and HDS disks EMCSNAP on EMC disks and SNAP on Oracle StorageTek disks The FASTMOVE function of FDRMOVE will move source volumes into the target subsystem with a technique called transit station using FDRPAS where fast replication can be used to quickly move data sets when they become available FDRMOVE can move all types of data sets including VSAM DB2 IMS ADABAS and non VSAM data sets FDRMOVE can move individual pieces of a multi volume data set or the entire data set FDRMOVE can select data sets to be moved by volume or SMS storage group selecting all data sets on a volume or filtering the data sets with a mask Data sets can also be selected from the catalog Output volumes can be specified by volser or by SMS storage group The FDR E mail notification facility is supported See Section 320 04 FDRPAS E Mail Notification Facility on page 320 25 for details and examples FDRMOVE can be used to move data at the data set level to new disks and is particularly u
566. to CONCURRENTLY all systems All five volumes will be swapped concurrently EXAMPLE SWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE FULL MAXTASKS 5 CHECKTARGET YES MOUNT VOL TSO001 SWAPUNIT 1AA MOUNT VOL TSO002 SWAPUNIT 1AA MOUNT VOL TSO003 SWAPUNIT 1AA MOUNT VOL TSO004 SWAPUNIT 1AA MOUNT VOL TSO005 SWAPUNIT 1AA 310 42 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS SWAP TASK EXAMPLES 310 21 SIMULATE A Execute a simulated swap and generate and submit the MONITOR tasks for the other SWAP AND LPARs to validate the parameters you will use for the real SWAP The PASPROC GENERATE AND procedure will be used to ensure all the tasks use the same JCL and to reduce the number SUBMIT MONITOR of JCL statements needed The DURATION operand is not coded since we want these TASKS EXAMPLE MONITOR tasks to dynamically build the table to be used by the actual SWAP task that will be submitted later INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends using the ISPF panels to generate the SIMSWAPMON job with the PASJOB DD statements If the PASJOB DD contains a CPUID referring to the LPAR that the SWAP task is executing that MONITOR task is not submitted to that LPAR since the SWAP task will perform the monitoring In this way a single job can be created that can be
567. to the back end disks The overwriting data is a single full track record it is all binary zeros unless ERASEPATTERN or SECUREERASE is specified If the function is ERASE only values from 1 to 8 are accepted If the function is SECUREERASE only values from 3 to 32 are accepted Default 1 for ERASE and 3 for SECUREERASE 330 15 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE CONTROL STATEMENTS 330 04 ERASEPATTERN hh Specifies the byte to be used for each erasing record used by the ERASE function it is ignored for SECUREERASE It consists of a series of bytes up to eight bytes two hex digits per byte The first byte is used to fill the record for the first pass the second for the second pass etc If you specify fewer bytes than the value of ERASEPASS n binary zeros are used for the extra passes There are some pattern bytes with special meanings 01 Indicates that this pass is to erase the track instead of writing a pattern 01 could be used as the last pattern to cause the track to be erased leaving no records on the track FE Indicates that random values are to be used Unlike other patterns the bytes throughout the record on each track varies and a different pattern is used for each track within a cylinder If FE appears twice in a row in ERASEPATTERN the first pattern is randomly generated but the pattern for the next pass is the complement of the preceding pass If FE appears three times in a row th
568. to continue Enter Can Cancel to quit The TSO RECEIVE command will be invoked to create each file selected from the previous menu Before each file is created by using TSO RECEIVE the target data set will be deleted The install will display messages below indicating install progress and results If a file RECEIVE fails the user is given the option to continue or quit The user can view RECEIVE output by looking at the RECEIVE sysout allocation under their TSO user session If any dialog file fails to RECEIVE it is suggested that the user NOT continue to the next screen The next step will change member ABRALLOC in the Clist library that is used to allocate libraries and invoke the product dialog This screen documents that all the product libraries have been created and received and goes to the Primary Options Menu to continue the installation process and customize the product You can exit the menu at this time as all the necessary libraries have been loaded IDP PRODUCT INSTALL SCREEN 3 Sept Tari Sea tees ae ee LD Rieocicic Umsieelll Stcmses esas Se SaaS asssa Command gt Press Enter to continue Enter Cancel to quit The FDR installation data sets have been received If you would like to display the FDR PRIMARY OPTIONS MENU and continue with the Installation process press ENTER otherwise press CANCEL Pro
569. to the FASTMOVE task it will impact performance It is highly recommended that the Indexed VTOC VTOCIX be active on all source and target volumes in order to improve performance Since FDRMOVE must update the catalog for every data set or component moved catalogs should be tuned for performance See the IBM z OS DFSMS Managing Catalogs SC26 7409 manual for guidance FASTMOVE works best when the number of offline transit station devices equals or exceeds the number of input volumes FASTMOVE will be able to move all the input volumes to a transit station Then when you bounce the application using the data sets all of them can be moved at once However it may not be possible to provide a sufficient number of transit stations FASTMOVE will still work but in stages It will move input volumes to the transit stations until it runs out of stations The FDRMOVE ISPF panel or the console STATUS command will show you what volumes are in transit stations and what data sets FASTMOVE is waiting for Now when you bounce the application FASTMOVE will move the selected data sets from the transit stations Assuming that all selected data sets on that set of input volumes have been moved they will be swapped back to their original devices and other volumes will move to the transit stations Now you can bounce the application again to move the data sets from those volumes This will be repeated until all selected data sets have been moved
570. tomer responsibility to set up PPRC for the target devices and to include the target devices in the HyperSwap configuration Here is an example of the SWAP step SWAP EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SWAP TYPE FULL CONFIRMSWAP YES MAXTASKS 32 MAXACTIVESWAPS YES MOUNT VOL Vvvvvvv SWAPUNIT uuuu A A maximum of 32 MOUNT statements are permitted per job step As usual FDRPAS MONITOR tasks are required on all other LPARs Each MONITOR task can handle up to 64 concurrent swaps so you may need multiple MONITOR tasks It may be SWAP convenient to limit each monitor task to 32 targets matching the 32 disks in each step See Section 310 23 MONITOR SWAP Examples on page 310 47 for examples of MONITOR steps When the FDRPAS SWAP jobs are running submit a special 4 step job 1 The confirm step waits for all disks to reach the ready to confirm stage and then it confirms them CONFIRM EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP MOUNT VOL VVVVVV f NOTE Add additional MOUNT statements for ALL the volumes to be SWAPped If there are more than 250 MOUNT statements change the MAXCARDS operand accordingly However the swaps do not complete as long as
571. tor all potential target devices or you may choose to start multiple MONITOR tasks on each system image each task monitoring a set or range of targets You can even start one MONITOR task per target if you prefer If a MONITOR task is monitoring multiple target devices it actually starts additional MONITOR tasks one per target device as internal subtasks or external started tasks when a swap request is detected When multiple CPUs or LPARs system images have access to a volume to be moved the SWAP task for each volume executes on only one system image but the MONITOR task must execute on all system images with access to the volume up to 128 system images are supported The SWAP task also acts as the MONITOR task on the system that it is executing These tasks can be executed as submitted batch jobs or as started tasks executed on demand although we refer to them as tasks in this manual Although FDRPAS SWAP and MONITOR tasks use very little CPU time they must be able to get access to the CPU when they need it in order to maintain the communication between systems INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that you run all FDRPAS tasks at a high dispatching priority such as by putting them in a WLM class with a high velocity Swap of a disk volume is very simple An FDRPAS MONITOR task is started on each system that has access to the target device monitoring that device On one system an FDRPAS SWAP task is started to initia
572. track length data record with the same value in every byte unless ERASEPATTERN FE was used the value is the pattern used in the last erase pass on the track See the description of message FDR175 on page 22 for details of the print format SECUREERASE is essentially an ERASE operation except that minimum of ERASEPASS 3 is forced and special patterns are used The first pattern is a random value generated values 00 01 FE and FF are changed to AA the second pass uses the complement of the first pattern and the third pattern is a new random value different from the first two Up to 32 passes can be requested The fourth pattern is a complement of the third If more than four passes are requested passes five through 32 use patterns of random values instead of using the same value in every byte each byte in each record in a cylinder is randomly generated this is the processing described below for ERASEPATTERN FE The odd pass pattern is randomly generated and the even pass pattern is the complement of the previous pass SECUREERASE can be used on your most sensitive data to make it very unlikely that the data could be recovered if the hard drives were removed This may be necessary to meet legal requirements such as for the protection of financial data social security numbers and other personal data SIMERASE does not erase any disks but it can be used to validate your FDRERASE control s
573. ts and the ISPF panels on systems running MONITOR tasks do not detect the swap in progress until synchronization has completed on all systems However FDRPAS still operates correctly even if all the systems involved are not part of the same GRS complex or MIM complex You should not convert the FDRPAS FDRPASQ and FDRPASU enqueues to SCOPE SYSTEM MIM users may need to add these major names to a MIM list in order to propagate them If you are using FDRPAS to swap a volume to a larger device such as a 3390 3 to a 3390 9 you must specify LARGERSIZE OK At the end of the swap if the volume has an active indexed VTOC VTOCIX FDRPAS invokes ICKDSF to rebuild the VTOCIX BUILDIX to reflect the new size of the volume FDRPAS coordinates the VTOCIX update on multiple systems The VTOC or VTOCIX size on the volume may not be adequate after you swap it to a larger disk and start adding new data sets to the volume If you are licensed for FDRMOVE you can use the EXPANDVTOC operand to expand the VTOC on these volumes See Section 310 11 SWAPBUILDIX and EXPANDVTOC Statement on page 310 28 for further information on EXPANDVTOC IBM has determined that an enqueue interlock can occur when doing this type of BUILDIX if the SYSVTOC and SYSZVVDS resources are being treated differently by your cross system enqueue facility GRS or CA MIM For GRS IBM added a requirement to the GRS Planning Guide stating that SYSZVVDS and SYSVTOC must either both be in
574. tware Distribution Facility User Guide and the INNOVATION DATA 330 3 ENVIRONMENTAL STRENGTHS FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE INTRODUCTION 330 00 PROCESSING FDRPAS and FDRERASE User Manual and Installation Guide satisfies all of the security functional requirements stated in the INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FDRERASE Security Target Version 1 0 One validator on behalf of the CCEVS Validation Body monitored the evaluation carried out by SAIC The evaluation was completed in June 2005 Results of the evaluation can be found in the Common Criteria Evaluation and Validation Scheme Validation Report report number CCEVS VR 05 0109 dated 5 August 2005 prepared by CCEVS The TOE is a commercial product whose users require a low to moderate level of independently assured security INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FDRERASE Version 5 4 Level 50 is targeted at a relatively benign environment with good physical access security and competent TOE administrators and users Within such environments it is assumed that attackers will have a low attack potential INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING FDRERASE Version 5 4 Level 50 supports the following five security functions Security Audit The TOE writes to every track on the DASD in order to erase it If this operation fails the I O will be automatically retried by the disk subsystem hardware and by standard IBM error recovery software in the operating system If the TOE finds the DASD is not off li
575. u need to use a special MONITOR task with the following control statements MONITOR TYPE JOIN MOUNT SWAPUNIT xxxx Where xxxx specifies a single specific target unit address not a prefix To swap multiple volumes you must submit separate MONITOR tasks Do not submit this type of MONITOR task on the system where the SWAP task runs 320 18 Z VM WITH MULTIPLE Z OS GUESTS NOTE FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS Z VM AND LINUX ON SYSTEM Z CONSIDERATIONS 320 03 On the SWAP statement in the SWAP task you must specify the parameters SYSTEMS nnn Where nnn is the actual number of z OS systems including all the z OS guests that participate in the SWAP use the same value in both parameters It is very important that you specify this value accurately Every z OS system that participates in a SWAP must have a unique CPU ID If you have multiple z OS guests running under z VM and two or more of them are involved in a SWAP by default z VM lets each guest use the same CPU ID and FDRPAS cannot tell them apart There are two ways to address z VM guests with the same CPU ID 1 You can give each z OS guest a unique virtual CPU ID by using the CPUID parameter in the z VM directory entry for each guest The CPU ID values assigned can be any valid value as long as they are unique 2 You can tell FDRPAS to use a simulated CPU ID in each MONITOR tasks by inserting this statement after the MONITOR statement in the FDRPA
576. uest the erase of this volume is terminated Message FDR234 REASON Q will be printed Reply ALL Operator approves request for this volume and all subsequent volumes in this step No further FDRW01 messages will be issued 390 3 MESSAGES AND CODES CONSOLE MESSAGES 390 02 FDRW07 JOB jobname READY TO CONFIRM function REPLY YES TO CONFIRM Reason A MONITOR TYPE CONFIRMSWAP or TYPE CONFIRMSPLIT was submitted with CONFMESS YES_ specified When all the volumes in the CONFIRM step are synchronized this FDRW07 message is issued Action Reply YES when you are ready to confirm the volumes and complete the SWAP or SWAPDUMP operation on those volumes CONFMESS YES can be useful with TYPE CONFIRMxxxx when you use a system automation product The product can wait for the FDRW0O7 message perform other functions such as quiescing some applications and then confirm the swaps by replying YES FDRW60 FDROPSPF VER x x xx PROCESSING ERROR PARM LVL level Reason The FDR Install dialog CLIST invoked program FDROPSPF with an incompatible parameter level indicating that the DDNAME allocations for the FDR CLIST library and the FDR program library point to libraries at different maintenance levels On a re install the problem might be that the new FDR program library is not allocated to either ISPLLIB or STEPLIB DDNAMEs thus causing the prior level FDR programs to be loaded from the Linklist Action Use the ABRALLOC CLIST supplied by I
577. uires that the volume be offline to all but one system during the operation FDRPAS automatically makes the proper adjustments in the VTOC and VTOC index as well as all in storage tables on all systems when a volume is swapped from a device with alternates to one with no alternates or vice versa It is not necessary to run an ICKDSF REFVTOC function after an FDRPAS swap You cannot use FDRPAS to swap volumes on a IBM P 390 R 390 or Flex ES system These systems run OS 390 in conjunction with an Intel P 390 and Flex ES or RS 6000 R 390 system and emulate internal S 390 disks on files of the host operating system They do not emulate a control unit that can be used by FDRPAS An IBM Integrated Server 390 IS 390 also runs OS 390 in conjunction with an Intel system but it supports both emulated internal disks and external ESCON attached disks FDRPAS cannot be used to swap to or from the internal IS 390 disks but it can be used to swap between external disks You can swap to and from the internal disks in an IBM MP 3000 system FDRPAS supports swapping between two internal disks or to or from an internal disk to an external channel attached disk However an IBM fix to the internal disk emulation code may be required your microcode should be at E26792 level 042 or above 320 8 320 02 REQUIRED IBM AND ISV MAINTENANCE PAGE AND SWAP DATA SETS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02
578. ully suspended 380 33 THIS PAGE WAS INTENTION ALLY LEFT BLANK 380 34 390 390 01 FDR MESSAGE FORMAT RETURN CODES ABEND CODES Mini DuMP MESSAGES AND CODES INTRODUCTION TO MESSAGES 390 01 MESSAGES AND CODES INTRODUCTION TO MESSAGES This section describes the various printer and console messages that may be output by FDRPAS FDRMOVE and FDRERASE and the various ABEND codes with which the programs may terminate Messages from all components of FDR have this format FDRnnn message text Where nnn is a 3 digit message number When FDRnnn is followed by 2 asterisks the message usually indicates some sort of error which may result in an ABEND or a non zero return code Messages without the asterisks are usually informational Messages directed specifically to the z OS console or TSO user will have this format FDRWnn message text Some of these messages require replies by the z OS operator or TSO user However other FDRnnn messages may also be sent to the z OS console Many FDRPAS messages contain a system ID or sysid used to identify systems in a multi system environment The system ID displayed is taken from field CVTSNAME in the Communication Vector Table CVT of each system FDR programs set a return code at the end of the step unless they ABEND 00 Normal completion 32 Atrial
579. ully in some systems but to fail in other systems the swap failure is accompanied by error messages FDR243 and FDR244 IBM issued APAR OA27065 for z OS 1 10 to fix the swap failure caused by the CONFIG CHP command 320 3 IBM 2105 2107 AND DS6000 DS8000 HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS EMC SYMMETRIX HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL HARDWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 01 If a source volume is in an IBM 2105 ESS with FICON channels you should be at microcode level 1 5 2 114 or above so that FDRPAS can properly identify the attached systems This does not affect target volumes but this microcode level is recommended even for target systems If you are swapping from a 2105 2107 DS6000 or DS8000 disk to a another disk FDRPAS turns off feature bits in the Device Characteristics Extension DCE of the UCB of the source volume for all features that are not supported by the target device Any IBM software that was using any of these features should stop using them so that they do not cause errors when the swap to the new device is completed These features currently include FlashCopy Prefix CCW Read Track Data CCW Write Full Track CCW Write Track Data CCW Locate Record Erase CCW and Prestage Trackset CCW IBM FlashCopy During a swap the source volume cannot not be used as the target of a FlashCopy since FDRPAS has no way of knowing that the source tracks are being updated FDRPAS disables Fl
580. umber of concurrent volumes to process DYNMON gt YES yes no DURATION gt 100 minutes blanks for no duration LOGMESS gt NO yes no 310 76 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SAMPLE FDRPAS ISPF SESSION 310 32 The FDRPAS options need to be changed to add a STEPLIB since FDRPAS should always run from a STEPLIB Additionally the monitors can be generated by supplying the necessary information to route the monitors to the LPAR We are entering that information here FDRPAS SAMPLE SESSION ENTERING STEPLIB AND JOB STATEMENTS FOR MONITORS SSS Se Se Se SS SSS SSSeS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Options COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE More STEPLIB gt fdrpas loadlib Dataset name containing Swap Exclude statements optional Dsname gt Member gt required for partitioned data set Job Statement Information for Monitor Jobs Monitor 1 CPUID gt 096E0D2096 specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt PASMONK JOB acct name MSGLEVEL 1 1 o MSGCLASS X CLASS M gt ROUTE XEQ JESCPUA gt Monitor 2 CPUID gt 026E0D2096 specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt PASMONL JOB acct name MSGLEVEL 1 1 gt MSGCLASS X CLASS M gt ROUTE XEQ JESCPUB gt Monitor 3 CPUID gt 016E0D2096 specify to include MONITOR in PASJOB gt PASMONM JOB acct name MSG
581. ume FDRERASE erases it first additional text can be AND REBUILT INDEXED VTOC A VTOCIX was also allocated and initialize on the volume FAILED CHECK IXSYSPxx ICKDSF failed check the IXSYSPxx DD output for error messages FAILED IXSYS ERROR An error occurred dynamically allocating or opening IXSYSPxx or IXSYSXxx 390 21 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR175 PRINT UNIT uuuu CYL ccccc TRK tt REC rrr KL k DL d DATA data Reason A PRINT statement was used with FDRERASE which requests that information about the contents of tracks be printed from an offline or online disk One FDR175 message is printed for each record on the selected tracks However if ERASEDATA NONE was specified only Record 0 RO is printed for each track to reduce the size of the printout The cylinder ccccc track tt and record number rrr are displayed along with the key length k and data length d of the record all values are in decimal data will be the first and last eight bytes of the record in hexadecimal plus the first eight bytes in EBCDIC If all data bytes in the record are the same the last eight hex bytes are replaced with the text ALL BYTES THE SAME this is the expected result if you have used the ERASE or SECUREERASE function to erase a disk unless ERASEPATTERN FE was used for SECUREERASE or ERASE with ERASEPASS the results of the last pass are shown If END OF FILE is displayed then the printe
582. uption to the use of the data sets You can consolidate entire volumes or subsets of the data sets on the volumes FASTMOVE requires that the new disk subsystem be enabled for an instant replication technology such as FlashCopy on IBM and HDS subsystems or EMCSNAP TimeFinder Clone on EMC subsystems FASTMOVE also requires that the new subsystem have a number of unused offline disk volumes to use as transit stations temporary locations for volumes so that fast replication can be used The steps required to accomplish a MOVE to a new disk subsystem The output volumes in the target subsystem must be prepared by initializing them with a volser and a VTOC You can do this using ICKDSF or an INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING utility provided with FDRMOVE called FDRINITV The VTOCs on the larger target volumes will probably need to be larger than those on the source volumes since there will be more data sets on each volume Ifthe target volumes are already initialized but have VTOCs that are too small you can enlarge the VTOCs using the EXPANDVTOC function of FDRPAS see later in this section for more details If you plan to move some source volumes to target volumes using FDRPAS you may again need to consider enlarging the VTOCs using EXPANDVTOC If you initialize new volsers you simply add the new volumes to the same SMS storage group as the input volumes or update your storage management software appropriately Next you execute
583. urce disk has extents beyond the end of the target disk For a SWAPBUILDIX it may mean that the communication disk specified by SWAPUNIT is smaller than the disk whose VTOCIX is to be rebuilt Action FDRPAS will terminate the swap You must correct the VTOC error or delete the identified data set before attempting to swap the volume again If necessary contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance FDR032 NO VALID TAPE X DD OR MOUNT STATEMENTS WERE FOUND Reason FDRMOVE did not select any volumes to process from the supplied SELECT This is usually due to a misspelling of the volser s on the SELECT statement Action Check the spelling of the volser s on the SELECT statement and resubmit 390 8 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 FDR102 PROGRAM NOT APF AUTHORIZED Reason Most FDR programs must be executed as an APF authorized program in order to execute correctly This program detected that it was not executing authorized This most often occurs when you are testing a new version of FDR with a STEPLIB that has not been authorized Action Authorize the library from which you executing FDRPAS or FDRERASE You can update a library list in SYS1 PARMLIB and you may be able to input a console command that will authorize the library Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING if you need assistance FDR107 function SUCCESSFULLY COMPLETED VOL vvvvvv Reason The indicated function was successfully completed on the disk volume vvvvvv
584. ure on page 380 32 for details on installing the exit and the options available for this exit This exit works for both MOVE and FASTMOVE processes but since the FASTMOVE process is moving data sets with Instant technology the window of contention is less for FASTMOVE The MOVE job consists of a simple PGM FDRMOVE step invoking the MOVE function Unlike FASTMOVE no other jobs are required You may also be able to improve performance more volumes processed concurrently by running multiple MOVE jobs selecting different subsets of the data to be moved they can use the same target volumes 325 25 MOVE EXAMPLES CONSOLIDATE Disks EXAMPLE FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 03 You can monitor the progress of MOVE with the console F movejob STATUS command or the FDRMOVE ISPF panel See MODIFY Status Command on page 325 50 Here are a number of examples of the FODRMOVE MOVE function All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA32503x This is an example of a MOVE to consolidate 60 3390 9 input volumes to 22 3390 27 output volumes The default of MAXTASKS 8 allows eight input volumes to be processed concurrently using internal subtasks All data sets on the input volumes will be moved immediately if they are not active SYSDSN enqueue Active data sets will be retried at 15 second intervals as soon as they become inactiv
585. use this can cause other catalog requests to be delayed and may cause FDRPAS to be delayed If desired you can DEFINE a new user catalog for the PASINDEX If you choose not to record FDRPAS history records on one or more systems then do not define an alias matching PASINDEX in the master catalog of those systems You receive a message indicating that the alias does not exist but the swap ends normally The format of the cataloged data set name is pasindex Svolser Dyyyyddd Thhmmss sysname documenting the volume serial that was swapped the date and time of the swap and the name of the system it was swapped on If multiple systems are involved a separate history record is created for each For example FDRPAS SPROD01 D2010003 T091242 PRODSYS indicates that volume PRODO1 was swapped on 2010 003 January 3 2010 at 09 12 42 on system PRODSYS Other fields in the catalog record record the original device address of the volume and the device address it was swapped to Although you can display these catalog records with IDCAMS LISTCAT and other utilities the internal fields with the device addresses are not displayed by those utilities Note that system names can be any eight alpha numeric or national characters they do not have to start with an alphabetic character However if the first character is numeric it creates a non standard data set name which would be rejected when FDRPAS attempted to catalog it In such cases FDRPAS set
586. use the unblocking of Basic HyperSwap is a global operation that applies to the whole system 320 39 320 08 FDRPAS SUPPORT FOR AUTOSWAP FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS AND EMC AUTOSWAP 320 08 FDRPAS AND EMC AUTOSWAP FDREMCS is especially useful when combined with the FDRPAS enhanced support for AutoSwap FDRPAS can do the work of copying data from old to new devices but cannot do the final SWAP while AutoSwap is active The enhanced support allows FDRPAS to wait until AutoSwap has been disabled then quickly complete the swap of all active volumes FDREMCS when used in conjunction with some special FDRPAS steps is used to issue the EMC AutoSwap disable command and later the re enable command so that AutoSwap disablement time is reduced to a few minutes at most More details on this process are contained in member AUTOSWAP in the ICL library on the use of the enhanced AutoSwap support This example shows how to issue a MODIFY F command to disable AutoSwap DISABLE EXEC PGM FDREMCS STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSNAME fdrpas loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD COMMAND MODIFY EMCCGRP DAS SETSWAP GROUP groupname DISABLE RUN DETAIL The name of the EMC ConGroup task on your system may not be EMCCGRP so you need to substitute the actual name FDRPAS SWAP is initiated for a set of disk volumes using the CONFIRMSWAP YES operand With CONFIRMSWAP YES FDRPAS allows AutoSwap to remain enabled during
587. users may see a slight increase in response time Since the degradation vanishes as soon as the swap is complete there is usually no need to be concerned about it If you are swapping volumes to newer faster hardware response time improves as soon as the swap is complete so it is desirable to complete it as quickly as possible However you may have an environment where online response time or batch service times are extremely important so that the FDRPAS degradation is not acceptable The obvious solution is to run FDRPAS off hours when the impact is not noticeable but if that is not practical FDRPAS includes I O pacing options to reduce the impact of its I O FDRPAS I O pacing works by inserting a time delay between WRITE I Os to the target device This also causes delays between READ I Os on the source volume note that if the target hardware is significantly faster than the source it may require large pacing delays before the source I O is delayed Static I O Pacing is invoked by specifying the PACEDELAY nn operand on the SWAP or SWAPDUMP statement This introduces a fixed delay of nn hundredths of a second between WRITEs The PACEDELAY value can also be interactively modified from the FDRPAS ISPF panels even if it was not specified when the swap was started Therefore if the FDRPAS I Os are causing unacceptable degradation you can change the pacing values up and down from the panels until you are satisfied with the results
588. ust precede the ENEWSTORGRP operand e g NEWCUID 12345 ENEWSTORGRP ABC You must use NEWCUID when you are moving data sets to the same storage group the storage group has already been updated to include the target disks so that only volumes in the target control unit are selected You may need to use NEWCUID when the new storage group contains volumes from multiple control units to limit the selection to one control unit You must specify NEWCUID if the source volumes are in the same storage group as the target volume STORCLAS storclas Specifies the SMS storage class to be associated with the output data set overriding the original storage class Default The SMS storage class of the input data set will be used for the output NoTE The storage class Automatic Class Selection ACS routine is not called The specified storage class name is not checked for validity galde FDRMOVE FDRMOVE JCL AND STATEMENTS 325 02 STORGRP VOL storgrp Specifies an SMS storage group name for input volume selection All volumes in the storage group will become implied VOL operands FDRMOVE will internally generate multiple SELECT statements one for each volume so MAXCARDS may need to be increased if you select many volumes STORGRP can only be used with SELECT ALLDSN or DSN not CATDSN You must not specify both STORGRP and VOL on the same SELECT statement The volumes will be sorted in descending orde
589. ut if it is assigned to a data set on tape or disk this DD must specify DISP MOD DCB characteristics are RECFM FBA and LRECL 121 the block size defaults to 1210 on disk or tape The FODRSUMM DD statement contains a one line summary for each volume processed It is ignored for MONITOR tasks Specifies input control statements for the FDR e mail facility If present e mail messages can be sent for unsuccessful or successful FDRPAS operations See Section 320 04 FDRPAS E Mail Notification Facility on page 320 25 for requirements and details 310 1 SYSUDUMP DD STATEMENT SYSIN DD STATEMENT PASJOB DD STATEMENT NOTE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS JOB CONTROL REQUIREMENTS 310 01 Specifies the ABEND dump data set Usually specifies a SYSOUT data set Although the SYSUDUMP DD statement is not required we strongly urge you to always include this DD statement so that we can help you diagnose error conditions If you have a debugging aid product on your system that would prevent the desired dump please add the appropriate one of these statements to the JCL so that a fully formatted dump is produced ABNLIGNR DD DUMMY Turn off Abend Aid CAOESTOP DD DUMMY Turn off CA OPT II amp CA SYMDUMP DMBENAN DD DUMMY Turn off DumpMaster ESPYIBM DD DUMMY Turn off Eye Spy IDIOFF DD DUMMY Turn off IBM Fault Analyzer PSPOFF DD DUMMY Turn off Softworks Performance Essential Specifi
590. value larger than 1 Default 1 process one volume at a time serially and the maximum is 32 Maxactive nnn Equivalent to the MAXACTIVESWAPS operand on the SWAP and SWAPDUMP statement See MAXACTIVESWAPS on page 310 11 WTOR Equivalent to the WTOR operand on the SWAP and SWAPDUMP statement See WTOR on page 310 15 Interval nn The refresh interval in seconds used when you enter a value for Refresh on the main FDRPAS panel Refresh will count down to zero every Interval seconds and automatically refresh the display This allows you to monitor FDRPAS operations without constantly pressing ENTER Default 2 310 70 SUSPENDING AND RESUMING ACTIVE SWAPS TERMINATING ACTIVE SWAP TASKS FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 You can use the FDRPAS ISPF panel to temporarily suspend an active swap without terminating it and resume it later if needed While suspended FDRPAS will not copy any tracks from the source volume to the target device but it will still monitor the source volume for updates When resumed FDRPAS will again copy tracks Enter the SUSPEND command or just SU in the Command column next to the active swap to be suspended This can be done only on the system running the SWAP task indicated by MAIN on the right hand The status will change to SUSPEND To resume enter the RESUME command or just RE next to any suspen
591. values on the panel so you can start fresh RESEt Clears the swap generated message in the status field This command is used to reset the status field after generating a Swap job This status field is set on the panel to prevent a duplicate MOUNT statement for a previously generated volume being re generated If the previously generated Swap JCL was discarded and not used the RESET command can be used to reset the status field allowing the MOUNT statement for the volume s to be re generated To execute a command from the Menu pull down list place the cursor next to the desired command and press the ENTER key NOTE The short forms of the these commands are shown by the underlined letters 310 61 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE FDRPAS ISPF INTERFACE 310 31 If you simply press ENTER it checks to see if there are any swaps in progress on this system If active swaps were found they are automatically displayed such as FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P FORMAT 1 eens See SSeS SSS SSSasss FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Pane keon Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status Os S9s27 HI17CF 17DF 9970 22398 SWAPPED HI17CE 17CE 9970 22398 17DE ACTIVE SWAP HI17CD 17CD 9970 22398 17DD ACTIVE SWAP HI17CC 17CC 9970 22398 17DC SYNCHRONIZING
592. ve The length of all of the VVR NVR entries within a block of the VVDS exceeded the length in use within the block A VVDS record indicates that the length of its in use data exceeds 4096 An error occurred when DSF attempted to find one of the associated components for this cluster The component may be in the VVDS but not in the VTOC The IOB details the error FDR is unable to store all of the VSAM component and cluster names in its internal table A large number of VSAM clusters must exist on the volume Specify the keyword ICFCORE on the DUMP TYPE statement or permanently increase the ICFCORE value in the FDR Global Options Table A cluster specifies a catalog name that was not found in the catalog entries stored in the first record of the VVDS FDR could not find the volume information allocation cell type 23 in the VVR record or an individual cell had an invalid length More than one SYS1 VVDS data set was found on the volume The operating system will use the VVDS that contains the current disk volume serial number in the name More than one VVDS can be created if a volume with a VVDS is renamed and a VSAM cluster is allocated using the volume with the new serial number The volume serial in the data set name of the VVDS SYS1 VVDS Vvolser does not match the volume serial of the disk This can occur if a volume was copied or restored to a new disk volume serial but the VVDS was not renamed Another possible cause is the DUMPCONDIT
593. ve Completed erases will remain on the display However note that if an erase begins and ends between two presses of the ENTER key then the panel will never see the active task and will not add it to the display Alternately you can enter a volser prefix a unit address prefix an SSID subsystem serial number or an SMS storage group to display all of the volumes devices selected whether active or not Details are later in this section Pressing ENTER will update the status of the displayed volumes but will not automatically add any active erases of other devices unless you enter the ACTIVE command This is preferable when you are erasing all disks on a control unit SSID or in a range of addresses since all those disks will be constantly displayed You can easily see which ones have active erases have completed or have not been erased 330 44 FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE ISPF INTERFACE 330 08 The first time you use the FDRERASE dialog you should enter the OPTIONS command on the command line to change option FDRERASE OPTIONS PANEL A E WITH OPTIONS COMMAND SSS SSS SSS SESS SSS SS SSS SS SSS SSS FEDRERASE OpEIONSI a aa COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Dialog Options DISPLAY gt OFFLINE Display disks ONLINE OFFLINE or BOTH Options ACTIVETARGET gt BYPASS PPRC or EMC SRDF mirrored disks BYPASS or PROCESS ALREADYERASED gt BYPASS Disks already erased BYPASS or PROCESS CHEC
594. verride the error YES terminate the swap N or retry the missing systems RETRY See Phase 1 Initialization on page 300 8 for details RETRY Message FDRW68 is issued allowing the user only to terminate the swap NO or retry the missing systems RETRY See Phase 1 Initialization on page 300 8 for details Default MSG NOTE If the FDRW68 message is not replied to within 30 minutes a reply of NO is issued automatically 310 12 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 NOTIFYERR userid Specifies a TSO user ID Error messages from FDRPAS are sent to that user ID using the SEND command for immediate notification of problems in FDRPAS execution If the TSO user is logged on to the same system as the FDRPAS SWAP task the messages appear as soon as the user hits ENTER On another system the user must use the LISTBC command to view them or they are displayed when the user next logs on Default No TSO notification PACEDELAY nnnnn Specifies the number of hundredths of a second 1 32767 that FDRPAS waits between WRITE I Os on the target device in order to minimize the impact of the background copy operation on other applications each copy I O copies up to 15 tracks of source data In most cases a value between 1 and 20 should be sufficient The PACEDELAY can be dynamically modified for a s
595. version of an FDR product has reached the end of its trial period and will no longer function If you have licensed a production version of the product you should install it Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING Any other return code Errors of some kind have occurred during this execution Check the listing for the error messages This usually indicates that errors occurred that were not severe enough to terminate the operation yet the program wanted to call attention to the error messages at the end of processing Severe errors usually result in an immediate ABEND FDR user ABEND codes range from U0100 to U0999 and are documented in Section 390 04 ABEND Codes on page 390 48 Most user ABENDs are preceded by an FDR error message Note that user ABEND U0888 is a special case It is issued by FDR programs to indicate that errors occurred that were not severe enough to terminate the FDR operation yet FDR wanted to call attention to the error messages at the end of processing Severe errors usually result in an immediate ABEND Some messages might be documented only in the FDR User Manual See section 100 in the FDR User Manual for messages that are not documented in this FDRPAS User Manual In many cases an error message will be followed by a set of diagnostic displays called an FDR mini dump and it is identified by messages beginning with FDRO9x The mini dump includes The general registers at the time of the mini dump These m
596. volume In this case normal read write I O will be used to copy the data sets If FASTMOVE used FDRPAS to move a volume to a transit station this is not an issue unless new Flash or Snap has been issued since that move EMCSNAP will not be used on data sets less than 15 tracks Hitachi HDS has a restriction that FlashCopy cannot be used to a volume that is a PPRC TrueCopy primary volume If you wish to use FASTMOVE to move data sets to such volumes you must terminate the PPRC relationship before running FDRMOVE If you do not normal read write I O will be used to copy the data sets HDS FlashCopy will not be used on data sets less than 15 tracks Hitachi has a limitation on the number of active FlashCopy extents per volume so if many data sets or extents must be copied this limit may be exceeded If the limit is exceeded it will use normal I O to complete the move To find out what your limit is issue the TSO command TSO FCQUERY DEV uuuu specify a device in the source control unit and also in the target control unit whichever ones are HDS disks The output looks like this TSO FCQUERY DEV 17FC FCQUERY Formatted 2 DEVN SSID LSS CCA CU SERIAL ACT MAX XC PC CC RV SEQNUM 17FC 9970 00 2C 2105 000000023006 52 3000 N N N WN 00000000 MAX is the maximum number of FlashCopy extents supported per volume and ACT is the number currently active Hitachi has a limitation of on the total active FlashCopy extent
597. volume has been deferred until all active pieces of the cluster have been moved UPDATED TO volsr2 indicates that the candidate was updated to an unused volser in the NVOL list If a catalog error occurs while updating the candidates another form of the FDR187 message will display the catalog error codes Action If all occurrences of the FDR187 message say UPDATE DEFERRED and never UPDATED TO then there were not sufficient unused NVOLs and the candidate was not updated in this case you may need to use the IDCAMS command with the REMOVEVOLUMES and ADDVOLUMES operands to change the candidate list to valid volsers FDR188 ALL VOLUMES IN TRANSIT STATION Reason All required volumes referenced in this FDRMOVE FASTMOVE step have been moved to transit stations in the target control unit but FASTMOVE is still waiting for data sets on those volumes to be released Action Stop the application s using those data sets you can display the data set names with the console STATUS command or the FDRMOVE ISPF interface See Section 325 11 FDRMOVE Special Considerations on page 325 55 As soon as the data sets are dequeued FASTMOVE will move them with whatever instant replication facility is available in the target control unit FDR189 SWAP OF ACTIVE JES VOL vwwwwv additional text Reason This is an information message indicating that FDRPAS has processed an active JES volume The message displays the JES volume serial vwwwv
598. w minutes To display the status of active erase tasks issue the MODIFY F command F jobname STATUS or just STA This will respond with message on the console and in the job log of the FDRERASE job in a format similar to that displayed by the FDRERASE ISPF displays e g F JOBNAME STATUS FDRWO8 UNIT PASS STATUS MM SS CYL SEC SEC CYL ERASED CYLS FDRWO8 41C4 86 1 1 ACTIVE ERASE 2 55 10 0 092 190212226 FDRW08 21C0 96 1 1 ACTIVE QUICK 2 56 54 0 018 9549 10017 330 32 330 06 SIMERASE EXAMPLE ERASE A RANGE oF FDRPAS SOURCE DISKS EXAMPLE WARNING SECUREERASE SELECTED FDRPAS Source Disks EXAMPLE FDRERASE VERSION V5 4 FDRERASE EXAMPLES 330 05 FDRERASE EXAMPLES All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRERASE The member names will be PA33006x SIMERASE will validate your control statements and it will list the offline disk volumes that will be erased once SIMERASE is changed to one of the other options SIMERASE EXEC PGM FDRERASE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrerase loadlib SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD SIMERASE TYPE FULL MOUNT ERASEUNIT 3A 3B 4 After swapping a set of volumes from an old disk subsystem to a new subsystem with FDRPAS and verifying that the new subsystem is operating co
599. wap but the routine returned an error Verify that the target device is offline to JES3 systemid PAS I O INTERCEPT FOUND UNKNOWN COMMAND S The FDRPAS I O intercepts on the source volume on the indicated system encountered an I O sequence that it could not interpret Since the effects are unknown FDRPAS could not determine if tracks were updated The MONITOR task will print a summary of the unknown commands with the job name and time of the issuer please attempt to determine what that job was doing and contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING so that we can determine if FDRPAS can be enhanced to handle the unknown commands If the job was using facilities that are documented as restricted during a swap See Section FDRPAS Special Considerations on page 320 1 you may be able to resubmit the swap when those facilities are not in use systemid FAILED THE SWAP REASON x The FDRPAS MONITOR task on the indicated system failed the swap x is an additional reason code which usually matches the FDR234 reason code Save the listing from the MONITOR or SWAP task on the indicated system to determine the cause Contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance if necessary INSUFFICENT STORAGE IN REGION Increase the REGION parameter specified in the FDRPAS JCL REGION 0M is recommended It may also occur if too many FDRPAS tasks are executing in this address space in that case reduce the number of concurrent tasks 390 29 MESSAGES
600. wap SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel sao a3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status IZ eile te HI17CC 17CC 9970 22398 17CA WAIT FOR CONFIRMSWAP HI17C2 17C2 9970 22398 17C1 WAIT FOR CONFIRMSWAP To confirm the swaps and cause FDRPAS to complete them use the Confirmswap command or just CO You can Enter it in the Command column next to each volume to be confirmed Enter it on the COMMAND line at the top of the screen This will apply to every volume on the display even those that may not be currently visible that is in WAIT FOR CONFIRMSWAP status Once you enter the command the display will look like FDRPAS PANEL A P CONFIRMSWAP ST aS aa Ea ae FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 2 of 2 COMMAND SCROLL gt PAGE Press enter to COnfirm the following selected volumes or PF3 to return to the prior panel Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Unit Status CONFIRM HI17CC 17CC 9970 22398 17CA WAIT FOR CONFIRMSWAP CONFIRM HI17C2 17C2 9970 22398 17C1 WAIT FOR CONFIRMSWAP Only the volumes to be confirmed are displayed Press ENTER to complete the swap or press PF3 END to ignore the confirmation Note that the word confirm will be filled in on the command field for each volume you can blank out some volumes before hitting ENT
601. which your TSO session is logged on FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP PANEL A P SSS SSS SESE SSS SSS SSS SSS SS FDRPAS Plug amp Swap Row 1 to 1 of 1 COMMAND gt SCROLL gt PAGE Menu Panel 1 of 3 Command Volume Unit SMS Swap to Refresh 0 Serial Addr CU Storage Offline Mask Mask SSID Serial Group Uirieiies Status OTA OTEAG Press enter for Active volumes OR specify Unit Address Volser SSID Storage Group or Controller Serial masking allowed Scroll to the right for different panel views Use pull down Menu for other options You can K ksd Monitor active swaps Generate JCL streams for operations such as SWAP SWAPDUMP CONFIRM MONITOR SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON AutoSwap and HyperSwap Confirm swaps where CONFIRMSWAP YES or CONFIRMSPLIT YES was specified Suspend and resume swaps Terminate active swaps Reply to certain FDRPAS console messages Display FDRPAS history records Display basic information about any disk devices in your installation selecting by unit address volser subsystem ID subsystem serial number or SMS storage group Positioning the cursor on Menu and pressing enter displays a pull down list of available commands that can be selected or entered on the command line or the command area of each row FDRPAS PLUG amp SWAP COMMAND PULL DOWN MENU Active SWAP job CLear entries COnfirm SWAPDUMP job RESEt status Message CONFIRM job S
602. will also purge history records that are older than 30 days FOR ALL VOLUMES HISTORY EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M EXAMPLE STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD HISTORY TYPE SWAP MAXSWAPHISTORYDAYS 30 MOUNT VOL 310 52 310 26 ADD A VTOCIX To A VOLUME EXAMPLE NOTE REBUILD THE VTOCIX ON THREE VOLUMES EXAMPLE FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC EXAMPLES SWAPBUILDIX AND EXPANDVTOC EXAMPLES 310 26 All examples in this section can be found in the JCL library installed with FDRPAS The member names will be PA31026x An Indexed VTOC will be allocated and built on a volume that does not currently have a VTOCIX FDRPAS will determine the number of systems that have access to the volume Prior to running this job you must start FDRPAS MONITOR tasks on each of the systems to monitor the offline monitor device specified by SWAPUNIT see example below The monitor device must be offline on all systems BUILDIX EXEC PGM FDRPAS REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT VTOCIX DD DSN SYS1 VTOCIX DATA22 DISP KEEP UNIT SYSALLDA VOL SER DATA22 SPACE TRK 5 SYSIN DD SWAPBUILDIX TYPE FULL MOUNT VOL DATA22 SWAPUNIT 07C3 Consult the IBM Device Support Facilities ICKDSF User s Guide and Reference GC35 0033 for inf
603. writes up to 15 tracks per I O with lesser values it does half of the BUFNO value in tracks per I O A smaller BUFNO value reduces the elapsed time of each I O and thus reduces the impact of each I O on your I O system but it increases the number of I Os required to copy the data and thus increases the total time to do the swap INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING does not recommend specifying BUFNO unless the length of the FDRPAS I Os are causing problems For example certain hardware channel extenders may experience errors on extremely long I O chains causing the swap to fail Reducing BUFNO may allow the swap to work If many FDRPAS swaps are running concurrently the length of each individual FDRPAS I O may impact overall system performance reducing BUFNO may decrease this impact also see PACEDELAY Default 32 310 7 FDRPAS JCL STATEMENTS EXAMPLES AND ISPF INTERFACE SWAP SWAPDUMBP SIMSWAP SIMSWAPMON STATEMENTS 310 02 CANCELPROT NO A CANCEL C command causes immediate termination of the SWAP task YES FDRPAS protects this SWAP task against accidental cancellation If a CANCEL C command is issued it is treated like a STOP P command Message FDR267 is issued and the task lets active swaps complete before terminating You can issue a second CANCEL C command to force immediate termination Default NO CHECKSOURCE FDRPAS checks the integrity of the VTOC and VVDS It is recommended that a CHECKS
604. written only to SYSPRINT RECOMMENDATION For SIMSWAPMON code the MAXTASKS value that you intend on using for the actual SWAP or SWAPDUMP process to allow the SIMSWAPMON task to validate the value The SIMWAPMON task does not use the value coded for MAXTASKS NOTE If you run multiple concurrent swaps either through MAXTASKS or by running multiple swap jobs you should consider the total impact on your system For example if you run many swaps against the same source or target control unit it may overload the control unit or the channels to that control unit The impact is very dependent on your hardware configuration so there are no hard guidelines Most customers run 20 or more concurrent swaps without any issues MIN SYSTEMS MINNSYSTEMS WARNING This operand is no longer documented and INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING recommends that it NOT be used The EXCLUDE CPUID statement See 310 04 SWAP Task EXCLUDE Statement on page 310 17 is the recommended way of handling systems or LPARs that are connected to the source disk device but are not z OS systems or the target devices are not gen d NONRESPONDING If a non responding system is detected during initialization usually due to a system where no FDRPAS MONITOR is running then NONRESPONDING controls how FDRPAS responds FAIL The swap fails immediately as if NO was replied to message FDRW68 MSG Message FDRW68 is issued allowing the user to o
605. x was specified multiple times S An operand on the MOUNT statement was specified multiple times or was mutually exclusive with another operand U The TYPE xxx operand was missing or invalid on the first statement This operand is required Action Correct error and resubmit job If you do not understand the error after reviewing the relevant sections of this manual call INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance HINT If the control statements look good and you can t see any obvious reason for the error check the JCL to be sure you are executing the right program for the statements you provided PGM FDRPAS FDR302 SERVICE CLASS CHANGED TO classname FAILED REASON retcode reasoncode Reason FDRPAS encountered an error when it attempted to reset its service class retcode is the return code and reasoncode is the reason code from the IWMRESET macro as documented in the appropriate IBM manual such as MVS Programming Workload Management Services The most likely error is 000C xxxx0C28 indicating that the SRVCLASS classname parameter specified a service class that is not defined Action Specify a service class name that is defined to the active workload manager policy FDR303 CARD IMAGE control statement image source Reason An input control statement is displayed by this message source may be blank From SYSIN PARM ENTRY From the JCL PARM operand FDR303 SERVICE CLASS CHANGED TO srvclass Reason The serv
606. xecute the swap List the VTOC in hex with LIST EXEC PGM IEHLIST SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT DISK1 DD UNIT 3390 VOL SER vvvvvv DISP OLD LISTVTOC VOL 3390 vvvvvv DUMP and contact INNOVATION DATA PROCESSING for assistance For reason 4 or 9 you may be able to run ICKDSF with the REFORMAT REFVTOC command to correct the source volume before retrying the swap FDR125 I O ERROR READING THE VTOC X cccchhhh VOL vwwvwv ENTIRE PACK WILL BE DUMPED Reason FDRPAS detected an I O error reading the VTOC on the cylinder and track indicated in hex An I O trace message will also be printed to document the error Action Since FDRPAS cannot determine the data sets on the volume all tracks on the source volume will be copied to the target device However if the I O error repeats when FDRPAS is trying to copy the VTOC track to the target device the swap will be terminated FDR126 VTOC DSCB ERROR REASON reason Reason While analyzing the Data Set Control Blocks DSCBs in the VTOC FDRPAS found an invalid DSCB or another VTOC related error occurred reason describes the error Action For most errors FDRPAS will continue processing the volume in order to detect additional errors However the swap will not be performed Certain errors will cause immediate termination FDR128 INVALID RECORD ZERO ON TRACK X cccchhhh DATA X cccchhhh Reason The track specified has an invalid record zero RO The count field of
607. y mean an attempt to catalog a GDG generation when the GDG base does not exist Otherwise if comp is a value less than X 1000 it is from the ALLOCATE SVC in hex reason may be an eight digit hex IBM diagnostic code For z OS see the IBM manual Z OS DFSMSdfp Diagnosis GY27 7618 13 Common DADSM CREATE ALLOCATE codes include COMP REASON 0004 Duplicate Data set name in VTOC data set already exists on the volume This may occur for multi volume data sets if the piece currently on the volume has a different volume sequence number than the piece being restored 0008 VTOC or VTOC index VTOCIX is full 000C 1 O error in VTOC or VTOC index VTOCIX 0010 Requested absolute tracks not available an unmovable data set cannot be allocated because the required tracks are not free 0014 Requested space quantity not available DADSM was unable to find sufficient free space in up to 5 extents to allocate the data set or the specific space required for an unmovable data set was not free 00AC No security authorization to create data set You must have ALTER authority to the data set under RACF or the equivalent in other security systems 00B4 IGGPREOO installation exit rejected the request A local exit or DASD Control software product has disallowed allocation on the volume that FDR selected 390 14 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 00C0 SMS failed the allocation request The most c
608. y make changes to the VTOC and VTOCIX when the alternate tracks and device size of the target device are different from the source volume FDRPAS and the restore program may make conflicting changes to the VTOC Even worse if the restore copy program changes the location of the VTOC or VTOCIX during the restore FDRPAS may update the wrong copy of the VTOC or VTOCIX If you know that a full volume restore or copy was done during an FDRPAS swap you should use tools such as FDREPORT COMPAKTOR IEHLIST or other disk mapping software to validate that the number of data cylinders in the VTOC and VTOCIX is correct In any case it makes little sense to use FDRPAS to swap a volume if you are going to completely replace it with a restore or copy If you know that a restore copy will be done it is simpler to restore or copy the volume to its new device directly instead of using FDRPAS at all This consideration does not apply to data set restores and copies 320 16 SYSTEM NAMES CPU SERIAL NUMBERS FDRPAS SPECIAL CONSIDERATIONS FDRPAS SPECIAL SOFTWARE CONSIDERATIONS 320 02 Many FDRPAS messages and other parts of this document refer to systems or system names Some FDRPAS messages refer to them as CPUs These system names come from the field CVTSNAME in the Communication Vector Table CVT of each system sometimes referred to as a system image an image of the operating system The system name is assigned by th
609. y minutes while they are being moved this example shows how to limit MOVE to data sets of 1500 tracks 100 cylinders or less A FASTMOVE step can be used to quickly move the larger data sets that remain See the notes in the first example about NVOL If any of the data sets being moved may be dynamically allocated by a job during the move process it is recommended installing the FDRMOVE Dynamic Allocation exit FDRMOVE EXEC PGM FDRMOVE REGION 0M STEPLIB DD DISP SHR DSN fdrpas loadlib SYSUDUMP DD SYSOUT SYSPRINT DD SYSOUT FDRSUMM DD SYSOUT SYSIN DD MOVE TYPE DSF DISABLENEW YES EXCLUDE ALLDSN SIZE 1500 EXCLUDE DATA SETS gt 100 CYLINDERS SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0001 NVOL OUT001 OUTO002 OUT003 SELECT ALLDSN VOL IN0002 NVOL OUT001 OUTO002 OUT003 325 27 SELECT FROM CATALOG EXAMPLE SAMPLE MOVE OUTPUT FDRMOVE FDRMOVE MOVE FUNCTION WITH EXAMPLES 325 03 This is an example of a MOVE that selects data sets on specific input volumes by selecting them from the system catalogs The cataloged data sets selected reside on 30 3390 3 volumes They are copied to 11 3390 9 volumes this assumes that the input volumes are fairly full with DB2 data if not you may be able to use fewer output volumes FDRMOVE will automatically round robin the NVOL list for each sour
610. ype not non VSAM and VRECAT was specified but the piece of the cluster on the current source volume is guaranteed candidate space and does not warrant deleting the cataloged cluster The parts of the cluster that contain data may have been restored already or may be restored subsequently Tracks in extent not divisible by CASIZE during FDRMOVE operation This means that the extents allocated by DADSM were not the proper size to allow the move of a multi volume component on all volumes tried by FDRMOVE Those volumes are probably fragmented Extent update LOCATE failed during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Extent update UCBADDR failed during FODRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Extent update DATANAM failed during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Extent update READVVR failed during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Extent update UPDTVVR failed during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Extent update ENDUPDT failed during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Extent update VVR type not type 60 during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Cluster not cataloged or cataloged as non VSAM during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster Extent update number of extents is less than 1 during FDRMOVE move of a multi volume cluster 390 18 MESSAGES AND CODES MESSAGES 390 03 9096 01xxx OBTAIN error xxx is OBTAIN error code 9096 02xxx DYNAMIC ALLOCATION error xxx is allocation error
611. ystems are part of a sysplex basic or parallel you can use the console ROUTE command to start MONITOR tasks on all systems in the sysplex This can considerably reduce the amount of typing required For example ROUTE T 0 OTHER S PASPROC MON2 PARM MONITOR TYPE SWAP MOUNT SU 24E will start the MONITOR task on all other systems in the sysplex OTHER assumes that you will start the SWAP task on this system use ALL to start the MONITOR task on all systems If you have systems that are not part of the sysplex you will have to manually start the MONITOR task on each of them Monitor ranges 1A00 1AFF and 1B00 1BFF of offline potential FDRPAS target devices any devices in the range that are not offline or not disk are ignored FDRPAS will periodically check each of those devices to see if an FDRPAS SWAP task has started on another system image that is using the device as a target If so it will start a separate MONITOR task to assist the SWAP task by monitoring this system image for updates to the original volume during the copy process and by switching all I O activity to the new device when the swap is complete As long as no more than 64 concurrent swaps are occurring on the monitored devices all the separate MONITOR tasks will be internal subtasks The MONITOR task will automatically terminate when it has been idle not participating in any swaps for a total of two hours 120 minutes This MONITOR task needs to be started on ev

FDRMOVE FDRERASE - Innovation Data Processing

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents